Undergraduate Handbook 2015/2016 (English)

Faculty of Science Handbook, Session 2015/2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Dean’s Message

Introduction to Faculty of Science

1

2

Vision, Mission and Educational Goals University of Malaya

Faculty of Science Management Organization Chart

3

4

Organization Chart (Undergraduate)

Coordinators of Study Programme

5

6

Faculty Maps

Academic Calendar

7

8

Academic Matters

List of Memorial Prizes & Medals Faculty of Science

9-11

12

Programme Structure

Acknowledgement

13-14

15

Department of Physics

Department of Science and Technology Studies

16-43

44-57

Department of Geology

Institute of Mathematical Sciences

58-76

77-116

Institute of Biological Sciences

Department of Chemistry

117-210

211-243


1

Assalamuálaikum wrt. wbt. and Good day. On behalf of all staff of the Faculty of Science, University of Malaya, I warmly welcome all new undergraduate students to the Faculty for the 2015/2016 Academic Year. Admission to the academic programmes offered by this Faculty has always been very competitive and I would like to congratulate all of you for being selected to join one of the best Faculty in University of Malaya. This booklet provides information that is key to your successful navigation of the Science programme that you have chosen. In particular, you are advised to understand the information provided here as they assist your progress through the programme. Following the implementation of comprehensive revision of the curriculum in 2015, Faculty of Science currently offers twenty (20) programmes for the 2015/2016 Academic Year as listed below:


Bachelor of Science (Chemistry)

Bachelor of Science (Applied Chemistry)

Department of Geology

Bachelor of Science (Geology)

Bachelor of Science (Applied Geology)


Bachelor of Science (Physics)

Bachelor of Science (Materials Science)

Department of Science & Technology Studies

Bachelor of Science (Science and Technology Studies)

Institute of Mathematical Sciences

Bachelor of Science (Mathematics)

Bachelor of Science (Statistics)

Bachelor of Science (Actuarial & Financial Mathematics)

Bachelor of Science (Industrial and Computational Mathematics)


Bachelor of Science (Ecology and Biodiversity)

Bachelor of Science (Biochemistry)

Bachelor of Science (Bioinformatics)

Bachelor of Science (Genetics and Molecular Biology)

Bachelor of Science (Biotechnology)

Bachelor of Science (Environmental Science and Management)

Bachelor of Science (Biohealth Science)

Bachelor of Science (Microbiology)

The Bachelor of Science (BSc) is generally a 7-semester (3½ years) programme with the exception for BSc (Actuarial and Financial Mathematics) which is an 8 semester (4 years) programme. The time span of 7 semesters allows undergraduates to sufficiently plan their pathway without burdening themselves with too many credits in one semester. You are advised to seek counsel with any of the appointed members of the panel of academic advisors for your respective programmes of study whenever you are facing any difficulties and uncertainties regarding academic and other matters related to your studies at this Faculty. Undergraduates are also reminded to understand and obey the rules set by the university as stated in University of Malaya (First Degree Studies) Rules & Regulations 2013 together with Undergraduate Faculty of Science Handbook Session 2015/2016. I hope all of you will make full use of this golden opportunity given in campus to enhance your cognitive skills as well as personal development to face the world with vigour and confidence. Once again, congratulations on being accepted as an undergraduate student at the Faculty of Science, and I wish you all the best in your future undertakings. “Pioneering Towards Excellence Education in Science” Professor Dr. Zanariah Abdullah Dean Faculty of Science University of Malaya

Dean’s Message

2

The Faculty of Science is among the oldest and most accomplished faculties in the University of Malaya.

Established in 1959 with four departments namely Department of Botany, Department of Chemistry, Department

of Mathematics and Department of Zoology. Currently, the Faculty of Science is the biggest faculty in University

of Malaya with nearly 1739 undergraduate students, 1185 postgraduate students, 264 academic staffs and 277

support staffs.

In addition to functioning as a teaching centre, the Faculty of Science, staffed with locally and internationally feted

researchers, serves as one of the main and excellent research hub for Science & Technology in the region.

Faculty of Science has established Research Centres including Photonics, CENAR, CEBAR, UMCiL, Nanocat,

CIUM, CRYSTAL, Mushroom Research Centre, Institute of Ocean and Earth Science and Glycolipids Self-

Assembly and Related Phenomena. Apart from many modern research facilities and equipment, the faculty also

boasts several research centres including the Ulu Gombak Field Studies Centre and the Glami Lemi

Biotechnology Research Centre (PPBGL) in Jelebu. Hence, the Faculty of Science continues to be the most

productive faculty in University of Malaya in terms of research activities and scientific publications.

One of the public attractions at Faculty of Science is Rimba Ilmu – a tropical botanical garden in the heart of

Kuala Lumpur. Rimba Ilmu means "The Forest of Knowledge" in the Malay language. It is modeled after a rain

forest garden concept rather than a formal flower garden. It emphasises the flora of the Malaysian and Southeast

Asia. Rimba Ilmu's mission is to generate and promote awareness and knowledge of tropical plant life and its

environment, ecology and conservation through the development and management of facilities and activities

appropriate to its function in a university located within Malaysia's most developed and populated landscape.

The faculty also manages its very own online scientific journal, the “Malaysian Journal of Science” which

publishes high quality research outputs of its members besides receiving other worldwide contributions.

Introduction to Faculty of Science


3

VISION

To be an internationally renowned institution of higher learning in research, innovation, publication and teaching. MISSION

To advance knowledge and learning through quality research and education for the nation and for humanity.

EDUCATIONAL GOALS

Graduates of the University of Malaya will be able to:

1. Demonstrate knowledge and skills in their field of study, appropriate research and professional practices, and the processes of critical thinking, creative thinking, and problem solving.

2. Use effective methods including contemporary technology to manage information, to achieve diverse

professional goals aligned with professional standards and make decisions based on appropriate data and information.

3. Engage in continuous self-improvement and professional growth, support the professional development

of others, and display positive leadership and professional behaviours and disposition for effective practice.

4. Communicate effectively with other professionals, and the community, and project a coherent vision of social responsibilities.

5. Appreciate and continue to be guided by the University’s core values of integrity, respect, academic

freedom, open-mindedness, accountability, professionalism, meritocracy, teamwork, creativity and social responsibility.

VISION, MISSION AND EDUCATIONAL GOALS UNIVERSITY OF MALAYA

4

FACULTY OF SCIENCE

MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION CHART

Professor Dr. Zanariah Abdullah DEAN

Professor Dr. Ibrahim Mohamed

Deputy Dean (Development)

Professor Dr. Rosiyah Yahya

Deputy Dean

(Undergraduate)

Professor Dr. Ramesh T. Subramaniam

Deputy Dean (Research)

Professor Dr. Rosli Hashim

Deputy Dean (Higher Degrees)

Professor Dr. Ismail

Yusoff Head, Department of

Geology

Associate Professor Dr. Rosli Ramli

Head, Institute of

Biological Sciences

Professor Dr. Hasan Abu

Kassim Head, Department of

Physics

Professor Dr. Aziz

Hassan Head, Department of

Chemistry

Dr. Che Wan Jasimah Wan Mohamed Radzi Head, Department of

Science and

Technology Studies

Professor Dr. Mohd

bin Omar Head, Institute of

Mathematical Sciences

Madam Noorhaflina Mohd Hatta Financial Officer

Mr. Sazali Kamaruddin Senior Principal Assistant

Registrar

Ms. Wang Sok Wai Assistant Registrar

(Undergraduate)

Madam Fathiyah Abd. Malik Assistant Registrar

(Higher Degrees)


5

ORGANIZATION CHART (UNDERGRADUATE)

Cik Wang Sok Wai Assistant Registrar

PROFESSOR DR. ROSIYAH YAHYA Deputy Dean (Undergraduate)

Madam Nor Azura Taib Secretary

ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT (UNDERGRADUATE)

Madam Nor Zilah Mat Nor Madam Maizatul Fara Wati Muhamad

Madam Nor Azlili Abd. Aziz Madam Haniza Alias

6

INSTITUTE OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

Dr. Azidah Abd. Aziz : Bachelor of Science (Ecology & Biodiversity)

Dr. Zazali Alias : Bachelor of Science (Biochemistry)

Dr. Saharuddin Mohamad : Bachelor of Science (Bioinformatics)

Dr. Nazia Abdul Majid : Bachelor of Science (Genetics & Molecular Biology)

Professor Dr. Rosna Mat Taha : Bachelor of Science (Biotechnology)

Associate Prof. Dr. Noor Zalina Mahmood : Bachelor of Science (Environmental Science & Management)

Associate Prof. Dr. Duriyyah Sharifah Hasan Adli

: Bachelor of Science (Biohealth Science)

Associate Prof. Dr. Geok Yuan Annie Tan : Bachelor of Science (Microbiology)

INSTITUTE OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

Professor Dr. Angelina Chin Yan Mui : Bachelor of Science (Mathematics)

Professor Dr. Ong Seng Huat : Bachelor of Science (Statistics)

Dr. Shaiful Anuar Abu Bakar : Bachelor of Science (Actuarial and Financial Mathematics)

Associate Prof. Dr. Wan Ainun Mior Othman

: Bachelor of Science (Computational & Industrial Mathematics)

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

Associate Prof. Dr. Siti Rohana binti Majid : Bachelor of Science (Physics)

Dr. Huang Nay Ming : Bachelor of Science (Material Science)

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY

Dr. Nur Islami Rahman : Bachelor of Science (Geology)

Associate Prof. Dr. Ng Tham Fatt : Bachelor of Science (Applied Geology)

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

Associate Prof. Dr. Sharifah Mohamad : Bachelor of Science (Chemistry)

Dr. Cheng Sit Foon : Bachelor of Science (Applied Chemistry)

DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY STUDIES

Dr. Noor Munirah Isa : Bachelor of Science (Science & Technology Studies)

COORDINATORS OF STUDY PROGRAMME


7

0 meter

Department of

Geography FSSS

ISB

Department of

Geology

Department of

Physics

Department of

Chemistry

Examination

Building

Main Library Perdanasiswa

Complex

DTC

ISM

Canteen

Lecture Hall

Complex

Information

Technology

Centre

DK2

DK3 DK4

Department of

S&T Studies

Dean’s

Office

DK1

ISB

8

SEMESTER I

Orientation Week 1 week 01.09.2015 - 06.09.2015

Lectures 9 weeks* 07.09.2015 - 06.11.2015

Mid-Semester I Break 1 week* 07.11.2015 - 15.11.2015

Lectures 5 weeks 16.11.2015 - 18.12.2015

Revision Week 1 weeks* 19.12.2015 - 27.12.2015

Semester I Examination 3 weeks* 28.12.2015 - 16.01.2016

Semester I Break 5 weeks* 17.01.2016 - 21.02.2016

25 weeks

SEMESTER II

Lectures 7 weeks 22.02.2016 - 08.04.2016

Mid – Semester II Break 1 week 09.04.2016 - 17.04.2016

Lectures 7 weeks 18.04.2016 - 03.06.2016

Revision Week 1 week 04.06.2016 - 12.06.2016

Semester II Examination 3 weeks 13.06.2016 - 02.07.2016

19 weeks

OFFICIAL BREAK/SPECIAL SEMESTER

Break 9 weeks 03.07.2016 - 04.09.2016

or

Lectures and Examination 8 weeks 03.07.2016 - 28.08.2016

* Malaysia Day (16th September 2015) Eid-ul-Adha (24th September 2015) Maal Hijrah (14th October 2015) Deepavali (10th November 2015) Maulidur Rasul (24th December 2015) Christmas (25th December 2015) New Year (1st January 2016) Thaipusam (23rd January 2016) Chinese New Year (8th & 9th February 2016) Labour Day (1st May 2016) Wesak Day (21st May 2016) Nuzul Al-Qu’ran (22nd Jun 2016) Hari Raya Aidilfitri (7th & 8th Julai 2016) National Day (31st August 2016)

ACADEMIC CALENDAR


9

IMPORTANT INFORMATION Students should refer to the University of Malaya (First Degree Studies) Rules & Regulations 2013 in relation to the registration, the structure of the program of study and examination requirements. GUIDELINES FOR COURSE SELECTION A student is strongly encouraged to discuss with his/her Panel Academic Advisor Coordinator on program of study to plan the course selection. Generally:

(i) A student should fulfill the minimum total credits required for the purpose of graduation, both for the Bachelor of Science.

(ii) A student must observe the requirement of pre-requisites courses before registering for new courses at ’higher level’. This is important as some courses in Level 2 and/or Level 3 requires at least a pass for pre-requisite courses.

(iii) Faculty Elective Courses (10 credits) :

Courses from outside the Institute/Department of the respective program of study within the Faculty of Science

Courses must be taken from the list of Faculty Elective Courses offered by Institute/Department

Any courses that is not listed in the Faculty Elective Courses will not be counted for graduation

(iv) A student should refer to the planning of courses of their chosen program of study. However, it is subjected to changes from time to time.

STUDYING SYSTEM IN FACULTY OF SCIENCE As per the requirement of the Ministry of

Higher Education (MOHE) and Malaysian

Qualifications Agency (MQA), MOHE has

outlined seven soft skills elements that

graduates should possess. The seven

elements are:

(1) Communication Skills (2) Critical Thinking and Problem

Solving Skills (3) Team Work Skills (4) Life-long Learning and Information

Management (5) Entrepreneurial Skills (6) Professional Ethics and Moral (7) Leadership Skills

Each element is further categorised into 2 groups :

Must Have Soft Skills (Kemahiran Insaniah Mesti –KIM) : KIM refer to skills that every student of the Higher Learning Institution must possess. If these skills are missing, a student is considered to be incompetent in the related elements

Good To Have Additional Soft Skills (Kemahiran Insaniah Tambahan – KIT) : KIT is considered as generic skills that provide students added value. If students possess these skills along with KIM, they can be considered to possess excellent competency in the related elements

Communication Skill Communication skills involve effective communication in Malay and English that are categorised into 8 level:

Level Skills Explanation

CS 1 KIM The ability to present

ideas clearly,

effectively and

confidently, in both

oral and written forms

CS 2 KIM The ability to practice

active listening skills

and provide feedback

CS 3 KIM The ability to present

clearly with confidence

and appropriate to the

level of the listener

ACADEMIC MATTERS

10

CS 4 The ability to use

technology in

presentations

CS 5 The ability to negotiate

and reach an

agreement

CS 6 The ability to

communicate with

others from different

cultures

CS 7 The ability to develop

interpersonal

communication skills

CS 8 The ability to use non-

verbal skills

Critical Thinking And Problem Solving Skills Thinking skills and problem solving skills involve the ability to think critically, creatively , innovatively, analytically as well as the ability to apply understanding and knowledge to new and different problems. The explanation of the 7 levels of Critical Thinking and Problem Solving skills are as follows:


CTPS

1

KIM The ability to identify and

analyse problems in

complex and vague

situations, as well as to

make justified evaluations

CTPS

2

KIM The ability to develop and

improve thinking skills

such as to explain,

analyse and evaluate

discussions.

CTPS

3

KIM The ability to find ideas

and alternative solutions

CTPS

4

The ability to think out of

the box

CTPS

5

The ability to make

decisions based on

concrete evidence

CTPS

6

The ability to persevere

as well as to fully

concentrate on a given

task

CTPS

7

The ability to understand

and to fit in with the

culture of the community

and new work

environment

Team Work Skills Team Work Skills involves the ability to cooperate with others from various sociocultural background to achieve similar goals. The explanation of the 5 levels of Team Work Skills is a follows:


TS 1 KIM The ability to build to

good relations, interact

with others and work

effectively with them to

achieve the same

objectives

TS 2 KIM The ability to understand

and interchange roles

between that of a team

leader and a team

member

TS 3 KIM The ability to recognize

and respect the attitude,

behavior and beliefs of

others

TS 4 The ability to contribute

towards the planning and

coordination of the team’s

efforts

TS 5 Be responsible for the

group’s decision

Life long Learning and Information involves learning to be independent to gain skills and new knowledge. The explanation Management are as follows:


11


LL 1 KIM The ability to search and

manage relevant

Information from different

sources

LL 2 KIM The ability to accept new

ideas and the capability

for autonomous learning

LL 3 KIM The ability to develop a

curious mind and the

thirst for knowledge

Entrepreneurial Skills Entrepreneurial Skill involve the capability to explore opportunities and to develop risk awareness, creativity and innovation in activities related to business and work. The explanation for the 4 levels of Entrepreneurial Skills is as follows:


KK1 KIM The ability to identify

business opportunities

KK2 The ability to outline

business frameworks

KK3 The ability to build,

explore and seize

business and work

opportunities

KK4 The ability to work

independently

Professional Ethics and Moral Professional Ethics and Moral involves the ability to practise high moral standards in professionalism and social interaction. The following are the 3 levels of Professional Ethics and Moral:


EM1 KIM The ability to recognize

the effects on the

economy, environment

and sosio culture in

professional practice

EM2 KIM The ability to analyze and

make decisions in solving

problems related to ethics

EM3 The ability to practice

ethically, apart from being

responsible towards the

society

Leadership Skills Leadership skills involves the capability to practise leadership skills in various activities. The explanation on Leadership Skill is as follows:


LS1 KIM Knowledge of basic

leadership theory

LS2 KIM The ability to lead a

project

LS3 The ability to understand

and interchange roles

between that of a team

leader and a team

member

LS4 The ability to supervise

team members

IMPORTANT: The guidelines provided are correct as per

the time of printing. Any changes made to the

stated guidelines will be informed to

undergraduates on time to time basis.

12

MALAYSIAN SOCIETY FOR BIOCHEMISTRY & MOLECULAR BIOLOGY – AMERSHAM BIOSCIENCES PRIZE (RM400.00) Awarded to student with the highest score in thesis/research project from Biochemistry and Molecular Biology for Bachelor of Science. PROFESSOR E- BALASINGAM GOLD MEDAL (RM120.00) Awarded only to excellent final year BSc. or BSc With Education student for Institute of Biological Sciences. DR. TEH HOCK HENG MEMORIAL AWARD (RM200.00) Awarded to student from the Physics Department who has completed the BSc with an Honours Degree (With Distinction). PROFESSOR LEE SING GOLD MEDAL AWARD (RM500.00) Awarded to only excellent final year BSc. student in Plasma Physics, Plasma Technology and Nyahcas Physics Course. LANGKAWI BOOK PRIZE (RM500.00) Awarded to only excellent final year BSc. student from Geology Department. MALAYSIAN GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRIZE (RM500.00) Awarded to student from the Geology Department who has completed the BSc with an Honours Degree (With Distinction). AJAX CHEMICALS BOOK PRIZE (RM150.00) Awarded only to excellent final year BSc. student from Chemistry Department. PHILIP HARRIS BOOK PRIZE (RM100.00) Awarded only to excellent final year BSc. with Education student from Chemistry Department. R.A. ROBINSON MEMORIAL GOLD MEDAL (500.00) Awarded only to excellent final year BSc. student from Chemistry Department. DR. THIO CHAN BEE MEMORIAL PRIZE (RM300.00) Awarded only to excellent final year BSc. with Education student from Chemistry Department.

LIST OF MEMORIAL PRIZES & MEDALS FACULTY OF SCIENCE


13

COURSE COURSE CONTENT CREDIT

UNIVERSITY COURSES

(20 credits)

GIG1001 GIG1002/ *GIG1006 GIG1003 GIG1004 GIG1005 GNK/GKR/GKV GIA-GIXXXXX

(Except GISxxxx

courses)

The Islamic and Asian Civilization (TITAS) Ethnic Relations/ Introduction to Malaysia (*only for international students) Basic Entrepreneurship Culture Information Literacy Social Engagement Co-Curriculum External Faculty Elective Courses (KELF)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

English Course :

Students with MUET Band 2

Course Code Course Name Credit

GLT1002 GLT1003 GLT1004

Mastering English I Mastering English II Mastering English III

2 2 2


COMPULSORY

GLT1005 Mastering English IV 3

Choose 1 course

GLT1006 GLT1007 GLT1008

Mastering English V Essential Writing Skills Effective Communication

3 3 3


COMPULSORY

GLT1009 Mastering English VI 3

Choose 1 course

GLT1010 GLT1011 GLT1012 GLT1013

Mastering English VII Technical Writing Skills in English Presentation Skills in English Reading Critically

3 3 3 3

Students with MUET Band 5 & Band 6

GLT1014 GLT1015

Advanced Communication Skills Advanced Professional Writing

3 3

6

FACULTY CORE

COURSES

(8 credits)

SIX1001 SIX1002 SIX1003/1004/ 1005

Introduction to Science & Technology Studies Ethics and Safety Biostatistics/Statistics/ Geostatistics

3 2 3

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

14

PROGRAMME COURSES*

(96-98 credits)

Program Core Courses

Program Elective Courses

Refer to the Structure of Programme at the respective Institutes/Departments

88-91

Faculty Elective Courses

Courses taken from other Institutes/Departments

Note: Refer to the List of Faculty Elective Courses from the various Institutes/Departments

7

OVERALL TOTAL** 123-126

Note: For Bachelor Of Science (Actuarial And Financial Mathematics) programme:

* Programme Core Courses: 117 credits ** Overall Total: 145 credits


15

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

to

COMMITTEE FACULTY OF SCIENCE HANDBOOK SESSION 2015/2016

DEAN OFFICE Professor Dr. Zanariah Abdullah (Dean)

Professor Dr. Rosiyah Yahya, Deputy Dean (Undergraduate) Mr. Sazali Kamaruddin, Senior Principal Assistant Registrar

Ms. Wang Sok Wai, Assistant Registrar (Undergraduate) Mr. Ally Ardee bin Simin, Senior Computer Technician

Madam Maizatul Fara Wati Muhamad, Administrative Assistant Madam Nor Azlili Aziz, Administrative Assistant Madam Haniza Alias, Administrative Assistant


Dr. Yusrizam bin Sharifuddin


Associate Professor Dr. Deng Chai Ling Dr. Ng Choung Min

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Dr. Yap Seong Ling

Associate Professor Dr. Siti Rohana Binti Majid

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Dr. Cheng Sit Foon

Dr. Teo Yin Yin

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Dr. Jasmi Hafiz Abdul Aziz

Dr. Ahmad Farid Bin Abu Bakar

DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY STUDIES Dr. Noor Munirah Isa

and

other individuals involved either directly or indirectly to the publication of this Handbook.

Thank You

***********


Physics of the Future http://www.fizik.um.edu.my Tel:03-79674206, Fax:03-79674146


16

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (PHYSICS) SESSION 2015/2016 (126 Credits)

UNIVERSITY COURSES (20 CREDITS)

GIG1002/GIG1006 Ethnic Relation or Introduction to Malaysia 2

GIG1003 Basic Entrepreneurship Culture 2

GIG1001 Islamic Civilisation and Asian Islamic Civilisation (TITAS) 2

GIG1005 Social Engagement 2

GIG1004 Information Literacy 2

Co-Curriculum 2

GLT#### English Language 1 3


GIX#### External Faculty Elective Courses 2

FACULTY CORE COURSES (8 CREDITS)

SIX1001 Introduction to Science and Technology Studies 3

SIX1002 Ethics and Safety 2

SIX1004 Statistics 3

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (PHYSICS) SESSION 2015/2016

(126 CREDITS)

PROGRAM COURSES

(I) PROGRAM CORE COURSES (64 CREDITS)

LEVEL 1 (13 CREDITS)

COURSE CODE COURSE NAME PRE-REQUISITE CREDIT

SIF1001 Mathematical Methods I 3

SIF1002 Vibrations and Waves 2

SIF1003 Thermal Physics 2

SIF1004 Modern Physics 2

SIF1005 Electronics I 2

SIF1006 Practical Physics I 2


SIF2001 Quantum Mechanics I SIF1001 & SIF1004 3

SIF2002 Electromagnetism I SIF1001 & SIF1002 3

SIF2003 Electromagnetism II SIF2002 3

SIF2004 Mechanics SIF1001 3

SIF2005 Statistical Physics SIF1001 & SIF1003 3

SIF2006 Optics SIF1001 & SIF1002 2

SIF2007 Numerical and Computational Methods SIF1001 3

SIF2008 Instrumentation SIF1006 2

SIF2009 Practical Electronics SIF1005 2

SIF2010 Practical Physics II SIF1006 2

SIF2011 Practical Applied Physics SIF1006 4

LEVEL 3 (21 credits)

SIF3001 Nuclear Physics SIF2001 3

SIF3002 Atomic and Molecular Physics SIF2001 3

SIF3003 Solid State Physics SIF2001 & SIF2005 3

SIF3004 Project (Note: starts from Semester I; 4 credits in Semester I and 4 credits in Semester II)

All first year courses, SIF2001, SIF2007, SIF2011 8

SIF3005 Industrial Training (Taken on Special Semester) All first year courses, SIF2001, SIF2007, SIF2011 4

(II) PROGRAM ELECTIVE COURSES (27 CREDITS) [EP]


SIF2012 Modern Optics and Laser Physics SIF1002 3

SIF2013 Photonics SIF2012 3

SIF3006 Optoelectronics SIF2006 & SIF2013 3

SIF2014 Cosmology and General Relativity SIF1004 3

SIF2015 Astrophysics SIF2014 3

SIF3007 Elementary Particle Physics SIF2001 & SIF2014 3

SIF2016 Materials Science SIF1003 & SIF1004 3

SIF2017 Semiconductor Devices SIF1005 & SIF2016 3

SIF3008 Condensed Matter Physics SIF2001 & SIF2017 3

SIF2018 Radiation Physics SIF1004 3

SIF2019 Gas Discharge Physics SIF1003 3

SIF3009 Plasma Physics and Technology SIF2002 & SIF2019 3

SIF2020 Electronics II SIF1005 3

SIF2021 Digital Electronics SIF2020 3


17

SIF3010 Microprocessor SIF2009 & SIF2021 3

SIF2022 Mathematical Methods II SIF1001 3

SIF3011 Quantum Mechanics II SIF2001 & SIF2022 3

SIF3012 Computational Physics SIF2007 3

(III) FACULTY ELECTIVES COURSES (7 CREDITS) [EF] Courses Offered by Other Institute/Department in Science Faculty

Institute/ Department Course Code Course Title Credits

ISB SIX 1006 Malaysian Flora 3

SIX 1007 Fauna Malaysia 3

SIX1008 Biocomputing 2

Dept. of Chemistry SIX1009 Basic Chemistry 2

Dept. of Geology SIX1010 Earth’s Ecosystem 2

Dept. of Science And Technology Studies

SIX1012 Logical Thinking in Science 3

ISM SIX1013

Fundamentals of Advanced Mathematics 4

Total minimum credit for graduation 126

PROGRAM GOAL 1. To produce graduates with vast knowledge and sound understanding in physics along with practical, analytical and mathematical skills for a physicists. 2. To produce graduates with oral and written communication skills and ability to work effectively in various diciplines as a team. 3. To produce graduates with high commitment towards ethical practice and appreciation towards enviromental, social and safety factors in carrying out

their work. 4. To produce graduates with independent learning and problem solving skills which can be used in diversed careers. PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end of the Degree of Bachelor of Science (Physics) program, graduates are able to: 1. Demonstrate proficiency in the basic knowledge in the major fields of physics (classical mechanics, electricity and magnetism, quantum mechanics,

statistical mechanics and thermodynamics) and the field of applied physics (e.g. solid state physics, optics, nuclear physics, atomic physics, etc.). 2. Demonstrate practical skills in physics such as designing, setting up experiments, collecting and analyzing data, identifying sources of error, interpreting

experimental results and connecting results to related physics concepts or other scientific theories). 3. Value the need for sustainable development in the practice of physics for the needs of society and the environment. 4. Demonstrate capability in seeking creative and practical solutions to meet the requirements and changes dictated by the work environment in a

scientific, professional and ethical way. 5. Demonstrate communication, leadership and team work skills particularly in relating scientific and technical information through both written and oral

presentations. 6. Apply physics principles to novel situations, both in the classroom and in research settings, through critical thinking, problem solving, mathematical and

computer modeling, and laboratory experimentation. 7. Manage effectively the rigor and discipline it takes to be a good scientist with efficient time management and appropriate use of resources. 8. Apply their physics experience and knowledge to explore opportunities in entrepreneurship world.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (PHYSICS) PROGRAM SESSION 2013/2014

COURSE PLANNING FOR 7 SEMESTERS


18

COMPONENT SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 3 TOTAL

CREDITS COURSE CREDIT COURSE CREDIT COURSE CREDIT

University Courses

GLT#### English Language

3 GIG1004 Information Literature

2 GLT#### English Language

3

18

GIG1003 Basic

Entrepreneurship

Culture

2 GIG1005 Community Network

2

GIG1002 Ethnic Relation or *GIG1006 Introduction to Malaysia

2

GIG1001 Islamic Civilisation and Asian Islamic Civilisation (TITAS)

2 Co-curriculum# 2

Faculty Core Courses

SIX1001 Introduction to Science and Technology Studies

3 SIX1104 Statistics

3

8

SIX1002 Ethics and safty

2

Departmental Core Courses

SIF1001 Mathematical Methods I

3 SIF1002 Vibrations and Waves

2

23

SIF1005 Electronics I 2 SIF1003 Thermal Physics

2 SIF2001 Quantum Mechanics I

3

SIF1006 Practical Physics I

2 SIF1004 Modern Physics

2

SIF2007 Numerical and Computational Methods

3

SIF2009 Practical Electronics

2 SIF2010 Practical Physics II

2


SIF#### Program Elective Course

3 3


SXX#### Program Non-Core Course‡

2 2

Total Credits 17 17 20 54




19

COMPONENT SEMESTER KHAS SEMESTER 7 SEMESTER 8 TOTAL


University Courses 0


SIF3005 Industrial Training

4 SIF3003 Solid State Physics

3 7



9 9


SXX#### Faculty Elective Course‡

3

3

Jumlah Kredit 4 15 19

TOTAL CREDITS: 126 CREDITS ‡ Students may choose any course offered by department.institute other than the Physcis Department in the Faculty of Science. *Students may choose any course offered by other faculties (except Faculty of Science) listed by the Sections for Co-Curricular, External Faculty Elctives and TITAS (SKET). @For international students, this course is replaced with GIG1006 Introduction to Malaysia.

Kursus Elektif Luar Fakulti

XXXX#### KELF 2

2

Program Core Courses

SIF2002 Electromagnetism I

3 SIF2003 Electromagnetism II

3 SIF3001 Nuclear Physics

3

34

SIF2004 Mechanics 3 SIF2005 Statistical Physics

3 SIF3002 Atomic and Molecular Physics

3

SIF2008 Instrumentation

2 SIF2006 Optics 2 SIF3004 Project 4

SIF2011 Practical Applied Physics

4 SIF3004 Project 4



6 SIF#### Program Elective Course

3 SIF#### Program Elective Course

6 15


SXX#### Faculty Elective Course ‡

2 2

Total Credits 20 17 16 53


20

PROGRAM BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATERIALS SCIENCE) SESSION 2015/2016 (128 CREDITS)

UNIVERSITY COUSES (24 CREDITS)

GIG1001 Islamic Civilisation and Asian Islamic Civilisation (TITAS) 2

GIG1002/GIG1006 Ethnic Relation or Introduction to Malaysia 2




* Co-Curriculum 2





PROGRAM CORE COURSES (104 CREDITS)

(I) DEPARTMENTAL CORE COURSES (70 Credits) [TJ]



SMES1102 Basic Mathematical Methods STPM Mathematics /Equivalent 3

SMES1103 Beginning Mathematical Methods SMES1102 3

SMES1201 Vibrations and Waves STPM Physics/Equivalent & STPM Mathematics /Equivalent

2

SMES1202 Thermal Physics STPM Physics/Equivalent & STPM Mathematics /Equivalent

2

SMES1204 Basic Electronics STPM Physics/Equivalent & STPM Mathematics /Equivalent

2

SMES1205* Experimental Methods STPM Physics/Equivalent & STPM Mathematics /Equivalent

2

SMES1271* Practical Physics STPM Physics/Equivalent & STPM Mathematics /Equivalent

2

SMEB1201 Introduction to Materials Science STPM Physics/Equivalent & STPM Mathematics /Equivalent

2

SMEB1202 Modern Physics for Materials Science STPM Physics/Equivalent & STPM Mathematics /Equivalent

2

* Courses to be taken concurrently.


SMEB2201 Quantum Mechanics for Materials Science SMES1103 & SMEB1201 & SMEB1202 3

SMEB2202 Electrical Properties of Materials SMEB1201 & SMES1204 2

SMEB2203 Optical Properties of Materials SMEB1201 & SMES1201 2

SMEB2204# Materials Characterisation SMEB1201 & SMEB1202 3

SMEB2205 Thermal Properties of Materials SMES1202 & SMEB1201 & SMEB1202 3

SMEB2206 Polymer Physics SMEB1201 & SMEB1202 3

SMEB2207 Computer Programming SMES1103 2

SMES2205 Statistical Physics SMES1103 & SMES1202 3

SMEB2101 Magnetic and Superconductor Properties of Materials

SMEB1201& SMEB1202 2

SMEB2102 Mechanical Properties of Materials SMEB1201& SMEB1202 3

SMEB2271# Materials Science Laboratory I SMEB1201 & SMEB1202 & SMES1271 2 # Courses to be taken concurrently.


SMEB3271 Materials Science Laboratory II SMEB2271 2

SMEB3201 Semiconductor Material and Devices SMEB2202 & SMEB2203 & SMEB2201 3

SMEB3202 Composite Materials SMEB2204 & SMEB2206 & SMES2205 3

SMEB3291 Industrial Training SMEB3201 & SMEB3271 & SMEB2207 & SMEB3202 4

SMEB3181 Project I SMEB3201 & SMEB3271 & SMEB2207 & SMEB3202 4

LEVEL 4 (6 CREDITS)

SMEB4181 Project II SMEB3181 6

(II) DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES COURSES (24 Credits) [EJ]


SMEB3301 Labview Programming SMEB2207 & SMEB2271 3

SMEB3402 Vacuum and Plasma Technology SMES2205 & SMEB2205 3

SMEB3302 Nano Materials and Nanotechnology SMEB3201 3

SMEB3303 Biomaterials SMEB3202 3

SMEB3304 Photonic Materials and Devices SMEB3201 & SMEB2204 3

SMEB3305 Organic Electronics SMEB3201 3

SMEB3306 Smart Materials SMEB3202 3

SMEB4301 Electrochemistry SMEB3202 3

SMEB4302 Advanced Materials Processing Technology SMEB3402 3

SMEB4303 Computation and Simulation SMEB2207 & SMEB3201 3

(III) FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (10 Credits) [EF]


21

Students can only choose Courses offered by Department of Chemistry and Department of Science and Technology Studies. The recommended faculty elective courses are in the following.


SCES1200 Principles of Chemistry STPM Chemistry or Equivalent 2

SCES1210 Inorganic Chemistry I STPM Chemistry or Equivalent 3

SCES1220 Organic Chemistry I STPM Chemistry or Equivalent 3

SCES1230 Physical Chemistry I STPM Chemistry or Equivalent 3

SFES1343 Innovation Systems 3

SFES1322 Innovation and Organization 3

SFES3363 Environmental Policy and Management 3

PROGRAM GOAL

1. The Bachelor of Science (Materials Science) program goal is to produce graduates with vast knowledge in Materials Science fiels especially for electronics and electrical industries, has analytical and problem solving skills, able for life-long learning, application of practical skills in Materials Science to correlate research results with Materials Science concept.

2. The Bachelor of Science (Materials Science) program was formed with vision for Department of Physics Univeristy of Malaya to excel as a centre for study and research in Materials Science at international level.

3. The mission of the Metrials Science program is to produce quality graduates and to develop students potential who could contribute to society through holistic learning approach.

PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES

At the end of the Degree of Bachelor of Science (Materials Science) program, graduates are able to:

1. Demonstrate proficiency in the basic knowledge in Materials Science and latest technology. 2. Demonstrate practical skills in Materials Science and connecting experimental results to related Materials Science concepts. 3. Demonstrate skills and social responsibility in practicing Materials Science. 4. Practicing ethical value and profesionalism as a Materials Science expert. 5. Demonstrate communication, leadership and team work skills particularly in relating scientific and technical information through both written and oral

presentations. 6. Applying scientific skills in problem solving related to Materials Science. 7. Engage in life-long learning to improve knowledge and applications.

8. Apply Materials Science experience and knowledge to explore opportunities in entrepreneurship world.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATERIALS SCIENCE) PROGRAM SESSION 2015/2016

COURSE PLANNING FOR 7 SEMESTERS

TOTAL CREDITS: 128 CREDITS

‡ Students can choose any courses offered by Department of Chemistry and Department of Science and Technology Studies.

COMPONENT SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 TOTAL

CREDITS COURSE CREDIT COURSE CREDIT

University Courses

GTT#### English Language 1

3 GTT#### English Language

3

17

GIG1003 Basic Entrepreneurship Culture

2 GIG 1004 Information Literature 2


3 GIG1001 Islamic And Asian Civilization (TITAS)

2



SMES1102 Basic Mathematical Methods

3 SMES1103 Beginning Mathematical Methods

3

20 SMES1201 Vibrations and Waves 2 SMES1204 Basic Electronics 2

SMEB1201 Introduction to Materials Science

2 SMES1205 Experimental Methods 2

SMEB1202 Modern Physics for Materials Science

2 SMES1271 Practical Physics 2

SMES1202 Thermal Physics 2

Departmental Electives Courses

-

Faculty Electives Courses -

Total credits 19 18 37



22

COURSE CREDIT COURSE CREDIT CREDITS

University Courses

GIG1002/GIG1006 Ethnics Relation and Introduction to Malaysia

2 XXXX Co-curricular 2

7 SIX1004 Statistics 3


SMEB2201 Quantum Mechanics for Materials Science

3 SMEB2271 Materials Science Laboratory I

2

28

SMES2205 Statitical Physics 3 SMEB2204 Materials Characterisation

3

SMEB2206 Polymer Physics 3 SMEB2101 Magnetic and Superconductor Properties of Materials

2

SMEB2202 Electrical Properties of Materials

2 SMEB2102 Mechanical Properties of Materials

3

SMEB2203 Optical Properties of Materials

2 SMEB2205 Thermal Properties of Materials

3

SMEB2207 Computer Programming

2


-

Faculty Electives Courses -

Total Credits 18 17 35



University Courses -


SMEB3202 Composite Materials 3 SMEB3181 Project I 4

12 SMEB3201 Semiconductor Material and Devices

3

SMEB 3271 Material Science Laboratory II

2


SMEB3402 Vacuum and Plasma Technology

3 SMEB3302 Nano Materials and Nanotechnology

3

18 SMEB3301 Labview Programming 3 SMEB3305 Organic Electronics 3

SMEB3304 Photonic Materials and Devices

3

SMEB3303 Biomaterials 3

Faculty Electives Courses Faculty Elective‡ 3 Faculty Elective ‡ 3 6


COMPONENT SPECIAL SEMESTER SEMESTER 7 TOTAL


University Courses -


SMEB3291 Industrial Training 4 SMEB4181 Project II 6 10


SMEB4301 Electrochemistry 3 6

SMEB4302 Advanced Materials Processing Technology

3

Faculty Electives Courses Faculty Elective ‡ 4 4


TOTAL CREDITS: 128


23

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS The Department of Physics in the Faculty of Science, University of

Malaya was established in 1961. From the beginning, education in

Physics was meant to be a union of theoretical and practical

aspects. The Department of Physics, under the current leadership

of the Head of Department, Prof. Dr. Hasan Abu Kassim, endeavor

to impart a thorough knowledge of the fundamental principles of

Physics, as mathematically and experimentally demonstrated to

younger generation. Academics and researchers of the

Department of Physics are conducting internationally relevant and

competitive research, they also collaborate on joint projects with

the industry to contribute to the development of knowledge and

innovation-based economy, as well as other components of

strengthen multidisciplinary and inter-disciplinary research. Their

scientific work is connected with innovative teaching techniques,

thus providing a creative and stimulating environment for the

education of future generations of physicists.

The Department offers two programs leading to Bachelor of

Science: Physics Program and Materials Science Program. Our

academics are committed to the flexible delivery of learning and

teaching methods. Depending on the course, students will enjoy a

variety of teaching modes, such as tutorials, problem-based

learning, online learning, practical experience and laboratory work.

At level three, students will also undergo industrial training and

complete a final year project to strengthen the knowledge and skills

obtained and adapt to the ever-advancing knowledge in science

and technology.

The Department offers graduate study leading to the Master of

Science (M.Sc.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). Details are

available in the Graduate Program Guidebook of Faculty of

Science. Students who graduate with the Bachelor of Science

degree from the Department of Physics are encouraged to pursue

their studies to the higher degree levels in the field of Physics or

other related fields.

Research facilities determine the ways in which nature could be

understood. The Department of Physics has a laboratory for

centralised facilities to support a wide range of research activities.

Major facilities include TEM, FE-SEM, SEM-EDX, XRD, AFM, FT-

IR, PL, TLD Reader, OMA, Co-60 irradiator and HPGe Gamma

spectrometer, TGA, DSC, DMA, UV-VIS-NIR Spectrometer, Field

Emission Auger Microprobe, Flame Hydrolysis Deposition system,

Mask Aligner, 1 m grazing incidence Spectrometer, DC sputtering

system etc.

ACADEMIC STAFF DIRECTORY

HEAD OF DEPARTMENT:

Prof. Dr. Hasan Abu Kassim, PhD(Manc), MSc(Manc), BSc(Mal), MIPM (Theoretical Nuclear Physics, Nuclear Astrophysics) DISTINGUISHED PROFESSOR: Datuk Harith Ahmad, PhD(Wales), MSc(Wales), BSc (Mal), MIPM (Photonics) EMERITUS PROFESSOR: Lee Sing, PhD(ANU), MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Plasma Physics)

Low Kum Sang PhD(Texas) BSc(Hons)(Malaya) FIPM (Laser Physics and Pulsed Power Technology) PROFESSOR: Abdul Kariem Hj Mohd Arof, PhD(Mal), MSc(Wales), BSc(Mal) (Applied Material, Battery, Advanced Material)

Ramesh T.Subramaniam, PhD(Mal), MTech (Mat. Sc) (Mal), BSc (Mal) (Polymer Electrolytes, Advanced Materials)

Raymond Ooi C. H., PhD (Konstanz), MEng(Sing), BSc(USM) (Quantum and Nonlinear Optics, Ultrafast Laser Spectroscopy & Microscopy, Photonic Materials)

Datin Saadah Abdul Rahman, PhD(Mal), MSc(Indiana), BSc(Indiana), FIPM (Semiconductor Physics and Technology)

Sithi Vinayakam Muniandy, DPhil(Oxford), MSc(UKM), BSc(UKM), MIPM, MInstP (Statistical Physics, Stochastic Dynamics, Fractals)

Wan Ahmad Tajuddin Wan Abdullah, PhD (Lond), DIC, BSc(Lond), ARCS, FIPM (Complex System, Neuron Network, Econophysics, High Energy Particle Physics)

Wan Haliza Abd. Majid, PhD(Sheffield), MSc(Mal), BSc(Aberystwyth), FIPM, (Low Dimensional Materials, Organic Electronics, Advanced Materials)

Wong Chiow San, PhD (Mal), MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal), FASc, CPhys, MInstP(UK), FIPM, FASc (Plasma Physics and Technology, Pulsed Technology)

Yusoff Mohd Amin, PhD (Birmingham), MSc(Birmingham), BSc(Salf), CRadP MSRP(UK), MIPM (Radiation Physics, Environmental Radiation)

Zainol Abidin Ibrahim, PhD(Durham), BSc(Mal), MIPM (Physical Electronics, Elementary Particle Detectors) ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Chew Khian-Hooi, PhD(USM), BSc(Mal) (Microscopic and phenomelogical studies of ferroics, with a particular focus on ferroelectrics)

Chin Oi Hoong, PhD(Mal), MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Plasma Physics and Technology)

Khaulah @ Che Som Sulaiman, PhD(Mal), MSc(UKM), BSc(Mal) (Solar Energy, Organic Electronics)

Mayeen Uddin Khandaker, PhD(KNU), MSc(CU), BSc(CU) (Charged-Particle Activation Analysis, Neutron Activation Analysis, Gamma-Ray Spectrometry)

Roslan Md Nor, PhD(Queens), MSc(Wales), BSc(Mal) (Applied Plasma, Materials Characterization, Advanced Material)

Rosli H Mahat, MPhil(Southampton), MS(California-Riverside), BA(Macalester), AIPM (Environmental Radiation)

Siti Rohana Majid, PhD(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Polymer Membrane, Advanced Material) Vengadesh Periasamy, PhD(Mal), MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal) DNA Electronics, Langmuir-Blodgett, Biophotovoltaics(BPV)


24

Zamri Zainal Abidin, PhD(Manc.),MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Astrophysics, Cosmology, Radio Astronomy)

Zurina Osman, PhD(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Advanced Materials, Polymeric Materials, Battery) SENIOR LECTURER: Ahmad Shuhaimi Abu Bakar, DEng(NITech, Japan), MEng(NITech, Japan), BEng(NITech, Japan) (III-V Nitride Semiconductors, Optoelectronics Fabrication)

Azzuliani Binti Supangat, BSc(UPM),MSc(UM), PhD (Australia) (semi-conducting polymers, nanomaterials, semiconductor devices) Chiu Wee Siong, PhD(Nottingham), MSc(UKM), BSc(UKM) (Magnetic Nanomaterials, Semiconductor Photocatalysis, Materials Characterization) Chong Wu Yi, PhD(Mal), MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Laser Physics, Photonic Technology, Optical Sensor)

Goh Boon Tong, PhD(Mal), MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Semiconductor physics, Inorganic nanomaterials, Optical and x-ray spectroscopies) Huang Nay Ming, PhD(UKM), MSc(UKM), BSc(UKM) (Graphene, Nanomaterials, Solar energy)

Lim Kok Sing, PhD(Mal), BEng(Mal) (Fibre Laser, Fibre Optic, Optical Sensor)

Mohd Hamdi Bin Ali, BSc(Mal), PhD(Mal) (Polymer electrolytes, electrochemical devices) Nazhatulshima Ahmad, PhD(Mal), MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Stellar Astrophysics, Moon Crescent, Instrumentation) Norhasliza Yusof, BSc(Mal), MSc(Mal) (Nuclear astrophysics, Stellar astrophysics)

Ramesh Kasi, PhD., MS (By research)., B.E.(Chem) (Corrosion coatings, antifouling coatings, polymer electrolytes)

Richard Ritikos, PhD(Mal), MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Solid State Physics, Material Science, Programing and Instrumentation) Rozalina Zakaria, Phd (UK), MSc (Mal), Bsc (UPM) (Plasmonics, Laser Physics, Optics, Photonic)

Thamil Selvi Velayutham, PhD(Mal), MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Material Science, Functional Materials) Woon Kai Lin, PhD(Hull), BSc(Hull) (Carbon based electronics and optoelectronics)

Yap Seong Ling, PhD(Mal), MSc(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Plasma Physics and Technology, Parallel Processes and Innovative Technology)

Zarina Aspanut, DEng(Gifu Univ, Jpn), MEng(Toyohashi Univ of Tech, Jpn), BSc(Mal) (Nanostructures synthesis and characterization, Materials Research)

Zul Hazrin Zainal Abidin, PhD(Mal), BSc(Mal) (Advanced Material, Coatings Technology)

RESEARCH FELLOW Assoc. Prof. Dr.Rustam Bin Puteh, PhD(Dunelm), BSc(Hons)(Mal) (Physics of Materials)

DEGREE PROGRAM

The Department of Physics currently offers two programs at the Bachelor’s level, that is, the Bachelor of Science in Physics and Bachelor of Science in Materials Science. List of all the courses offered in this program can be found under the section Structure of Degree of the respective program. Program B.Sc. (Physics) consists of three levels, namely Introductory, Intermediate and Advanced levels. The program starts with introductory courses in physics while the Intermediate level builds strong fundamentals in physics through courses such as Quantum Mechanics, Electromagnetism, Mechanics, Mathematical Methods, Statistical Physics, Computation and Numerical Methods, and etc. In the Advanced level, the students have the opportunity to take up courses focussed in various fields. There are eight focus fields that offer various respective elective courses. These are Plasma Physics, Laser and Optoelectronics, Semiconductor Physics, Nuclear Physics and Elementary Particle Physics, Space Physics, Radiation Physics and Biophysics, Physics of Materials and Electronics. Students are also required to carry out a project in any one of these fields. B.Sc.(Materials Science) consists of four levels. The first level gives emphasis on the basic physics necessary for further study of Materials Science. Level two investigates material properties and material characterization methods such as the Mechanical Properties of Materials, Electrical Properties of Materials, Materials Characterization and Magnetic Properties of Superconducting Materials just to name a few. Level three and four consists of course that is more modern, such as Semiconductor Materials and Devices, Nanomaterials and Nanotechnology, Organic Electronic Materials and Devices, Labview Programming, Vacuum and Plasma Technology, Bio-Materials, Electrochemistry, Advanced Materials Processing Technology, Smart Materials, Computational and Simulation, Photonic Materials and devices. Students are also required to carry out the project in one of the fields above. Industry training is compulsory for BSc Program (Materials Science).

At the end of the Degree of Bachelor of Science (Physics) program, graduates are able to:

1. Demonstrate proficiency in the basic knowledge in the major fields of physics (classical mechanics, electricity and magnetism, quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics and thermodynamics) and the field of applied physics (e.g. solid state physics, optics, nuclear physics, atomic physics, etc.).

2. Demonstrate practical skills in physics such as designing, setting up experiments, collecting and analyzing data, identifying sources of error, interpreting experimental results and connecting results to related physics concepts or other scientific theories).

3. Value the need for sustainable development in the practice of physics for the needs of society and the environment.

4. Demonstrate capability in seeking creative and practical solutions to meet the requirements and changes dictated by the work environment in a scientific, professional and ethical way.


25

5. Demonstrate communication, leader-ship and team work skills particularly in relating scientific and technical information through both written and oral presentations.

6. Apply physics principles to novel situations, both in the classroom and in research settings, through critical thinking, problem solving, mathematical and computer modelling, and laboratory experimentation.

7. Manage effectively the rigor and discipline it takes to be a good scientist with efficient time management and appropriate use of resources.

8. Apply their physics experience and knowledge to explore opportunities in entrepreneurship world.

At the end of the Bachelor of Science (Materials Science), graduates are able to: 1. Master the basic knowledge of Materials Science and

technology. 2. Apply practical skills in Materials Science and correlate

the findings with the concept of Materials Science. 3. Demonstrate skills and social responsibility in the practice

of Materials Science 4. Practice of ethics and professionalism as a Materials

Scientists 5. Communicate effectively and be able to work

independently or in teams 6. Use scientific skills in problem solving related to Materials

Science 7. Manage information and personal self development and

professional life 8. Using the experience and knowledge of Materials

Science to explore opportunities in the world of entrepreneurship.

AREAS OF RESEARCH There are six research centres in the Department of Physics

1 Centre for Theoretical Physics (CTP) 2 Low Dimensional Materials Research Centre (LDMRC) 3 Centre For Ionics University of Malaya (CIUM) 4 Plasma Technology Research Centre (PTRC) 5 Photonics Research Centre (PRC) 6 Quantum Science Center (QSC) and sixteen core areas:

1. Applied Materials 2. Space Physics 3. Solid-State Physics 4. Microprocessor and Computational Physics 5. Theoretical Physics 6. Elementary Particle Physics 7. Corrosion and Coatings 8. Magnetic Devices and Instrumentation 9. Applied Optics and High Temperature Density Physics 10. Radio astronomy 11. Materials Science and Polymer Physics 12. Applied Radiation 13. Optical Astronomy 14. Nuclear Physics 15. Nuclear Astrophysics 16. Stellar Astrophysics

Major facilities in the Department of Physics that are primarily used in research of experimental nature are: SEM-EDX, XRD,

AFM, FT-IR, PL, TLD Reader, OMA, UV-VIS-NIR Spectrophotometer, Field Emission Auger Microprobe, Flame Hydrolysis Deposition system, DC sputtering system and Mask Aligner, 1m grazing incidence Spectrometer, Co-60 irradiator and HpGe Gamma spectrometer.

Other research facilities available in the Department include high speed diagnostic system such as streak camera, fast digital oscilloscope, spectrum analyzers, thin film preparation systems, clean room and gas handling facilities, high-power laser, picosecond laser, high voltage and high current discharge systems, rf ionization plasma sources, pulsed neutron source, high dose radiation source and materials testing laboratory.

Research topics currently active in the Physics Department includes:

1. Studies on polymer electrolyte for lithium air proton batteries.

2. Studies on alkaline solid polymer electrolyte and mechanically alloyed polycrystalline Mg2Ni for metal hydride-air batteries.

3. Studies on silicone-acrylic paints. 4. Fast pulsed capillary discharge as coherent XUV and soft

x-ray source. 5. Digital holography and speckle pattern interferometry. 6. Development and applications of vacuum UV excimer laser

and high power industrial CO2 laser systems. 7. Development of nano-ribbons as thermo luminescence

dosimeters. 8. Use of Ge-doped optical fibre as radiation dosimeter. 9. Study of naturally occurring and technically enhanced

naturally occurring radioactive materials. 10. Particle production from high-energy electron –proton

collision (ZEUS collaboration at the HERA accelerator in DESY, Germany).

11. Study on high Q2 refraction, resonance and decay of particles.

12. Mechanical studies of polymer based on polyurethane. 13. Design and characterization of super-capacitors. 14. Studies on composite materials. 15. Fabrication of fused couplers, fibre Bragg gratings. 16. Developing optical fibre preform and planar waveguides

devices. 17. C-band and L-band erbium-doped fibre amplifiers. 18. Plasma focus as pulsed radiation source. 19. Pulsed exploding wire for syntheses of nanoparticles. 20. RF ICP and AC capacitively coupled plasma sources and

applications. 21. Electronic and electro-optical proper-ties of silicon and

carbon based materials. 22. Organic light emitting device. 23. Solar devices based on organic semiconducting materials. 24. Astronomical photometry and spectroscopy. 25. Visibility study of a young crescent moon. 26. Adaptive optics. 27. Nuclear reaction rates in astrophysics. 28. Condensed matter physics study of glasses. 29. Stellar and neutrino astrophysics. 30. Experimental Fabrication Techniques in Materials Science. 31. High power ion beam and X-ray source and their

application. 32. Design and implementation of neuron networks. 33. Intelligent circuit. 34. IT usage and physics education.


26

35. Vacuum spark discharge as a EUV source for next generation lithography.

36. Complex dynamics in dusty plasmas. 37. Anomalous transports in disordered materials. 38. Transports phenomena in nanostructures. 39. Quantum Brownian motion. 40. Stochastic field theories using fractional calculus. 41. Description of electroweak interactions of hadrons. 42. Transport mechanism, spectroscopic and morphological

studies of gel polymer electrolytes. 43. Studies of ion conducting polymers. 44. Structural and electrical characterization of Langmuir-

Blodgett organic thin films of photosynthetic biomaterials (PBMs) reconstituted into “artificial membranes”.

45. Development of biomaterials based nano-gaps, nano-patterning and device fabrication.

46. Algae derived biophotovoltaic studies. 47. Hierarchical nanostructured metal oxide dye sensitized

solar cells 48. Low defect density pristine graphene 49. Graphene/metal oxide nanocomposites for solar energy

conversion. 50. Magnetic properties of graphene. 51. Construction of noise measurement system for magnetic

thin film samples. 52. Description of Electroweak Interactions of Hadrons. 53. Epitaxial growth of III-V nitride-based semiconductors and

fabrications of nano-electronic devices. 54. Gravitational field around Galaxies, Stars and Planets with

Elliptical shape. 55. Femtosecond Laser Science. 56. DNA electronics research to enable detection of DNA base

pairs conductivity to enable genomic sequencing, detection of blood borne pathogens etc.

57. Preparation of graphene thin film for application as anodes for fuel cells and as transparent conductive film using the Langmuir-Blodgett method.

58. Research into the antipathogenic/anticancer properties of riboflavin.

59. Preparation of inorganic nanoparticles (Ag, Au etc) through the normal and green synthesis process and its antimicrobial/anticancer properties.

60. Biophotovoltaic (BPV) fuel cell research in production of green energy.

JOB OPPORTUNITIES Courses offered in the Department of Physics, University of Malaya are suited for those who wish to be scientists and professional technologists in research institutions and the industries. Physicists are in high demand especially those who are trained in the field of new and advanced materials, device fabrication, nano-technology, testing and measurements. The industrial sector and research institution today need physicists who are able to integrate new and advanced technology into existing system. Physics graduates are highly sought after in the electronics industries, space industry, computer and information technology as well as telecommunication, and various electrical and mechanical manufacturing industries. They often serve as materials process engineers, quality control engineers in the production division or researchers in the division of research and development (R&D). Many Physics graduates have also made excellent marketing and sale executives for modern, sophisticated scientific equipment.

Other opportunities include those in the medical field. Laser technology, x-ray, NMR, radiation and ultra sound are

commonly used in various medical fields, hence, Physics graduates are suited to assist the medical officers in the operation and management of these systems as well as in data analysis.

There is great opportunity for Physics graduates to become academicians and researchers in Institutions of Higher Learning upon furthering their studies to the PhD level. Besides, Physics lecturers and teachers are also in high demand in schools, as well as public and private colleges.

POST-GRADUATE DEGREE (FIELDS OF RESEARCH)

Post-graduate candidates may pursue the MSc and PhD programs (by research) in various areas such as Plasma Physics, Laser Physics, Photonics, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, Display Devices, Thin Film Technology, Materials Science, Polymer Physics, Conducting Polymer, Environmental Radiation, Neuron Network, Complex Systems, Elementary Particle Physics, Nuclear Theory, Condensed Matter Theory, Space Physics, Astronomy and Cosmology and Stellar Astrophysics.

The Department of Physics also offers MSc (Applied Physics) and MTech (Materials Science) programs by course work covering areas in Semiconductor Technology, Plasma Technology, Laser and Optoelectronics, Applied Radiation and Materials Science.

CORE COURSES

LEVEL 1 SIF1001 MATHEMATICAL METHODS I (3 CREDITS) Matrices and solutions for sets of linear equations: matrix and row reduction; vectors and their notation; matrix operations; linear combinations, linear functions, linear operators; matrix operators, linear transformations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors; special matrices. Partial differentiation: power series in two variables; total differentials; chain rule; implicit differentiation; application of partial differentiation to maximum and minimum problems including constraints; Lagrange multipliers, endpoint and boundary point problems; change of variables; differentiation of integrals, Leibniz rule. Mutliple integrals: integrated integrals; applications of Integrations; single and multiple integrals; change of variables in integrals; Jacobian; surface integrals. Vector analysis: applications of vector multiplication; triple products; fields; directional derivative, gradient; some other expressions involving divergence; line integrals; Green’s Theorem in a plane; divergence and divergence theorem; Curl and Stoke’s Theorem. Ordinary differential equations: separable equations; linear first-order equations; second-order linear equations. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English

B. Sc. (Physics)

SYNOPSES OF COURSES


27

Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS1, CTPS2, LL1 References: 1. Mary L. Boas, Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences,

3rd ed. (John Wiley & Sons, 2006) 2. S. Hassani, Mathematical Methods: For Students of Physics and

Related Fields, , 2rd Edition (Springer, 2009) 3. K. F. Riley, M. P. Hobson, Essential Mathematical Methods for the

Physical Sciences (Cambridge University Press, 2011) 4. G.B. Arfken, H.J. Weber, Mathematical Methods for Physicists: A

Comprehensive Guide, 7th Edition (Elsevier Acad. Press, 2012) 5. G. N. Felder, K. M. Felder, Mathematical Methods in Engineering

and Physics (John Wiley & Sons, 2015) SIF1002 VIBRATIONS AND WAVES (2 CREDITS) Sinusoidal vibrations: Description of simple harmonic motion, The rotating-vector representation, Rotating vectors and complex numbers, Complex exponential in waves, Superposed vibrations in one dimension, Two superposed vibrations of equal frequency. Superposed vibrations of different frequency: beats, Many superposed vibrations of the same frequency, Combination of two vibrations at right angles, Perpendicular motions with equal frequencies. Perpendicular motions with different frequencies: Lissajous figures, Free vibrations of physical systems; basic mass-string problem, Solving the harmonic oscillator equation using complex exponentials, Damped oscillations, Forced vibrations and resonance, Undamped oscillator with harmonic forcing, Complex exponential method for forced oscillations, Forced oscillations with damping, transient phenomena, Power absorbed by a driven oscillator. Coupled oscillators and normal modes: Two coupled pendulums, Superposition of normal modes, Normal frequencies - general analytical approach, Forced vibration and resonance for two coupled oscillators. Progressive waves: what is a wave? Normal modes and travelling waves, Progressive waves in one direction, Superposition of wave pulses. Dispersion: phase and group velocities Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CTPS2, LL1 References: 1. P. French, Vibrations and Waves. (CRC Press, 2003) 2. H.J. Pain, The Physics of Vibrations & Waves, 6th ed. (Wiley,

Chichester, 2013) 3. G.C. King, Vibrations and Waves, 2nd ed. (Wiley, 2013) 4. I.G. Main, Vibrations and Waves in Physics, 3rd ed. (Cambridge

Univ. Press, 1993) 5. H. J. Pain, P. Rankin, Introduction to Vibrations and Waves

(Wiley, 2015) SIF1003 THERMAL PHYSICS (2 CREDITS) Temperature, heat conduction, diffusion; Zeroth law of thermodynamics; PVT system, Ideal gas, van der Waal gas; Work, heat, internal energy; First, Second and Third laws of thermodynamics; Entropy, enthalpy, thermodynamic potentials; Phase transition, phase diagrams; Kinetic theory for ideal gas; Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution; Real gas, black body radiation, Stefan's law; Equipartition of energy, Partition function; Introduction to statistical mechanics; Basic statistics for thermodynamics. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40%

Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL1 References: 1. F.W. Sears & G.L. Salinger, Thermo-dynamics, Kinetic Theory &

Statistical Thermodynamics, 3rd Ed. (Addison-Wesley, 1977) 2. Mark W. Zemansky & Richard H. Dittman, Heat and

Thermodynamics, 7th Ed. (McGraw-Hill Int’l Ed., 1997) 3. Daniel V. Schroeder, An Introduction to Thermal Physics (Pearson

Education, Limited, 2013) 4. S.J. Blundell & K.M. Blundell, Concepts in Thermal Physics, 2nd

ed. (Oxford, 2012) 5. David Goodstein, Thermal Physics: Energy and Entropy

(Cambridge University Press, 2015) SIF1004 MODERN PHYSICS (2 CREDITS) Special theory of relativity: Galileo-Newtonian relativity, Michelson-Morley experiment, Special theory of relativity postulates; Lorentz transformation, Lorentz contraction, time dilation Relativity of Mass, Momentum and Energy, 4-vector time-position: 4-vector, velocity 4-vector, momentum 4-vector and momentum–energy. Quantum Theory: The need for quantum theory, Duality of Particle-Wave, Wave Function, Heisenberg uncertainty, Time independent Schrodinger equation, Examples in 1-D: zero free particle and infinite square well potential. Atomic matter: summary of atomic structure and the physics of periodic table, Types of Atomic Bonding, Van de Waals bond, X-ray spectrum and atomic number, Crystal structures, basic concept of phonons , Introduction to electron conduction in conductor, semiconductor and insulator. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity: Structure and characteristics of nucleus, binding energy, Nuclear forces. Radioactivity, Conservation Laws, Q-value, natural Radioactivity Series, Nuclear reactions, nuclear reactor and technology. Particle physics: Elementary particles and forces. Cosmology and astrophysics: Introduction to Big-Bang theory, structure and evolution of stars and galaxies. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS2, LL1 References: 1. S.T. Thornton & A. Rex, Modern Physics for Scientists and

Engineers, 3rd ed. (Brooks Cole, 2005) 2. R.A. Serway, C.J. Moses, C.A. Moyer, Modern Physics, 3rd ed.

(Saunders, 2005) 3. Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, 6th ed. (McGraw-Hill, 2003) 4. K. Krane, Modern Physics, 3rd ed. (Wiley, 2012) 5. J. Morrison, Modern Physics: for Scientists and Engineers, 2nd ed.

(Academic Press, 2015) 6. P Amore, JD Walecka, Introduction to Modern Physics: Solutions

to Problems (World Scientific, 2013) SIF1005 ELECTRONICS I (2 CREDITS) Circuit Theory: Kirchhoff’s law, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, Ohm’s law, circuit analysis technique, impedance matching. Semiconductor Diodes: Properties of semiconductor, pn junction, forward and reverse bias conditions, basic energy band diagrams, the current-voltage characteristics and simple diode circuits; the use of diodes in power supply circuits: half-wave, full-wave, bridge rectifiers; transformer, capacitor-input and choke-input filters, special diodes–Zener diode, voltage regulators. Bipolar junction Transistor (BJT): Characteristics of transistor, simple transistor circuit, current and voltage gain, load line concept, biasing


28

requirements, D.C analysis of the circuits and A.C analysis of the BJT circuit. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS2, CTPS3,LL1 References: 1. R. Boylestad & L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit

Theory, 11th ed. (Prentice Hall, 2012) 2. T.L. Floyd & D. Buchla, Electronics Fundamentals: Circuits,

Devices, and Applications (Prentice Hall, 2013) 3. A.P. Malvino & D. Bates, Electronic Principles with simulation CD

(McGraw-Hill Education, 2015) 4. A.J. Diefenderfer & B.E. Holton, Principles of Electronic

Instrumentation, 3rd Edition (Saunders Coll. Publ., 1994) SIF1006 PRACTICAL PHYSICS I (2 CREDITS) Experimental data analysis: precision and accuracy, significant figures, systematic error, statistical error, propagation of uncertainties of measurement, uncertainty analysis, statistical analysis Physics experiments on the topics of mechanics Physics experiments on the topics of heat Physics experiments on the topics of electricity Physics experiments on the topics of magnetism Physics experiments on the topics of optics and modern physics Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS2, LL1, TS1, LS1 References: 1. Douglas C. Montgomery, Introduction to Linear Regression

Analysis, (Wiley, 2012) 2. S. V. Gupta , Measurement Uncertainties: Physical Parameters

and Calibration of Instruments Hardcover , (Springer, 2012) 3. D. V. Skobel tsyn, Experimental Physics: Methods and Apparatus

(The Lebedev Physics Institute Series) (Springer, 2012) 4. J.R. Taylor, An Introduction to Error Analysis (University Science,

1997) 5. N.C. Barford, Experimental Measurements: Precision, Error and

Truth (Wiley, 1991).

LEVEL 2 SIF2001 QUANTUM MECHANICS I (3 CREDITS) Basic principles: wave packets, eigen functions, superposition principles, quantum mechanical postulates and probability density, uncertainty in measurements, Heisenberg uncertainty principles, space representation and momentum representation, measurement effect, commutators and constant of motion, equation of flux continuity, probability, Ehrenfest theorem. Time independent Schroedinger equation: free particle, step potential, square well potential and barrier potential, Harmonic oscillator. Hydrogen atom: quantum mechanics in 3-D, solution of Schroedinger equation, quantum numbers, eigen values and degenerates. Angular momentum: angular momentum operators, orbital magnetic moment, spin and total angular momentum. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40%

Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. Franz Mandl, Quantum Mechanics (John Wiley & Sons, 2013) 2. Albert Messiah, Quantum Mechanics (Dover Pubns, 2011) 3. Y.B. Band & Y vishal, Quantum Mechanics with Applications to

Nanotechnology & Information Science (Elsevier Ltd, 2013) 4. D. Griffiths, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (Prentice Hall,

2004) 5. W. Greiner, Quantum Mechanics. An Introduction (Springer, 2008) SIF2002 ELECTROMAGNETISM I (3 CREDITS) Electric charge, Coulomb’s law, continuous charge distribution, electric field, Gauss’s law, electric potential energy and potential, work done to move charges, energy of point charge and continuous charge distributions, conductors, induced charge. Dielectrics, induced dipoles, polarization, bound charge, field in dielectrics; electric displacement, linear dielectrics, susceptibility, permittivity and dielectric constant, forces and torques using the electrostatic energy, capacitors and capacitance, RC circuit and RCL circuit. Lorentz force law on charges and current in magnetic field and electric field, Biot-Savart law, steady current, magnetic field of steady current, Ampere’s law and displacement current. Magnetic dipoles, magnetic dipole moments, Diamagnet, paramagnet and ferromagnet, magnetization, bound current, Ampére law in magnetized materials, magnetic susceptibility and permeability, ferromagnetism, antiferromagnetism. Electromotive force (emf), motional emf; Faraday’s law and Lenz’s law, electromagnetic induction, mutual inductance, self-inductance, energy in magnetic fields, displaced current, Maxwell’s equations. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS2,CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. S. Grant and W. R. Phillips, Electromagnetism, 2nd ed. (Wiley,

1990) 2. E. M. Purcell, D. J. Morin, Electricity and Magnetism, 3rd ed.

(Cambridge University Press, 2013) 3. J. Reitz, F. Milford, R. Christy, Foundations of Electromagnetic

theory, 4th ed. (Pearson, 2008) 4. David K. Cheng, Fundamentals of Engineering Electromagnetics,

Rev. ed., (Pearson, 2013) 5. W. K. H. Panofsky, M. Phillips, Classical Electricity and

Magnetism, 2nd ed. (Addison-Wesley, 2012) SIF2003 ELECTROMAGNETISM II (3 CREDITS) Revision on electricity and magnetism in derivative forms. Coordinate systems: cylindrical, rectangle and spherical coordinates, Divergence theorem and Stokes’ theorem, imaging method, Gauss theorem in derivative form, divergence and curl of magnetic field, Laplace equation in 2 and 3 dimensions, boundary conditions and theorem of uniqueness, boundary conditions for D, E, B and H vectors, Free and bounded charges, Field variation with time, Maxwell’s equations in differential and integral forms, Solution to Maxwell’s equations in free space, Maxwell equations in matter, Scalar potential, vector potential and Gauge transformation. Electromagnetic waves: In free space, polarization, reflection and transmission in medium, Helmholtz’s equation. Electromagnetic wave propagation: Poynting theorem and Poynting vector, electromagnetic wave in conducting and nonconducting medium, frequency dependence of permittivity and conductivity, dispersion in nonconducting medium, propagation of electromagnetic


29

wave in between conducting planes, guided rectangular wave and hollow. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3 References: 1. M.N.O. Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics, 6th ed. (Oxford

Univ Press, 2014) 2. David J. Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, 4th ed.

(Pearson, 2014) 3. William H. Hayt, Engineering Electromagnetics, 8th ed. (McGraw-

Hill, 2012) 4. Munir H. Nayfeh, Morton K. Brussel, Electricity and Magnetism

(Wiley, 1985) 5. David K. Cheng, Fundamentals of Engineering Electromagnetics,

New International Edition (Pearson, 2013) SIF2004 MECHANICS (3 CREDITS) Motion of a particle: kinematics in two-dimension and three-dimension, theories of energy and momentum, linear momentum, angular momentum, motion in two- and three-dimensions, types of forces and potential energy, projectile motion, motion caused by centripetal force. Motion of a system of particles: center of mass and linear momentum, angular momentum and kinetic energy of a system of particles, motion of a body with changing mass, rocket and planetary motion, collision problem, 2-body problem, center of mass coordinate system and Rutherford scattering. Noninertial Reference Systems: linear accelerating and rotating coordinate system, centrifugal and Coriolis forces, Foucault pendulum, Larmor’s theory. Dynamics of rigid body: angular momentum, moment of inertia, Eulerian angle, Euler’s equation of rigid body. Calculus of variations and Hamilton’s principle: Canonical transformation, Poisson brackets. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics: generalized coordinates, Lagrange’s equation with undetermined multiplier, equivalent of Lagrange’s and Newton’s equation, Canonical equation of motion, Hamilton’s equation. Special theory of relativity: Galilean invariance, Lorentz transformation, twins paradox, space time and four vector. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. S.T. Thornton & J.B. Marion, Classical Dynamics of Particles and

Systems, 6th ed. (Brooks Cole, 2004) 2. G.R. Fowles & G.L. Cassiday, Analytical Mechanics, 6th ed.

(Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2005) 3. R. Resnick, Introduction to Special Relativity (Wiley, 2007) 4. H. Goldstein, C. P. Poole & J. Safko, Classical Mechanics

(Pearson, 2011) 5. J.G. Papastavridis, Analytical Mechanics: A Comprehensive

Treatise on the Dynamics of Constrained Systems (World Scientific, 2013)

6. T.L. Chow, Classical Mechanics, 2nd edition (CRC Press, 2013) SIF2005 STATISTICAL PHYSICS (3 CREDITS) Review of thermodynamics, basics of statistical mechanics, canonical ensemble and Boltzmann distribution, identical particles, Maxwell distribution of molecular speeds, applications in Doppler line broadening, Einstein’s diffusion law, Planck’s distribution and

applications of Bose-Einstein distribution, systems with variable number of particles, Fermi-Dirac distribution, Bose-Einstein condensation, phase transition, Clapeyron equation, phase separation, Ising model and mean field theory, order parameter, Landau theory, symmetry breaking, critical exponent. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. R. Bowley and M. Sanchez, Introductory Statistical Mechanics

(Oxford Science Publ., 2002) 2. S.R.A. Salinas, Introduction to Statistical Physics (Springer, 2013) 3. F. Reif, Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics

(Waveland Pr Inc, 2009) 4. F. Mandl, Statistical Physics, 2nd ed. (Wiley, 2013) 5. R. H. Swendsen, An Introduction to Statistical Mechanics and

Thermodynamics (Oxford University Press, 2012) 6. J.P. Casquilho and P.I.C Teixeira, Introduction to Statistical

Physics (Cambridge University Press, 2015) SIF2006 OPTICS (2 CREDITS) Nature of light: brief history. Particles and photons: Wave-particle duality, The electromagnetic spectrum, Radiometry, Photometry, Black body radiation, Optical radiation sources, Matrix methods in paraxial optics, ABCD matrix, Reflection in plane mirrors and refraction through plane surfaces, Reflection and refraction at spherical surface, thin lenses, cylindrical lenses, thick lenses, prisms, wave equation. Harmonic waveforms: plane, spherical, and cylindrical, Electromagnetic waves, superposition, two-beam interference & two slit (Young) interference, Interference in dielectric films, multiple-beam interference. Optical interferometry: Michelson interferometer, Fabry-Perot Interferometer, Huygen-Fresnel principle, Fraunhofer diffraction, diffraction from single slit, multiple slits-diffraction grating, polarized light, polarization by selective absorption, reflection, scattering, birefringence & dichroism , jones vectors and matrices, Fresnel equations , Fresnel diffraction & Fresnel lens. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. F. L. Pedrotti, L. M. Pedrotti, & L. S. Pedrotti, Introduction to

Optics, New Int’l Ed. (Pearson, 2013) 2. E. Hecht, Optics 5th ed. (Addison-Wesley, 2015) 3. I. Kenyon, The Light Fantastic: A modern Introduction to Classical

and Quantum Optics, 2nd Ed. (Oxford Univ Press, 2011) 4. F. A. Jenkins & H. E. White, Fundamentals of Optics, 4th ed.

(McGraw-Hill, 2001) SIF2007 NUMERICAL AND COMPUTATIONAL METHODS (3 CREDITS) Scientific Computing, Interpolation, Optimisation, Nonlinear equations, Initial value problems for ordinary differential equations Linear equations, Numerical differentiation, Numerical integration. Assessment Method:


30

Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. J. Faires, Richard Burden, Numerical Methods, 4th

ed.(Brooks/Cole, 2013) 2. P. G. Guest, Philip George Guest, Numerical Methods of Curve

Fitting (Cambridge University Press, 2013) 3. T. Veerarajan, Numerical Methods (Tata McGraw-Hill Education,

2013) 4. J.F. Epperson, An Introduction to Numerical Methods and

Analysis (Wiley, 2007) 5. N.J. Giordano & H. Nakanishi, Computational Physics, 2nd ed.

(Prentice-Hall, 2005) 6. J.J. Leader, Numerical Analysis & Scientific Computation

(Pearson Addison-Wesley, 2004) 7. M.T. Heath, Scientific Computing, 2nd ed. (McGraw-Hill, 2002) SIF2008 INSTRUMENTATION (2 CREDITS) Basic concepts, general measuring systems, static and dynamic measurements, system response, distortion, impedance matching, loading effect. Noise: effect of noise and interference, signal-to-noise ratio, source of noise and coupling mechanisms, noise measurement, techniques for reducing effects of noise and interference. Signal conditioning: basic input circuits, amplifier, filters. Vacuum technology: establishing and measuring vacuum. Sensors and transducers: based on resistance, capacitance, inductance, electromagnetic, thermoelectricity, piezoelectricity and optics; efficiency and responsiveness. Data acquisition and processing: data acquisition systems, analog-to-digital and digital-to analog conversions, data transmissions. Special measurement systems: selected techniques and measuring systems in several aspects of physics and engineering. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3 References: 1. J.P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers (McGraw-Hill,

2000) 2. N.S. Harris, Modern Vacuum Practice, 3rd ed (McGraw-Hill, 2007) 3. J.P. Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems, 4th ed.

(Pearson – Prentice Hall, 2005) 4. J.W. Dally, W.F. Riley & K.G. McConnel, Instrumentation for

Engineering Measurements (Wiley, 1993) SIF2009 ELECTRONICS PRACTICAL (2 CREDIT) Electronic experiments which cover the topics diode, rectification, transistor, amplifier, digital electronic and others. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 0% Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, TS2, EM2 References:

1. Experimental manual 2. R. Boylestad & L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit

Theory, 10th ed. (Prentice Hall, 2008), 3. A.P. Malvino & D. Bates, Electronic Principles with simulation CD

(Career Education, 2006) 4. T. L. Floyd & D. Buchla, Electronics Fundamentals: Circuits,

Devices, and Applications, 8th ed. (Prentice Hall, 2009) SIF2010 PHYSICS PRACTICAL II (2 CREDITS) Practical classes for experiments in fundamental physics on topics including electricity, magnetism, thermodynamics, optics, spectroscopy and others. Assessment Method: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2, TS2 References: 1. Experimental manual SIF2011 APPLIED PHYSICS PRACTICAL (4 CREDITS) Applied physics experiments covering topics in Solid State Physics, Plasma Physics, Optics, Radiation Physics, Materials Science, and Photonics. Assessment Method: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2, TS1 References: 1. Experimental manual

LEVEL 3 SIF3001 NUCLEAR PHYSICS (3 CREDITS) Nuclear structure and properties, Nuclear scattering, Nuclear force and force exchange, Nuclear decays, isospin, Nuclear reactions, fission and fusion, Nuclear reactions in astrophysics. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. Kenneth S. Krane, Introductory Nuclear Physics (Wiley, 1987) 2. Richard Dunlap, An Introduction to the Physics of Nuclei and

Particles (Brooks & Cole, 2004) 3. C.A. Bertulani, Nuclear Physics in a Nutshell (Princeton, 2007) 4. J. Liley, Nuclear Physics: Principles and Applications (Wiley,

2013) 5. Raymond Murray, Keith E. Holbert, Nuclear Energy: An

Introduction to the Concepts, Systems, and Applications of Nuclear Processes (Elsivier, 2015)

6. C. Iliadis, Nuclear Physics of the Stars (Wiley, 2015) SIF3002 ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR PHYSICS (3 CREDITS)


31

Electron spin, Anomalous Zeeman & Paschen Back; Magnetic moment of electron - Spin orbital interaction & Fine structure; Magnetic moment of nucleus - Hyperfine structure; Addition of angular momenta; Relativistic effects; Fine structure; Indistinguishable particles & Pauli Exclusion Principle; Helium atom; Multi electron atom; alkali atom; Coupling of angular momenta - LS & jj; Periodic table and Hund's rule; Hyperfine structure; Atomic spectra & spectroscopy; Time dependent perturbation theory and Fermi golden rule; Absorption, spontaneous and stimulated emissions; Selection rules and Transition rate; Natural linewidth & inhomogenous broadening; Einstein coefficient A and B; Diatomic molecules - Hamiltonian, Born-Oppenheimer approximation, molecular potential, vibrational energy, rotational energy; vibrational transition, vibronic transition and Frank-Condon principle, molecular spectra. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. B.H. Bransden, Physics of atoms and molecules (Pearson

Education, 2006) 2. W. Demtröder, Atoms, Molecules, and Photons: an introduction to

atomic-, molecular-, and quantum-physics, 2nd ed. (Springer, 2011)

3. R. Eisberg & R. Resnick, Quantum Physics of Atoms, Molecules, Solids, Nuclei and Particles (Wiley, 2002)

4. Ch. J. Foot, Atomic Physics, Oxford University Press 2005. 5. Vasant Natarajan, Modern Atomic Physics (CRC Press, 2015) 6. Rajesh Srivastava, Rakesh Choubisa, Atomic and Molecular

Physics: Introduction to Advanced Topics (Narosa Publishing, 2012)

SIF3003 SOLID STATE PHYSICS (3 CREDITS) Introduction to types of solids, structure of crystalline solids: periodicity, lattice and unit cell, Bravais lattices, directions and planes in crystals, X-ray diffraction, diffraction techniques, reciprocal lattice, Brillouin zone, bonding in solids, dynamics of monoatomic and diatomic lattices (1-D and 3-D), density of states, dispersion of phonons, thermal properties: specific heat capacity, thermal conductivity, free and quantized electron models, D.C. conductivity and electron dispersion, band theory of solids: Bloch function, Kronig-Penney model, band theory of solids: effective mass, density of states and concentration of electrons. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 8th edition (John

Wiley, 2012) 2. M.A. Omar , Elementary Solid State Physics , 4th edition

(Addison Wesley, 1999) 3. J.S. Blakemore, Solid State Physics, Cambridge Uni Press

(Saunders, 1994) 4. J. Richard Christman, Fundamental of Solid State Physics (Wiley,

1988) 5. P. Phillips, Advanced Solid State Physics (Cambridge University

Press, 2012) 6. Giuseppe Grosso, Giuseppe Pastori Parravicini, Solid State

Physics (Academic Press, 2012) 7. Philip Hofmann, Solid State Physics: An Introduction (Wiley, 2015) SIF3004 PROJECT (8 CREDITS)

Research project in physics and related fields. Workshop projects. Seminar in selected topics. Assessment Method: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2, EM2, TS2, LS2 Reference: 1. Project’s supervisor

SIF3005 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (3 CREDITS) This course provides opportunities for students to obtain training and working experience in selected companies/ organization or industries engaged in activities related to physics. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 0% Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2, EM2, TS3, LS2 Reference: 1. Project’s supervisor

ELECTIVE COURSES SIF2012 MODERN OPTICS AND LASER PHYSICS (3 CREDITS) Introduction to laser: Basic laser theory, Characteristics of a laser beam, temporal and spatial coherence, Classical Law of radiation, Cavity modes, Einstein A and B coefficient, Quantum theory of two-level system interacting with light, Light matter interactions: Absorption, spontaneous emission and stimulated emission, 3-level laser system, 4-level laser system, Homogeneous linewidth broadening, Inhomogeneous linewidth broadening, Optical resonators, Modes of oscillation: Transverse and longitudinal modes, Mode density and cavity lifetime, Threshold power, small signal gain, gain saturation and power extraction, TEM00 modes and its propagation, Q-switching, Mode-locking, Examples of solid-state, gas and dye lasers, Introduction to nonlinear optics: nonlinear optical medium, Frequency upconversion and frequency downconversion, Optical parametric amplifier and optical parametric oscillator, Phase matching, Saturable absorption and two-photon absorption, Stimulated Raman Scattering, Electro-optic effect, Magneto-optic effect, Acousto-optic effect, Optical Kerr effect. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, TS1, LS1, EM1 References: 1. W. T. Silfvast, Laser Fundamentals 2nd ed. (Cambridge University

Press, 2004) 2. F.L. Pedrotti, L.M. Pedrotti, & L.S. Pedrotti, Introduction to Optics,

3rd ed. (Pearson Prentice Hall, 2007) 3. J. T. Verdeyen, Laser Electronics 3rd ed. (Prentice Hall, 1994) 4. K. F. Renk, Basics of Laser Physics, (Springer, 2012)


32

5. G. R. Fowles, Introduction to Modern Optics, 2nd Ed. (Courier, 2012)

6. C. B. Hitz, J. J. Ewing, J. Hecht, Introduction to Laser Technology, 4th ed. (Wiley, 2012)

SIF2013 PHOTONICS (3 CREDITS) Basics of optical fibre waveguides; Total internal reflection; Acceptance angle and Numerical aperture; Skew rays; Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation in guided medium; Modes in a planar waveguide; Phase and group velocity; Phase shift with total internal reflection and evanescent field; Goos-Haenchen shift; Multimode optical fibre; Single mode optical fibre; Transmission characteristics of optical fibre; Attenuation, Material absorption losses in silica glass fibre; Linear and nonlinear scattering losses; Fibre bend loss; Mid-IR and Far-IR transmission in optical fibre; Chromatic and intermodal dispersion; Dispersion-modified single-mode fibres; Polarization and nonlinear effects in optical fibres; Fabrication of optical fibres; Fibre and waveguide amplifiers and lasers; Rare-earth doped fibre amplifiers; Raman and Brillouin fibre amplifiers; Waveguide amplifiers; Optical parametric amplifiers; Cross-gain modulation wavelength converter; Cross-phase modulation wavelength converter; Cross-absorption modulation wavelength converter. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. J. M. Senior, Optical Fiber Communications (Pearson Education,

2009) 2. S.O. Kasap, Optoelectronics and Photonics: Principles and

Practices (Pearson, 2013) 3. A.R. Billings, Optics, optoelectronics, and photonics : engineering

principles and applications (Prentice Hall, 1993) 4. G. P. Agrawal, Fiber-optic communication Systems, 4th ed.

(Wiley, 2012) 5. B. E. A. Saleh, M. C. Teich, Fundamentals of Photonics, 2nd ed.

(Wiley, 2013) SIF3006 OPTOELECTRONICS (3 CREDITS) Nature of light; Optical interferometer; Dielectric mirror; Diffraction gratings; P-N junctions; Principles and characteristics of photodetectors; PIN and avalanche photodiodes; Photon counters; Single photon detectors and Photo Multiplier Tube; Light emitting diodes; Semiconductor lasers; Semiconductor optical amplifiers; Electro-optics effect; Acousto-optics effect; Pockels effect; Optical modulators: Phase, polarization and amplitude; Bit rate and bandwidth; Transmitter and receiver modules types for optical communications; Optical storage; Optical imaging (CCD and CMOS); Physics of Solar Cells. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. S. O. Kasap, Optoelectronics and Photonics: Principles &

Practices (Pearson Education, 2013) 2. G. Keiser, Optical Fiber Communications, 3rd ed. (McGraw-Hill

Book Co., 2000) 3. J. Piprek, Optoelectronic Devices (Academic Press, 2013)

4. S. C. Gupta, Optoelectronics Devices and Systems, 2nd Ed. (PHI Learning, 2014)

SIF2014 COSMOLOGY AND GENERAL RELATIVITY (3 CREDITS) Formalism of tensors, General Relativity, Black Holes, Gravitational Waves, Cosmology. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. An Introduction to Modern Cosmology, Andrew Liddle, 3rd Edition,

Wiley (2015) 2. Relativity, Gravitation and Cosmology, Ta-Pei Cheng, 2nd Edition,

Oxford University Press (2010) 3. Gravitation and cosmology: principles and applications of the

general theory of relativity, Steven Weinberg, Wiley; 1 edition (1972)

4. Introduction to Cosmology, 4th Edition, Wliley (2015) 5. Introduction to General Relativity, Black Holes and Cosmology.

Oxford University Press (2015) SIF2015 ASTROPHYSICS (3 CREDITS) Light and telescope, introduction to gravity, review on atom and spectra, interaction of light and matter, information from spectra The sun : atmosphere, solar activity and nuclear fusion The stars : properties of the stars; brightness, distances, masses, sizes, nuclear processes, formation, stellar structure and evolution; birth and death of the stars The Universe : Milky Way galaxy, galaxies Solar system : Origin of solar system, Earth Planetary system : Moon and Mercury, Venus and Mars; Jupiter and Saturn; Uranus, Neptune and Kuiper Belt, meteorites, asteroids and comets Astronomical Tools : optical telescope, radio telescope and space telescope Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. Michael Seeds and Dana Backman, Foundations of Astronomy,

12th edition Brooks/Cole (2013) 2. Dina Prialnik, An Introduction to the Theory of Stellar Structure

and Evolution, Cambridge University Press (2008) 3. Physics of the stars, A.C Philips, Manchester Physics Series,

Wiley (1999) 4. Stellar Structure and Evolution, 2nd Edition (2012) 5. An Introduction to Astronomy and Astrophysics, CRC press (2015) SIF3007 ELEMENTARY PARTICLE PHYSICS (3 CREDITS) Antiparticles, Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations, Feynman diagrams, electromagnetic and weak forces, fundamental particles and forces, natural units; Leptons and neutrino oscillations; Quarks and hadrons; Symmetries : C, P and T, C, P and CP violations, and CPT; Quark model: isospin symmetry and bound states; Relativistic kinematics: four-vector and cross section; QCD: asymptotic freedom, jets and elastic lepton-nucleon scattering; Inelastic lepton-nucleon scattering: parton model, structure functions and scaling violation; Weak


33

interaction: charged and neutral currents, quark mixing, electroweak unification and Higgs boson; Experimental methods. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. Brian R. Martin & Graham Shaw, Particle Physics (Wiley, 2008) 2. D. Griffiths, Introduction to Elementary Particles (Wiley, 1987) 3. D.H. Perkins, Introduction to high energy physics (Cambridge

Univ. Press, 2000) 4. Introduction to Elementary Particle Physics by Alessandro Bettini

(2014) 5. Modern Particle Physics by Mark Thomson (2013) 6. Elementary Particle Physics, Volume 2 by Yorikiyo Nagashima

(2013) SIF2016 MATERIALS SCIENCE (3 CREDITS) Introduction to material science and engineering. Atomic structure and interatomic bonding: Electronic structure. Structure of materials; Molecular structure, Crystalline structure and Defects. Mechanical properties. Phase diagram. Introduction to polymers, ceramics, composites and biomaterials. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. Russell C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials (9th Edition) (Prentice

Hall 2013) 2. William D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering : An

Introduction, 9th Ed. (Wiley, 2013) 3. James F. Shackelford, Materials Science for Engineers, 8th Ed.

(Prentice Hall, 2014). SIF2017 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES (3 CREDITS) Discussion related to semiconductor: p-n junction. Semiconductor devices and their operation principles: p-n diodes, Metal-semiconductor junction: Schottky & Ohmic contact, Schottky diode, Field Effect Transistor, LED, Solid state Laser, Photodiode & Solar cell, Microwave devices & diodes (Tunnel diode, IMPATT diode, etc), Device fabrication (photolithography, metallization, etc). Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. S. M. Sze, Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology, 3rd

Edition (John Wiley & Sons, 2013) 2. Sima Dimitrijev, Principles of Semiconductor Devices (Oxford

University Press, 2012) 3. Ben Streetman & Sanjay Banerjee, Solid State Electronics Devices,

7th Edition (Prentice Hall, 2014) 4. Donghang Yan, Haibo Wang, Baoxun Du, Introduction to Organic

Semiconductor Heterojunctions (John Wiley & Sons, 2010)

SIF3008 CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS (3 CREDITS) Conducting Materials (electronic & ionic conductivity, mobility, electron dispersion mechanism); Semiconductors: band structure (Intrinsic and extrinsic properties); Electrical properties (conductivity, mobility, electron dispersion mechanism); Optical properties; Photoconductivity; Insulating Materials: dielectric constant, polarization; AC & DC conductivities; hopping mechanism; Piezoelectric; Ferroelectric, Pyroelectric; Magnetic materials: basic theory; magnetic susceptibility; types of magnetic properties, magnetic resonance; ferromagnetism; spintronics. Superconductors: zero resistivity, critical field, Meissner effect, BCS model, Examples of superconducting materials, high temperature superconductors. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. Condensed Matter Physics, Michael P. Marder 2nd Ed. (2015),

Wiley. 2. Kittel C (2005). Introduction to Solid State Physics, Wiley. 3. Giuseppe Grosso and Giuseppe Pastori Parravicini, 2nd Ed.

(2014) Solid State Physics, Elsevier. 4. Giuseppe Iadonisi et al (2014). Introduction to Solid State Physics

and Crystalline Nanostructures (UNITEXT for Physics), Springer SIF2018 RADIATION PHYSICS (3 CREDITS) Radiation source, Nuclear Instability and types of radioactivity, Half-life and mean life, Natural radioactive series and radioactive equilibrium (Bateman equation), Branching decay and types of decay, Nuclear activation, X-ray production, Moseley law, X-ray fluorescence, Radiation interaction with matter (elastic and inelastic processes), Bremsstrahlung theory, Dosimetry Equivalent dose, Radon and thoron measurements, Biological effects, somatic and genetic, Counting statistics, Radiation detectors Radiation protection: Distance, Time, Dose, Applications of radiation. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, EM2 References: 1. Basic Radiation Physics, E.B. Podgorsak, McGill University,

Montreal, Canada (2006). 2. Radiation, Ionization, and Detection in Nuclear Medicine, Tapan

Gupta, (Springer, 2013) 3. Principles of Radiation Interaction in Matter and Detection, C.

Leroy and P-G. Rancoita (World Scientific, 2004) 4. Fundamentals of Radiation Dosimetry and Radiological Physics,

Alex F Bielajew, The University of Michigan, USA (2005). 5. E.B. Podgorsak. Radiation Physics for Medical Physicists,

(Springer, 2010) 6. An Introduction to Radiation Protection, Alan Martin, Sam

Harbison, Karen Beach, Peter Cole. (Taylors & Francis, 2012). 7. Radiation Detection and Measurement, G.F. Knoll, 3rd Ed. (Wiley,

2000) 8. Measurement and Detection of Radiation, 4th Edition, Taylor &

Francis (2015) SIF2019 GAS DISCHARGE PHYSICS (3 CREDITS) Basic principles and processes; Kinetic theory of gases, Maxwell distribution, Concept of temperature and pressure, Collision cross-section, Energy transferred due to collision, Processes induced by electron collisions, Ion-neutral collision,


34

Collision involving metastable ion/atom, Processes due to electrode effect Characteristics of Plasma; Plasma potential, Debye shielding, Plasma sheath, Plasma frequency, Electrical conductivity, Effect of magnetic field, Diffusion Electrical Discharges in Gases; I-V characteristics of gaseous discharge, Townsend theory of gaseous discharge, Breakdown criterion, Paschen law, Breakdown potential, Glowing gaseous discharge, Arc discharge, Corona discharge, Pulsed discharge, The structure of glowing discharge, Cathode fall theory of normal glow discharge, Negative glow, Positive column and its theory, Hot cathode discharge Electric probe Thermodynamics of ionized gas; Real gas effect, Equation of state, The Law of Mass Action, Departure coefficient, Thermodynamic functions expressed in term of z, Saha equation, Enthalpy equation Survey of plasma applications Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. Theory of Gas Discharge Plasma (Springer, 2013) 2. Fundamentals of Ionized Gases: Basic Topics in Plasma Physics

(Wiley-VCH, 2011) 3. Plasma Physics: An Introduction, by Richard Fitzpatrick (CRC

Press, 2014) 4. Yu P. Raizer, Gas Discharge Physics (Springer, 1997 reprint)

SIF3009 PLASMA PHYSICS AND TECHNOLOGY(3 CREDITS) Fundamentals of plasma physics and introduction to plasma technology. Methods of plasma generation in direct current, alternating current and pulsed mode. Plasma diagnostics. Physics and technology of non-thermal plasmas and pulsed plasmas. Application of plasma technology: plasma processing, plasma-based lighting systems, plasma medicine, and concept of plasma fusion. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. Introduction to plasma physics and controlled fusion. Volume 1,

Plasma physics (Springer; 2nd edition, 2006) 2. Theory of Gas Discharge Plasma (Springer, 2013) 3. Principles of Plasma Diagnostics by I. H. Hutchinson

(Cambridge University Press; 2nd edition, 2005) 4. High Temperature Plasmas (Wiley-VCH, 2011) 5. An Indispensable Truth: How Fusion Power Can Save the

Planet (Springer, 2011) 6. Michael Keidar and Isak Beilis, Plasma Engineering:

Applications from Aerospace to Bio and Nanotechnology (Academic Press, 2013)

7. Alexander Piel, Plasma Physics: An Introduction to Laboratory, Space, and Fusion Plasmas (Springer, 2014)

SIF2020 ELECTRONICS II (3 CREDITS) The synopsis of Field Effect Transistors (FET) and various FET (JFET & MOSFET). Small-signal A.C. equivalent circuits for FET. gm A.C. small signal model. Input and output impedances calculation. Voltage and current gains calculation. The frequency response of circuits. The capacitive effects. The definition of dB unit.

The -3dB frequencies. The Bode plot. The operational amplifier topics covering the basic building block circuits of operational amplifiers including the inverting and non-inverting amplifiers. Current to voltage and voltage to current converters. Subtracting and summing circuits. Integrators and differentiators. Analysis and applications to comparators. Oscillators. Active filters. Analogue computers. The power amplifiers including the classification of A, B, AB, C and D. The A.C. load line. The push and pull concept. Cross-over distortion. Efficiency calculations and comparison. Introduction to digital electronics. Basic gates. Multivibrator circuits. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. R. Boylestad & L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit


Devices, and Applications (Prentice Hall, 2013) 3. A.P. Malvino & D. Bates, Electronic Principles with simulation CD

(McGraw-Hill Education, 2015) 4. A.J. Diefenderfer & B.E. Holton, Principles of Electronic

Instrumentation, 3rd Edition (Saunders Coll. Publ., 1994) SIF2021 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (3 CREDITS) Digital number system: binary, octal, hexadecimal, binary coded decimal Logic gates: AND, OR NAND, NOR, XOR, XNOR; logic gates TTL Logic circuits: Boolean algebra, truth table for Boolean expression, derivation circuit from Boolean expression Karnaugh map simplification with three, four and five variables TTL chip specification, CMOS, interface, Schmitt Trigger: Function and functional Combinational logic circuit: half adders, full adder, binary multiplication Sequential logic: SR, JK, D, T flip flops Register: parallel, series, shifter, ring counter, frequency divider Memory: RAM, ROM, PROM etc Digital device, PLD, PAL, PLC, micro-controller Analog digital interface Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. Thomas L. Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, 11 edition (Pearson,

2014) 2. R.L. Tokheim, Digital Electronics: Principles and applications, 8th

ed. (Glencoe McGraw-Hill, 2013) 3. W. Kleitz, Digital and Microprocessor Fundamentals: Theory and

Applications, 4th ed. (Pearson Education Int’l, 2003) 4. P.P.W. Chandana, Digital systems fundamentals (Prentice Hall,

2002) 5. Anant Agarwal, Jeffrey Lang, Foundations of Analog and Digital

Electronic Circuits (Morgan Kaufmann, 2015) 6. Roger Tokheim, Digital Electronics: Principles and Applications

(McGraw-Hill, 2013) SIF3010 MICROPROCESSOR (3 CREDITS) Calculation using various number systems- binary, octal, hexadecimal, binary coded decimal, calculation using the ASCII code. Introduction to microprocessors: Basic definitions, word length, concept of addresses, data bus, address bus, and control bus, programming, microprocessor


35

systems and microcontrollers. Microprocessor architecture: internal organization, programming models, the arithmetic and logic unit, registers, stack pointer, internal data bus and logic controller. Memory: types of memory, memory chips, connections to the microprocessor, interfacing and expansion technique, using technique and secondary storage. Communicating with the outside world, input and output (I/O), connectivity and the timing diagram, programming the I/O chip, serial and parallel connection techniques, analogue to digital and digital to analogue converters. Programming: algorithm and flowcharts, commands and its types, operation codes, addressing modes, flow of information, assembly language, loops and subroutines. Interfacing: serial and parallel techniques, functions and characteristics of UART, baud rate and it effects, serial data control word, interfacing standards, handshaking principles Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. J. Uffenback, Microcomputers and Microprocessors (Prentice

Hall, 2006) 2. Ramesh S. Gaonkar, The Z80 Microprocessor: Architecture,

Interfacing, Programming & Design, 2nd ed. (Merrill Publ. Co., 2001)

3. R.J. Tocci & F.J. Ambrosio, Microprocessors and Microcomputers: Hardware and Software, 6th ed. (Pearson Education Int’l, 2003)

4. Jon Stokes, Inside the Machine: An Illustrated Introduction to Microprocessors and Computer Architecture (William Pollock, 2015)

5. Subir Kumar Sarkar and Asish Kumar De,Foundation of Digital Electronics and Logic Design (CRC Press, 2014)

6. M. Rafiquzzaman, Fundamentals of Digital Logic and Microcontrollers (Wiley, 2014)

SIF2022 MATHEMATICAL METHODS II (3 CREDITS) Fourier Series and Transformation Series: Periodic functions, Fourier series, average value of a function, Fourier coefficient, Dirichlet condition, complex form of Fourier Series, general interval, even and odd functions, Parseval theorem. Fourier transformation, and Parserval Theorem. Coordinate Transformation: Linear transformation, orthogonal transformation, eigen value and eigen vector and diagonalization of matrices. Curvilinear coordinates, scalar factor and fundamental vector for orthogonal system, general curvilinear coordinates, vector operator in orthogonal curvilinear coordinates. Special Functions: Factorial functions, Gamma functions, Beta functions, relationship between Beta and Gamma functions, error functions, asymptotic series, Stirling formula and elliptical functions. Series Solution for Differential Equations: Legendre equations, Leibnitz rule, Rodriguez formula, generating functions for Legendre polynomial, orthogonal functions, orthogonalization and normalization of Legendre polynomials, Legendre series, Associate Legendre function, Frobenius method, Bessel equation, second solution of Bessel equation, recurrence relationship, general differential equation with Bessel function as a solution, orthogonalization of Bessel function, Hermite function, Laguerre function, step operator. Partial Differential Equation: Laplace equation, steady state temperature in a square plate, Schrödinger equation, heat and diffusion equation. Wave equation, vibrating string, steady state temperature in a cylinder, steady state temperature in a sphere, Poisson equation. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English

Soft-skills: CTPS3 References: 1. Mary L. Boas, Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences,

3rd ed. (John Wiley & Sons, 2006) 2. S. Hassani, Mathematical Methods: For Students of Physics and

Related Fields, , 2rd Edition (Springer, 2009) 3. K. F. Riley, M. P. Hobson, Essential Mathematical Methods for the

Physical Sciences (Cambridge University Press, 2011) 4. G.B. Arfken, H.J. Weber, Mathematical Methods for Physicists: A

Comprehensive Guide, 7th Edition (Elsevier Acad. Press, 2012) 5. G. N. Felder, K. M. Felder, Mathematical Methods in Engineering

and Physics (John Wiley & Sons, 2015) SIF3011 QUANTUM MECHANICS II (3 CREDITS) General formalism of quantum mechanics. Time-independent perturbation theory. Time-dependent perturbation theory. Scattering theory. Angular momentum. Additional of angular momentum. Relativistic quantum mechanics. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. James Binney, David Skinner, The Physics of Quantum

Mechanics (Oxford University Press, 2014) 2. Kurt Gottfried, Tung-Mow Yan, Quantum Mechanics:

Fundamentals 2nd ed. (Springer, 2013) 3. Reinhold Blumel, Advanced Quantum Mechanics: The Classical-

Quantum Connection (Jones and Barlett, 2011) 4. David J. Griffiths, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, 2nd ed.

(Pearson Prentice Hall, 2004) 5. S. Gasiorowicz,Quantum Physics, 3rd ed. (Wiley 2003) SIF3012 COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS (3 CREDITS) Ordinary Differential Equations: boundary-value and eigenvalue problems, Sturm-Liouville problem. Matrices: matrix eigenvalue problems, Faddeev-Leverrier method, Lanczos algorithm. Tranforms: Fast Fourier transform, wavelet transform, Hilbert transform. Partial Differential Equations: Elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic equations. Probabilistic Methods: Random numbers, random walks, Metropolis algorithm, Monte Carlo simulation, Ising model, particle transport modelling. Symbolic Computing: Matlab, Mathematica, Python, Scilab. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CTPS3, LL2 References: 1. S. Koonin & D. Meredith, Computational Physics (Westview Press

1998) 2. J. M. Thijssen, Computational Physics, 2nd ed. (Cambridge, 2007) 3. Paul L. DeVries and Javier Hasbun, A First Course in

Computational Physics, 2nd Edition (2011) 4. Joel Franklin, Computational Methods for Physics, (2013) 5. Mark E. J. Newman, Computational Physics (2012)


36

CORE COURSES

LEVEL 1 SMES1102 FUNDAMENTAL OF MATHEMATICAL METHOD

Vector: addition, dot product, cross product Functions with one variable: differentiation and integration Ordinary differential equations: Solutions to first order and linear second order homogeneous differential equations Taylor series including many variables Matrices: addition, multiplication, determinant

Complex number, exp (i) expression Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Mary L. Boas, Mathematical methods in the physical sciences, 3rd

ed. (John Wiley & Sons, 2006) 2. M.R. Spiegel, Schaum’s Outline of Advanced Mathematics for

Engineers and Scientists, 1 ed. (McGraw-Hill, 2009) 3. S. Lipschutz, M. Lipson, Schaum’s Outline of Discrete

Mathematics, Revised 3rd ed. (McGraw-Hill, 2009) 4. S. Lipschutz, J.J. Schiller, R.A. Srinivasan, Schaum’s Outline of

Beginning Finite Mathematics (McGraw-Hill, 2004) 5. M. Lipsson, Schaum’s Easy Outline of Discrete Mathematics

(McGraw-Hill, 2002) SMES1103 BEGINNING OF MATHEMATICAL METHODS Linear Equations: Row reduction, determinant and Cramer’s Rule. Vectors and vector analysis: Straight line and planes; vector multiplication, triple vector, differentiation of vectors, fields, directional

derivative, gradient, some other expressions involving , line

integrals, Green’s Theorem in a plane, divergence and divergence theorem, curl and Stoke’s Theorem. Matrices: Linear combination, linear function, linear operators, sets of linear equations, special matrices. Partial differentiation: Power series in two variables, total differentials, chain rule, application of partial differentiation to maximum and minimum problems including constraints, Lagrange multipliers, endpoint and boundary point problems, change of variables, differentiation of integrals, Leibniz Rule. Multiple integrals: Double and triple integrals, change of variables in integrals, Jacobian, surface integrals. Ordinary differential equation: Inhomogeneous Second order linear differential equations. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2

References: 1. Mary L. Boas, Mathematical methods in the physical sciences, 3rd

ed. (John Wiley & Sons, 2006) 2. M.T. Vaughn, Introduction to Mathematical Physics (Wiley-VCH,

2007) 3. G.B. Arfken, H.J. Weber, Mathematical Methods for Physicists, 6th

Edition - Int’l (Acad. Press, 2005) 4. S. Hassani, Mathematical Physics (Springer, 1999) SMES1201 VIBRATIONS AND WAVES Simple harmonic motion, damped oscillation, forced oscillation, wave propagating in a string, transverse and horizontal waves, wave at the interface of two media, superposition of waves, velocity of waves, group velocity, coherence, coherence length, coherence time, interference, diffraction, sound wave, light wave, electromagnetic wave, wave in fluids, wave-particle duality Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. H.J. Pain, The Physics of Vibrations & Waves, 6th ed. (Wiley,

Chichester, 2005) 2. G.C. King, Vibrations and Waves (Wiley, 2009) 3. W. Gough, Vibrations and Waves, 2nd ed. (Prentice Hall, 1996) 4. I.G. Main, Vibrations and Waves in Physics, 3rd ed. (Cambridge

Univ. Press, 1993) SMES1202 THERMAL PHYSICS Temperature, heat conduction, diffusion. Radiation, Stefan’s law, Zeroth law of thermodynamics, work and heat; First, Second and third laws of thermodynamics; entropy; phase transition, phase diagrams; kinetic theory for ideal gas, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution; real gas. Introduction to statistical mechanics: microstates, equipartition of energy, partition function, basic statistics for thermodynamics; statistical entropy and information as negative entropy. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. S.J. Blundell & K.M. Blundell, Concepts in Thermal Physics, 2nd ed.

(Oxford, 2009) 2. F.W. Sears & G.L. Salinger, Thermo-dynamics, Kinetic Theory &

Statistical Thermodynamics, 3rd Ed. (Addison-Wesley, 1975) 3. Daniel V. Schroeder, An Introduction to Thermal Physics (Addison

Wesley Longman, 2000) 4. Mark W. Zemansky & Richard H. Dittman, Heat and

Thermodynamics, 7th Ed. (McGraw-Hill Int’l Ed., 1997) 5. Thomas Espinola, Introduction to Thermophysics (Wm.C. Brown

Publ., 1994) SMES1204 BASIC ELECTRONICS Circuit Theory: Kirchhoff’s law, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, Ohm’s law, circuit analysis technique, impedance matching. Semiconductor Diodes: Properties of semiconductor, pn junction, forward and reverse bias conditions, basic energy band diagrams, the current-voltage characteristics and simple diode circuits; the use of

B. Sc. (Materials Science)

SYNOPSES OF COURSES


37

diodes in power supply circuits: half-wave, full-wave, bridge rectifiers; transformer, capacitor-input and choke-input filters, special diodes – Zener diode, voltage regulators. Bipolar junction Transistor (BJT): Characteristics of transistor, simple transistor circuit, current and voltage gain, load line concept, biasing requirements and D.C analysis of the circuits. Field Effect Transistor (JFET and MOSFET): Constructions and structures of JFET and MOSFET, principle of operation, current-voltage characteristics, biasing requirements and D.C. analysis. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, TS1, LL2 References: 1. R. Boylestad & L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit


Devices, and Applications, 8th ed. (Prentice Hall, 2009) 3. A.P. Malvino & D. Bates, Electronic Principles with simulation CD

(Career Education, 2006) 4. A.J. Diefenderfer & B.E. Holton, Principles of Electronic

Instrumentation, 3rd Edition (Saunders Coll. Publ., 1994) SMES1205 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS Experiment: Function and design. Quantitative Physics, dimensional analysis. Basic measurements: callipers, electric meters, oscilloscopes. Experimental data analysis: precision and accuracy, significant figures, systematic error, statistical error, propagation of uncertainties of measurement, uncertainty analysis, statistical analysis, data fitness, confidence limit, test for bias, calibration. Treatment and reduction data. Data presentation: Tables and graphs. Reporting writing, Laboratory safety.4 Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. J.P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers (McGraw-Hill,

2001) 2. J.R. Taylor, An Introduction to Error Analysis (University Science,

1997) 3. N.C. Barford, Experimental Measurements: Precision, Error and

Truth (Wiley, 1991) 4. J. Topping, Errors of Observation and their Treatment, 3rd ed.

(IOP&PS, 1990) SMES1271 PRACTICAL PHYSICS Physics experiments on the topics of mechanics, heat, electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics. Simple computer programming Assessment Method: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English

Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, TS1, LL2 References: Laboratory manual SMEB1201 INTRODUCTION TO MATERIALS SCIENCE Atom, molecule, bonding and bonding forces; crystal structure, non-crystalline, microstructure; solidification; imperfections in solids, kinetics and phase diagrams, diffusion. Metals and alloys, ceramics and glasses, polymers and their derivatives, composites. Mechanical, thermal, electrical, magnetic and electronics properties. Static and dynamics tests, stress, strain, tensile, shear, creep, fatigue, failure analysis. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. William D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering : An

Introduction, 6th Ed. (Wiley, 2002) 2. Zbigniew D. Jastrzbeski, The Nature and Properties of

Engineering Materials, 3rd Ed. (Wiley,1987) 3. William F. Smith, Principles of Materials Science and Engineering,

3rd Ed. (McGraw-Hill, 1996) SMEB1202 MODERN PHYSICS FOR MATERIALS SCIENCE Quantum Theory: The need for quantum theory; duality of particle-wave; wave function; Heisenberg uncertainty, Time independent Schrodinger equation; examples in 1-D, Infinitely square potential well, etc. Derivation of Second Newton Law from quantum mechanics. Atomic matter: summary of atomic structure and periodic table; types of atomic bonding, Van de Waals bond, Lennard Jones potential and its relation to mass characteristics; crystal structures, summary of phonon concepts. Summary of electron conduction in conductor, semiconductor and insulator. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity: Structure and characteristics of nucleus, binding energy, nuclear forces; radioactivity, conservation laws, Q-value, natural radioactivity series; nuclear reactions, cross-section, compound nucleus, summary of nuclear technology and nuclear reactor; X-ray spectrum and atomic number (Bremsstrahlung). Examples of the use of quantum theory and nuclear physics in materials science. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. S.T. Thornton & A. Rex, Modern Physics for Scientists and

Engineers, 3rd ed. (Brooks Cole, 2005) 2. R.A. Serway, C.J. Moses, C.A. Moyer, Modern Physics, 3rd ed.

(Saunders, 2005) 3. A. Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, 6th ed. (McGraw-Hill,

2002) 4. K. Krane, Modern Physics, 2nd ed. (Wiley, 1996) 5. R. Eisberg & R. Resnick, Quantum Physics of Atoms, Molecules,

Solids, Nuclei & Particles, 2nd ed. (Wiley, 1985)


38

LEVEL 2 SMES2205 STATISTICAL PHYSICS Summary of thermodynamics. Thermodynamics formulation in statistical terms, application of canonical ensemble approach with examples related to paramagnetic solid and specific heat capacity of solid, distribution of classical and quantum particles, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution and the perfect classical gas, quantum perfect gas, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac distributions. Applications: phonon in solid, photon and black body radiation, low temperature physics. Shannon information theory, entropy, collective entropy, communication line. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. F. Reif, Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics

(Waveland Pr Inc, 2008) 2. Silvio R.A. Salinas, Introduction to Statistical Physics (Springer,

2010) 3. R. Bowley and M. Sanchez, Introductory Statistical Mechanics

(Oxford Science Publ., 2002) 4. F. Mandl, Statistical Physics, 2nd ed. (Wiley, 1988) SMEB2101 MAGNETIC AND SUPERCONDUCTOR PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS The course covers the bipolar and field effect transistor Basic concept of magnetism: susceptibility, permeability, magnetic induction, magnetization, magnetic moment. Diamagnetism: Paramagnetism: Curie constant, Curie–Weiss law, Hund’s rule Ferromagnetism: remanence, coercive field, hysteresis, Curie temperature Piezomagnetism; magnetostriction, magnetic domains; Kerr effect, Barkhausen effect Superconductor: Meissner Effect, London penetration depth, Josephson effect Type of magnets and materials; Application of Magnetic materials : Magnetic resonance imaging, hard discs, giant magnetoresistance, superconducting quantum interference device spintronics Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English oft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. L.C. Cullity, C.D. Graham, Introduction to Magnetic Materials

(Addison-Wesley,1972) 2. University Joseph Fourier, Magnetism: Fundamentals, (Springer,

2004) 3. R.C. O’Handley, Modern Magnetic Materials Principles (Wiley-

Interscience, 1999) 4. M. Tinkham, Introduction to Superconductivity, 2nd ed. (Dover,

2004). SMEB2102 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS Mechanical Response: Tensile Strength, Tensile Stress, Stiffness in Tension, Young's Modulus. Poisson Effect, Shearing Stress and strain, Stress-Strain Curve

Thermodynamics of Mechanical Responses: Enthalpic Response, Entropic Response, Viscoelasticty Yield and Plastic Flow: Multiaxial Stress states, Effect of Hydrostatic Pressure, Effect of rate and Temperature, Continuum Plasticity, Dislocation basis of yield and creep, kinetics of creep in crystalline materials Fracture: Atomistic of Creep Rupture, Fracture Mechanics- The energy approach and the Stress intensity Approach ,Fatigue Materials design for high performance mechanical materials for industrial and civil applications Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Norman E. Dowling, Mechanical Behavior of Materials, 3rd Edition

(2006) 2. James A. Jacobs and Thomas, Engineering Materials Technology:

Structures, Processing, Properties, and Selection, 5th Edition 3. Keith J. Bowman, Introduction to Mechanical Behavior of

Materials, (2003) SMEB2201 QUANTUM MECHANICS FOR MATERIALS SCIENCE The foundations of quantum mechanics: Operators in quantum mechanics, The postulates of quantum mechanics, Hermitian operators, The uncertainty principle, Matrices in quantum mechanics Linear motion and the harmonic oscillator: the Schrodinger equation, Translational motion, Penetration into and through barriers, Particle in a box, The harmonic oscillator Rotational motion and the hydrogen: Particle on a ring, Particle on a sphere, Motion in a Coulombic field Angular momentum: The angular momentum operators, The definition of the states, The angular momenta of composite systems Introduction to group theory Techniques of approximation: Time-independent perturbation theory Atomic spectra and atomic structure: An introduction to molecular structure, The Born-Oppenheimer approximation, Molecular orbital theory, Molecular orbital theory of polyatomic molecules The calculation of electronic structure: Hartree-Fock self-consistent field method, Electron correlation, Density functional theory, Semi-empirical methods, Molecular rotations and vibrations, Molecular electronic transitions Examples of state of art materials science problem in advanced industry and scientific world solved by above concepts Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. D. Griffiths, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (Prentice Hall,

2004) 2. W. Greiner, Quantum Mechanics. An Introduction (Springer, 2008) 3. R. Scherrer, Quantum Mechanics An Accessible Introduction

(Pearson Int’l Ed., 2006) 4. Richard L. Liboff, Introductory Quantum Mechanics (Addison

Wesley, 2003) 5. R. Eisberg & R. Resnick, Quantum Physics of Atoms, Molecules,

Solids, Nuclei and Particles, 2nd ed (Wiley, 1985)


39

SMEB2202 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS Electrical Conduction in Metals: conductivity, drift velocity, mean free path, Drude mode, Drude-Sommerfeld model, Matthiessen’s rule, work function, Thermionic emission, Schottky effect. Junction between two metals and its industrial application: contact potential, Seebeck coefficient, Peltier effect, Thermoelectric effect. Electrical Properties of semiconductor: valence bands, conduction band, Intrinsic Semiconductors, Fermi energy, Extrinsic Semiconductors, n-type semiconductors, donor, acceptor, band structure, conductivity. Dielectric materials: polar, nonpolar materials, Debye Equation, Dielectric breakdown (intrinsic, thermal and discharge), Piezoelectricity, Ferroelectricity and their state of the art application. Ionic conduction: conducting polymer, organic metals. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. R.E. Hummel, Electronic Properties of Materials (Springer, 2000) 2. D.C. Jiles, Introduction to the Electronic Properties of Materials

(CRC Press, 2001) 3. L. Solymar, D. Walsh, Electrical Properties of Materials (Oxford

University Press, 2009) 4. S.O Kasap, Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices

(McGraw-Hill, 2001) SMEB2203 OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS Nature of light: index of refraction, Ray Optics, polarized light, p and s waves, Optical processes : absorption, transmission, reflection, Beer-Lambert law, atomic electronic transition, molecular electronic transition, electronic absorption in metal, semiconductor and insulator, electric polarisation, dispersion relations, normal dispersion, anomalous dispersion, Fresnel Equation, Total internal reflection. Snell’s law, dielectric permittivity, optical dispersion, group velocity, phase velocity, optical activity, luminescence, fluorescence , phosphorescence, radiative lifetime, plasma frequency, reflection from metal, refraction from metal, plasmons, birefringence Optical coefficient: complex refractive index, attenuation, absorption coefficient, skin depth, Examples of state of the art of optical materials used in industry Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. M. Fox, Optical Properties of Solids (Oxford Series in Condensed

Matter Physics (Oxford University Press, 2002) 2. B.E.A Saleh, M.C Teich, Fundamentals of Photonics (Wiley Series

in Pure and Applied Optics, (Wiley-Blackwell,2007) 3. R.J.D Tilley, Colour and The Optical Properties of Materials: An

Exploration of the Relationship Between Light, the Optical Properties of Materials and Colour (Wiley, 2011)

SMEB2204 MATERIALS CHARACTERISATION Structural, morphological, thermal, electrical, magnetic and mechanical, chemical characterisation of material:

Light microscopy, x-ray diffraction, scanning probe microscopy , scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, UV-VIS-NIR, auger electron spectroscopy, fast fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, secondary ion mass spectroscopy, four-point probe, thermogavimetry, differential scanning calorimetry , thermogravimetry, electrical impedance spectroscopy, vibrating sample magnetometer. Basic operation, sample preparation and interpretation of data. Basic failure analysis of materials using different characterization equipment. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Materials Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic and

Spectroscopic Methods by Y. Leng (Jun 2, 2008) 2. Materials Characterization Techniques [Hardcover] Sam Zhang

(Author), Lin Li (Author), Ashok Kumar (Author) 3. Surface Analysis: The Principal Techniques [Paperback] John C.

Vickerman (Editor), Ian Gilmore (Editor) SMEB2205 THERMAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS Basic concept: thermal conductivity. Phonons, molar heat capacity Heat, Work, and Energy, Heat Capacity, Molar Heat Capacity, Specific Heat Capacity Atomistic Theory of Heat Capacity; Einstein Model; Debye Model; Electronic Contribution to the Heat Capacity; thermal effective mass Classical and quantum approach of thermal conduction, Thermal conduction in dielectric materials; thermal expansion, thermal stress Conduction heat transfer: Fourier's law of conduction, Newton's law of cooling; Nusselt Number; Stefan-Boltzmann's Law of Radiation; radiative heat transfer coefficient; Thermal Resistance concept: Conduction, Convection Contact ,Resistance Radiation Resistance Heat dissipation technology: Heat-sink ,fin, heat spreader, heat pipe, heat pump, Peltier cooling plates Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Thermal Conductivity: Theory, Properties, and Applications

(Physics of Solids and Liquids) by Terry M. Tritt (Nov 29, 2010) 2. Introduction to the Thermodynamics of Materials, Fifth Edition by

David R. Gaskell (Mar 13, 2008) 3. Thermodynamics in Materials Science, Second Edition by Robert

T. DeHoff (Mar 13, 2006) SMEB2206 POLYMER PHYSICS Introduction to polymer. Morphology, structure and physical properties of polymer. Viscosity, rubber elasticity, transition and relaxation. Superposition of time-temperature, WLF equation. Special applied polymer, conducting polymer. Technological importance polymers. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English

http://www.amazon.com/Materials-Characterization-Introduction-Microscopic-Spectroscopic/dp/0470822988/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311579951&sr=1-1

http://www.amazon.com/Materials-Characterization-Introduction-Microscopic-Spectroscopic/dp/0470822988/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311579951&sr=1-1

http://www.amazon.com/Y.-Leng/e/B001JSEJ2C/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_1?qid=1311579951&sr=1-1

http://www.amazon.com/Thermal-Conductivity-Properties-Applications-Physics/dp/1441934448/ref=sr_1_11?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311579458&sr=1-11

http://www.amazon.com/Thermal-Conductivity-Properties-Applications-Physics/dp/1441934448/ref=sr_1_11?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311579458&sr=1-11

http://www.amazon.com/Introduction-Thermodynamics-Materials-Fifth-Gaskell/dp/1591690439/ref=sr_1_4?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311579525&sr=1-4

http://www.amazon.com/David-R.-Gaskell/e/B001H6UAR4/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_4?qid=1311579525&sr=1-4

http://www.amazon.com/Thermodynamics-Materials-Science-Second-Robert/dp/0849340659/ref=sr_1_3?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311579573&sr=1-3

http://www.amazon.com/Robert-T.-DeHoff/e/B001H9RT98/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_3?qid=1311579573&sr=1-3

http://www.amazon.com/Robert-T.-DeHoff/e/B001H9RT98/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_3?qid=1311579573&sr=1-3


40

Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. J.L. Fried, Polymer Science and Technology, Prentice Hall, 1995. 2. N.G. McCrum, C.P. Buckley and C.B. Bucknall, Principles of

Polymer Engineering, Oxford University Press, 1988. 3. P.Painter and M.M Coleman, Fundamentals of Polymer Science

(AN Introductory Text), Technomic 4. D.J. Bower, An Introduction to Polymer Physics, Cambridge Univ.

Press 2002. SMEB2207 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING Students are equipped with the fundamentals of how the computer works. The important components in a computer will be explained in detail. Students are taught to perform computer programming using C language. The basic statements are discussed and the methodology is shown. C++ will also be briefly introduced. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Richard Johnsonbaugh and Martin Kalin, C for Scientists and

Engineers, 1st edition (Prentice Hall,Oct 12, 1996) 2. Robert L. Wood, C Programming for Scientists and Engineers

(Manufacturing Engineering Series) (Butterworth-Heinemann, Jun 20, 2002)

3. David R. Brooks, C Programming: The Essentials for Engineers and Scientists (Undergraduate Texts in Computer Science), 1st edition (Springer,Jun 4, 1999)

SMEB2271 MATERIAL SCIENCE LABORATORY I Students are attached to research labs carrying out mini-projects on experiments in material science in characterizing electrical, optical, magnetic, mechanical, thermal properties of photonic materials, smart materials electrochemistry, polymer composite, semiconductor materials organic electronics , devices and advanced material processing while learning to use various characterizing equipment such as scanning electron microscopy, micro-Raman spectroscopy, UV-VIS-NIR spectroscopy, Light microscopy, x-ray diffraction, scanning probe microscopy , scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, auger electron spectroscopy, fast Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, four-point probe, thermogravimetry, differential scanning calorimetry, electrical impedance spectroscopy and simple material process technology. Students will be exposed with Labview programming. Assessment Method: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Y. Leng, Materials Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic

and Spectroscopic Methods, 1st edition (Wiley, Jun 2, 2008) 2. Sam Zhang, Lin Li, Ashok Kumar Materials Characterization

Techniques, 1st edition (CRC Press, Disember 22, 2008) 3. Angelika H. Hofmann, Scientific Writing and Communication:

Papers, Proposals, and Presentations, 1 edition (Oxford University Press, Disember 16, 2009)

LEVEL 3 SMEB3271 MATERIAL SCIENCE LABORATORY II Students are attached to research labs carrying out mini-projects on experiments in material science in characterizing electrical, optical, magnetic, mechanical, thermal properties of photonic materials, smart materials electrochemistry, polymer composites, semiconductor materials organic electronics, devices and advanced material processing while learning to use various characterizing equipments such as scanning electron microscopy, micro-raman spectroscopy, UV-VIS-NIR spectroscopy, Light microscopy, x-ray diffraction, scanning probe microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, auger electron spectroscopy, fast fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, four-point probe, thermogravimetry, differential scanning calorimetry, electrical impedance spectroscopy and simple material process technology. Students will be exposed with labviews programming.

Assessment Method: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Y. Leng, Materials Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic

and Spectroscopic Methods, 1st edition (Wiley, Jun 2, 2008) 2. Sam Zhang, Lin Li, Ashok Kumar Materials Characterization

Techniques, 1st edition (CRC Press, Disember 22, 2008) 3. Angelika H. Hofmann, Scientific Writing and Communication:

Papers, Proposals, and Presentations, 1 edition (Oxford University Press, Disember 16, 2009)

SMEB3201 SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL AND DEVICES Charge Carriers in Semiconductors, Dopant Atoms and Energy Levels, The Extrinsic and Intrinsic Semiconductor, Fermi Energy Level, Carrier Drift, Carrier Diffusion, The Hall Effect, Carrier Generation and Recombination, The pn Junction, pn Junction Diode, Metal-Semiconductor and Semiconductor Heterojunctions, Semiconductor devices: Bipolar Transistor, Field-Effect Transistor, Solar Cells, Photodetectors, Light Emitting Diodes, Tunnel Diode, Microwave devices. Semiconducting Materials Technology: Materials used for photovoltaics cells: Crystalline Silicon, Cadmium telluride, Copper indium galium selenide, Gallium arsenide multijunction, Light-absorbing dyes. Material engineering for high efficiency solar cells Light emitting diode: Material engineering for different colour of LED and high efficiency white LED. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Semiconductor Material and Device Characterization by Dieter K.

Schroder (Jan 30, 2006) 2. Fundamentals of Semiconductors: Physics and Materials

Properties (Graduate Texts in Physics) [Hardcover] Peter Y. Yu (Author), Manuel Cardona (Author)

3. Semiconductor Device Fundamentals by Robert F. Pierret (Apr 12, 1996)

http://www.amazon.com/Dieter-K.-Schroder/e/B001IOBO2K/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_1?qid=1311580231&sr=1-1

http://www.amazon.com/Dieter-K.-Schroder/e/B001IOBO2K/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_1?qid=1311580231&sr=1-1

http://www.amazon.com/Semiconductor-Device-Fundamentals-Robert-Pierret/dp/0201543931/ref=sr_1_2?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311580304&sr=1-2

http://www.amazon.com/Robert-F.-Pierret/e/B001IO9W06/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_2?qid=1311580304&sr=1-2


41

SMEB3202 COMPOSITE MATERIALS Introduction to composite materials. Various types of matrix and reinforcements and its properties. Mechanical properties of single and multi layered composite materials. Fatigue and environmental effects of composite materials and its applications.. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Mechanics of Composite Materials by R. M. Christensen (Aug 1,

2005) 2. Composite Materials: Design and Applications, Second Edition by

Daniel Gay and Suong V. Hoa (Apr 25, 2007) 3. Principles of Composite Material Mechanics, Second Edition

(Dekker Mechanical Engineering) by Ronald F. Gibson (May 30, 2007).

SMEB3291 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING This course provides opportunities for students to obtain training and working experience in selected companies/ organization or industries engaged in activities in Materials Science during special semester. Assessment Method: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, TS3, LL2, EM2, LS2 References: None SMEB3181 PROJECT I Research project in Materials Science including contract research obtained from industry Assessment Method: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2, LS2 References: Project supervisor

LEVEL 4 SMEB4181 PROJECT II Research project in Materials Science including contract research obtained from industry Assessment Method: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2, LS2

References: Project supervisor

ELECTIVE COURSES SMEB3301 LABVIEW PROGRAMMING Students are placed in a laboratory equiped with computers with labview program and corresponding hardware teaching module. The students will be taught the basic functions of Labview program and with that would be exposed to use Labview to write more advanced programming and simulations. Subsequently, the student will be taught to apply Labview for instrument interfacing using the supplied hardware module. Finally the student will be introduced to programming of multiple measuments sequences using the said module and will be taught to write synchronization program for the measurements. Assessment Method: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: Laboratory manual SMEB3402 VACUUM AND PLASMA TECHNOLOGY Fundamental processes and concepts: Kinetic theory of gases, gas transport, Maxwell distribution, concept of temperature and pressure, collision cross-section, microscopic processes in gas. Properties of Gas: Kinetic of Gas, Gas Law, Gas Transport Gas Flow: Throughput, Mass flow, Conductance, Vaporization, Diffusion Vacuum pumps: mass flow control, gas analysers and leak detection (include Pumps: Mechanical Pumps, Turbomolecular Pumps, Diffusion Pumps, Ion Pumps, Cryogenic Pumps, ultrahigh vacuum Residual Gas Analysers, Materials in Vacuum, Joints, Seals, and Valves, Lubrication, Leak Detection) Fundamental of gaseous discharge glowing gaseous discharge: arc discharge, corona discharge, pulsed discharge, thermodynamic of ionized gas, real gas effect, equation of state, Law of Mass Action, departure coefficient, Saha equation, enthalpy equation, plasma potential, Debye shielding, plasma sheath, I-V characteristics of gaseous discharge. Survey of plasma application Material processing: microelectronics fabrication. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 60% Continuous Assessment: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. John F. O'Hanlon, A User's Guide to Vacuum Technology, 3rd

Edition (Wiley, 2003) 2. M. H. Hablanian, High-Vacuum Technology (Dekker Mechanical

Engineering), 2nd Edition (1997) 3. Yoshinobu Kawai, Hideo Ikegami, Noriyoshi, Industrial Plasma

Technology: Applications from Environmental to Energy Technologies (Wiley, 2010)

4. Michael A. Lieberman and Alan J. Lichtenberg, Principles of Plasma Discharges and Materials Processing , 2nd Edition (Wiley, 2005)

http://www.amazon.com/R.-M.-Christensen/e/B001IQXG42/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_1?qid=1311580325&sr=1-1

http://www.amazon.com/Daniel-Gay/e/B001JP7PSU/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_9?qid=1311580326&sr=1-9

http://www.amazon.com/Ronald-F.-Gibson/e/B001HOEV3K/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_17?qid=1311580385&sr=1-17

http://www.amazon.com/John-F.-OHanlon/e/B001IQWPJO/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_1?qid=1311580532&sr=1-1

http://www.amazon.com/Users-Guide-Vacuum-Technology/dp/0471270520/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311580532&sr=1-1

http://www.amazon.com/M.-H.-Hablanian/e/B001KIXW8I/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_3?qid=1311580532&sr=1-3

http://www.amazon.com/High-Vacuum-Technology-Dekker-Mechanical-Engineering/dp/0824798341/ref=sr_1_3?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311580532&sr=1-3

http://www.amazon.com/High-Vacuum-Technology-Dekker-Mechanical-Engineering/dp/0824798341/ref=sr_1_3?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311580532&sr=1-3


42

SMEB3302 NANO MATERIALS AND NANOTECHNOLOGY Introduction to nanostructures; Zero-dimensional nanostructures: nanoparticles, one-dimensional nanostructures: nanowires and nanorods, two-dimensional nanostructures: thin films. Special nanomaterials. Novel synthesis methods of nanostructures: chemical approach and physical methods. Nanomaterial characterization: diffraction, microscopy and spectroscopy technique. Unique mechanical, thermal, electrical, optical and magnetic properties of nanomaterials as a result of reduce in dimensionality. Novel applications of nanomaterials in catalyst, nanoelectronics, optoelectronics, composite technology, environmental and biomedical science. Toxicology of nanomaterials. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 50% Continuous Assessment: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Introduction to Nanoscale Science and Technology

(Nanostructure Science and Technology) by Massimiliano Ventra, Stephane Evoy and James R. Heflin (Jun 30, 2004)

2. Nanostructures and Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties, and Applications (World Scientific Series in Nanoscience and Nanotechnology) by Guozhong Cao and Ying Wang (Jan 3, 2011)

3. Understanding Nanomaterials by Malkiat S. Johal (Apr 26, 2011) SMEB3303 BIOMATERIALS Fundamental physical concepts of biomaterials are introduced and its various classes of natural (collagen) and synthetic materials such as metal, bioceramics, bioglasses, biopolymers, biocomposites, biocarbon studied. Important biomaterial properties discussed include biocompatibility, biofueling, implantation and biodegradation. Some established and emerging applications in biology and medicine; biosensing, cardiovascular interventions and implants, drug and gene delivery, etc are also investigated. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 50% Continuous Assessment: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Biomaterials Science, Second Edition: An Introduction to Materials

in Medicine by Buddy D. Ratner, Allan S. Hoffman, Frederick J. 2. Biomaterials: An Introduction by Joon Park and R. S. Lakes (Oct

29, 2010) 3. Advanced Biomaterials: Fundamentals, Processing, and

Applications by Bikramjit Basu, Dhirendra S. Katti and Ashok Kumar (Oct 5, 2009)

SMEB3304 PHOTONIC MATERIALS AND DEVICES Quantum Optics materials and devices: Spontaneous emission, spontaneous absorption, simulated emission, population inversion, lasing medium, amplifier, semiconducting laser, solid state laser, gas laser, non-linear optics and modulator, plasmonic materials and devices, photonic crystals Classical Optics Materials: Fiber-optics, planar-waveguide, origin of transmission losses in fiber optics, glasses used to manufacture high quality fiber-optics, metamaterials Liquid Crystal: Nematic, smectic, discotic, chiral nematic liquid crystals, Orientation order, birefringence, twisted and supertwisted

nematic display, characteristics of materials used for liquid crystal display Selected Contemporary topics in advanced photonic materials and devices Assessment Method: Final Examination: 50% Continuous Assessment: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Fundamentals of Photonics (Wiley Series in Pure and Applied

Optics) by Bahaa E. A. Saleh and Malvin Carl Teich (Mar 9, 2007) 2. Photonics: Optical Electronics in Modern Communications (The

Oxford Series in Electrical and Computer Engineering) by Amnon Yariv and Pochi Yeh (Jan 26, 2006)

3. Physics of Photonic Devices (Wiley Series in Pure and Applied Optics) by Shun Lien Chuang (Jan 20, 2009)

SMEB3305 ORGANIC ELECTRONICS Organic electronics as a green technology Fundamental of organic semiconducting materials: Pi-conjugation, HOMO, LUMO levels, electron withdrawing and donating groups, molecular engineering, electronic charge transport, packing and phases. Device Physics: Charge transport and injection, magnetic field effect, interface effect, polaron, exciton, organic light emitting diode, singlet, triplet, emission efficiency organic field effect transistor, insulator-semiconductor properties, organic solar cells, Bulk heterojunction, bilayer, power conversion efficiency, materials used for organic electronic devices. Materials for organic electronics as chemical and biological sensors. Encapsulation technology, fabrication and process technology, material degradation Assessment Method: Final Examination: 50% Continuous Assessment: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Organic Electronics: Materials, Processing, Devices and

Applications by Franky So (Nov 24, 2009) 2. Organic Electronics: Materials, Manufacturing, and Applications by

Hagen Klauk (Aug 31, 2006) 3. Introduction to Organic Electronic and Optoelectronic Materials

and Devices (Optical Science and Engineering) by Sam-Shajing Sun and Larry R. Dalton (May 29, 2008)

SMEB3306 SMART MATERIALS Smart materials versus high performance materials, Mechanism and applications of Piezoelectric materials ,shape memory alloys, light induced shape-memory polymer, electro-active induced shape memory polymer, thermal induced shape memory polymer, pH-sensitive polymers, electrochromic materials, photochromic material, Ferrofluid, Self-healing materials, dielectric elastomers, aerogel, integration of smart materials into a system: micro-electromechanical systems, smart dust. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 50% Continuous Assessment: 50%

http://www.amazon.com/Nanostructures-Nanomaterials-Applications-Nanoscience-Nanotechnology/dp/9814324558/ref=sr_1_8?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311580840&sr=1-8



http://www.amazon.com/Guozhong-Cao/e/B001JOWPBI/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_8?qid=1311580840&sr=1-8

http://www.amazon.com/Understanding-Nanomaterials-Malkiat-S-Johal/dp/1420073109/ref=sr_1_4?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311580885&sr=1-4

http://www.amazon.com/Malkiat-S.-Johal/e/B0058M20Z8/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_4?qid=1311580885&sr=1-4

http://www.amazon.com/Bahaa-E.-A.-Saleh/e/B001IXMAPQ/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_1?qid=1311581199&sr=1-1

http://www.amazon.com/Amnon-Yariv/e/B001IZPPMO/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_10?qid=1311581199&sr=1-10

http://www.amazon.com/Amnon-Yariv/e/B001IZPPMO/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_10?qid=1311581199&sr=1-10

http://www.amazon.com/Shun-Lien-Chuang/e/B001JSFDYA/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_7?qid=1311581199&sr=1-7


43

Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Donald J. Leo, Engineering analysis of smart material systems

(Wiley 2007) 2. H. R. Chen, Shape Memory Alloys: Manufacture, Properties and

Applications (Nova Science Pub Inc, 2010) 3. Andreas Lendlein, Shape-Memory Polymers (Springer 2010) SMEB4301 ELECTROCHEMISTRY Electrolytes-Liquid Electrolyte Solutions, Ionic Melts, Ionic Conductance in Polymers, Ionic Conductance in Solids Electrode Potentials-Pure Metals, Alloys, Intermetallic Phases and Compounds Ad-Atoms and Underpotential Deposition-The Thermodynamic Description of the Interphase, The Thermodynamic Description of the Interphase, Ad-Atoms, Underpotential Deposition Mass Transport.: Stationary Diffusion, Diffusion in Solid Phases, Methods to Control Diffusion Overpotential Charge Transfer-Electron Transfer, Electrochemical Reaction Orders, Ion Transfer, Charge Transfer and Mass Transport Deposition of Alloys-Alloy Nucleation and Growth: The Partial Current Concept, Oxide Particles, Corrosion and Corrosion Protection Electrolyte devices Assessment Method: Final Examination: 50% Continuous Assessment: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Allen J. Bard and Larry R. Faulkner , Electrochemical Methods:

Fundamentals and Applications , 2nd Edition (Wiley, 2001) 2. John O'M. Bockris, Amulya K.N. Reddy and Maria E. Gamboa-

Aldeco, Modern Electrochemistry 2A: Fundamentals of Electrodics, Volume 2 (Springer, 2001)

3. John Newman and Karen E. Thomas-Alyea, Electrochemical Systems, 3rd Edition (Wiley, 2004)

SMEB4302 ADVANCED MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY Physical process: Thermal vacuum deposition, e-beam sputtering, plasma etching, plasma cleaning and conditioning , chemical vapour deposition, Metal –organic vapour phase epitaxy, molecular-beam epitaxy, vacuum pressure impregnation, micro-nano-laser fabrication and processing, Chemical process: sol-gel processing, hydrothermal, solvothermal, ionothermal, self-assembly assisted method, pyrolysis, radiation assisted method Basic processing of bulk ceramic: Preparation of polymers and glass Fabrication methods, diffusion, ion implantation, lithography, metallization. Invitation from industry to give a presentation on Advanced Materials Processing Technology in his/her company. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 50% Continuous Assessment: 50% Medium of Instruction: English

Soft-skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Thin-Film Deposition: Principles and Practice by Donald Smith 2. Handbook of Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD) Processing

(Materials Science and Process Technology) by Donald M. Mattox 3. Advanced Ceramic Processing & Technology (Materials Science

and Process Technology) SMEB4303 COMPUTATION AND SIMULATION This course explores the basic concepts of computer modelling and simulation in science and engineering. We'll use techniques and software for simulation, data analysis and visualization. Continuum, mesoscale, atomistic and quantum methods are used to study fundamental and applied problem in materials science. Examples drawn from the multi-disciplines are used to understand or characterize complex structures of materials and complement experimental observations. Assessment Method: Final Examination: 50% Continuous Assessment: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft-skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Alan Hinchliffe, Molecular modelling for beginners (Wiley 2003) 2. Mauro Ferrario, Giovanni Ciccotti, Kurt Binder, Ettore Majorana

Foundation and Center for Scientific Culture, Computer simulations in condensed matter systems: from materials to chemical biology, Volume 1 (Springer 2006)

3. Tamar Schlick, Molecular Modeling and Simulation: An Interdisciplinary Guide (Springer 2010)

http://www.amazon.com/Modern-Electrochemistry-2A-Fundamentals-Electrodics/dp/0306461676/ref=sr_1_8?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311580761&sr=1-8

http://www.amazon.com/Modern-Electrochemistry-2A-Fundamentals-Electrodics/dp/0306461676/ref=sr_1_8?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1311580761&sr=1-8

DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY STUDIES

Department of Science and Technology Studies

Faculty of Science, University of Malaya

50603, Kuala Lumpur

http://sts.um.edu.my

Tel: +603 – 7967 4166

Fax: +603 – 7967 4396

http://sts.um.edu.my/


44

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY STUDIES) SESSION 2015/2016 (125 CREDITS)

University Courses (20 credits)

Course Code Course Title Credit

GIG1001 The Islamic and Asian Civilization 2

GIG1002/ *GIG 1006

Ethnic Relations/ Introduction to Malaysia (*only for international students)

2




GLTXXXX English Courses 6

GKN/GKR/GKV Co-Curriculum 2

GIXXXXX External Faculty Elective Courses (KELF) 2

Faculty Core Courses (8 credits)

Course Code Course Title Credit



SIX1003/1004/ 1005

Biostatistics / Statistics / Geostatistics 3

Program Core Courses (64 credits)

Course Code Course Title Pre-requisite Credit

LEVEL 1

SIS1001 Logic and Critical Thinking 3

SIS1002 Philosophy of Science and Philosophy of Technology 3

SIS1003 Science and Technology in Malaysia 3

SIS1004 Science, Technology and Sustainable Development 3

SIS1005 Innovation and Organisation 3

SIS1006 World History of Science 3

LEVEL 2

SIS2001 Epistemology and Perspective on Knowledge 3

SIS2002 Research Methodology in Science and Technology Studies SIS1002 3

SIS2003 Science, Technology and Religion 3

SIS2004 Science Communication and Society 3

SIS2005 Science and Technology Studies Field Study SIS1003 and

SIS1004 4

SIS2006 Environmental and Sustainability Policy SIS1004 3

LEVEL 3

SIS3001 Professional Ethics in Science SIS2003 3

SIS3002 Knowledge and Human Capital in Science 3

SIS3003 Policy and Management of Science and Technology 3

SIS3004 Technology Entrepreneurship SIS1005 3

SIS3005 Scientific Writing and Communication SIS2002 3


45

SIS3006 Research Project SIS2002 6

SIS3007 Industrial Training SIS2005 6

Program Elective Courses (33 credits)

Course Code Course Title Pre-requisite Credit

SIS2007 Managing New Technologies SIS1005 3

SIS3008 Philosophy of Islamic Science and Technology SIS1002 3

SIH1002 Environmental Chemistry 2

SIH2004 Environmental Pollution 2

SIH2007 Principles of Waste Management SIH1002 3

SIH2008 Environmental Health and Safety 2

SIH2012 Climate Change and Energy Science 2

SIH2013 Renewable Energy Processes 3

SIH3012 Green Technology and Pollution Prevention 3

SIH3013 Water and Wastewater Management 3

SIH3016 Environmental Risk Assessment 3

SIH3019 Tourism and Environment 3

SIM1001 Basic Mathematics 4

SIM1002 Calculus I 4

SIN2007 Management Mathematics SIM1002 4

SIQ2001 Microeconomics 3

SIQ2002 Macroeconomics 3

SIT1001 Probability and Statistics I SIM1002 4

SIT2001 Probability and Statistics II SIT1001 4

SIT2004 Regression Analysis SIT1001 4

SIF1001 Mathematical Methods I 3

SIF1002 Vibration and Wave 2

SIF1005 Electronics I 2

SIF1006 Physics Practical I 2

SIF2002 Electromagnetism I SIF1001 and

SIF1002 3

SIF2003 Electromagnetism II SIF2002 3

SIF2006 Optics SIF1001 and

SIF1002 2

SIF2007 Numerical and Computational Methods SIF1001 3

SIF2008 Instrumentation SIF1006 2

SIC1001 Principles Chemistry 2

SIC1002 Inorganic Chemistry I 4*

SIC1003 Organic Chemistry I 4*

SIC1004 Physical Chemistry I 4*

SIC2011 General Industrial Chemistry SIC1001 2

SIC2012 Nuclear Chemistry SIC1001 and

SIC1002 2

SID2005 Food Chemistry SIC1003 2

SID2006 Medicinal Chemistry SIC1003 2

SID2007 Petrochemistry SIC1002 and

SIC1003 2

SIG1001 Introduction to the Earth 2

SIG1002 Earth Surface Processes 2


46

SIG2008 Environmental Geology 2

SIG2014 Karst Landscape and Conservation SIG1001 and

SIG1002 2

SIG3004 Geological Hazard 3

SIG3011 Tectonics and Earth History SIG1001 and

SIG1002 3

Note: Course marked * has practical component

PROGRAM GOAL To produce excellent and skillful graduates in the field of science of technology studies who are imbued with scholarship, leadership, and entrepreneurship for a successful and meaningful post-tertiary life. PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOME At the end of this program, graduates with Bachelor of Science (Science and Technology Studies) are able to: 1. Have sufficient knowledge of science and technology studies in both theoretical and

practical aspects. 2. Use practical methods to address issues in science and technology that have been faced

by the public and other relevant stakeholders. 3. Show high social skills and responsibility in elucidating the impacts of science and

technology to society. 4. Apply high standard of values, attitudes, and professionalism in dealing with issues in

science and technology. 5. Communicate effectively in discussing the dimensions of science and technology studies

with various stakeholders in science and technology. 6. Apply scientific and critical thinking methods in analysing issues in science and technology

studies. 7. Apply information management skill and possess relevant lifelong knowledge and skills in

science and technology studies. 8. Demonstrate the entrepreneurial and managerial skills in designing or managing projects

related to science and technology studies, as well as in presenting ideas to clients which can gain profit and have optimum utilization of resources.


47

LIST OF COURSES ACCORDING TO SEMESTER (PLANNING OF COURSES)

COMPONENTS

YEAR 1 TOTAL CREDITS SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2

COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS

University Courses

GIG1002

Ethnic Relations GIG1003

Basic Entrepreneurship

Culture GIG1004

Information Literacy

GLTXXXX English

Communication

2 2 2 3

GIG1001 Islamic

Civilization and Asia Civilization

GIG1005 Social

Networking GLTXXXX

English Communication

2 2 3

16


SIX1001

Introduction to Science and Technology

Studies

3

SIX1002

Ethics and Safety

2

5

Programme Core Courses

SIS1001

Logic and Critical Thinking SIS1002

Philosophy of Science and Philosophy of Technology

3 3

SIS1003

Science and Technology in

Malaysia SIS1006

World History of Science

3 3

12

Elective Courses

-

-

Elective science courses (please refer to the list of program elective courses)

6

6

TOTAL CREDITS 18 21 39

COMPONENTS

YEAR 2 TOTAL CREDITS SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2

COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS

University Courses

Co-curriculum

2

KELF

2

4


SIX 1003/4/5 Biostatistic/

Statistic/ Geostatistic

3

-

-

3


SIS1004 Science,

Technology and

3

SIS2003 Science,

Technology and

3

25


48

Sustainable Development

SIS1005 Innovation and Organization

SIS2001 Epistemology

and Perspective on Knowledge

SIS2002 Research

Methodology in Science and Technology

Studies

3 3 3

Religion SIS2004 Science

Communication and Society

SIS2005 Science and Technology

Studies Field Study

SIS2006 Environmental

Policy and Sustainable

Development

3 4 3

Elective Courses


3


6

9


COMPONENTS

YEAR 3

SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 TOTAL CREDITS COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS

University Courses

-

-

-

-

-


-

-

-

-

-


SIS3001

Professional Ethics in Science SIS3003

Policy and Management of

Science and Technology

SIS3004 Technology

Entrepreneurship SIS3006

Research Project

3 3 3 3

SIS3002

Knowledge and Human Capital

in Science SIS3005 Scientific

Writing and Communication

SIS3006 Research

Project

3 3 3

21

Elective Courses

SIS 2007

Managing New Technologies

and/or Elective science courses (please refer to the list of program elective courses)

9

SIS 3008

Philosophy of Islamic Science and Technology

and/or Elective science courses (please refer to the list of program elective courses)

9

18



49

COMPONENTS

YEAR 4

SEMESTER 1 TOTAL CREDITS COURSES CREDITS

University Courses

-

-

-


-

-

-


SIS 3007 Industrial Training

6

6

Elective Courses

-

-

-

TOTAL CREDITS 6 6

*Subject to the courses offered in the semester

TOTAL CREDITS: 39 + 41 + 39 + 6 = 125 CREDITS

(COURSE DURATION: 7 SEMESTER )


50

DEPARTMENT OF

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY STUDIES In the beginning the Department was known as the History and Philosophy of Science Unit and its administration was under the purview of the Dean’s Office of the Faculty of Science. The History and Philosophy of Science Course was introduced as a compulsory component of the B.Sc. and B.Sc. Ed. Degrees for the term 1975/76 and it was offered throughout the four years of the undergraduate curriculum. The Department of Science and Technology Studies began to offer its own full-fledged degree program upon accreditation and approval by the University Academic Planning Committee and the Senate of the University of Malaya. Henceforth the department began to offer both the Bachelor of Science Degree (Science & Technology Studies) and Master of Science Degree (Science, Technology and Sustainability). Science and Technology Studies Program was offered as two modules (1) History and Philosophy of Science and (2) Management and Policy S&T. The Management and Policy S&T module represents a pioneering program both nationally and regionally and it basically fuses both the management discipline and policy studies in S&T. In the present day the program is further enhanced by the introduction of a newly reviewed curriculum of the Bachelor Degree of Science (Science and Technology Studies) where the students are exposed to an integrated study of the philosophical aspects of S&T and Management and Policy Studies in S&T. The new curriculum was developed in reflection of current and latest advancements in S&T as well as the management of research and development of S&T that draws upon global awareness of the Sustainability of the Society and the Community. To add dynamism and rigor to the program, guest lecturers from government and private sectors as well as various relevant industries with expert knowledge in their fields of specialization will periodically join the teaching staff. Among the main objectives of Science and Technology Studies is to help expand and enhance the mobility of the intellect of science students. By offering courses that include the dimensions of history, philosophy, social science and policy as well as science courses in biology, chemistry, physics, geology and mathematics, students will be able to attain soft skill, such as critical thinking and life-long learning. Such skills and the mastery of reflective knowledge in S&T Studies would prepare the student the necessary character-building as well as the intellectual and mental energy to assist the nation to formulate and enact effective policies related to the development of science and technology.

ACADEMIC STAFF

The department is managed by a Head of Department and supported by academic staff consisting of Emeritus Professor, Adjunct Professor, Associate Professors, and Fellow Researchers. In addition, associate staff from other faculties assists in the Department’s academic programmes. The department is also supported by a team of non-academic staff members.

HEAD OF DEPARTMENT: Dr. Che Wan Jasimah Wan Mohamed Radzi BSc(Hons)(UKM), MSc,PhD(Mal) (Research field: History and Philosophy of Science; Food Science Policy; S&T and Religion, Food Security & Safety) EMERITUS PROFESSOR:

Datuk Dr. Osman Bakar BSc(Hons), MSc(Lond), MA, PhD(Temple) (Research Field: History of Science; Islamic Philosophy of Science; Religion and Science; Critique of Modern Science; Islamic Civilisation) ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR:

Dr. Siti Nurani Mohd Nor BSc (Hons), MSc (Mal), MSc.Soc(New South Wales), PhD(Mal) (Research field: Bio-medical Ethics; Social Study of Science; Ethics and Policy of Sustainablility)

SENIOR LECTURERS:

Dr. Che Wan Jasimah Wan Mohamed Radzi BSc (Hons)(UKM), MSc,PhD(Mal) (Research field: History and Philosophy of Science; Food Science Policy; S&T and Religion, Food Security & Safety) Dr. Mohd Zuhdi Marsuki BSc (Hons), MSc(Mal), PhD(Wales) (Research field: Philosophy and Ethics of Environment; Philosophy of Sustainability) Dr. Ng Boon Kwee BSc (Hons(Mal)), MSc(Distinction), PhD(Mal) (Research field: Policy and Management of S&T; Innovation Management) Dr. Zeeda Fatimah Mohamad BSc(Hons)(Mal), MSc(Lund), MSc(Sussex), PhD(Sussex) (Research field: Policy and Management of S&T; Innovation System; Environmental Management; Sustainability) Dr. Wong Chan Yuan B.Eng(Hons)(Deakin), MSc(MUST), PhD(Mal) (Research field: Policy and Management of S&T; Scientometrics)

Dr. Mohd Zufri Mamat BSc(Hons)(Mal), MSc, PhD(Mal)


51

(Research field: History and Philosophy of Science; Sustainability; S&T and Modernisation)

Dr. Suzana Ariff Azizan, BSc(Hons)(Mal), MSc(Mal), PhD(Wollongong) (Research field: Policy and Management of S&T; R & D Management) Dr. Maisarah Hasbullah BSc(Hons)(Mal), MSc(Mal), PhD(Mal) (Research field: History and Philosophy of Science; Science and Religion, Science and Culture) Dr. Noor Munirah Isa BA(Hons)(Mal), PhD (Mal) (Research field: Bioethics; Religious Ethics; Religion and Sustainability) Dr. Mohd. Salim Mohamed BSc(Hons)(IIU), MSc(Mal)PhD (Mal) (Research Field: Applied Ethics; Bio-medical Ethics; Bioethics; Religious Ethics) SENIOR RESEARCH FELLOW Dr. Mohd Hazim Shah Hj. Abd. Murad BSc(Hons)(Manc), MSc(Lond), PhD(Pitts) (Research field: Philosophy of Science; Relationship between Science, Religion and Modernisation; Epistemology; Science and Culture) RESEARCH FELLOW Dr. Hashem Salarzadeh Jenatabadi BSc, MSc (Ferdowsi), PhD (Mal), (Research Field: Science and Technology Management, Applied Statistics, Airline Industry)

FELLOW SLAB/SLAI:

Afiza Akashah John BSc(Hons)(Mal)

Ezwan Arman Noor Kamar Dip. Occupational Therapy (UiTM), BSc.(Hons)(Mal). MSc(Mal)

Mohd Khairul Anam Che Mentri BA(Hons) (Mal), MSc(Mal)

Nor Aishah Abdullah BSc(Mal), MSc(Mal)

Nurulaini Abu Shamsi BHSc(Hons)(Adelaide), MSc(Mal)

DEGREE LEVELS OFFERED

By Course Work: BSc. (Science and Technology Studies) MSc. (Science, Technology and Sustainability)

By Research: M.Sc. Ph.D

RECENT RESEARCH TOPICS

Bioethics Biotechnology & Society Colonial Science/ Ethnic Science Environmental Ethics and Environmental Development Environmental Philosophy Food and Dietary Studies in Islam & Science Food and Nutrition Policy Gender and Science History and Philosophy of Islamic Science History and Philosophy of Medicine/Alternative Medicine History and Philosophy of Science Innovation system Studies Journalism in S&T Media and communication scientific Management of Information Technology Modern Science and Religion Studies in Logic & Critical Thinking S&T Ethics Science, technology & innovation management S&T and the Media Science, technology & innovation policy S&T Psychology and Sociology Sustainable Development Techno-preneur Studies in S&T

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

Archive Officer Science Officer Diplomat and administrative officer Administrative Officer of S&T Consultant of S&T Legislator of S&T Policy Manager of R&D Manager of S&T Managing Information Technology Lecturer Researcher S&T Advisor S&T Journalist Teacher

COURSE SYNOPSIS

SIX1001 Introduction to Science and Technology Studies This course is designed to introduce the students variety of aspect in S&T studies - history, philosophy, sociology, management, policy and economy; case studies in S&T. Students will analyze issues in S&T by using S&T framework – epistemology, ethics, environment, and entrepreneurship; apply variety of disciplines from S&T studies to create local contextual understanding and to apply sustainable S&T intellectually and material. The elements of this course include 1) history of development of S&T in society; 2) critical analysis in science and technology response; 3) effect of S&T in life; 4) initiative in sustainable S&T; and 5) future development of alternative S&T system, vis-à-vis dominant S&T paradigm.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Exam: 60%


52

Medium of Language English

Soft Skill CS1,CT1,EM1

References: 1. Asrar, G.R. (2013). Climate Science for Serving

Society (electronic resource): Research, Modeling and Prediction Priorities. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.

2. Evangelos, K. (Ed.). (2013). Advances in Network Analysis and its Applications Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg: Imprint: Springer.

3. Sismondo, S. (2004). An Introduction to Science and Technology Studies. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub.

SIX1002 Ethics and Safety This course is designed to expose to the student the importance of ethics and safety that arises within the scientific profession and scientific research. Real cases of scientific ethical misconduct, as well as the relevant principles and standards of ethics in science will be discussed. The importance of lab safety and accreditation will also be explored. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Language English

Soft Skill CS2,CT1,EM2 References: 1. Mazur,Dennis John. (2007).Evaluating the Science

and Ethics of Research on Humans: A Guide for IRB.Members.Johns Hopkins University Press.

2. US National Academy of Sciences. (2010). Promoting chemical laboratory safety and security in developing countries. National Academies Press: Washington DC.

3. D'Angelo, J. (2012). Ethics in science: Ethical

Misconduct in scientific research. CRC Press. SIS1001 Logic and Critical Thinking

This course will equip students with the skills to think critically and systematically in solving the problems faced by the theories and concepts learned. Students have the opportunity to learn the basics and methods of analysis through oral and written submissions that are authentic and not authentic, deductive arguments and inductive arguments. Students are exposed to some type of Fallacy of thought and speech, including Ad hominem, Ad Populum, HASTY Generalization, False Alternatives, Bandwagon Argument, Slippery Slope, and Overstatement. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Exam: 60%


Soft Skill CS2,CT3

References 1. Bassham, Irwin, et. al. (2008). Critical Thinking: A

Student’s Introduction (3rd ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

2. Cottrell, Stella. (2011). Critical Thinking Skills: Developing Effective Analysis and Argument (2nd ed.). London: Palgrave Macmillan

3. Fisher, Alec. (2011). Critical Thinking: An Introduction (2nd ed.). New York: Cambridge University Press.

SIS1002 Philosophy of Science and Philosophy of Technology

In this course, students will be exposed to some of the philosophical schools of science and philosophy of technology with an emphasis on the need to understand the nature of S & T in confronting the issues and challenges of the current world. Subsequently, students will apply theoretical knowledge by doing research on the issues selected via a PBL (Problem Based Learning). Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Exam: 50%

Medium of Language Malay/ English

Soft Skill CS1,CT3,TS1,EM1

References 1. Okasha, Samir. 2002. Philosophy of Science: A Very

Short Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2. Eisenstadt, S.N. 2000. Multiple Modernities.

Daedalus, Winter , 129(1): 1-29. 3. Ferre, Frederick. 1995. Philosophy of Technology.

The University of Georgia Press. SIS1003 Science and Technology in Malaysia

This course will provide a platform to the students about the development of science and technology in Malaysia, starting in British colonial times up to the 21st century. Transfer model of science and technology will also be introduced to the students. This discussion will take a number of sectors such as agriculture, education, and industry as a case study. The course also covers the development of government policy in the development of science and technology in Malaysia involving several key players. In addition, an introduction to the basic policy analysis will also be introduced. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Exam: 50%



53

Soft Skill CS3,CT1,TS1,LS1

References 1. Articles that related to History S&T in Malaysia in The

Journal of the Malaysian Branch Royal Asiatic Society 2. Drabble J. H. (2000). An Economic History of Malaysia,

c. 1800-1990: The Transition to Modern Economic Growth (London).

3. Molly N. N (2004), Restructuring Higher Education in Malaysia (Penang).

SIS1004 Science, Technology and Sustainable

Development

In this course, student will be exposed to the concept and the philosophy of development from multi-dimensional perspective including economic, human-nature relationships, social justice, human development, communal worldview and religion. The course also aims to explain the recent challenges of development by emphasizing sustainable development as an alternative approach towards prosperity.


Medium of Language English/Malay

Soft Skill CS3,CT3,TS2,EM1 References 1. Baker, S. 2006. Sustainable development. London:

Routledge. 2. Rist, G. 2008. The history of development. London:

Zed Books. 3. Rogers, P.P. et.al. 2008. An introduction to

sustainable development. London: Earthscan. SIS1005 Innovation and Organization This course introduces students to the importance of technological innovation in various types of organisations (e.g. business enterprises, universities, public research institutions, NGOs, etc.). This includes the characteristics and models of innovation, and main activities in innovation. Selected case studies on innovative technological based organisations such as Google, Toyota, National University of Singapore and MIMOS are provided for students to identify the key drivers and innovative cultures required for a successful innovative organisation. Challenges faced by organisations in strengthening their innovation capabilities will also be discussed at the end of the course. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Exam: 60%


Soft Skill CT1,KK1

References 1. Goffin, K. & Mitchell, R. (2010), Innovation

Management: Strategy and Implementation Using the Pentathlon Framework (2nd edn.), Houndmills, Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.

2. Tidd, J. & Bessant, J. (2011), Managing Innovation: Integrating Technological, Market and Organisational Change, England: John Wiley & Sons. 3. Trott, P. (2011), Innovation Management and New

Product Development (5th edn.), Essex: Prentice Hall. SIS1006 World History of Science This course is designed to develop knowledge and understanding about the development of science since ancient time and basic aspect in philosophy of science, science in Greek civilization, science in Islamic-Arab civilization, science in Middle Ages, scientific revolution and modern science. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Exam: 60%


Soft Skill TS2,LS1,EM2

References 1. Wan Fuad Wan Hassan. 1997.Ringkasan Sejarah

Sains. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka. 2. David Deming. 2010. Science and Technology in

World History Vol 1: The Ancient World and Classical Civilization. McFarland and Company: North Carolina.

3. James E. M. Harold, D. 2006. Science and Technology in World History: An Introduction. The Johns Hopkins University Press Maryland.

SIS2001 Epistemology and Perspective on Knowledge This course is designed to introduce the basic concept of epistemology – definition of knowledge, meaning, etc. It also explains several theories of knowledge and tradition of knowledge from western philosophy, Islamic philosophy and the approach of sociology of knowledge. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Exam: 60%


Soft Skill CS3,CT2, TS2,EM1,LS1


54

References 1. Adam Morton. 1997. A Guide Through the Theory of

Knowledge. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers 2. Manuel Velasquez. 1994. Philosophy: A Text With

Readings. Wadsworth. 3. Syed Dawilah. 1992. Epistemologi Islam. Penang:

Universiti Sains Malaysia SIS2002 Research Methodology in Science and Technology Studies This undergraduate course provides a comprehensive introduction to research proposal writing, research methodologies, and foundational research theories and protocols. Students in the course learn about the cyclical nature of applied research and the iterative process of research writing. The curriculum is sequential, helping students to identify a study topic, formulate inquiry questions, organize a literature review, and select appropriate research designs and methodologies. By the end of the course, students will complete a proposal that includes an introduction, problem statement (significance of study), literature review, methods section, references, and a project timeline. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Exam: 40%


Soft Skill CS3,CT2,LL1

References 1. Flick, U. (2011). Introducing research methodology: a

beginner's guide to doing a research project. CA: Sage Publication.

2. Jeremy T. Miner, Lynn E. Miner (2013). Proposal Planning & Writing: Fifth Edition. ABC-CLIO.

3. Michael B. Paulsen (2015). Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research. (ed. Michael B. Paulsen). Springer.

SIS2003 Science, Technology and Religion This course is designed to explain the separation between science, technology and religion, how secularism that sparked drive industrial revolution and modernism. Today scenario in development of science shows that the dominant world-view need to be fill with value and meaning of life. The application of universal value of religion in life will be explained with the definition of religion, the philosophy of science, technology and it’s limitation. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Exam: 60%


Soft Skill CS3,TS2,LS1,EM1

References 1) Nidhal Guessoum (2012). Islam’s Quantum Question:

Reconciling Muslim Tradition and Modern Science. New York I.B. Tauris.

2) Osman Bakar (2014). Islamic Civilisation and Modern World: Thematic Essays. Brunei Darussalam: UBD Press.

3) Sh. Mohd Saifuddeen Sh. Mohd Salleh. (2012) Tipologi Interaksi Antara Agama dan Sains: Satu Penilaian dan Cadangan Menurut Perspektif Islami. Universiti Malaya: Kuala Lumpur

SIS2004 Science Communication and Society This course introduces the field of science communication which is important to the scientific community and the public. It describes the role of the media, especially television, newspapers, magazines and novels and science fiction films to raise awareness, attitudes, better understanding, improving science literacy and further promote scientific culture in society. In addition, this course describes the approaches used to convey information about science to society. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Exam: 60%



References 1. Allan, S. (2002). Media, Risk and Science. United

Kingdom :Open University Press. 2. Cheng, D. et al. (2008). Communicating Science in

Social Contexts: New Models, New Practices. Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands.

3. Bauer, M. W., & Bucchi, M. (2007). Journalism, science and society: Science communication between news and public relations. New York: Routledge.

SIS2005 Science and Technology Studies Field Study This course aims to provide opportunities for students to explore and apply classroom knowledge and materials within a given field experience that relates to Science and Technology Studies, namely policy and management, professional and ethics, sustainability, and philosophy of science. Students will be divided into groups and attached to a community/organisation which is determined by the course coordinator. Each group of students is required to find solutions to a real problem given in the respective community/ organisation. For this purpose, each group will organise field trips to the community/organisation in order to conduct further observations to the problem, formulate

https://www.google.com.my/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Jeremy+T.+Miner%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=8

https://www.google.com.my/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Lynn+E.+Miner%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=8


55

inquiries, design appropriate research approach, data collection and analysing, and draw conclusion that address the original problem. At the end of the course, all groups are required to present their work to the representative from the community/organisation and the course coordinator. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100%


Soft Skill CS2,CT2,TS1,LL2

References 1. Baird, B.N. (2013). The internship, practicum, and

field placement handbook: a guide for the helping professions (7th edn.). NJ: Pearson Education.

2. Yin, R. K. (2013). Case Study Research: Design And Methods, New York: Sage Publication.

3. Royse, D., Dhooper., S.S., & Rompf, E.L. (2011). Field Instruction: A Guide for Social Work Students (6th edn.). N.Y: Pearson.

SIS2006 Environmental and Sustainability Policy Sustainable Development is an important policy concept in the 21st century, influencing policy development to incorporate the long-term balance between economic growth, social welfare and environmental protection. This is a new challenge to technocrats (including scientists and technologists), managers and policy makers who are involved in the problematisation and development of environmental policies. This course will provide basic exposure on how environmental policy can be developed in a more holistic manner, by systematically incorporating the perspective of sustainability in decision making. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Exam: 40%



References 1. Dovers, S. (2005) Environment and Sustainability

Policy. The Federation Press 2. Norman, V. and Kraft, M (2012) Environmental Policy:

New Directions for the Twenty-First Century, 8th Ed. CQ Press

3. Rosenbaum, W. (2013) Environmental Politics and Policy, 9th Edition. CQ Press

SIS2007 Managing New Technologies This course is designed to provide student with knowledge on the nature of new technologies and the importance of technology management. Student will be exposed to various strategies in new technologies management including intellectual property management, collaborative strategies

and project management. Besides, student will study the various sources of technological capabilities development and how to plan a science and technology project in an organisation. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Exam: 40%


Soft Skill CT1,KK1

References 1. Dolfsma, W. and Seo D. (2013) Government policy

and technological innovation—a suggested typology, Technovation 33,173–179

2. Salerno, M. S., Gomes, L.A.V. et al. (2015), Innovation processes: Which process for which project?, Technovation, 35, 59–70

3. Chang Y. and Yen, H.R. (2012),Introduction to the special cluster on managing technology–service fusion innovation, Technovation 32, 415–418

SIS3001 Professional Ethics in Science This course is designed to expose to the student the importance of ethics in the scientist profession and scientific research. Selected cases of professional ethics in science, as well as the relevant principles and standards of ethics in science will be discussed. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Exam: 60%


Soft Skill CS3,CT1, TS4, LS1,EM2

References 1. Committee on Science, Engineering and Public

Policy. (1995). On being a scientist: Responsible conduct in research. Washington D. C: National Academic Press.

2. D'Angelo, J. (2012). Ethics in science: Ethical misconduct in scientific research. CRC Press.

3. Oliver, P. (2003). The student's guide to research ethics. Philadelphia, PA : Open University Press.

SIS3002 Knowledge and Human Capital in

Science The availability of talented people in science, technology and innovation (STI) is widely accepted as one of the key drivers in fostering a sustainable and vibrant economy and society. Without sufficient talent pool there will be no STI base to create and transform ideas into products, processes and solutions that leverage the competitive advantages of


56

the country. Based on this viewpoint, this course aims to discuss the importance of knowledge management and human capital development in national STI development. Students will be exposed to key issues pertaining to human capital development such as brain drain, skills mismatch and perception on unattractive career in STI profession. The students will also debate on the current national strategies in knowledge management and talent development in STI. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Exam: 60%


Soft Skill CS3,CT2,LL1

References 1. Malaysia (2002), Knowledge-Based Economy Master

Plan, Malaysia: ISIS. 2. Thiruchelvam, K. et al. (2013) Malaysia’s Quest for

Innovation: Progress and Lessons Learned, Kuala Lumpur: SIRD.

3. Burud, Sandra, Tumolo, Marie, (2004), Leveraging the New Human Capital: Adaptive Strategies, Results Achieved and Stories of Transformation, Davies-Black.

SIS3003 Policy and Management of Science and

Technology Science, technology and innovation (STI) are important driving forces in economic and social change. Success in STI is not automatic. Continuous efforts are required to attain fluency in STI. Such proficiency is aided by a national system of innovation that emphasises, among others, on learning, development of linkages and capabilities, and fostering of enterprises and entrepreneurship. The course will provide an overview of these themes including an examination of STI policies of selected countries as well as the importance of promoting innovation. Case studies will be presented to highlight some of these themes.



Soft Skill CT2,LL1

References 1. Thiruchelvam, K., Chandran, VGR., Ng, B.K. & Wong,

C.Y. (2013), Malaysia’s Quest for Innovation, Petaling Jaya: SIRD.

2. Thiruchelvam, K., Chandran, VGR., et al. (2012), Innovation Financing Schemes of Malaysia, In Intarakumnerd P. And Wonglimpiyarat, J. (Ed). Towards Effective Policies for Innovation Financing in

Asia, Bangkok: Thammasat Printing House 3. Caraca, J., Lundvall, B. and Mendonca (2009), The

changing role of science in the innovation process: From Queen to Cinderella?, Technological Forecasting & Social Change 76 (2009) 861–867

SIS3004 Technology Entrepreneurship This course provides fundamentals of technopreneurship to science students. The course comprises two parts: (a) Firstly, the students will be exposed to the theoretical foundation of technopreneurship such as high-tech market and the technology entrepreneur, innovation strategies for new technology ventures, financing of start-ups, exit strategies, etc. (b) Secondly, the students will obtain basic knowledge in the preparation of business plan based on a specific S&T product. Tutorials will be organised to facilitate the learning on how to construct a business plan. Students will be required to present their business plan at the end of the course. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Exam: 40%


Soft Skill LS2,KK2

References 1. Kuratko, D.F. (2013), Entrepreneurship: theory,

process, practice (9th edn), Mason: South-Western. 2. Dorf, R.C. & Byers, T.H. (2014), Technology

Ventures: from idea to enterprise (4nd edn.), New York: McGraw-Hill.

3. Timmons, J.A. & Spinelli, S. (2011), New Venture Creation: entrepreneurship for the 21st century (9th edn.), New York: McGraw-Hill Irwin.

SIS3005 Scientific Writing and Communication This course focuses on academic writing and presentation as means for science communication especially among academic community. It explains techniques and styles in scientific writing especially in writing journal article. Issues in writing for example plagiarism is also discussed in this course. Apart from that this course explains important steps in getting published in a refereed journal. It also sheds light on good ways to prepare and perform oral presentation. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Exam: 40%




57

References 1. Blackwell, J. & Martin, J. (2011). A scientific approach

to scientific writing. New York: Springer New York. 2. Davis, Martha, Davis, Kaaron J., Dunagan, Marion M.

(2012). Scientific papers and presentations (3rd Ed). UK: Elsevier Inc.

3. Day, Robert A & Gastel, Barbara. (2006). How to write and publish a scientific paper. (5th Ed). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

SIS3006 Research Project In this course, students will conduct research related to one of the areas selected by the student, whether epistemological, environment, ethics or science and technology policy. Research was conducted in two semesters. Assessment for this course is based on the presentation of the results of the study and the final report (thesis) prepared by the students. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100%


Soft Skill CT3,EM1

References 1. Marohaini Yusof. (2001). Penyelidikan kualitatif:

Pengalaman kerja lapangan. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Malaya.

2. Jariah Mohd Jan. (2003). Garis panduan penulisan laporan penyelidikan, disertasi dan tesis. Kuala Lumpur: Institut Pengajian Siswazah, Universiti Malaya. 3. Neuman, W.L. (2000). Social Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches. 4th Edition. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. SIS3007 Industrial Training Students will undergo industrial training at least 12 weeks in the organization (ie private, public or NGO) either in the country or abroad. The training content will be determined by the respective employer with advice from the Department. During the training, students will be exposed to the activities of organizations that are closely related to key elements of Science and Technology studies such as policy and management, sustainability, ethics and philosophy of science. The main purpose of this industrial training is to enable students to use their knowledge gained at university and integrate it with the actual working environment. It also provides opportunity for students to acquire practical skills and experience working on projects alongside industry expert. This course also provides opportunities for students to identify potential employers as well as have a better outlook on career development in the field of science and technology studies. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100%


Soft Skill CS3,CT3,TS2,EM2,LL2

References 1. Bailey, S. (2014). Academic writing: a handbook for

international students. Routledge. 2. Fink, A. (2012). How to conduct surveys: A step-by-

step guide. Sage Publications. 3. Dougherty, E. (2012). Assignments matter: Making

the connections that help students meet standards. ASCD.

SIS3008 Philosophy of Islamic Science and

Technology This course is designed to discuss the concept of philosophy for Muslim, western definition of philosophy, problems in defining philosophy, several aspect of philosophy of knowledge, concept, definition, classification and employment, differentiation between philosophy and knowledge, branches of knowledge of philosophy, branches of current knowledge of philosophy, science, philosophy and Islam, al-farabi philosophy of science, science of cosmology and revelation, research of science of cosmology in Islamic history, the relationship between Ikhwan al-safa’ and philosophy in the study of cosmos and hierarchy of universe, comparison of philosophy between al-Ghazali and Descartes principle of philosophy Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Exam: 60%


Soft Skill CS1,TS2,LS1,EM1

References 1. Osman Bakar (1991). Tawhid and Science: Essays on

the History and Philosophy of Science. Penang. 2. Acikgenc, A. (1996). Islamic Science: Towards a

Definition. ISTAC. 3. Rashed, R. (1996). Encyclopaedia of the History of

Arabic Science. Routledge.

Buku Panduan Fakulti Sains: Sesi 2015/2016

58

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (GEOLOGY) SESSION 2015/2016 (128 CREDITS)

UNIVERSITY COURSES (20 CREDITS) COURSE CODE COURSE NAME CREDIT


GIG1002 / 1006* Ethnic Relations / Introduction to Malaysia (* Specifically for International students) 2




GLTXXXX English Language Communication 6


GIXXXXX External Faculty Electives Courses (EFEC) 2

CORE PROGRAM COURSES (72 CREDITS)

FACULTY CORE COURSES (8 KREDIT) [CF] COURSE CODE COURSE NAME PRE-REQUISITE CREDIT



SIX1005 Geostatistics 3

PROGRAM CORE COURSES (64 CREDITS) [CP]

LEVEL 1 (14 CREDITS) COURSE CODE COURSE NAME PRE-REQUISITE CREDIT


SIG1002 Earth surface processes 2

SIG1003 Structures and Geological Maps 3

SIG1004 Basic mineralogy 4

SIG1005 Introduction to Minerals, Rocks and Fossils 3


SIG2001 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology SIG1004 4

SIG2002 Geochemistry SIG1001 & SIG1004 3

SIG2003 Structural Geology I SIG1003 3

SIG2004 Sedimentology SIG1004 & SIG1005 4

SIG2005 Geology Field Course SIG1003, SIG1004 & SIG1005 8

SIG2006 Basic Paleontology SIG1002 & SIG1005 3

SIG2007 Introduction to Geophysics SIG1001 & SIG1002 3


SIG3001 Geology of Malaysia SIG1001, SIG1002 & SIG1003 3

SIG3002 Quaternary Geology SIG2004 3

SIG3003 Economic Geology SIG1004 & SIG1005 3

SIG3004 Geological Hazards 3

SIG3005 Research Project SIG2001, SIG2003, SIG2004 & SIG2005 10

PROGRAM ELECTIVES COURSES ( 29 CREDITS) [EP]

LEVEL 2 COURSE CODE COURSE NAME PRE-REQUISITE CREDIT


SIG2009 Geohidrology 3

SIG2010 GIS Applications in Geosciences SIG1003 3

SIG2011 Geological Laboratory Analytical Techniques SIG1004 & SIG1005 3

SIG2012 Geological Data Analysis SIX1005 3

SIG2013 Introduction to Engineering Geology SIG1003 3

SIG2014 Karst Landscape and Conservation SIG1001 & SIG1002 2


SIG3006 Stratigraphic Methods SIG2004 3

SIG3007 Geology of South East Asia SIG3001 2

SIG3008 Petroleum Geology SIG2004 4

SIG3009 Organic Petrology SIG2004 3

SIG3010 Structural Geology II SIG2003 2

SIG3011 Tectonics and earth history SIG1001 & SIG1002 3

SIG3012 Advanced igneous Petrology SIG2001 3

SIG3013 Industrial Training SIG2005 3

SIG3014 Advanced Palaeontology SIG1002 & SIG1005 3

SIG3015 Special topic in Geology All 2nd LEVEL COMPULSORY COURSES 2


59

PROGRAM GOALS The goals of B.Sc. (Geology) program are to: 1. Produce graduates with solid foundation in geosciences and with the ability to apply this

knowledge in the practice of various fields related to geoscience.

2. Produce graduates skilful in commonly used geoscience techniques and with the ability to design and implement research in geoscience and related fields.

3. Produce graduates who are qualified, knowledgeable and possess appropriate skills to serve earth-resource based industries and capable of developing and implementing projects involving earth material

PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOME At the end of the program, the graduate with a B.Sc. (Geology) degree will be able to:- 1. Understand geological concepts and principles and be able to apply this knowledge in the practice

of geology as well as actively seek and apply latest knowledge to adapt to requirements and changes in the work place in a scientific, professional and ethical manner;

2. Adopt a systematic and evidence-based approach to the practice of geology as well as analyse issues and evaluate the proper and efficient use of resources;

3. Appreciate the need for sustainable development of the environment in the practice of geology and the importance of responsible, personal, social and cultural inter-relationships;

4. Value the importance of ethics and the need for professionalism in the practice of geology as well as upholding the interests of clients, the profession and society;

5. Communicate information, clearly and effectively, both verbally and in writing, and also be a responsible and productive team player with good inter-personal skills;

6. Utilize, apply and adopt scientific methods in the practice of geology and problem solving for target groups, as well as appreciate the need for self-assessment and improvement in meeting the demands of industry and society;

7. Actively apply information technology in the practice of geology and enrich knowledge through life-long learning; and apply experience and knowledge in geology to explore opportunities in the word of entrepreneurship.

FACULTY ELECTIVES COURSES (7 CREDITS) [EF]** ** Courses Offered by Other Institute/Department of Specialization


60

LIST OF COURSES ACCORDING TO SEMESTER (PLANNING OF COURSES) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (GEOLOGY)



University Courses

University Course 1

2 University Course 5

2

12

University Course 2


2

University Course 3

2

University Course 4

2


Faculty Core Course 1

3 Faculty Core Course 2 2 5


SIG1001 Introduction to the Earth

2 SIG1004 Basic mineralogy

4

14

SIG1002 Earth surface processes

2 SIG1005 Introduction to Minerals, Rocks and Fossils

3

SIG1003 Structures and Geological Maps

3

Programme Elective Courses

Programme Elective Course 1

3 3


Faculty Elective Course 1 2 2




University Courses

University Course 7


2 6

University Course 8

2


Faculty Core Course 3 3 3


SIG2001 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology

4 SIG2003 Structural Geology I

3

28

SIG2002 Geochemistry 3 SIG2004 Sedimentology

4

SIG2005 Geology Field Course

4 SIG2005 Geology Field Course

4

SIG2006 Basic Paleontology

3 SIG2007 Introduction to Geophysics

3



61



University Courses

University Course 10

2 2


SIG3001 Geology of Malaysia

3 SIG3002 Quaternary Geology

3

22

SIG3003 Economic Geology

3 SIG3004 Natural Hazard

3

SIG3005 Research Project

5 SIG3005 Research Project

5



3 Programme Elective Course 4

3 11



3


Faculty Electives Course 2

2 2


COMPONENT SEMESTER 7

TOTAL CREDITS COURSE CREDIT



3

15


3


3


3


3

Faculty Elective Courses Faculty Elective Course 3

3

3

Total Credits 18 18

OVERALL TOTAL 128


62

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (APPLIED GEOLOGY) SESSION 2015/2016 (128 CREDITS)

UNIVERSITY COURSES (20 CREDITS) COURSE CODE COURSE NAME CREDIT


GIG1002 / 1006* Ethnic Relations / Introduction to Malaysia (* Specifically only for International students) 2






GIXXXXX External Faculty Electives Courses (EFEC) 2

CORE PROGRAM COURSES (71 CREDITS)

FACULTY CORE COURSES (8 CREDITS) [TF] COURSE CODE COURSE NAME PRE-REQUISITE CREDIT



SIX1005 Geostatistics 3

PROGRAM CORE COURSES (63 CREDITS) [TP]



SIG1002 Earth surface processes 2

SIG1003 Structures and Geological Maps 3

SIG1004 Basic mineralogy 4

SIG1005 Introduction to Minerals, Rocks and Fossils 3


SIG2001 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology SIG1004 4

SIG2002 Geochemistry SIG1001 & SIG1004 3

SIG2003 Structural Geology I SIG1003 3

SIG2004 Sedimentology SIG1004 & SIG1005 4

SII2001 Engineering Geology I SIG1003 3

SII2002 Applied Geology Field Course SIG1003, SIG1004 & SIG1005 8

KAES2136 Soil Mechanics 3

LEVEL 3 (21 KREDIT) COURSE CODE COURSE NAME PRE-REQUISITE CREDIT

SIG3001 Geology of Malaysia SIG1001, SIG1002 & SIG1003 3

SII3001 Gravity and Magnetic Methods SIG1001 & SIG1002 2

SII3002 Exploration and Environmental Geochemistry SIG1002 3

SII3003 Seismic Refraction and Electrical Methods SIG1001 & SIG1002 3

SII3004 Industrial Attachment SII2002 10

PROGRAM ELECTIVES COURSES ( 30 CREDITS) [EP]



SIG2009 Geohidrology 3

SIG2010 GIS Applications in Geosciences SIG1003 3

SIG2011 Geological Laboratory Analytical Techniques SIG1004 & SIG1005 3

SIG2012 Geological Data Analysis SIX1005 3

SIG2013 Introduction to Engineering Geology SIG1003 3

SIG2014 Karst Landscape and Conservation SIG1001 & SIG1002 2


SIG3003 Economic Geology SIG1004 & SIG1005 3

SIG3004 Geological Hazards 3

SIG3006 Stratigraphic Methods SIG2004 3

SIG3007 Geology of South East Asia SIG3001 2

SIG3008 Petroleum Geology SIG2004 4

SIG3009 Organic Petrology SIG2004 3

SIG3010 Structural Geology II SIG2003 2

SII3005 Practical Geohydrology SIG2009 4

SII3006 Engineering Geology II SII2001 2

SII3007 Seismic Reflection and Borehole Geophysics SIG1001 & SIG1002 2


63

SII3008 Special Topic in Applied Geology All 2nd LEVEL COMPULSORY COURSES 2

(I) ELECTIVE FACULTY COURSES (7 CREDITS) [EF] ** ** Courses Offered by Other Institute/Department in Faculty of Science.

PROGRAM GOALS The goals of B.Sc. (Applied Geology) program are to: 1. Produce graduates with solid foundation in applied geosciences and with the ability to apply this

knowledge in the practice of various fields related to geoscience.

2. Produce graduates skilful in commonly used applied geoscience techniques and with the ability to design and implement research in geoscience and related fields.

3. Produce graduates who are qualified, knowledgeable and possess appropriate skills to serve earth-resource based industries and capable of developing and implementing projects involving earth material.

PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOME At the end of the program, the graduate with a B.Sc. (Applied Geology) degree will be able to:- 1. Understand the geological concepts and principles and be able to apply this knowledge in the

practice of applied geology as well as actively seek and apply latest knowledge to adapt to requirements and changes in the work place in a scientific, professional and ethical manner;

2. Adopt a systematic and evidence-based approach to the practice of applied geology as well as analyse issues and evaluate the proper and efficient use of resources;

3. Appreciate the need for sustainable development of the environment in the practice of applied geology and the importance of responsible, personal, social and cultural inter-relationships;

4. Value the importance of ethics and the need for professionalism in the practice of geology as well as upholding the interests of clients, the profession and society;

5. Communicate information, clearly and effectively, both verbally and in writing, and also be a responsible and productive team player with good inter-personal skills;

6. Utilize, apply and adopt scientific methods in the practice of applied geology and problem solving for clients, as well as appreciate the need for self-assessment and improvement in meeting the demands of industry and society;

7. Actively apply information technology in the practice of applied geology and enrich knowledge through life-long learning; and apply experience and knowledge in geology to explore opportunities in the word of entrepreneurship


64

LIST OF COURSES ACCORDING TO SEMESTER (PLANNING OF COURSES) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (APPLIED GEOLOGY)



University Courses

University Course 1 2 University Course 5 2

14 University Course 2 2 University Course 6 2

University Course 3 2 University Course 7 2

University Course 4 2


Faculty Core Course 1

3 Faculty Core Course 2 2 5


SIG1001 Introduction to the Earth

2 SIG1004 Basic mineralogy

4

14

SIG1002 Earth surface processes

2 SIG1005 Introduction to Minerals, Rocks and Fossils

3

SIG1003 Structures and Geological Maps

3



3 3

Faculty Electives Courses

Faculty Elective Courses 1

2 2




University Courses

University Course 8 2 4

University Course 9 2


Faculty Core Course 3 3


SIG2001 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology

4 SIG2003 Structural Geology I

3

28

SIG2002 Geochemistry 3 SIG2004 Sedimentology

4

SII2001 Engineering Geology I

3 KAES2136 Soil Mechanics

3

SII2002 Applied Geology Field Course

4 SII2002 Applied Geology Field Course

4



2 2


Faculty Electives Courses 2

3 3



65



University Courses

University Course 10 2 2


SIG3001 Geology of Malaysia

3 SII3001 Gravity and Magnetic Methods

2

11

SII3003 Seismic Refraction and Electrical Methods

3

SII3002 Exploration and Environmental Geochemistry

3




3

25



3



3



2


2



2 2


COMPONENT SEMESTER 7

TOTAL CREDITS COURSE CREDIT

Programme Core Courses SII3004 Industrial Attachment

10 10

Total Credits 10 10

OVERALL TOTAL 128


66

FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (7 credits) [EF] Courses taken from other Institutes/Department in Science Faculty

Institute/ Department Course Code Course Title Credits

Institute of Biological Sciences SIX 1006

Malaysian Flora 3

SIX 1007

Malaysian Fauna 3

SIX1008

Biocomputing 2

Department of Chemistry SIX1009

Basic Chemistry 2

Department of Physics SIX1011

Contemporary Physics 2

Department of Science And Technology Studies SIX1012 Logical Thinking in Science 3

Institute of Mathematical Sciences SIX1013


EXTERNAL FACULTY ELECTIVES (KELF) (For students from other Faculties:Students may choose any of the following courses)


GIS1004 Earth Resources 2

GIS1005 Geoheritage and Geodiversity 2

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY The Department of Geology is the oldest Department of Geology in the country. It was founded in Singapore in 1956 and relocated to The Kuala Lumpur Campus in 1960. From its modest beginning with only 4 academic staff and 2 final-year students in 1962, the Department has expanded and evolved in terms of staff, facilities and students in line with the development of our nation and the increase in demand of earth science graduates. In the last 15 years, the Department produces about 50 graduates with Bachelor of Science in Geology and Applied Geology (introduced in 1968) annually. Presently there are 18 academic staff and 21 support staff in the Department. Objectives As a main centre for earth science studies in a rapidly developing nation, the Department is aware of its responsibility to train graduates of high quality in terms of academic excellence and communication skills. The Department constantly reviews and introduces new relevant courses from time to time, to fulfil the requirements of both the public and private sectors. Degree Programs The Department of Geology offers two undergraduate degree programs, namely Bachelor of Science in Geology and Bachelor of Science in Applied Geology based on semester system. This system provides students the chance to complete the course in a minimum of 7 semesters. Students who apply for the undergraduate course should have some background in Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics in the STPM level, Matriculation or other equivalent qualification. The medium of instruction is English. The Department has an excellent program of research training leading to a Master of Science (M.Sc) or a Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) Degree. These postgraduate programs are based on supervised research and preparation of dissertation. The Department also offers Master of Science in Petroleum Geology by coursework. For admission to the Masters degree program, the candidate must possess a Bachelor of Science degree with Honours, while for the PhD program the candidate must possess a Master’s degree. Academic and Research Activities The staff of the Department are actively involved in studies and research in all aspects of geosciences in Malaysia. To fulfil the needs of the private sectors, research on economic mineral deposits, engineering and environmental geology, and aspects related to petroleum exploration have been emphasised. Publications by the academic staff have contributed significantly to understanding of general geology, mineralogy, petrology, geophysics, stratigraphy, palaeontology, sedimentology, structural geology and tectonics of Malaysia and the region. The staff of the Department are actively involved in the promotion and advancement of geosciences in Malaysia and the South-East Asia countries through cooperation and linkages with various organisations such as the Minerals and Geoscience Department of Malaysia, Geological Society of Malaysia, AGID (Association of Geoscientists for International Development), IUGS (International Union of Geological Sciences), AAPG (American Association of Petroleum Geologists), UNESCO, and PETRONAS. Members of the Department have played important and pioneering roles in organising activities that are beneficial to the nation and region, such as organising conferences, training courses and field work. The Department has established cooperation in research with geoscientists, universities and research laboratories from developed and developing countries in fields of common interest. The Department also has good rapport with agencies in the public and private sector in activities related to research and consultancy.

Facilities The Department is equipped with a wide range of laboratory and field facilities for both teaching and research purposes. Facilities for the preparation of rock slabs, rock thin-sections and polished sections are available and include rock saws of various diameters and an automatic polishing. Excellent teaching petrological, reflected and transmitted light microscopes, as well as stereoscopes and a large reference collection of topographic and geological maps, rocks, minerals and fossils are available for undergraduates and postgraduate students. The Department of Geology has one of the most advanced organic geochemistry laboratory in Malaysia. The laboratory is equipped with state-of-the-art facilities such as hydrocarbon Source Rock Analyser (SRA), GC, GC-MS, Pyrolysis-GC, ATR-FTIR and microscope photometry system. Other major teaching and research equipment include EPMA (Electronprobe Microanalyzer), ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma), XRD (X-ray Diffractometer), XRF (X-Ray Flourescence Spectro-meter), AAS (Atomic Absorption Spectrometer), gravity meter, seismograph, magnetometer and particle size analyser. Macro- and micro-photography and image analysis facilities are also available within the Department. A well-equipped computer laboratory with internet support, complete with geological and geophysical modelling software are also available for students who are encouraged to use computer techniques for analysis of their data. There is also a workstation laboratory with softwares for geological, geophysical, petrophysical, structural and reservoir analysis, modeling, visualization and simulation, that are widely used in the industry. The Department library, known as the Klompe Reading Room, is well stocked with a wide variety of recent geological books and literature and has access to the Main Library of the University which has the largest collection of books and journals in the region. Career Opportunities In our rapidly developing nation, graduates in geology have excellent career opportunities. Graduates from the Department have excelled in their career in both the public and private sectors, in various fields such as academic, mining, petroleum industry, engineering geology and the construction sector. There is an increase in demand for geology graduates. Expertise in geology is also required in the construction of infrastructures, the chemical industries, mitigation of natural hazards and environmental monitoring. ACADEMIC STAFF HEAD: Profesor Dr. Ismail Yusoff, BSc (Mal), MSc (Norwich), PhD

(Norwich) Hydrogeology. PROFESSOR: Dr. Azman Abdul Ghani, BSc (Mal), PhD (Liverpool). Mineralogy,

Igneous Petrology. Dr. Wan Hasiah Abdullah, BSc (Mal), MSc, PhD (Newcastle).

Petroleum Geochemistry, Coal Petrology. CONSULTANT: Dr. Ralph L. Kugler, BSc (Wisconsin), MSc (Oregon). PhD

(Texas). Petroleum Geology. SENIOR RESEARCH FELLOW: Dr. John Kuna Raj, BSc, PhD (Mal), MSc (ITC), DipPGeol

(ITC). Engineering Geology, Environmental Geology, Geomorphology.

Dr. Samsudin Hj. Taib, BSc (Mal), MSc (Brussels), MSc (Lond), PhD (Durham), DIC. Geophysics.

ASSOCIATED PROFESSOR: Dr. Masatoshi Sone, BSc (Deakin), PhD (New England)

Palaeontogy, Micropalaeontology & Regional Geology.


68

Mustaffa Kamal Shuib, BSc (Mal), MSc (Lond), DIC. Structural Geology & Tectonics.

Dr. Ng Tham Fatt, BSc, MPhil, PhD (Mal), Structural Geology, Engineering Geology.

SENIOR LECTURER: Dr. Nur Iskandar Taib, BSc, MSc, PhD (Indiana). Igneous

Geochemistry. Dr. Ros Fatihah Hj. Muhammad, BSc, PhD (Mal).

Geomorphology, Environmental Geology. Dr. Meor Hakif Amir Hassan, BSc, MSc (Mal). PhD (Lond), DIC.

Sedimentology. Dr. Nur Islami Rahman, BSc (Riau), MSc (Bandung). PhD (Mal).

Geophysics. Dr. Jasmi Hafiz Abdul Aziz, BSc, MSc (Mal). PhD (Clausthal).

Economic Geology. Dr. Ahmad Farid Abu Bakar, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal).

Environmental Geology. Dr. Mohamad Tarmizi Mohamad Zulkifley, BSc, MSc, PhD

(Mal). Engineering Geology. (SLAB ) TUTOR: Khairul Azlan Bin Mustapha, BSc, MSc (Mal). Petroleum

Geology. Lin Chin Yik, BSc (UMS), MSc (UPM). Carbonate Sedimentology Sapinah Salleh, BSc (UM). Geophysics. Latest information about the Department, including research activities and publications of the academic staff can be obtained through the web site http://geology.um.edu.my.

COURSE SYNOPSIS

CORE COURSES

LEVEL 1 COURSES SIG1001 INTRODUCTION TO THE EARTH Origins and structure of the Earth. Mineral and rocks. Rock cycle and geological time. Plate tectonics as a force in the formation of earthquakes, volcanoes, mountain ranges and continental drift.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Skinner and Porter (2004) The Dynamic Earth (5th Ed.),

John Wiley and Sons Inc. 2. Lutgens and Tarbuck (2006) Essentials of Geology (9th Ed.),

Pearson Prentice Hall. SIG1002 EARTH SURFACE PROCESSES Processes that change the earth's surface. Weathering. Erosion and deposition by natural agents. Rock cycle. Diagenesis and sedimentary rocks. Principles of stratigraphy, correlation and facies. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, LS2, EM2

References: 1. Hamblin, N.K. (1992). Earth’s Dynamic Systems (6th Ed.).

MacMilan Publishing Co., New York. 2. Cotillon, P. (1992). Stratigraphy. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 3. Leeder, M. (1992). Sedimentology – Process and Product.

G. Allen & Unwin, London. 4. Hallam, A. (1981). Facies Interpretation and the

Stratigraphic Record. W.H. Freeman & Co., London. SIG1003 STRUCTURES AND GEOLOGICAL MAPS Nature and morphology of geologic structures. Faults, fractures, folds, foliations, lineation, fabric, and igneous bodies – description, Classification and identification of geologic maps. Map projections, scales, and symbols. Analysis of topographic and geologic maps. Construction of cross-sections and interpretations of geologic history. A one day compulsory field trip for students. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LS1, LL3, EM2, TS2 References: 1. Bennison, G.M. (1975). An Introduction to Geological

Structures and Maps. (3rd Ed. - Metric), Edward Arnold, London

2. Thomas, J.A.G. (1986). An Introduction to Geological Maps. Thomas Murphy and Co., London.

3. Tjia, H.D. (1984). Latihan Peta Geologi. (Edisi Kedua). Penerbitan Univ. Kebangsaan Malaysia, Bangi. 135 p.

4. Billings, M.P. (1972). Structural Geology (3rd Ed.), Prentice Hall Inc.

SIG1004 BASIC MINERALOGY The first part of the course introduces the petrographic microscope, and the optical properties that are used when identifying minerals. The second part of the course introduces some of the concepts used in crystallography, and some of the chemistry behind mineralogy. Concurrently with this, the student is also introduced to the rock forming minerals in a systematic way, and learns to identify them using the petrographic microscope and standard reference texts. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LS2, LL2, EM2, TS2 References: 1. Deer, W.A. Howie, R.A. and Zussman, J. (1971). An

Introduction to the Rock Forming Minerals. Longman, London.

2. Kerr, F.K. (1959). Optical Mineralogy. McGraw-Hill, N. York.

3. Moorhouse, W.W. (1959). The Study of Rocks in Thin Section. Harper and Row Publications, New York.

SIG1005 BASIC MINERALS, ROCKS AND FOSSILS Introduction to minerals, rocks and fossils based on the examination of hand specimens. The study of primary characteristics of minerals such as crystal systems, crystal habits, hardness, lustre, colour etc. Compositions of minerals, textures, crystal/grain sizes, rock fabrics, etc in the classification

http://geology.um.edu.my/


69

of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Identification and classification of invertebrate fossils and their significance in determining the ages of sedimentary sequences. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LS2, LL3, EM2, TS2 References: 1. Hamilton, W.R., Wolley, A.R. and Bishop, A.C. (1992). The

Hamlyn Guide to Minerals, Rocks and Fossils. 320 pp. 2. Kearey, P. (1996). The New Penguin Dictionary of Geology.

384 pp. 3. Simon & Schuster (1986). Guide to Rock and Minerals.

607 pp.

LEVEL 2 COURSES

SIG2001 IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY Classification of igneous rocks. Magma evolution and petrogenetic processes. Diversity of igneous rock. Definition, Types of metamorphism and their limitations. Depth zones, facies and reaction in metamorphism. Microscope study of Igneous and metamorphic rock. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2 References: 1. Shelly, D. 1992. Igneous and metamorphic rocks under

microscope: classification, textures, microtextures and mineral preferred orientation. Chapman & Hall 445 pp

2. Raymond L.A. 1995. Metamorphic. WCB, 742 pp 3. Philpotts A.R.and Ague J.J. 2009. Principles of Igneous and

metamorphic petrology (2nd

ed). Cambridge Uni. Press. 4. Rollinson, H. R. 1993. Using geochemical data: evaluation,

presentation and interpretation. Longman. 352. SIG2002 GEOCHEMISTRY The course begins with a general overview of geochemistry, and a review of concepts the student should have come across already, such as cosmology, nuclear reactions, and calculations involving atomic mass, equilibrium constants, and reactions involving minerals. Then, two and three dimensional chemographies are introduced, together with their association with phase diagrams, and their uses within metamorphic petrology and understanding weathering processes. Radiometric dating, and the use of stable isotopes conclude the course. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL3, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Krauskopf, K.B. (2003) Introduction to Geochemistry, 3rd

Ed. McGraw Hill, 668 pp.

2. Brownlow, A.H. (1995) Geochemistry. 2nd Ed. Prentice-Hall, 498 pp.

3. Faure, G. And Mensing, T.M.(2004) Isotopes: Priciples and Applications. 3rd Ed. John Wiley, 928 pp.

4. White, W.M. (2013) Geochemistry. Wiley-Blackwell 668 pp. SIG2003 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY I Principles of deformation. Mechanism of faulting, folding and related structures. Stereographic projections of geological data. Description, interpretation and analysis of geological structures and structural maps. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2, LS2 References: 1. Hatcher, R.D., Jr. (1995). Structural Geology. Principals,

concepts, and problems 2nd

Ed. New York, Prentice Hall. 2. Park, R.G. (1989). Foundation of structural geology. 2

nd

Ed. Blackie. 3. Davis, G.H. and Reynolds S.J. (2001). Structural geology

of rocks and regions (3rd Ed. New York, John Wiley &

Sons. 4. Van der Pluijm, B.A. & Marshak, S., (2003). Earth Structure:

An Introduction to Structural Geology and Tectonics. WCB/McGraw-Hill.

5. Rowland, S.M., Duebendorfer, E.M. & Schiefelbein, I.M., (2007). Structural Analysis and Synthesis. A Laboratory Course in Structural Geology. Blackwell Publ.

SIG2004 SEDIMENTOLOGY The study of processes of formation, transport and deposition of material which accumulates as sediment and eventually forms sedimentary rocks. The course covers the physical, chemical and biological processes that result in sediment transport, deposition, precipitation and lithification. The course also teaches the skill of interpreting ancient depositional history using sedimentological techniques. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT4, TS2, LL3, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Nichols, G. (2009). Sedimentology and Stratigraphy Second

Edition. Wiley-Blackwell, 432p. 2. Reading, H.G. (1996). Sedimentary Environments:

Processes, Facies and Stratigraphy. Blackwell Science, 688p.

3. James, N.P. & Dalrymple, R.W. (2010). Facies Models. Geological Association of Canada, 586p.

4. Scholle, P.A., Ulmer-Scholle, D.S. (2003). A Color Guide to the

5. Petrography of Carbonate Rocks: Grains, Textures, Porosity, Diagenesis. AAPG Memoir 77, 474p.

6. Flügel, E. (2004). Microfacies of Carbonate Rocks: Analysis, Interpretation and Application. Springer, 976p.

SIG2005 GEOLOGICAL FIELD COURSE Principles and techniques of preparing geological maps, including field methods and the interpretation of topographic


70

maps and remote sensing imagery. The course also involves a total of some four weeks of fieldwork. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT4, TS3, LL3, LS2, KK1, EM2 References: 1. Barnes, J. (1991). Basic Geological Mapping, Geol. Soc.

London Handbook Series. 2. McClay, K. (1994). The Mapping of Geological Structures.

Geol. Soc. London Handbook Series. 3. Lattman, L.H. and Ray, R.G. (1965). Aerial Photographs in

Field Geology, Hott, Rinehart and Winston, New York. SIG2006 BASIC PALEONTOLOGY Study of invertebrate macrofossils, trace fossils, and plant fossils in terms of morphology, taxonomy, palaeoecology, biostratigraphy, evolution and palaeobiogeography. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Doyle, P. (1996) Understanding Fossils. Wiley & Sons,

Chichester, 409 pp. 2. Clarkson, E.N.K. (1998) Invertebrate Palaeontology and

Evolution (4th Ed.). Blackwell Science, Oxford. 452 pp.

3. Benton,M. (1997). Basic Palaeontology. Longman, Hong Kong. 342 pp.

SIG2007 INTRODUCTION TO GEOPHYSICS Theory of geophysical methods (seismic gravity magnetic and electrical). Data acquisition and reduction of data. Problems in data acquisition and reduction. Sources of geophysical anomalies. Analysis and interpretation of anomalies and modeling. Application in exploration and industries. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS-TS2, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Sheriff, R.E. and Geldart, L.P. (1995). Exploration

Seismology. (2nd. Ed.). Cambridge University Press. 2. Telford, W.M., Geldart, L.P. and Sheriff, R.E. (1990).

Applied Geophysics (2nd.Ed.) Cambridge University Press. 3. Robinson and Coruh (1988). Basic Exploration Geophysics.

John Wiley and Son. SIG2008 ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY Geological features associated with man's physical environment, including landforms as well as internal and external geological processes. Impacts of man's activities and structures on the dynamic earth. Environmental Impact Assessments. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40%

Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL3, EM2, LS2 References: 1. Montgomery, C.W. (1995). Environmental Geology (4th

Ed.). Wm. C. Brown Publishers, 2. Turner II, B.L., W.C. Clark, R.W. Kayes, J.F. Richards, J.T.

Mathews and W.B. Meyer, (Eds) (1995). The Earth As Transformed By Human Action. Cambridge Univ. Press, N.Y.

3. Tank, R.W. (Ed) (1975). Focus On Environmental Geology. Oxford University Press, New York.

SIG2009 GEOHYDROLOGY Theories and geological aspects on groundwater existence. Groundwater quality and water chemistry. Geohydrology of selected geological setting and groundwater resource management. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL3, KK1, EM2, LS2 References: 1. Fetter, C.W. (1994): Applied Hydrogeology, Prentice

Hall, New Jersey; 691pp. 2. Todd, D.K. and Mays L.W., (2005): Groundwater Hydrology

(3rd Edition). John Wiley & Sons, New York

3. Patrik A. Domenico & Franklin W. Schwartz, (1990): Physical and Chemical Hydrogeology. John Wliey & Sons, Singapore 824pp

SIG2010 GIS APPLICATIONS IN GEOSCIENCES Fundamentals of GIS theory and data formats. Importance of map projection, scale, resolution, accuracy and precision. Techniques in preparing, locating, acquiring, inputting and translating geological data into a GIS system. Web resources for acquiring GIS data and tools. Visualization, query and analysis of geospatial data. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2, LS2 References: 1. Chang, K. (2013) Introduction to Geographic Information

Systems. 7th Edition. McGraw Hill, Boston. 2. Lo, C.P. & Yeung, A.K.W. (2007). Concepts and techniques

of geographic information systems. 2nd Edition. Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

3. Bolstad, P. (2012) GIS Fundamentals: A First Text on Geographic Information Systems. 4

th Edition. Atlas Books.

SIG2011 GEOLOGICAL LABORATORY ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES This is a practical course teaching chemical analysis techniques which are widely used to solve problems in geology and hydrogeology. Students will use up-to-date scientific instruments and techniques such as X-Ray Diffraction (XRD), X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF), Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) and Gas


71

Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (GCMS) to conduct analyses on a range of samples often encountered in geochemistry, hydrogeology and organic geochemistry. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL3, LS2, EM2, KK1 References: 1. Potts, P.J. (1987). A Handbook of Silicate Rock Analysis,

Blackie, 622 p. 2. Eglinton, G. and Murphy, M.T.J. (1969). Organic

Geochemistry — Methods and Results. Spinger-Verlag. 3. Hach Water Analysis Handbook 1997 SIG2012 GEOLOGICAL DATA ANALYSIS In this course, student will learn how to use the different method of data analysis, and how to use ITC, graphics software and programing software to analyze geological and geoscience data. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL3, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Houlding S.W. (1994). 3D Geoscience Modelling Computer

Techniques for Geological Characterization. Springer. 2. Davis, J. C. (1986). Statistics and Data Analysis in Geology.

John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York. 3. Fritzadon, J. (1992). Management of Geological Databases,

Pergamon Press. 4. Swan, ARH and Sandilands, M, (1995). Introduction to

Geological Data Analysis. Blackwell Science. SIG2013 INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING GEOLOGY Engineering geological characterization of earth materials and masses. Unified soil classification system. Compaction and consolidation of soil. Shear strength of soil and rock. Stability of slopes. Structural discontinuity planes and weathering of rock masses. Tunneling Index. Geomechanics classification of rock masses. Methods of site investigations. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LS2, LL2, EM2 References: 1. Brady, B.M.G. & Brown, E.T. (1993). Rock Mechanics for

Underground Mining (2nd Ed). Chapman & Hall, London. 2. Lambe, T.W. & Whitman, R.V. (1973). Soil Mechanics. Wiley Eastern Pte. Ltd. 3. Beavis, F.C. (1985). Engineering Geology. Blackwell

Scientific Publications. SIG2014 KARST GEOMORPHOLOGY AND CONSERVATIONS Karst characteristics from scientific and management perspective. Karst geomorphology and lithological control that

gives karst landscape its specific characteristics including the global distribution. Issues pertaining karst area such as sinkholes and rockfalls, and engineering problems associated with karst are emphasized. Geochemistry of karst waters are studied in conjunction with environmental issues. Karst landscape and deposit are used to examine for the evidence of environmental and climatic change. Case studies are used throughout the course and emphasis is placed on the challenges faced by people living in karst areas and conservation value of karst landscapes. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2 References: 1. Ford, D.C. & White, W.B. (2007). Karst Hydrogeology and

Geomorphology. John Wiley & Sons; Rev. Ed edition. 2. Goldscheider, N. and Drew, D. (2007). Methods in Karst

Hydrogeology (IAH International Contributions to Hydrogeology) Taylor & Francis Ltd; 1

st. edition.

3. White, W.B. (1988). Geomorphology and Hydrology of Karst Terrains. Oxford University Press.

4. Jennings, J.N. (1972). Karst (An introduction to systematic geomorphology). MIT Press.

SII2001 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY I Engineering geological characterization of earth materials and masses. Unified soil classification system. Practical demon-strations on soil classification. Compaction and consolidation of soil. Shear strength of soil and rock and their methods of determinations. Structural discontinuity planes and weathering of rock masses. Tunnelling Index. Geomechanics classification of rock masses. Methods of site and subsurface investigations. Interpretation of borehole logs. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT2, TS1, LL1 References: 1. Beavis, F.C. (1985): Engineering Geology. Blackwell

Scientific Publications. 231p. 2. Brady, B.M.G. & Brown, E.T. (1993): Rock Mechanics for

Underground Mining (2nd Ed). Chapman & Hall, London. 571p.

3. Lambe, T.W. & Whitman, R.V. (1973): Soil Mechanics. Wiley Eastern Pte. Ltd. 535 p.

SII2002 APPLIED GEOLOGY FIELD COURSE Geological field mapping including recognition of rock types and structure. Data and sample collection including dip and strike measurement and fossil. Introduction to the different geophysical, hydrological and environmental instrumentations and field procedures. Field operation, analysis and mitigations. Assessment Method: Continuous assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT4, TS3, LL3, KK1, EM2, LS2


72

References: 1. Barnes, J. (1991): Basic Geological Mapping. Geol. Soc.

London Handbook Series. 118p. 2. McClay,K. (1994) : Mapping of Geological Structures. Geol.

Soc. London Handbook Series. 161p 3. Lattman, L.H. & Ray, R.G. (1965): Aerial Photographs In

Field Geology, Hott, Rinehart & Winston, N. York. 221p. 4. Robinson and Coruh (1988). Basic Exploration

Geophysics. John Wiley and Son

LEVEL 3 COURSES

SIG3001 GEOLOGY OF MALAYSIA The geology of Peninsular Malaysia, Sarawak and Sabah including the stratigraphy, igneous and metamorphic events, structure, tectonics, geologic history and economic minerals of each region. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, TS2, KK1, EM2, LS1 References: 1. Hutchison, C.S. & Tan, D.N.K (2009). Geology of the

Malay Peninsula. University of Malaya & Geological Society of Malaysia.

2. Hutchison, C.S. (1996). Geological Evolution of South-east Asia. Geological Society of Malaysia.

3. Hutchison, C.S. (2005). Geology of North-west Borneo. Elsievier.

4. Lee, C.P. et al. (2004). Stratigraphic Lexicon of Malaysia. Geological Society of Malaysia.

SIG3002 QUATERNARY GEOLOGY Climatic and sea-level changes during the Quaternary Period. Models of climatic change. Quaternary record in oceans and oxygen isotope stratigraphy. Classification and dating of Quaternary sediments. Practical classes on identification of Holocene landforms. Interpretation of borehole logs to determine the stratigraphy and physical features of Quaternary sediments in Malaysia. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Bowen, D.Q. (1978). Quaternary Geology - A stratigraphic

framework for multi-disciplinary work. Pergamon Press. 2. Lowe, J.J. and Walker, M.J.C. (1984). Reconstructing

Quaternary Environments. Longman Scientific & Technical. 3. West, R.G. (1977). Pleistocene Geology and Biology (2nd

Ed.). Longman. SIG3003 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY Evolution of important ore deposits and geological environment including lithology, stratigraphy and tectonic. Study of ore minerals. Usage and principles of reflectance microscope. Ore mineral identification (optical and physical properties). Interpretation of paragenesis with certain texture. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40%

Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS3, LL3, EM2, KK1, LS2 References: 1. Taylor, R. (2009). Ore Textures (Recognition and

Interpretation), 1st edition. Springer, 288 p.

2. McCaffrey, K.J.W., Lenergan, L. and Wilkinson, J.J. (1999). Fractures, Fluid Flow and Mineralization, 1

st edition.

Cambridge University Press, 328 p. 3. Kearey, P, Klepeis, K.A. and Vine F.J. (2009). Global

Tectonics, 3rd edition. Wiley-Blackwell, 482 p.

SIG3004 GEOLOGICAL HAZARDS This course discusses the origins and effects of various natural disasters such as earthquakes, volcanic activity, tsunamis, landslides, floods and subsidence as well as extreme climate events and long-term climate change. Methods to identify and assess the impact of these will be discussed along with techniques for showing them on a map the spatial distribution of disaster. For some hazard mitigation measures will also be described. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL3, EM2, KK1, LS2 References: 1. Hyndman, D. & Hyndman, D. (2010): Natural hazards and

Disasters. Cengage Learning, 592 p. 2. Coch, N.K. (1995): Geohazards: Natural and Human.

Prentice Hall, 481 p. 3. Natural Hazards. Jour. Int. Soc. for Prevention &

Mitigation of Natural Hazards. Springer. SIG3005 GEOLOGY RESEARCH PROJECT Some 4 weeks of fieldwork in a specified area followed by laboratory studies and submission of a Report containing a geological map and cross-section as well as relevant illustrations and literature reviews. Prior to fieldwork, a project Proposal has to be submitted and approved. In some cases, there can be laboratory based studies on a specific geological problem or topic and submission of a Report including appropriate illustrations, literature reviews and methodology. Prior to the laboratory work, a project Proposal needs to be submitted and approved. Results of the field and/or laboratory based studies will be presented at an Initial Viva and Seminar, as well as defended at a Final Viva. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT4, TS3, LL3, EM2, LS2 References: 1. Buku-buku teks Geologi 2. Bulletin Geological Society of Malaysia & Warta Geologi 3. Memoirs & laporan tahunan, Jabatan Mineral & Geosains,

Malaysia.


73

SIG3006 STRATIGRAPHIC METHODS Depth study of the principles of stratigraphy that affect stratigraphic framework. The course involves the identification, classification and correlation of different types of stratigraphic units. Also included are methods of correlation, facies changes, geologic history, litho, sequence stratigraphy and seismic stratigraphy. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Posamentier, H.W. & Allen, G.P., 1999. Siliciclastic

Sequence Stratigraphy: Concepts and Applications. SEPM Concepts in Sedimentology No. 7, 204p.

2. Coe, A.L., Bosence, D.W.J., Church, K.D., Flint, S.S., 2003. The Sedimentary Record of Sea-Level Change. Cambridge University Press, 287p.

3. Nichols, G., 2009. Sedimentology and Stratigraphy Second Edition. Wiley-Blackwell, 432p.

4. Catuneanu, O., 2006. Principles of Sequence Stratigraphy. Elsevier, 387p.

SIG3007 GEOLOGY OF SOUTH-EAST ASIA Systematic learning of SE Asian regional geology, distribution of geological resources, tectonic history through geological time, and the formation of today’s SE Asia. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL3, KK1, EM3, LS2 References: 1. Hall, R. and Blundell, D.J., 1996. Tectonic Evolution of

Southeast Asia. Geol. Soc of Lond. Sp. Publ. no 106. 2. Hutchison, C.S. 2007. Geological Evolution of Southeast

Asia. 2nd Ed. Geological Society of Malaysia. 3. Hutchison, C.S. 2005. Geology of North-west Borneo.

Elsevier. 421pp. SIG3008 PETROLEUM GEOLOGY Description and discussion of the different elements and processes that constitute the petroleum system. The petroleum industry. Sedimentary basins and depositional systems. Characteristics of source rocks and reservoir rocks. Subsurface mapping, methods, tools and petrophysical evaluation in hydrocarbon exploration & production. Main hydrocarbon provinces and selected case studies. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT4, TS2, LL2, KK2, EM2, LS2 References: 1. Gluyas. J. and Swarbrick, R. (2004) Petroleum Geoscience.

Blackwell Publishing, UK.

2. Ashcroft, W., 2011, A Petroleum Geologists Guide to Seismic Reflection: Wiley-Blackwell, 176 p.

3. Bjorlykke, K.,2011, Petroleum Geoscience: From Sedimentary Environments to Rock Physics: Springer, 517 p.

4. Catuneanu, O., 2006, Principles of Sequence Stratigraphy: Elsevier, Amsterdam, 375 p.

5. Jahn, F., Cook, M., and Graham, M., 2008, Hydrocarbon Exploration and Production, 2nd Edition: Developments in Petroleum Science 58, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 444 p.

6. Ryder, M., and Kennedy, M., 2011, The Geological Interpretation of Well Logs, Third Edition: Rider-French Consulting Ltd.,432 p.

7. Slatt, R.M., 2013, Stratigraphic Reservoir Characterization for Petroleum Geologists, Geophysicists, and Engineers:, 2

nd Edition: Developments in Petroleum Science 61,

Elsevier, Amsterdam, 688 p. 8. Tearpock, D.J. and Bischke, R.E., 2003, Applied

Subsurface Geological Mapping with Structural Methods, 2nd Edition: Prentice-Hall, Saddle River, New Jersey, 822 p.

SIG3009 ORGANIC PETROLOGY Study of organic matter from the perspective of sedimentology and petroleum geology which include coal formation, petrographic composition of coal, origin of macerals, correlation of coal facies with depositional environment, coalification process, vitrinite reflectance analysis and kerogen typing. Applications in petroleum exploration and coal-related industries. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Taylor, G.H., Teichmuller, M., Davis, A. Diessel, C.F.K.,

Littke,P. (1998). Organic Petrology, Gebruder Borntraeger, Berlin & Stuttgart.

2. Diessel, C.F.K. (1992). Coal-bearing depositional systems. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

3. Stach, E., Mackowsky, M. Th., Teichmuller, M., Taylor, G.H., Chandar, D. and Teichmuller, R. (1982). Stach's Textbook of coal petrology, 3

rd edition. Gebruder

Borntraeger, Berlin. 4. Flores, R.M. (2013). Coal and Coalbed gas. Fueling the

Future. Elsevier. SIG3010 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY II Mesoscopic and microscopic characteristics of rocks and minerals in brittle, ductile and britttle-ductile shear zones. Classification of fault-related rocks. Mechanism and condition of fault-related deformation. Kinematic indicators and 2D strain analysis. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, EM2 References: 1. Passchier, C.W. & Trouw, C.W. (2005). Microtectonics.

Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 289 p. 2. Passchier, C.W., Trouw, C.W. & Wiersma, D.J. (2010).

Atlas of Mylonites- and related microstructures. Springer-Verlag, 322 p.


74

3. Snoke, A.W., Tullis, J & Todd, V.R. (1998) Fault-related Rocks. A Photographic Atlas. Princeton Univ. Press, New Jersey, 617 p.

SIG3011 TECTONICS AND HISTORY OF THE EARTH Introduction to Geotectonic and theory of Plate Tectonic. To study the lithosphere, its composition and characteristics as well as the processes that occurred on it. To examine the tectonic regime (extension, compression and strike-slip) and the associated subaerial and submarine regional structures that developed on the lithosphere. Synthesis of geological, geophysical and oceanographic data related to the structural patterns and evolutionary trends of the earth’s crust. Evolution of the earth, its atmosphere, lithosphere, biosphere and hydrosphere and the significance of these events. Introduction to Archean, Proterozoic and Phanerozoic sequences and their inferences about the conditions of the Earth, the changing paleogeography and the events that occurred during the respective geologic times.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT4, TS2, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Tjia, H.D. (1990). Tektonik. Univ. Kebangsaan Malaysia 2. Park, R.G., (1993). Geological structures and moving

plates. Blackie Academic & Professional. 3. John J.W. Rogers, (1993). A history of the earth.

Cambridge University Press. 4. Read H.H. & Watson, J. (1975). Earth History. Vols 1 & 2.

Macmillan Press. SIG3012 ADVANCED IGNEOUS PETROLOGY Microscopic examination and interpretation of igneous rock. Interpretation of geochemical variation diagram. Generation of magma in the earth crust and mantle. Petrogenesis of basaltic and granitic rocks. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL3, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Shelly, D. (1992). Igneous and metamorphic rocks under

microscope: classification, textures, microtextures and mineral preferred orientation. Chapman & Hall.

2. Rollinson, H. R. (1993). Using geochemical data: evaluation, presentation and interpretation. Longman.

3. Cox, K. G., Bell, J. D. and Pankhurst, R. J. (1979). The interpretation of igneous rocks. George Allen and Unwin, London.

SIG3013 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING Industrial training is the course designed for the B.Sc. (Applied Geology). Student is required to follow the industrial training program for a minimum of 2 weeks. Industrial training must be related to geology and the student is required to prepare a presentation and a report for evaluation. The training program will be briefed by the industrial training program supervisor. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 100%

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS6, CT5, TS3, LL3, KK2, EM2, LS2 SIG3014 ADVANCED PALEONTOLOGY Advanced paleontological topics such as evolution, speciation, taxonomy and mass extinction. Vertebrate paleontology of fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. Introduction to Foraminifera, Conodonta, Ostracoda and Radiolaria. Biostratigraphy and the evolution of these microfossils. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL3, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Benton, M.J. (2000). Vertebrate Palaeontology. Backwell

Science U.K. 452 pp. 2. Montgomery, C.W. & Dathe, D. (1994). Earth Then and

Now. W.C. Brown Publishers, U.S.A. 568 pp. 3. Cowen, R. (2000). History of Life (3 rd Ed). Blackwell

Science, U.S.A. 432 pp. 4. Brasier, M.D. (1981) Microfossils. George Allen & Unwin. 5. Haq, B.U. & Boersma, A. (1978) Introduction to marine

micropaleontology. Elsevier. SIG3015 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GEOLOGY A suitable topic in geology needs to be selected under supervision of a lecturer. Research on that topic has to be completed in 1 semester. The findings have to be presented orally and a complete report has to be submitted. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: Jurnal geologi & internet SII3001 GRAVITY AND MAGNETIC METHODS Theory of gravity and magnetic methods. Data acquisition and reduction of data. Problems in data acquisition and reduction. Sources of gravity and magnetic field. Analysis and interpretation of anomalies and modeling. Application in exploration and industries. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2 References: 1. Sheriff, R.E. and Geldart, L.P. (1995). Exploration

Seismology. (2nd. Ed.). Cambridge University Press.


75

2. Telford, W.M., Geldart, L.P. and Sheriff, R.E. (1990). Applied Geophysics (2nd.Ed.) Cambridge University Press.

3. Robinson and Coruh (1988). Basic Exploration Geophysics. John Wiley and Son.

SII3002 ENVIRONMENTAL AND EXPLORATION GEOCHEMISTRY The characteristics of ecosystem, hydrocarbons (soil and groundwater), chemical speviation, bioavailability, risk management/assessment, remediation, environmental geochemistry, geochemical prospecting and mineral exploration.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT5, TS3, LL3, LS2, EM2, KK1 References: 1. Fleet, M.E. (ed) (1984). A short Course in Environmental

Geochemistry. Mineralogical Association of Canada. 306 p. 2. Pepper, I.L., Gerba, C.P. & Brusseau, M.L. (1996). Pollution

Science, Academic Press. 397 p 3. Rose, A.W., Hawkes H.E. (1979): Geochemistry in Mineral

Exploration, Academi Press. 657 p 4. Foerstner, U. & Wittmann, G.T.W. (1979). Metal pollution in

the Aquatic Environment, Springer 5. Sengupta, M. (1992). Environmental Impacts of Mining;

Monitoring, Restoration and Control, Lewis 6. Moon, C.J., Whateley, M.E.G. and Evans, A.M. (2006).

Introduction to mineral exploration. 2nd

edition, Blackwell Publishing, 481 p.

7. Marjoribanks, R. (2010). Geological methods in Mineral Exploration and Mining. 2

nd edition, Springer, 238 p.

SII3003 SEISMIC REFRACTION AND ELECTRICAL METHOD Theory of Seismic Refraction and Electrical Method. Data acquisition and reduction of data. Problems in data acquisition and reduction. Sources of Seismic Refraction and Electrical Method anomaly. Analysis and interpretation and modeling. Application in exploration and industries. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Sheriff, R.E. and Geldart, L.P. (1995). Exploration


Applied Geophysics (2nd.Ed.) Cambridge University Press 3. Robinson and Coruh (1988). Basic Exploration

Geophysics. John Wiley and Son SII3004 INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT Student is required to follow the industrial training program for 14 weeks. Industrial training must be related to geology and the student is required to prepare a presentation and a report for evaluation. The training program will be briefed by the industrial training program supervisor.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60%

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS6, CT5, TS3, LL3, KK2, EM2, LS2 References: 1. Geology book 2. Journals 3. Memoirs and Report, Department of Minerals dan

Goescience, Malaysia. SII3005 PRACTICAL GEOHYDROLOGY

Laboratory and field methods in geohydology including the aspects of quality, quantity and modelling of subsurface water will be introduced. Selected local geohydrological case study will be carried out. Discussion on sampling procedures and course assessment. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Fetter, C.W. (1994). Applied Hydrogeology, Prentice Hall,

New Jersey. 2. Todd, D.K. and Mays L.W., (2005). Groundwater

Hydrology.(3rd Edition). John Wliey & Sons, New York 3. Domenico, P.A. & Schwartz, F.W. (1990). Physical and

Chemical Hydrogeology. John Wliey & Sons, Singapore. SII3006 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY II Description, classification and characteristics of rock material, rock mass and aggregates. Methods of engineering geological site investigation. Geological terrain mapping and analysis. Site investigations for various engineering structures/works. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: 1. Bell F.G. (2007) Engineering Geology. Second Edition,

London, Elsevier, 581 p. 2. Johnson R.B. & de Graff J.V. (1988) Principles of

Engineering Geology. John Wiley & Sons. 3. Smith, M.R. & Collis, L. (eds.) (2001). Aggregates. Sand,

gravel and crushed rock aggregates for construction purposes. 3

rd Edition. Geological Society of London

Engineering Geology Special Publication 17, 340 p. 4. Blyth, F.G.H. & de Freitas, M.H. (1984). A Geology for

Engineers. 7th Edition, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 348 p.

SII3007 SEISMIC REFLECTION AND BOREHOLE

GEOPHYSICS

Theory of seismic reflection. Data acquisition and processing of reflection seismic. Problems in data acquisition and reduction. Basic of borehole geophysics. Application in exploration.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60%


76

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2, LS2 References: 1. Sheriff, R.E. and Geldart, L.P. (1995). Exploration


Applied Geophysics (2nd.Ed.) Cambridge University Press. 3. Robinson and Coruh (1988). Basic Exploration Geophysics.

John Wiley and Son SII3008 SPECIAL TOPICS IN APPLIED GEOLOGY A suitable topic in applied geology needs to be selected under supervision of a lecturer. Research on that topic has to be completed in 1 semester. The findings have to be presented orally and a complete report has to be submitted.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, LS2, EM2 References: Journals and internet

FACULTY ENGINEERING COURSE KAEA2134 BASIC ENGINEERING GEOLOGY Theory - Introduction to geology, nature, earth materials and finishes. Features of the continents and oceans, seismisiti earth, volcanisma and plate tectonics. Rock cycle and geological time. Surface processes, weathering and erosion. Sedimentary, metamorphic and igneous and their classification. The types of intrusions. Geological structure, fragments, fold and unconformity. Practical - Crystallographic and physical properties of minerals. Silicate minerals, the natural elements and minerals economy. Petrography and classification of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic. Topographic maps, map projection, construction and interpretation of the cross profile. Geological maps, paintings strike lines, construction of geological cross profiles, analysis of geological maps and the interpretation of structures including folding faults, and inconsistencies and interpretation of geological history. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment : 40% Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT2, TS1, LL1 References: 1. Skinner, B.J. and Porter, S.C. (2000) The Dynamic Earth -

An Introduction to Physical Geology (4th

Ed.). John Wiley & Sons Inc.

2. West, T.R. (1995). Geology Applied to Engineering. Prentice Hall.


76


77

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS) SESSION 2015/2016 125 CREDITS

1. UNIVERSITY COURSES (20 CREDITS)

COURSE CODE COURSE NAME PRE-REQUISITE CREDITS

GLT Communication in English - 6

GKN/GKR/GKV Co-curriculum - 2

GIG1001 Islamic and Asian Civilization (TITAS) - 2

GIG1002/ GIG1006

Ethnic Relations/ Introduction to Malaysia

- 2

GIG1003 Basic Entrepreneurship Culture - 2

GIG1004 Information Skills - 2

GIG1005 Social Engagement - 2

GIX External Faculty Electives Course - 2

2. CORE COURSES (70 CREDITS)

(1) FACULTY CORE COURSES (8 CREDITS)



- 3

SIX1002 Ethics and Safety - 2

SIX1004 Statistics - 3

(2) PROGRAM CORE COURSES (62 CREDITS)


LEVEL 1 (24 Credits)

SIM1001 Basic Mathematics - 4

SIM1002 Calculus I - 4

SIM1003 Calculus II SIM1002 4

SIN1001 Introduction to Computing - 2

SIN1002 Introduction to Worksheet - 2

SIN1003 Mathematical Methods I SIM1002 4



SIM2001 Advanced Calculus SIM1003 4

SIM2002 Linear Algebra SIM1001 4

SIM2003 Introduction to Combinatorics SIM1001 4

SIM2004 Algebra I SIM1001 4

SIM2005 Introduction to Analysis SIM1003 4

SIM2006 Complex Variables SIM1003 4

SIM2007 Appreciation of Mathematics SIM1003 2

SIN2001 Mathematical Methods II SIN1003 4

SIN2002 Structured Programming SIM1002 4

LEVEL 3 (4 Credits)

SIN3015 Mathematical Science Project SIM2002 4

3. ELECTIVE COURSES (35 CREDITS) )

(1) FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (7 CREDITS) [EF]

* Courses Offered by Other Institute/Department within the Faculty of Science * Refer to the Faculty Elective Courses lists other than from the Institute of Mathematical Sciences but within the Faculty of Science

(2) PROGRAM ELECTIVE COURSES (at least 28 CREDITS) [EJ]

SIM2008 Theory of Differential Equations SIN1003 and SIM2002 4

SIM2009 Geometry SIM1001 4

SIM3001 Graph Theory SIM2003 4

SIM3002 Combinatorial Mathematics SIM2003 4

SIM3003 Number Theory SIM2002 4

SIM3004 Advanced Linear Algebra SIM2002 4

SIM3005 Matrix Theory SIM2002 4

SIM3006 Algebra II SIM2004 4

SIM3007 Ring Theory SIM2004 4

SIM3008 Group Theory SIM2004 4

SIM3009 Differential Geometry SIM2001 4

SIM3010 Topology SIM2001 4

SIM3011 Complex Analysis SIM2006 4

SIM3012 Real Analysis SIM2005 4

SIM3013 Probabilistic Methods in Combinatorics SIM2003 and SIT1001 4

SIN3014 Industrial Training SIM2002 5


78

The exact number of elective courses offered in each year may differ. Core courses, from the Bachelor of Science (Computational and Industrial Mathematics), Bachelor of Science (Statistics) or Bachelor of Science (Actuarial and Financial Mathematics) programs may be taken as elective courses. Please refer to the respective programs.

Attention:

1. Students who wish to specialize in B.Sc. (Mathematics) must take at least 24 credits from courses with codes SIM3***/SIN3***/SIT3***/SIQ3***(except SIN3014) of which at least 12 credits must be from SIM3***.

2. Students who wish to take SIN3014 or SIN3015 must pass at least 80 credits of the listed mathematics courses.

PROGRAM GOAL To produce graduates with a sound knowledge of mathematics, capable of analysing and solving problems and thinking critically, able to adapt to diverse environment and contribute significantly in various professions. PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES 1. Give opportunity to students to acquire the fundamental knowledge of mathematics. (PO1,2,6) 2. Prepare students with necessary mathematical and practical skills to assist them in their

employment and research work.(PO1,2,6,7,8) 3. Guide and train students to communicate effectively and to be able to work independently as well

as in teams. (PO3,4,5) PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end of the program, graduates with B.Sc. (Mathematics) are able to: 1. Explain mathematical theory (pure, applied and statistics) which includes mathematical

arguments, proofs and abstract concepts. 2. Perform mathematical computation, apply mathematical software and formulate real problems as

mathematical models. 3. Conduct professional activities with good social skills, and demonstrate sense of responsibility in

society. 4. Practice characteristics associated with professionalism and ethical responsibility in the field of

mathematics. 5. Communicate relevant concepts effectively and accurately. 6. Analyse and assess problems, and develop strategies to obtain solutions. 7. Engage in life-long learning to advance knowledge and applications of mathematics. 8. Apply managerial and entrepreneurial skills to manage resources needed to complete a task.


79


COMPONENT

YEAR 1

TOTAL CREDIT

SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2

COURSE CREDIT COURSE CREDIT

University Courses

GLT Communication in English

3 GIG1001 TITAS

2

11 GIG1003 Basic Entrepreneurship Culture

2 GIG1005 Social Engagement

2

GIG1002 Ethnic Relations

2

Core

Courses

Faculty SIX1004 Statistics

3


3 6

Program

SIM1001 Basic Mathematics

4 SIM1003 Calculus II

4

20 SIM1002 Calculus I

4 SIN1002 Introduction to Worksheet

2

SIN1001 Introduction to Computing

2 SJEM1250 Probability and Statistics I

4

Elective Courses

Faculty

Program

TOTAL CREDIT 18 19 37

COMPONENT

YEAR 2

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses

GIG1004 Information Skills

2 GKN/GKR/GKV Co-curriculum

2

9 GLT Communication in English

3 GIX External Faculty Electives Course

2

Core Courses

Faculty SIX1002 Ethics and Safety

2 2

Program

SIN1003 Mathematical Methods 1

4 SIM2005 Introduction to Analysis

4

26

SIM2001 Advanced Calculus

4 SIM2006 Complex Variables

4

SIM2002 Linear Algebra

4 SIM2007 Appreciation of Mathematics

2

SIN2001 Mathematical Methods II

4

Elective Courses

Faculty

Program



80

COMPONENT

YEAR 3

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses

Core Courses

Faculty

Program

SIM2003 Introduction to Combinatorics

4

12 SIM2004 Algebra I

4

SIN2002 Structured Programming

4

Elective Courses

Faculty Courses outside of Institute

3 Courses outside of Institute

2 5

Program

SIM 2*** / 3*** 4 SIM 3*** 4

20 SIM 3*** 4

SIM 3*** 4

SIM 3*** 4


COMPONENT

YEAR 4

TOTAL CREDIT

SEMESTER 7

COURSE CREDIT

University Courses

Core

Courses

Faculty

Program SIM3015 Mathematical Science Project

4

4

Elective Courses

Faculty Courses outside of Institute 2 2

Program SIM3*** 4

8

SIM3*** 4

TOTAL CREDIT 14 14


81

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (COMPUTATIONAL AND INDUSTRIAL MATHEMATICS) SESSION 2015/2016 128 CREDITS






GIG1002/ GIG1006


- 2









- 3


















SIN2003 Basic Operational Research SIM1001 and SIN1002 4

SIN2004 Partial Differential Equations SIN1003 4

SIN2005 System of Differential Equations SIN1003 4

SIN2006 Vector Analysis SIM1003 4


LEVEL 3 (5 Credits)


3. ELECTIVE COURSES (35 CREDITS)




SIN2007 Management Mathematic SIM1002 4

SIN2008 Optimization Technique SIM2001 4

SIN2009 Computer Graphics SIN1001 and SIN2002 4

SIN3001 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics with Computers

SIN2002 4

SIN3002 Cryptography SIN2002 and SIT1001 4

SIN3003 Computational Fluid Dynamics SIN2004 4

SIN3004 Analysis of Mathematical Models SIN2005 4

SIN3005 Numerical Methods and Analysis SIN2001 4

SIN3006 Production and Inventory Control SIN2003 or SIN2007 4

SIN3007 Heuristic Methods SIN2002 4

SIN3008 Mathematical Programming SIN2003 4

SIN3009 Industrial Operational Research SIN2003 4

SIN3010 Computational Geometry SIN2002 4

SIN3011 Scientific Computing SIN2002 4

SIN3012 Mechanics SIN2006 4


82

SIN3013 Fourier and Wavelets Analysis SIN1001 and SIM2002 4

SIN3015 Mathematical Science Project SIM2002 4

The exact number of elective courses offered in each year may differ. Core courses, from the Bachelor of Science (Mathematics), Bachelor of Science (Statistics) or Bachelor of Science (Actuarial and Financial Mathematics) programs may be taken as elective courses. Please refer to the respective programs.

Attention:

1. Students who wish to specialize in B.Sc. (Computational and Industrial Mathematics) must take at least 20 credits from courses with codes SIN3***/SIM3***/SIT3***/SIQ3***(except SIN3014) of which at least 12 credits must be from SIN3***.

2. Students who wish to take SIN3014 or SIN3015 must pass at least 80 credits of the listed mathematics courses.

PROGRAM GOAL To produce graduates with a sound knowledge in Computational and Industrial Mathematics, capable of analysing and solving problems and thinking critically, able to adapt to diverse environment and contribute significantly in various professions. PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES 1. Give opportunity to students to acquire the fundamental knowledge of mathematics.(PO1,2,6) 2. Prepare students with necessary mathematical and practical skills to assist them in their

employment and research work.(PO1,2,6,7,8) 3. Guide and train students to communicate effectively and to be able to work independently as well

as in teams. (PO3,4,5) PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end of the program, graduates with B.Sc. (Computational and Industrial Mathematics) are able to: 1. Explain the principles and concepts of mathematics and it applications; 2. Apply the mathematical principles in solving real world problems; 3. Conduct professional activities with good social skill and demonstrate a sense of responsibility; 4. Practice characteristics associated with professionalism and ethical responsibility in the filled of

mathematical applications. 5. Communicate using critical thinking with effective, accurate and relevant concepts. 6. Convert problems into mathematical models, and develop scientific strategies to obtain solutions. 7. Engage in life-long learning to advance knowledge and applications of mathematics. 8. Apply managerial and entrepreneurial skills to manage resources needed to complete a task.


83


COMPONENT

YEAR 1

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses

GLT*** Communication in English

3 GLT*** Communication in English

3


2

GIG1002 Ethnic Relations/Introduction to Malaysian

2

Core

Courses


3 3

Program



2



4


2 SIN1003 Mathematical Methods I

4

Elective Courses

Faculty

Program SIT1001

Probability and Statistics I

4


COMPONENT

YEAR 2

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses


2 GIX External Faculty Electives Courses

2

6

GIG1005 Social Engagement

2

Core Courses

Faculty SIX1001 Introduction to Science and Technology Studies

3 3

Program

SIN2002 Structured Programming

4 SIT2001 Probability and Statistics II

4

28

SIM2002 Linear Algebra

4 SIN2004 Partial Differential Equations

4

SIN2001 Mathematical Methods II

4 SIN2006 Vector Analysis

4

SIN2003 Basic Operational Research

4

Elective Courses

Faculty S*** 2

2

Program



84

COMPONENT

YEAR 3

TOTAL CREDIT

SEMESTER 5 SEMESTER 6 SEMESTER KHAS

COURSE CREDIT COURSE CREDIT COURSE CREDIT

University Courses GIG1001 TITAS

2

2

Core Courses

Faculty SIX1002 Ethics and Safety

2

2

Program


4 SIN3014 Industrial Training

5

13 SIN2005 System of Differential Equations

4

Elective Courses

Faculty S*** 3

3

Program

SIN2*** 4 SIM 3*** 4

20 SIN2***/SIN3*** 4 SIM 3*** 4

SIM 3*** 4

TOTAL CREDIT 18 17 5 40

COMPONENT

YEAR 4

TOTAL CREDIT

SEMESTER 7

COURSE CREDIT

University Courses GKN/GKR/GKV Co-curriculum

2 2

Core

Courses

Faculty

Program

Elective Courses

Faculty S*** 3 3

Program SIN3*** 4

8 SIN3*** 4

TOTAL CREDIT 13 13


85

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (STATISTICS) SESSION 2015/2016 127 CREDITS






GIG1002/GIG1006 Ethnic Relations/ Introduction to Malaysia - 2








SIX1001 Introduction to Science and Technology Studies - 3



















SIT2002 Further Mathematical Statistics SIT2001 4

SIT2003 Stochastic Processes SIT2001 4


SIT2005 Data Analysis I SIT1001 4

LEVEL 3 (4 Credits)

SIT3001 Introduction to Probability Theory SIM2001 and SIT2002 4





SIT2006 Non-parametric Statistics SIT1001 4


SIN3015 Mathematical Science Project 4

SIT3002 Introduction to Multivariate Analysis SIT2001 4

SIT3003 Computer Intensive Methods in Statistics SIT2001 4

SIT3004 Applied Stochastic Processes SIT2003 4

SIT3005 Time Series and Forecasting Methods SIT2001 4

SIT3006 Further Topics in Regression Analysis SIT2001 and SIT2004 4

SIT3007 Data Analysis II SIT2001 and SIT2005 4

SIT3008 Introduction to Survey Sampling SIT2001 4

SIT3009 Statistical Process Control SIT2001 4

SIT3010 Introduction to Data Mining SIT2001 4

SIT3011 Bioinformatics SIT2001 4

SIT3012 Design and Analysis of Experiments SIT1001 and SIT2004 4

SIT3013 Analysis of Failure and Survival Data SIT2001 4

SIT3014 Introduction to Bayesian Statistics SIT2001 4

SIT3015 Java Methods for Statistics and Actuarial Science

SIT1001 and SIN2002 4


86

The exact number of elective courses of department offered in each year may be different, depending on the availability of manpower. Core courses in B.Sc. (Mathematics), B.Sc. (Computational and Industrial Mathematics) and B.Sc. (Actuarial and Financial Mathematics) can also be taken as elective courses of department for this program. Please refer to the respective programs.

Attention: Students who wish to specialize in B.Sc. (Statistics) must take at least 20 credits from courses with codes

SIT3*** (not including SIN3014) listed in this program. Students who wish to take SIN3014 or SIN3015 must pass at least 80 course credits listed in this program.

PROGRAM GOAL

To produce graduates with (sound) knowledge of statistics, capable of critical thinking and problem solving; who can adapt to diverse environment and contribute significantly in various professions. PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES

At the end of the program, graduates with B.Sc. (Statistics) are able to: 1. Explain the principles and concepts of mathematics and statistics; 2. Apply the mathematical and statistical principles in solving real world problems; 3. Conduct professional activities with good social skill and demonstrate a sense of responsibility; 4. Practice characteristics associated with professionalism and ethical responsibility in analyzing real life

phenomena; 5. Communicate using critical thinking with effective, accurate and relevant concepts, and exhibit team work

and leadership skills; 6. Convert problems into mathematical and statistical models, and develop scientific strategies to obtain

solutions; 7. Engage in life-long learning to advance knowledge and applications of mathematics and statistics; 8. Apply managerial and entrepreneurial skills to manage resources needed to complete a task.


87


COMPONENT

YEAR 1

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses


3 GIG1001 TITAS

2



3


2

Core

Courses


3 3

Program



4


4 SIN1003 Mathematical Methods I

4


2

SIN1002 Introduction to Worksheet

2

Elective Courses

Faculty

Program


COMPONENT

YEAR 2

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses


2 GKN/GKR/GKV Co-curriculum

2

8

GIG**** 2 GIG**** 2

Core Courses

Faculty SIX1001 Introduction to Science and Technology Studies

3 SIX1002 Ethics and Safety

2 5

Program


4 SIN2001 Mathematical Methods II

4

24 SIM2002 Linear Algebra

4 SIN2002 Structured Programming

4

SIT1001 Probability and Statistics I

4 SIT2001 Probability and Statistics II

4

Elective Courses

Faculty

Program



88

COMPONENT

YEAR 3

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses

Core Courses

Faculty

Program

SIT2002 Further Mathematical Statistics

4 SIT3001 Introduction to Probability Theory

4

20

SIT2003 Stochastic Processes

4

SIT2004 Regression Analysis

4

SIT2005 Data Analysis I

4

Elective Courses

Faculty Courses outside of Institute

4 Courses outside of Institute

3 7

Program

SIT2***/SIT3*** 4

12 SIT2***/SIT3*** 4

SIT2***/SIT3*** 4


COMPONENT

YEAR 4

TOTAL CREDIT

SEMESTER 7

COURSE CREDIT

University Courses

Core

Courses

Faculty

Program

Elective Courses

Faculty

Program

SIT2***/ SIT3***

4

16

SIT2***/ SIT3***

4

SIT2***/ SIT3***

4

SIT2***/ SIT3***

4

TOTAL CREDIT 16 16


89

PROGRAM GOAL To produce graduates with sound knowledge in the actuarial field through exploration in the theoretical and application of mathematics, statistics, economy and finance, able to think critically in problem solving as well as capable to increase competitiveness in the national and international level. PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES 1. To prepare the students with theoretical and practical aspects as well as special skills in the

actuarial field. (PO1, 2, 6) 2. To build actuarial ethics and professionalism required by the students in research and

employment through effective communication. (PO3, 4, 5) 3. To train the students to work independently as well as in a team to organise knowledge and

practical skills as enhancement of competitiveness. (PO1, 2, 7, 8) PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end of the program, graduates with B.Sc. (Mathematics) are able to: 1. Explain the principles and concepts of actuarial science, finance, statistics and mathematics. 2. Apply actuarial science, finance, statistics and mathematics concepts to solve real-world

problems. 3. Conduct professional activities with good social skills and demonstrate a sense of responsibility. 4. Practice characteristics associated with professionalism and ethical responsibility in analyzing real

life phenomena. 5. Communicate using critical thinking with effective, accurate and relevant concepts, and exhibit

team work and leadership skills. 6. Convert problems into actuarial, financial, statistical and mathematical models, and develop

scientific strategies to obtain solutions. 7. Engage in life-long learning to advance knowledge and applications of actuarial science, finance,

statistics and mathematics. 8. Apply managerial and entrepreneurial skills to manage resources needed to complete a task.


90

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ACTUARIAL AND FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS) SESSION 2015/2016 145 CREDITS






GIG1002/ GIG1006


- 2








SIX1001 Introduction to Science & Technology Studies

- 3










SIQ1001 Introduction to Accounting - 3






SIQ2001 Microeconomics - 3

SIQ2002 Macroeconomics - 3

SIQ2003 Financial Mathematics and Derivatives SIM1002 4


SIQ3001 Actuarial Mathematics I SIQ2003 4

SIQ3002 Portfolio Theory and Asset Models SIQ2003 4

SIQ3003 Actuarial Mathematics II SIQ3001 4

SIQ3004 Mathematics of Financial Derivatives SIQ2003 4


SIQ3005 Life Insurance and Takaful SIT2001 4

SIQ3006 Risk Theory SIT2001 and SIQ2003 4

SIQ3007 Industrial Training - 8

3. ELECTIVE COURSES (40CREDITS) )

(1) FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (9CREDITS) [EF]







SIN2003 Basic Operational Research SIM1001 4

SIT2002 Further Mathematical Statistics SIT2001 4

SIT2003 Stochastic Processes SIT2001 4


SIN3015 Mathematical Science Project 4

SIT3003 Computer Intensive Methods in Statistics SIT2001 4

SIT3004 Applied Stochastic Processes SIT2003 4

SIT3005 Time Series and Forecasting Methods SIT2001 4

SIT3006 Further Topics in Regression Analysis SIT2001 and SIT2004 4


91

SIQ3008 Foundation of Islamic Finance SIN2002 4

SIQ3009 Pension Mathematics SIQ2004 4

SIQ3010 Survival Model SIT2001 4

1. The exact number of courses (as shown above) that will be offered for any year may be different, depending on the availability of manpower.

2. Core courses under B.Sc (Mathematics), B.Sc (Computational and Industrial Mathematics) dan B.Sc. (Statistics) may also be taken by a student in B.Sc. (Actuarial and Financial Mathematics) program as Program Elective Courses. Please refer to the relevant programs.

3. Actuarial students must take at least 110 of credits before undergoing the practical training (SIQ3007). 4. Actuarial students are also encouraged to take CIX2001 (Financial Management) and CIC2001 (Basic Corporate

Finance) as Program Elective Courses.

Attention:

Courses with codes SIQ**** except SIQ2003 are exclusive for students in Bachelor of Science (Actuarial and Financial Mathematics).


92


COMPONENT

YEAR 1

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses



3

14 GIG1001 TITAS


2


2 GIG1004 Information Skills

2

Core

Courses

Faculty

SIX1004 Statistics

3 SIX1001 Introduction to Science and Technology Studies

3 8 SIX1002 Ethics and Safety

2

Program

SIM1002 Calculus I


4


2 SIT1001 Probability and Statistics I

4

SIQ1001 Introduction to Accounting

3

Elective Courses

Faculty

Program


COMPONENT

YEAR 2

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses


2 GIX External Faculty Electives Courses

4

8

GKN/GKR/GKV Co-curriculum

2

Core Courses

Faculty 2 2

Program


4 SIN2002 Structured Programming

4

26

SIT2001 Probability and Statistics II

4 SIQ2002 Macroeconomics

3

SIQ2001 Microeconomics

3 SIQ2004 Survival Models

4

SIQ2003 Financial Mathematics and Derivatives

4

Elective Courses

Faculty Courses outside of Institute 3 3

Program

CIX2001 Financial Management

3

3



93

COMPONENT

YEAR 3

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses

Core Courses

Faculty

Program

SIQ3001 Actuarial Mathematics I

4 SIQ3003 Actuarial Mathematics II

4

16 SIQ3002 Portfolio Theory and Asset Models

4 SIQ3004 Mathematics of Financial Derivatives

4

Elective Courses

Faculty Courses outside of Institute 3 Courses outside of Institute 3 6

Program

SIM/SIN/SIT2/3*** 4 SIM/SIN/SIT2/3*** 4

16 CIC2001 Basic Corporate Finance

4 SIM/SIN/SIT2/3*** 4


COMPONENT

YEAR 4

TOTAL CREDIT



University Courses

Core Courses

Faculty

Program

SIQ3005 Life Insurans and Takaful

4 SIQ3007 Practical Training

8

16 SIQ3006 Risk Theory

4

Elective Courses

Faculty

Program

SIM/SIN/SIQ/SIT3*** 4

12 SIM/SIN/SIQ/SIT3*** 4

SIM/SIN/SIQ/SIT3*** 4



94

FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (7 credits) [EF] Courses taken from other Institutes/Department in Science Faculty

Institute/ Department Course Code

Course Title Credits


SIX 1006 Malaysian Flora 3

SIX 1007 Malaysian Fauna 3


Dept. of Chemistry SIX1009 Basic Chemistry 2


Dept. of Physics SIX1011 Contemporary Physics 2




95


The Institute of Mathematical Sciences was established as a department in the Faculty of Science when the University of Malaya was founded in Kuala Lumpur in 1959. It has grown into three branches, Pure Mathematics, Applied Mathematics and Statistics. The Institute offers 6 first degree programs. The Institute also offers various service courses to other faculties including the Faculty of Engineering. For the 2015/2016 session, the Institute offers the following first degree programs: Bachelor of Science (Mathematics) Bachelor of Science (Industrial and Computing

Mathematics) Bachelor of Science (Statistics) Bachelor of Science (Actuarial and Financial

Mathematics) Bachelor of Science with Education (Mathematics) Bachelor of Arts (Mathematics) The four Bachelor of Science programs are set up to provide more opportunities for an undergraduate to major in the field of mathematics according to his or her interests. In addition, the Bachelor of Science in Education (Mathematics) is a program that enables a student to expand and consolidate his or her mathematical knowledge in line to become a graduate educator. All these programs will assist to fulfill the vacancies of skilled workforce in science and technology in the public and private sectors in line with Malaysia's aspiration to become an industrial nation.

STAFF The Institute has a group of experience lecturers in teaching. They are also active in doing research and have been publishing many writings in local and international journals. The research activities encompass a broad spectrum; from findings and knowledge which are abstract in nature, to those with direct applications in the industry. The Institute also strives to establish and forge a close relationship with industry and other research institutions. This will strengthen the quality of teaching and supervising of projects/theses for students in Bachelors, Masters and Doctoral levels. HEAD: Prof. Dr. Mohd Omar, BSc, MSc(Hull), PhD(Exeter) DEPUTY HEAD: Associate Prof. Dr. Chooi Wai Leong, BSc, MSc, PhD Associate Prof. Abdul Hadi Yaakub, BSc(Nevada), MSc(Illinois)

PURE MATHEMATICS UNIT COORDINATOR: Dr. Angelina Chin Yan Mui, BSc, MSc, PhD(Q'ld) PROFESSOR: Dr. Angelina Chin Yan Mui, BSc, MSc, PhD(Q'ld) Dr. Suzeini Abd Halim,BSc(UNSW), PhD(Wales) SENIOR RESEARCH FELLOW: Dr. Wong Peng Choon, BSc, MSc, PhD(NYU)

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Dr. Chooi Wai Leong, BSc, MSc, PhD Dr. Deng Chai Ling, BSc, MSc, PhD LECTURER: Dr. Loo Tee How, BSc, MSc, PhD Mr. Mohamad Bakri Zubir,BSc, MSc(Exeter) Dr. Ong Siew Hui,BSc, MSc, PhD Dr. Oon Shea Ming, BSc, MSc, PhD(UHP) Dr. Tan Ta Sheng, BA, CASM, MMath, MA, PhD(Cambridge) Dr. Wong Kok Bin, BSc, MSc, PhD

APPLIED MATHEMATICS UNIT PENYELARAS: Dr. Wan Ainun Mior Othman, BSc(UNCC), MSc(N Carolina State), PhD(USM) PROFESOR: Dr. Bernardine R. Wong Cheng Kiat, BSc, MSc, PhD, CPhys, MinstP, FIPM Dr. Kurunathan Ratnavelu, BSc, MSc, PhD(Flinders), CPhys, MInstP, FASc Dr. Mohd Omar, BSc, MSc(Hull), PhD(Exeter) PROFESOR MADYA: Dr. Noor Hasnah Moin, BSc, MSc(Sussex), PhD(Sheff) Dr. Wan Ainun Mior Othman, BSc(UNCC), MSc(N Carolina State), PhD(USM) PENSYARAH: Dr Amizah Malip BSc. (UIA) Msc, PhD (UK) Dr. Amran Hussin, BSc, MSc (Soton), PhD (Soton) Dr. Kumaresan Nallasamy, PhD(Gandhigram) Dr. Kwa Kiam Heong, Bsc, MSc(UM), PhD(Ohio State) En. Mohd Abu Omar Awang, BSc(Lond), MPhil(East Anglia), ARCS Dr. Noor Fadiya Mohd Noor, BSc(UTM), MSc(UTM), PhD(UKM) Dr. Siti Suzlin Supadi, BSc, MSc, PhD Dr. Sivanandam Sivasankaran, MSc, MPhil, PhD(Bharathiar) Dr. Zailan Siri, BSc, MSc(UPM), PhD(UKM)

STATISTICS UNIT COORDINATOR (B.Sc. STATISTICS): Dr. Ong Seng Huat, BSc, MSc, PhD COORDINATOR (B.Sc. ACTUARIAL AND FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS): Dr. Shaiful Anuar Abu Bakar, BSc(UiTM), MSc(Heriot-Watt), PhD(Manchester) PROFESSOR: Dr. Ibrahim Mohamed, BSc(Bristol), MSc(Reading), PhD(UiTM) Dr. Nor Aishah Hamzah, BSc(Southampton), MSc(Leeds), PhD(Bristol), DipEd(UKM), MIS(UK) Dr. Ong Seng Huat, BSc, MSc, PhD ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Mr. Abdul Hadi Yaakub, BSc(Nevada), MSc(Illinois) Dr. Omar Mohd. Rijal, BSc(Ulster), PhD(Glasgow) LECTURER: Dr. Adriana Irawati Nur Ibrahim, BSc(USM), MSc, PhD(Bath) Dr. Dharini Pathmanathan, BSc, MSc, PhD Dr. Khang Tsung Fei,BSc, MSc(UM), PhD(NUS) Dr. Koh You Beng, BSc(UMS),MSc(UM), PhD(HKU)


96

Dr. Ng Choung Min,BSc(UTM), MSc, PhD Dr. Ng Kok Haur, BSc(UPM), MSc(UPM), PhD Dr. Nur Anisah Mohamed, BSc, MSc(UM), PhD(Newcastle) Dr. Rossita Mohamad Yunus,BSc, MSc(UM), PhD(USQ) Dr. Shaiful Anuar Abu Bakar, BSc(UiTM), MSc(Heriot-Watt), PhD(Manchester) Dr. Wu Swee Leng, BSc, MSc, PhD En. Rozhan Yahaya

COORDINATOR (B.Sc. Ed. Mathematics): Prof. Dr. Wong Peng Choon, BSc, MSc, PhD(NYU)

RESEARCH AREAS Research areas in the Institute of Mathematical Sciences include: Group theory, ring theory, multilinear algebra, graph theory, combinatorial graph theory, supply chain management, operations research, numerical analysis, robust statistics, probability distribution theory, nonlinear time series, image processing and regression analysis.

COMPUTER FACILITIES To date the Institute has a computer lab equipped with 6 tablet PCs, 10 laptops, 2 workstations, 90 Pentium IV computers, 3 laser printers, 1 colour printer, 4 heavy duty dot matrix printers, allinterconnected in a network system. The lab is also equipped with 5 LCD projectors, 1 visualizer, and 2 scanners. The lab utilizes state of the art software such as Matlab (with various Toolboxes), Mathematica v6, MathType v5.2, Minitab R14, Visual C++, S-PLUS v8, Scientific Word 5.5, PcTeX 32 and MathCAd v13. In addition, three of the lecture halls are equipped with a LCD projector and a visualizer each.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAMS Please refer to program charts for courses.

FURTHER DEGREE

Apart from teaching and supervising in the Bachelors level, the staff of the Institute also supervise research projects that lead to Masters and Doctorate degrees in the three branches of mathematics. The modes for further degree programs at the Institute are by research with dissertation or theses.

JOB OPPORTUNITIES

The learning of mathematics will help increase one's skills in problem solving and analysis. It trains the mind to manipulate information, to form accurate, complicated and abstract ideas and to enable one to discern complicated arguments. The training to think quantitatively, logically and analytically in problem solving may prove valuable in one's chosen career. Since the use of mathematics is all encompassing in human endeavour, a graduate career opportunities are almost limitless and not only confined to teaching and research. Many graduates from this Institute have found employment in the financial sectors (banking, accountancy and insurance for instance), management, business, industry and computing sectors.

SYNOPSIS OF COURSES SIX1004 STATISTICS (FACULTY OF SCIENCE) Introduction to statistical analysis; Experimental and observational studies; Display and organization of data; Descriptive statistics; Population and samples; Sampling methods; Basic probability theory; Useful probability distributions: Binomial, Poisson and normal; Sampling distributions; Central Limit Theorem; Parameter estimation and confidence intervals; Hypothesis testing for mean, proportion and association in one and two populations; Chi-squared tests and Fisher’s exact test; One factor Analysis of Variance; Simple linear regression. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Freedman, D., Pisani, R. & Purves, R. (2007).

Statistics (4th ed.). New York: W.W. Norton. 2. Mann, P. S. (2010). Introductory Statistics (7th ed.).

New York: Wiley. 3. Johnson, R. & Kuby, P. (2011). Elementary Statistics

(11th ed.).Boston: Cengage Learning. SIM1001 BASIC MATHEMATICS Introductory logic. Mathematical statements. Quantifiers. Rules of inference. Mathematical induction, binomial theorem. Sets, Cartesian products, equivalence relations, functions, bijections, inverse functions. Integers, rational numbers, real numbers. Complex numbers. DeMoivre’s theorem and roots of unity. Polynomials and equations. Remainder theorem, fundamental theorem of algebra, conjugate roots. Systems of linear equations, row reduction, echelon forms. Matrix operations, algebraic properties of matrices, inverses, elementary matrices, linear independence and homogeneous linear systems, matrices with special forms. Determinants, cofactor expansion, properties of determinants, Cramer’s rule, eigenvalues, eigenvectors and diagonalization. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References: 1. Epp, Sussana S. (2011). Discrete Mathematics with

applications, 4th edition, Cengage Learning.

2. Ensly, Douglas E. and Crawley, J.W. (2006). Discrete Mathematics. John Wiley and Sons.

3. Devlin, K. (1992). Sets, Functions and Logic, Chapman & Hall (2

nd edition).

4. Anton, H., Rorres, C. (2005). Elementary Linear Algebra with Applications, Wiley High Education Inc (9th edition).

5. Larson, R. and Falvo D. (2012). Elementary Linear Algebra. Brooks/Cole Thomson Learning (7

th edition).

http://he-cda.wiley.com/WileyCDA/HigherEdTitle/productCd-0471669598.html

http://he-cda.wiley.com/WileyCDA/HigherEdTitle/productCd-0471669598.html


97

SIM1002 CALCULUS I Real numbers and real line. Inequality and absolute values. Functions and their graphs. Combining Functions. Limits: Intuitive, limit laws, one-sided limits, limits involve infinity, epsilon-delta definition for limits. Continuity. Derivatives: tangent lines and definition for derivatives. Differentiation Rules including the Chain Rule and implicit differentiation. Rolle's Theorem, The Mean Value Theorem, Maximum, minimum, concavity and points of inflection. Graph sketching. Logarithms, exponential functions. Indeterminate forms and L'Hospital's Rule. Definite and indefinite integrals. Fundamental theorem of Calculus and differentiation of integrals. Integration methods. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References: 1. Weir, Maurice D., Hass, J. and Giordano, Frank R.

(2010) Thomas' Calculus, Pearson Education, Inc (12th

edition). 2. Stewart, J. (2015). Calculus, Cengage Learning (8th.

edition). 3. Adams, Robert A. and Essex, C. (2013). Calculus: A

complete course, Pearson Education (8th edition with

MyMathLab). SIM1003 CALCULUS II Inverses of trigonometric functions, hyperbolic functions, inverses of hyperbolic functions. Integration by parts, integration of rational functions by partial fractions, trigonometric integrals, trigonometric substitutions, improper Integrals. Sequence, infinite series, integral test, comparison tests, the ratio and root tests, alternating series test, absolute and conditionally convergence, power series, Taylor and Maclaurin series. Vectors, Dot product, Cross Product and triple Product, lines and planes. Polar coordinates. Cyclinder and quadric surfaces. Vector-valued functions and space curves, differentiation and integration of vector valued functions. Functions of several variables, limits and continuity in higher dimensions. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References: 1. Weir, Maurice D., Hass, J. and Giordano, Frank R.

(2010) Thomas' Calculus, Pearson Education, Inc (12th

edition). 2. Stewart, J. (2015). Calculus, Cengage Learning (8th.

edition). 3. Adams, Robert A. and Essex, C. (2013). Calculus: A

complete course, Pearson Education (8th edition with

MyMathLab). 4. R.T. Smith, R.T. and Minton, R.B. (2012). Calculus,

McGraw-Hill (4th edition).

SIM2001 ADVANCED CALCULUS Partial derivatives. Differentiability and continuity. Linearization and differentials. The Chain Rule, Partial derivatives with constrained variables. Directional derivatives. Gradient, divergence and curl. Tangent planes. Taylor’s Theorem. Extremum problems of functions of two variables. Lagrange multipliers. Double integrals, iterated integrals and Fubini’s Theorem. Applications to areas and volumes. Double integrals in polar form. Triple integrals, iterated integrals. Volumes and masses. Triple integrals in cylindrical and spherical coordinates forms. Substitution in multiple integrals, Jacobians. Basic set theory. Functions, bijective functions, inverse functions. Finite and infinite sets, countable and uncountable sets. The Real Number system. Bounds, supremum and infimum. Archimedean property. Rational and irrational numbers. Properties of real numbers. Sequences of real numbers, convergence. Limit Theorems. Monotone sequences, Cauchy sequences and subsequences. Basic topology of the real line: Open and closed sets, accumulation points. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Weir, Maurice D., Joel Hass Weir, Maurice D., Hass, J.

and Giordano, Frank R. (2010) Thomas' Calculus, Pearson Education, Inc (12

th edition).

2. Stewart, J. (2015). Calculus, Cengage Learning (8th. edition).

3. Bartle, R.G. & Sherbert, D.R. (2011). Introduction to real analysis, John Wiley & Sons (4

th edition).

4. Lay, S.R. (2014). Analysis with an introduction to proof, Pearson (5

th edition).

SIM2002 LINEAR ALGEBRA Vector spaces and subspaces, basis and dimension, the row space and column space, rank and nullity. Linear transformations, kernel and range, composition and isomorphism, matrix representation, similarity and diagonalizability, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Larson, R. (2013). Elementary Linear Algebra,

Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning (7th edition).

2. Axler, S (2015). Linear Algebra Done Right, Springer (3

rd edition).

3. Hoffman, K. M. and Kunze, R. (1971). Linear Algebra, Pearson (2

nd edition).

4. S.H. Friedberg, S.H., Insel, A.J. and Spence, L.E. (2003). Linear Algebra, Prentice Hall (4th edition).


98

5. Ma, S.L. and Tan, V. (2006). Linear Algebra I, Pearson Prentice Hall (2

nd edition).

SIM2003 INTRODUCTION TO COMBINATORICS Ordered and equivalence relations, binomial and multinomial theorems, recurrence relations, principle of inclusion and exclusion, Latin squares, magic squares, basic properties of graphs, circuits and cycles in graphs, trees and their applications. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Erickson, M.J. (2013). Introduction to Combinatorics,

Wiley (2nd

edition). 2. Chen, C.C. & Koh, K.M. (1992). Principles and

Techniques in Combinatorics, World Scientific. 3. Lovasz, L., Pelikan, J. & Vesztergombi, K. (2003).

Discrete Mathematics : Elementary and Beyond, Springer.

4. Matousek J. & Nesetril J. (2008). Invitationd to Discrete Mathematics: Oxford Leniv. Press (2nd edition).

SIM2004 ALGEBRA I Groups and subgroups. Order of an element and order of a subgroup. Lagrange’s theorem. Normal subgroups and factor groups. Homomorphisms and isomorphisms, Rings, integral domains and fields. Subrings and subfields. Ideals and quotient rings. Rings of polynomials. The Division algorithm and Euclidean algorithm in polynomial rings. Unique factorization theorem. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References: 1. Gilbert, L., Gilbert, J. (2014). Elements of Modern

Algebra, Brooks/Cole (8th edition).

2. Durbin, J.R. (2008). Modern Algebra, An Introduction, John Wiley (6

th edition).

3. Judson, T.W. (2014). Abstract Algebra, Theory and Applications, Open Source.

SIM2005 INTRODUCTION TO ANALYSIS Sequences. Infinite series, convergence. Tests of convergence. Absolute and conditional convergence. Rearrangement of series. Topology of the real line. Compactness. Properties of continuous functions. Uniform continuity. Derivative of a function. Properties of differentiable functions. Mean Value Theorems. Higher order derivatives. L’Hospital’s Rules.

Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Lay, R. (2014). Analysis with an introduction to proof,

Pearson (5th edition).

2. Kosmala, W. (2004). A Friendly Introduction to Analysis, Pearson (2nd edition).

3. Haggarty, R. (1993). Fundamentals of Mathematical Analysis. Addison-Wesley Publ. Co. (2nd edition).

4. Bartle, R.G. & Sherbert, D.R. (2011). Introduction to Real Analysis, John Wiley & Sons Inc (4th edition).

5. Pownall, M.W. (1994). Real Analysis: A First Course with Foundations, Wm. C. Brown Publ. Co.

SIM2006 COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex number system. Complex function, limits, continuity, differentiability and analytic function. Cauchy-Riemann equations, Harmonic functions. Mapping and other properties of elementary functions. Complex Integration, Cauchy’s Theorem, Cauchy’s Integral Formula. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References: 1. Churchill, R.V. & Brown, J.W. (2013). Complex

Variables and Applications, McGraw-Hill Book Co (9th

ed). 2. Mathews John H. and Howell, Russell W. (2012).

Complex Analysis: for Mathematics and Engineering, Jones & Bartlett Pub. Inc. (6

th ed).

3. Nguyen Huu Bong (1994). Analisis Kompleks dan Penerapan, Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka.

4. Howie, John M. (2007). Complex Analysis. Springer, (3

rd ed).

SIM2007 APPRECIATION OF MATHEMATICS Students will be put into groups. Each group will be given 2 mathematical tasks to work on. These tasks will come from a variety of topics selected from, but not limited to: algebra, geometry, combinatorics, applied and computational mathematics, probability and statistics, science & technology, mathematics and society, management science, finance mathematics, actuarial sciences, history and philosophy. Students collectively will use tools/elements of mathematics to undertake each task. In undertaking these tasks, students are required to carry out to a certain extend some literature survey, background reading and explore some elementary research problems. During guided learning sessions, students are also expected to critique, analyse, argue logically and deduce findings. Each group is required to produce and present reports for the tasks given.


99

Assessment: Participation in discussion, Communication & Presentation: 25% Peer Review: 10% Teamwork & Ethics: 15% Project Report: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS4, TS3, LL2, EM2, LS2 SIM2008 THEORY OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS The existence and uniqueness theorem. Solutions to the system of linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Automatic linear system and linear approximation of dimension two, types of critical points, stability. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT5, LL2 References:

1. Zill D.G., Wright, W.S. & Cullen, M.R. (2013). Differential Equations with Boundary-value Problems, Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning (8

th edition).

2. Chicone, C. (2006). Ordinary Differential Equations with Applications, Springer (2

nd edition).

3. Logan. J.D. (2011). A First Course in Differential Equations, Springer (2nd edition).

SIM2009 GEOMETRY Euclidean Geometry, congruence, parallelism, similarity, isometry, Incidence geometry of the sphere, motions of the sphere. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Ryan P.J. (1986). Euclidean and non-Euclidean

geometry, Cambridge Univ. Press. 2. Kumaresan S. (2005). An expedition to geometry,

Hindustan Book Agency 3. Henle, M. (2001). Modern Geometries: Non-

Euclidean, Projective, and Discrete Geometry, Pearson (2

nd edition).

4. Kappraff, J. (2014). A Participatory Approach to Modern Geometry, World Scientific.

SIM3001 GRAPH THEORY Graph theory and its applications. Topics will be selected from the following :

Eulerian graphs, trees, planar graphs, graph colouring and chromatic polynomials, Hamiltonian graphs, matching theory, directed graphs and the shortest path problem, network theory. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References: 1. Koh, K.M., Dong, F., Ng, K.L. and and Tay, E.G.

(2015). Graph Theory: Undergraduate Mathematics, World Scientific.

2. Chartrand, G. and Lesniak, L. (2010). Graphs and digraphs, CRC Press (5

th edition).

3. Gross, J.L., Yellan, J. and Zhang, P. (2013). Handbook of Graph Theory (Discrete Mathematics and its Applications), CRC Press (2

nd edition).

SIM3002 COMBINATORIAL MATHEMATICS Theory of Enumeration: Topics will be chosen from: Permutation and Combination, advanced counting numbers, generating functions, principle of inclusion and exclusion. Combinatorial Designs: Topics will be chosen from: Block designs, balanced incomplete block designs, Steiner triple system, Hadamard matrices, pigeonhole principle and Ramsey theory for graphs. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Brualdi, R. A. (2009). Introductory Combinatorics,

North Holland Publ. Co. (5th edition).

2. Stanley, R.P. (2011). Enumerative Combinatorics, Volume 1, Cambridge University Press (2

nd edition).

3. Liu, C.L. (1968). Introduction to Combinatorial Mathematics, Computer Science Series, McGraw Hill Book Co.

4. Street, A.P. and Wallis, W.D. (1997). Combinatorial Theory: An Introduction, The Charles Babbage Research Center, Manitoba, Canada.

5. Tucker, A. (2012). Applied Combinatorics, John Wiley and Sons (6

th edition).

SIM3003 NUMBER THEORY Prime Numbers. The Division Algorithm and Unique Factorization Theorem for Integers. Linear Diophantine Equations. Theory of congruence and the Chinese Remainder Theorem. RSA encryption. Quadratic reciprocity and the Legendre symbol. Arithmetic functions. Primitive roots. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%


100

Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT5, LL2 References:

1. Burton, D. (2010). Elementary Number Theory, McGraw Hill Publ. Co. (7

th edition).

2. Rosen, K. H. (2010) Elementary Number Theory and Its Applications, Pearson Addison Wesley (6

th edition).

3. Davenport, H. (2008). The Higher Arithmetic, Cambridge University Press (8

th edition).

4. Baker, A. (1985). A Concise Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, Cambridge University Press.

5. Baker, A. (2012). A Comprehensive Course in Number Theory, Cambridge University Press.

SIM3004 ADVANCED LINEAR ALGEBRA Inner product spaces, the Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process and orthogonal complements. Orthogonal operators, unitary operators, self-adjoint operators and positive definite operators. Dual spaces, bilinear forms. Diagonalization of symmetric bilinear forms, real quadratic forms. Triangularization theorem, primary decomposition theorem, Jordan canonical forms. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Kenneth Hoffman, Ray Kunze (1971), Linear Algebra,

Pearson Prentice Hall, Inc. 2. Jin Ho Kwak, Sungpyo Hong (2004), Linear Algebra,

Brikhauser,. (2nd

edition.). 3. Stephen H. Friedberg, Arnold J. Insel & Lawrence E.

Spence (2003) Linear Algebra, Pearson Education International (4

th edition.).

4. Axler, S. (2015). Linear Algebra Done Right, Springer (3

rd edition).

5. Yang, Y. (2015). A Concise Text on Advanced Linear Algebra, Cambridge University Press.

SIM3005 MATRIX THEORY Rank and nullity of matrices. Inner product spaces, the Gram-Schmidt process, least squares problems, ortogonal matrices. Diagonalization for real symmetric matrices, quadratic forms, semi positive definite matrices. The singular value decomposition. Generalized inverses and linear systems, Moore-Penrose inverses. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2

References: 1. Anton, H. & Busby, R. C. (2002). Contemporary Linear

Algebra, Wiley Publishers. 2. Horn, R. A. & Johnson, C. R. (1985). Matrix Analysis,

Cambridge University Press. 3. Zhang, F. (2011). Matrix Theory – Basic Results and

Techniques, Springer (2nd

edition). 4. Zhan, X. (2013). Matrix Theory, American

Mathematical Society. 5. Bapat, R. B. (2012), Linear Algebra and Linear

Models, Springer (3nd

edition). SIM3006 ALGEBRA II

Groups-Isomorphism theorems. Permutation groups. Group actions, p-groups. Rings-Maximal and prime ideals. Polynomial rings. Field extensions. Finite fields. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References: 1. Durbin, J. R. (2009). Modern Algebra, An Introduction,

John Wiley (6th edition.).

2. Fraleigh, J. B. (2003). A First Course in Abstract Algebra, Addison-Wesley (7

th edition).

3. Gallian, J. (2012). Contemporary Abstract Algebra, Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning (8

th edition).

4. Hungerford, T.W. (2014). Abstract Algebra: An Introduction, Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning (3rd edition).

SIM3007 RING THEORY Ring, subrings and ideals, modules, internal direct sum, external direct product, nil and nilpotent ideals, prime and maximal ideals, Jacobson and prime radicals, semiprimitive and semiprime rings, rings with chain condition, primitive rings, group rings. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References: 1. Cohn, P.M. (2001). Introduction to Ring Theory,

Springer Undergraduate Mathematics Series, 2. Herstein, I. N. (2005), Noncommutative Rings, Carus

Mathematical Monographs No. 15, Math. Assoc. of America.

3. Beachy, J. A. (1999), Introductory Lectures on Rings and Modules, London Maths. Soc. Student Texts 47, Cambridge University Press.

4. Lam, T.Y. (2010). Exercises in Classical Ring Theory (Problem Books in Mathematics), Springer, Second Edition.


101

SIM3008 GROUP THEORY The three isomorphism theorems. Cyclic groups. Direct product of groups. Introduction to the three Sylow’s Theorem. Classification of groups up to order 8. Finitely generated abelian groups. Nilpotent groups and Soluble groups Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References: 1. Ledermann, W., Weir, A. J. & Jeffery, A. (1997).

Introduction to Group Theory, Addison Wesley Pub. Co. (2

nd edition).

2. Rotman, J. J. (2014). An Introduction to the Theory of Groups, Springer-Verlag, New York (4

th edition).

3. Gallian, A. J. (2012). Contemporary Abstract Algebra, Brooks Cole (8

th edition).

SIM3009 DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY Vector algebra on Euclidean space. Lines and planes. Change of coordinates. Differential geometry of curves. Frenet Equations. Local theory of surfaces in Euclidean space. First and second fundamental forms. Gaussian curvatures and mean curvatures. Geodesics. Gauss-Bonnet Theorem. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References:

1. Lipschutz, M. (1969), Schaum’s Outline of Differential Geometry, McGraw-Hill.

2. Oprea, J. (2004). Differential Geometry and Its Applications, Prentice Hall (2

nd edition).

3. Kuhnel, W. (2005), Differential Geometry: Curves, Surfaces, Manifolds, Amer. Math. Soc. (2

nd edition).

4. Abate, M. and Tovena, F. (2012). Curves and Surfaces, Springer.

5. Pressley, A.N. (2010). Elementary Differential Geometry, Springer.

SIM3010 TOPOLOGY Topological Spaces. Continuity, connectedness and compactness. Separation axioms and countability. Metric spaces. Product spaces. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2

References: 1. Armstrong, M.A. (2010). Basic Topology,

Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics, Springer. 2. Munkres, J. (2000). Topology, Second edition,

Prentice Hall Inc. 3. McCluskey, A. and B. McMaster, B. (2014).

Undergraduate Topology: A Working Textbook, Oxford University Press.

SIM3011 COMPLEX ANALYSIS Taylor and Laurent series. Singularities and zeroes. Residue Theory. Evaluation of certain Integrals. Arguments Principle, Rouche’s theorem. Maximum Modulus Principle. Infinite Products. Entire Functions. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References: 1. John H. Mathews & Russell W. Howell (2012),

Complex Analysis: for Mathematics and Engineering, Jones & Bartlett Pub. Inc (6

th edition).

2. Saff, E. B. & Snider, A. D. (2003). Fundamental of Complex Analysis, Pearson Education Inc.

3. Ali, Rosihan M. and Ravichandran, V. (2008). Complex Analysis, Penerbit USM.

4. Markushevich, A. I. (1985). Theory of Functions of Complex Variables, Chelsea Publ. Co.

5. Brown, J. & Churchill, R.V. (2013). Complex Variables & Applications, McGraw Hill (9

th edition).

SIM3012 REAL ANALYSIS Riemann integral. Integrable functions. Properties of the Riemann integral. Integration in relation to differentiation. Differentiation of integrals. Improper integrals. Sequences and series of functions. Pointwise and uniform convergence. Properties of uniform convergence. Superior limit and inferior limit. Power series, radius of convergence. Taylor series. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Witold A.J. Kosmala (2004). A Friendly Introduction to

Analysis, Single and Multivariable, Pearson International (2

nd edition).

2. Schroder, B. S (2008). Mathematical Analysis: A Concise Introduction, John-Wiley.

3. Richardson, L. F. (2008). Advanced Calculus: An Introduction To Linear Analysis, John-Wiley.

4. Lay, S.R. (2014). Analysis with an introduction to proof, Pearson (5

th edition).

5. Pedersen, S. (2015). From Calculus to Analysis, Springer.


102

SIM3013 PROBABILISTIC METHODS IN COMBINATORICS The probabilistic method and its applications in combinatorics. The topics are selected from: The basic probabilistic methods applied on graphs, tournaments, and set systems; the use of linearity of expectation for Hamiltonian paths and splitting graphs; alterations for lower bound of Ramsey numbers, independent sets, packing and recolouring; the second moment methods; random graphs – threshold functions, subgraphs, clique number and chromatic number; the Lovász Local Lemma and its applications. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References:

1. Alon, N and Spencer, J. (2008). The Probabilistic

Method, Wiley (3rd edition).

2. Janson, S., Luczak, T. and Rucinski, A. (2000). Random Graphs, Wiley.

3. Matousek, J. and Nesetril, J. (1998). Invitation to Discrete Mathematics, Oxford University Press.

4. Molloy, M. and Reed, B. (2002). Graph Colouring and the Probabilistic Method, Springer.

5. Lovász, L., Ruzsa, I. and Sós, Vera T. (Eds.) (2013). Erdös Centennial, Springer.

SIN1001 INTRODUCTORY TO COMPUTER MATLAB - Matlab environment, matrices, constants and variables, operation, built-in functions, output format, plot graphs, expressions and data logic, branches and loops, scripting, user-defined functions. Application of selected mathematical problems. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CT 3, LL 2 References: 1. Matlab Programming for Engineers by Stephen

J.Chapman, Thomson, 2004. 2. Engineering computation with MATLAB by David M.

Smith, Boston : Addison/Wesley, 2010. 3. Essentials of MATLAB programming by Stephen J.

Chapman, Stamford, CT : CENGAGE Learning, 2009. 4. Mastering MATLAB 7 by Duane Hanselman and

Bruce Littlefield, Pearson Education; 2005. SIN1002 INTRODUCTION TO SPREADSHEET Basics of Spreadsheet, entering labels, numbers and formulae. Absolute & relative addressing, Excel functions. Graph plotting, use of solvers. Applications to some selected mathematical problems Assessment Continuous Assessment: 50%

Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CT 3, LL 2 References: 1. Engineering with Excel by Ronald W. Larsen, Upper

Saddle River, NJ : PearsonPrentice Hall, 2011 2. Excel for Engineers and Scientists by S. C. Bloch and

Sylvan Charles Bloch, John Wiley & Sons 2003 3. Excel for Scientists and Engineers: Numerical

Methods by E. Joseph Billo, Wiley-Interscience; 2007. 4. A guide to Microsoft Excel for scientists and engineers

by Bernard V. Liengme, London : Arnold, 1997. SIN1003 MATHEMATICAL METHODS I First order ODE: Definitions, solution concepts, valid solution intervals. Solutions to variable separable equations, linear equations, Bernoulli, exact and non-exact, homogeneous equations. Some applications of first order ODE. Linear ODE with second and higher order: Definitions, solution concepts, linear independence, Wronskian. Solution to homogeneous and non-homogeneous equations. Method of undetermined coefficient, Variation of parameters, Series solution of ordinary differential equations, Frobenius’s method, Legendre and Bessel’s equations. Some applications of second order ODE. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT 3, LL 2 References: 1. Problem solving, Abstraction and Design Using C++ F.

L. Friedman and Elliot B Koffman, Addison-Wesley (1997).

2. A Survey of Computational Physics: Introductory Computational Science. Rubin H. Landau (Princeton Press) 2011.

3. Numerical Recipes W. H. Press 2007. 4. Numerical Analysis: Mathematics of Scientific

Computing, 3rd Edition David R. Kincaid and E.

Ward Cheney (2002). SIN2001 MATHEMATICAL METHODS II Computer arithmetic: floating-point numbers, round off error, machine precision, overflow/underflow, numerical cancellation, truncation error. Taylor polynomial and limits. Interpolation: Lagrange interpolation, Divided differences, Hermite interpolation, cubic spline interpolation Roots of nonlinear equation: bisection method, fixed-point iteration, Newton – Raphson method, secant method. Numerical differentiation: Forward, backward and central finite difference.


103

Numerical Integration: Rectangular, trapezoidal, Simpson’s, Romberg’s. Composite methods. System of linear equations. Matrix factorization, LU factorization. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: C3, TS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Atkinson, K. E. (1993), Elementary Numerical

Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, (2nd

Ed.). 2. Burden, R. L. & Faires, J. D. (2011), Numerical

Analysis, Brooks/Cole, USA, (7th Ed.).

3. Brian Bradie, (2006), A Friendly Introduction to Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, New Jersey.

SIN2002 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING Algorithms: Structured programming – sequence, decision and loops. Object-oriented design. C++ programming: fundamental data types – int, double, char. C++ operators, precedence. Pre-processor directives. In-Built functions. User-defined functions – pass by value, pass by reference. One-dimensional and two-dimensional arrays. Introduction to user-defined data types – structures and classes. Applications to numerical methods: integer- and floating point arithmetic, root-finding, solution of ordinary differential equations. Use of random number generators. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Programming with C++(2nd Ed.), John R. Hubbard,

McGraw-Hill, (2000). 2. C++ program design: an introduction to programming

and object-oriented design (3rd Ed.), James P. Cohoon and Jack W. Davidson, McGraw-Hill, (2002).

3. C++ How to program (4th Ed.), Harvey Deitel and Paul Deitel, Pearson, (2003).

4. Problem Solving, abstraction and design using C++ (3rd Ed.), Frank L. Friedman and Elliot B. Koffman, Addison-Wesley, (2011).

5. Numerical Recipes in C++: The art of scientific computing, William H. Press, Saul A. Teukolsky, William T. Vetterling and Brian P. F lannery, Cambridge U. P., (2002).

6. A Survey of Computational Physics: Introductory Computational Science. Rubin H. Landau (Princeton Press) 2008

7. Numerical Analysis: Mathematics of Scientific Computing, 3rd Edition David R. Kincaid and E. Ward Cheney (2002)

SIN2003 BASIC OPERATIONAL RESEARCH Introduction to the problems in operational research, modelling, formulation and examples. Linear programming, transportation and assignment problems. Integer programming, game theory and dynamic programming. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. H.A. Taha, Introduction to Operational Research, John

Wiley. 2. W.L. Winston, Operational Research: Applications and

Algorithm, Duxbury Press, 1994. 3. F.S. Hillier and G.J. Lieberman, McGraw-Hill

International Edition, 2011 4. B. Van Der Veen, Introduction to the Theory of

Operational Research, Cleaver-Hume P. London, 1967.

SIN2004 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Fourier series. Introduction to partial differential equations, Method of characteristic, Separation of variables, Laplace transform method. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References. 1. D.G. Zill & M.R. Cullen, Differential Equations with

Boundary-Value Problems, 7th Edition, Brooks/Cole, 2005

2. E. Kreyzig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006

3. E. Butkov, Mathematical Physics, Addison-Wesley, 1966

4. R.K. Nagle & E.B. Saff, Fundamentals of Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems, 2nd Edition, Addison-Wesley, 1996

5. W.E. Boyce & R.C. DiPrima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems, 8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2011

SIN2005 SYSTEM OF ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL

EQUATIONS System of homogeneous linear first order differential equations with constant coefficients. System of non homogeneous linear differential equations. Autonomous systems for linear and almost linear systems, and stability. Liapunov’s method. Applications Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%


104

Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT5, LL2, TS2 References. 1. Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value

Problems (9th ed.), William E. Boyce & Richard C. Prima, Wiley (2011).

2. Differential Equations with Boundary Value Problems (8th ed.), Dennis G. Zill & Michael R. Cullen, Brooks/Cole (2007).

3. Fundamentals of Differential Equations and Boundary value Problems (8th ed.), R. Kent Nagle, Edward B. Saff & Arthur D. Snider, Addison-Wesley (2012).

4. Nonlinear Ordinary Differential Equations Dominic W. Jordan and Peter Smith, OUP, (4

th Edition) 2007.

SIN2006 VECTOR ANALYSIS Scalar and vector fields. Dot and cross products. Scalar and vector triple products. Vector differentiation (ordinary and partial). Space curves. Displacement, velocity, and acceleration. Gradient. Divergence. Curl. Line integrals and work. Conservative vector fields – path independence, potential functions. Surface integrals. Green’s theorem. Stokes’ theorem. Volume integrals. Divergence theorem of Gauss. Curvilinear coordinates – polar, cylindrical, spherical coordinates Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2, CS3 References: 1. Vector calculus, 4

th ed., Susan Jane Colley, Pearson

Education, Inc., 2012. 2. Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcendentals 12

th ed.,

George B. Thomas, Jr., Maurice D. Weir, and Joel Hass, Pearson Education, Inc., 2010. (Chap. 12—16)

3. Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Vector Analysis and an Introduction to Tensor Analysis, Murray R. Spiegel, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1974.

4. Vector Fields Vector analysis developed through its applications to engineering and physics, J. A. Shercliff, 1977.

5. Vector Analysis versus Vector Calculus, Antonio Galbis and Manuel Maestre, Springer Science+Business Media, LLC, 2012.

SIN2007 MANAGEMENT MATHEMATICS Output function: Theory and some concepts. Break even model. Optimization profit for monopoly and oligopoly market. Inventory model. EOQ Model, reordering point, finite input rate, shortage and quantity discount. Probabilistic Model, safety stock and efficiency level. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia

Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Baldani, J. (1996), Mathematical Economics, The

Dryden Press. 2. Davies, K.R., McKeown, P.G. & Rakas, T.R. (1986),

Management Science : An Introduction, Kent Publishing Company.

3. Winston, W.L. (1994), Operations Research: applications and algorithms, 3rd ed., Duxbury Press.

4. Hillier, Frederick S. (1995), Introductory to Operations Research, 6th edition, New York, McGraw-Hill.

5. Taha, Hamdy A(2011)., Operations Research: An Introduction, 8

th,New York, Mcmillan.

6. C.D.J. Waters(2003), Inventory Control and Management, University of Calgary, Canada.

SIN2008 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUE Unconstraint optimization, necessary and enough conditions for optimality. Constraint optimization. Type of constraint. Special technique for solving non-linear problem. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2, CS3 References 1. Philip E. Grill, Walter Murray, Margaret H. Wright,

Practice Optimization Paperback,1982, 2. C. Mohan & Kusum Deep ,Optimization Techniques

Hardcover, 2011 3. L. R. Foulds, Optimization Techniques: An

Introduction, 1981, 4. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory

and Practice, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (2009) SIN2009 COMPUTER GRAPHICS Introduction to C++ Compiler and OpenGL. Plane geometric coordinate. Coordinate transformations. Polynomial interpolation. Continuity. Curve and surface design. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CS3, TS3, LL2, LS2 References 1. Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics, 2

nd

Ed., D.F. Rogers & J.A. Adams, McGraw Hill International Editions, 1990.

2. Computer Graphics, Donald Hearn, M. Pauline Baker, Prentice Hall, 1994.

3. Computer Graphics Using Open GL, 2nd

Ed., F. S. Hill, Jr, Prentice Hall, 2001.

4. Computer Graphics, Schaum’s Outlines Series. 5. OpenGL SUPER BIBLE (2

nd Ed), Richard S. Wright,

Jr., Michael Sweet, Waite Group Press, 2000D.G. Zill


105

& M.R. Cullen, Differential Equations with Boundary-Value Problems, 7th Edition, Brooks/Cole, 2005

SIN3001 INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM MECHANICS WITH COMPUTERS

Introduction to Quantum mechanics. The wave-function and its interpretation. One-dimensional time-independent Schrodinger equation. Solution for the case of the infinite-and finite-square well, harmonic oscillator potential and free-particle case. Formalism of quantum mechanics. Two- and three-dimensional systems. The hydrogen atom. The concept of spin. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References 1. David J. Griffiths, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics

(2nd Edition), Prentice-Hall, 2004 2. David K. Ferry, Quantum Mechanics: An Introduction

for device physicists and electrical engineers, 2nd ed., Institute of Physics Publ., 2011.

3. A Survey of Computational Physics: Introductory Computational Science. Rubin H. Landau, M. J. Paez and C. C Bordeianu(Princeton Press ) 2008

4. Numerical Recipes 3rd Edition W. H. Press, S. A. Teukolsky, W. T. Vetterling and B. P. Flannery (Cambridge University Press) 2007

5. N. Zettili, Quantum Mechanics Concepts & Applications, Wiley-Interscience (Wiley) 2009.

6. Alejandro Garcia, Numerical Methods for Physics, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2000.

SIN3002 CRYPTOGRAPHY Basic concept of cryptography, data security, complexity theory and number theory. Encryption algorithms: Secret key cryptography, public key cryptography, hash functions. Quantum cryptography. Applications of cryptographic algorithms. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References 1. Trappe, W., and Washington, L.C., Introduction to

Cryptography with Coding Theory, 2nd

. Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2006.

2. Stallings, W., Cryptography and Network Security: Principles And Practice. 4 edition, Englewood Cliffs (NJ): Prentice Hall 2006.

3. Schneider, B., Applied Cryptography, 2nd

. Edition New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1996.

4. Martin, M.K, Everyday Cryptography, Oxford University Press, 2012

5. Stinson, D.R., Cryptography: Theory and Practice, CRC Press, 1995.

SIN3003 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS Derivation of conservation equations for mass, momentum and energy. Scaling and simplification of Navier-Stokes equation to Bernoulli’s equation, Stokes’ equation and boundary layer equation. Initial- and boundary-conditions. Simple analytical solutions and approximate solutions. Numerical solutions: finite-element, finite-difference and finite-volume methods. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CS4, CT5, TS2, LL3 References 1. Fluid Mechanics, Yunus A. Chengel & John Cimbala,

McGraw- Hill 2014 2. Fluid Mechanics, oleh S.M. Richardson, Hemisphere

Pub. Corp. 1989. 3. A First Course in Fluid Dynamics, A.R. Peterson, CUP

1987 4. An Introduction to Fluid Dynamics, G.K. Batchelor,

CUP 1967 5. Computational Fluid Dynamics, J.D. Anderson,

McGraw- Hill1995 6. Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics, Joel H.

Ferziger & Milovan Peric, Springer 2011 SIN3004 ANALYSIS OF MATHEMATICAL MODELS Building of Mathematical Models: identifying variables, obtain relationship between variables – ordinary differential equations and systems of ode. Analysis of models analytically and qualitatively. Bifurcations. Phase plane analysis, stability. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CS4, CT5, TS2, LL3 References 1. R.K. Nagle, E.B. Saff and A.D.Snoder, Fundamentals

of Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems with IDE CD, 5

th Edition, Pearson Higher

Education, 2011. 2. R.I. Borelli & C.S. Coleman, Differential Equations: A

Modeling Perspective, 2nd Edition, John Wiley 2004. SIN3005 NUMERICAL METHODS AND ANALYSIS Approximation methods: Discrete least square approximation, orthogonal polynomials, Chebyshev polynomials. Eigenvalue problem: Power method, Householder’s methods. The QR algorithm. Initial value problem of Ordinary Differential Equations: Euler’s method, higher order Taylor method, Runge-Kutta methods. Multistep methods. Multistep methods. Convergence and stability analysis, error control.


106

Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References 1. K.E. Atkinson, Elementary Numerical Analysis, 2nd

Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1993. 2. R.L. Burden & J.D. Faires, Numerical Analysis, 7th

Edition, Brooks/Cole, USA, 2001. 3. Brian Bradie, A Friendly Introduction to Numerical

Analysis, Pearson Education, New Jersey, 2011. SIN3006 PRODUCTION AND INVENTORY SYSTEM The importance of inventory in management. Advanced EOQ models. Inventory model for time-dependent demand: linear increase or decrease cases. Exact and approximate methods by minimizing ordering and holding costs. Applications to real-world problems. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References 1 . Hamdy A. Taha(2011), An Introduction to Operational

Research, 8th, New York, Mcmillan

2. E. Naddor(1966), Inventory Systems, J. Wiley. 3. Hadley G. and Whitin T.M.(1963), Analysis of

Inventory Systems, Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.

4. C.D.J. Waters(2003), Inventory Control and Management, University of Calgary, Canada.

5. Hillier, Frederick S. (2005), Introductory to Operations Research, 8th edition, New York, McGraw-Hill.

SIN3007 HEURISTIC METHODS Introduction. Descent Heuristics: random solutions, greedy solutions, exchange heuristics. Improvement Heuristics: Local optimization, iterated local search, simulated annealing, tabu search. Artificial Intelligence: Genetic algorithm, evolutionary algorithm, artificial neural network. Evaluating heuristics. NP Completeness. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English

Humanity Skill: CT4, LL2 References 1. S. S. Skeina, The Algorithm Design, Springer-Verlag,

1997 2. Ashraf Aboshosha, Yaser KhalifaGenetic Algorithms

Theories and Applications: Evolutionary Algorithms, Optimization Techniques, Heuristics, Artificial

Intelligence, Biologically inspired Algorithms,LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing, 2012.

3. Z. Michalewicz, D.B. Fogel, How To Solve It: Modern Heuristics, Springer-Verlag, 2005.

4. I.Osman and P. Kelly, Met-Heuristics: Theory and Applications: Kluwer, 1996.

5. E. Rich and K. Knight, Artificial Intelligence, International Edition, McGraw-Hill Inc., 1991.

6. Z. Michalewicz, Genetic Algorithms + Data Structures = Evolution Programmes, Springer-Verlag, 1992.

SIN3008 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING The matrix of simplex theory and sensitivity analysis. Parametric linear programming. Revised simplex method. The technique of upper bounded variables. Karmarkar’s interior point algorithm. Dantzig-Wolf decomposition principle. Pure, mixed and binary (0-1) integer programming. Cutting plane. Multi-objectives linear goal programming. Graphical. Simplex iterative and modified methods. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CS4, CT3, LL2, TS2 References 1. Markland, R.E & Sweigart, J.R, Quantitative Methods:

Applications to Managerial Decision Making , John Wiley & Sons. 1987

2. Moore, L.J, Lee, S.M & Taylor, B.W, Management Science, 4

th edition, Allyn and Bacon. 1993

3. Taha, H.A, Operations Research: An Introduction, 5th

edition, Macmillan Pub. Co. (edisi Bahasa Malaysia oleh USM-DBP). 1992

4. Winston, W.L, Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms, Third Edition. Duxbury Press, 2013.

SIN3009 INDUSTRIAL OPERATIONAL RESEARCH Definition of a network. Node, branch, path, chain, cycle and circuit. Examples of network flow model. Network flow: Shortest path, minimum spanning tree, maximum flow and minimum cost maximum flow. Activity Network: Critical path model method: Earliest and Latest time, slack activities and critical path. Project valuation. Optimal path. Project scheduling. Network model as an example of a linear programming model. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CS4, CT3, LL2, TS2 References 1. Groebner, D.F & Shannon, P.W (1991), Introduction to

Management Science, International Edition, Dallen-Macmillan-Maxwell.

2. Lipin, L.L (1994), Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions (with cases), 6th edition. Dryden Press.

3. Taylor, B.W (1993), Introduction to Management Science, Allyn and Bacon.

http://www.amazon.com/Ashraf-Aboshosha/e/B00J89L8AA/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_1

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&field-author=Yaser+Khalifa&search-alias=books&text=Yaser+Khalifa&sort=relevancerank


107

4. Winston, W.L, Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms, Third Edition. Duxbury Press, 2013.

SIN3010 COMPUTATIONAL GEOMETRY Vector algebra, introduction to differential geometry, design surfaces for Bezier surfaces, triangular Bezeir surfaces, B-Spline, rational Bezier and Coons surfaces. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English

Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2, CS2, TS2

References 1. Michael E. Mortenson, Geometric Modeling, John

Wiley & Sons, 1985. 2. Christoph M. Hoffman, Geometric & Solid Modeling:

An Introduction, Morgan Kaufmann, San Mateo, California, 1989.

3. Hill, F.S. Computer Graphics Using OpenGL, Prentice hall, Second Edition, 2001.

4. Farin, G., Curves and Surfaces for Computer Aided Geometric Design, Academic Press, Boston, 1988.

5. Hoschek, J. & Lasser, D., Fundamentals of Computer Aided Geometric Design, Ak Peters Ltd., 1993.

6. Farin, G., Hoschek, J. and Kim., S.M. . Handbook of Computer Aided Geometric Design, Elsevier, North Holland. 2002

7. Patrikalakis, N. M. & Maekawa, T. Shape Interrogation for Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, Springer, 2011.

SIN3011 SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING 1. Functions, arrays, strings, pointers, data structures,

file processing. 2. Computation of special functions such as Legendre

polynomials, Bessel and Neumann functions. Gaussian quadrature. Numerical solution of systems of linear equations. Introduction to numerical solution of partial differential equations, e.g. heat and wave equations. FTCS, Crank-Nicholson algorithms, etc.

Assessment Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2, TS2, LS2

References 1. F. L. Friedman and Elliot B Koffman, Addison-Wesley

Problem Solving, Abstraction and Design Using C++(6th Edition) 2011.

2. J. Pitt-Francis and J. Whiteley, Guide to Scientific Computing, (Springer) 2012.

3. S. A. Teukolsky, W. T. Vetterling and B. P. Flannery Numerical Recipes 3rd Edition W. H. Press, (Cambridge University Press) 2007.

4. B. A. Forouzan and R. F. Gilberg, Computer Science- A Structured Programming Approach using C++ (2nd Edition) (Course Technology) 2003 .

5. David R. Kincaid and E. Ward Cheney, Numerical Analysis: Mathematics of Scientific Computing, 3

rd

Edition 2002.

SIN3012 MECHANICS Newton's Laws of motion, Central forces, motion in a plane (cartesian, polar coordinates), conservative forces, conservation of energy and momentum, small oscillations, stable and unstable equilibrium. Lagrangian mechanics: Constraints, generalized coordinates, Principle of least action, Euler-Langrange equations Assessment Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References 1. Stephen T. Thornton and Jerry B. Marion, Classical

Dynamics of Particles and Systems,,Brooks/Cole, 5th Edition 2004.

2. Tai L. Chow, Classical Mechanics, CRC Press, 2nd Edition 2013.

3. Grant R.Fowles & George L.Cassiday, Analytical Mechanics" 7th Edition, by, Brook/Cole Publishing 2004.

4. Tom W.B. Kibble, & Frank H.Berkshire, Classical Mechanics, 5th edition 2004, Imperial College Press.

SIN3013 FOURIER AND WAVELETS ANALYSIS Functions and Function Spaces, Fourier Transform, Sampling, Orthogonal Wavelet Systems, Multi-resolution Analysis (MRA), Discrete Wavelet Transform, Continuous Wavelet Transform, Wavelet Toolbox, Applications to data compression, de-noising and others. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT3, LL2 References 1. Wavelets and Filter Banks by Gilbert Strang and

Truong Nguyen, Wellesley College; 2nd edition 1996. 2. A First Course in Wavelets with Fourier Analysis by

Albert Boggess and Francis J. Narcowich, Wiley 2nd Edition 2011

3. A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing by Stéphane Mallat, Academic Press; 2nd edition 1999.

4. A Primer on Wavelets and Their Scientific Applications, by James S. Walker, Chapman & Hall/CRC; 2 edition 2008.

5. Wavelet Toolbox User’s Guide 2006, The MathWorks, Inc.

SIN3014 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING Candidates are required to spend minimum 10 weeks working with selected companies in selected areas of industry. Assessment Continuous Assessment: 100%


108

Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CS4, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2, LS3 References University of Malaya Guidebook for Industrial Training SIN3015 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE PROJECT Subject to supervising lecturer Assessment Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: Bahasa Malaysia/English Humanity Skill: CS4, CT4, TS2, LL2 References Refer to the lecturer. SIQ1001 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Basic principles of accounting – including the role of accounting standards. Different types of business entity. Basic structure of company accounts. Interpretation and limitation of company accounts. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT1, LL1 References: 1. Reimers, Jane L. (2007). Financial Accounting,

Pearson Prentice Hall. 2. Hermanson, R.H. and J.D. Edwards (1995). Financial

Accounting: A Business Perspective, 6th ed., Irwin. 3. Hoggett, J., and L. Edwards (1996). Financial

Accounting in Australia, 3rd ed., Queensland: John Wiley and Sons.

4. Kirkwood, L., C. Ryan, J.Falt, and T. Stanley (1993). Accounting: An Introductory Perspective. 3rd ed., Melbourne: Longman Cheshire.

5. Meigs, W.B., and R.F. Meigs (1995). Financial Accounting. 8th ed., New York: McGraw Hill.

SIQ2001 MICROECONOMICS Fundamental principles of economics; price theory which covers the demand model, supply model and equilibrium point; shape of demand curve and consumer behavior; substitution effects and income; shape of supply curve and behavior of firms; theory of production and cost of production; analysis of competitive markets in the short term; monopoly and oligopoly. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%

Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2,CT2, LL1 References: 1. Katz, Michael L. and Rosen, Harvey S. (1999).

Microeconomics, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill. 2. Sloman, J., Hinde, K. and Garratt, D. (2013).

Economics for Business, 6th ed., Pearson. 3. Begg, D. (2012). Economics for business. McGraw Hill

Higher Education. 4. Bade, R., Parkin, M. (2014). Foundation of

Economics. Pearson. SIQ2002 MACROECONOMICS Macroeconomic issues and problems; fundamental concepts of national income; method of calculating national income; simple Keynesian model; derivation of IS curve, LM curve, aggregate demand curve, and aggregate supply curve; relationship between interest rates, monetary demand, consumption and investments; relationship between price levels, monetary demand, aggregate demand and aggregate supply in a Keynesian model. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT2, LL1 References: 1. Richard T. Froyen (2002). Macroeconomics: Theories

and Policies, 7th ed., Prentice Hall. 2. Case, Karl E. (2007). Principles of Macroeconomics,

Pearson Prentice Hall. 3. Sloman, J., Hinde, K. and Garratt, D. (2013).

Economics for Business, 6th ed., Pearson. 4. Bade, R., Parkin, M. (2014). Foundation of

Economics. Pearson. SIQ2003 FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS AND DERIVATIVES Time Value of Money: simple interest, compound interest, present and accumulated values, nominal rate of interest, force of interest, equation of value. Annuities: annuity immediate, annuity due, perpetuity, m-thly annuity, continuous type annuity, deferred annuities, varying annuities. Instalments: Amortization, sinking funds, amortization with continuous payments. Bonds: Types of bonds, pricing formula, callable and serial bonds, other securities. Cash flows: Discounted cash flows, internal rate of return, money-weighted and time weighted rate of return. Term Structure of Interest Rate: Yield curves, spot and forward rates, duration, convexity, immunization. Introduction to Derivatives: Forward and futures, short and long positions, arbitrage, put and call options, put-call parity, swaps, put-call parity, hedging.


109

Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Broverman, S. A. (2010). Mathematics of investment

and credit, 5th Ed., Actex Publications. 2. Kellison, G. (2008). Theory of Interest, 3rd Ed.,

McGraw-Hill. 3. McDonald, R. L. (2012). Derivatives markets, 3rd Ed.,

Prentice Hall.

4. McCutcheon, J.J., Scott W.F.(1989). Introduction to

the Mathematics of Finance, Butterworth-Heinemann.

SIQ2004 SURVIVAL MODEL Estimation of lifetime distributions: lifetime distributions, cohort studies, censoring, Kaplan-Meier estimates, Cox regression model and its estimation. Markov models: Multi-state Markov models, Kolmogorov forward equations, estimation of the force of mortality, estimation of multi-state model transition intensities. Binomial and Poisson models of mortality: Binomial model of mortality, uniform and constant force of mortality assumptions, maximum likelihood estimator for the rate of mortality, Poisson models. Graduation and statistical tests: methods of graduating crude estimates, Chi-square test, standardised deviation test, sign test, grouping of sign test, serial correlations test. Exposed to risk: Exact exposed to risk, approximate exposed to risk using census data. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Elandt-Johnson, R. C., & Johnson, N. L. (1999).

Survival models and data analysis. John Wiley. 2. Benjamin, B., & Pollard, J. H. (1993). The analysis of

mortality and other actuarial statistics. Institute and Faculty of Actuaries.

3. London, Dick (1998). Survival Models and their Estimation. ACTEX Publications.

4. Peter J. Smith (2002). Analysis of Failure and Survival Data. Chapman & Hall.

SIQ3001 ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS I Survival distributions: lifetime probability functions, force of mortality, moments and variance, parametric survival models, percentiles, recursions, fractional ages, select and ultimate life tables. Life Insurances: continuous type life insurances, discrete type life insurances, probabilities, percentiles, recursive formula, m-thly payments, varying insurance.

Life Annuities: continuous type life annuities, discrete type life annuities, expectation and variance, probabilities, percentiles, recursive formulas, m-thly payments, varying annuities. Premiums: expectation and variance of loss random variable, fully continuous and discrete premiums, semicontinuous premiums, m-thly premiums, gross premiums, probabilities, percentiles. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Bowers, N., Gerber, H., Hickman, J., Jones, D.,

Nesbitt, C. (1997). Actuarial mathematics, 2nd ed., Society of Actuaries.

2. Dickson, D. C., Hardy, M. R., & Waters, H. R. (2013). Actuarial mathematics for life contingent risks. Cambridge University Press.

3. Cunningham, R. J. (2011). Models for quantifying risk. Actex Publications.

4. Promislow, S. D. (2011). Fundamentals of actuarial mathematics. John Wiley & Sons.

SIQ3002 PORTFOLIO THEORY AND ASSET MODELS Utility theory: Features of utility functions, expected utility theorem, risk aversion. Stochastic dominance: Absolute, first and second order stochastic dominance. Measures of investment risk: Variance, semi-variance, probability of shortfall, value-at-risk, expected shortfall. Portfolio theory: Mean-variance portfolio, diversification, efficient frontier, optimal portfolio selection, efficient portfolio identification. Models of asset returns: Single-index models, fitting a single index model, multi-index models. Asset Pricing Model: Capital Asset Pricing Model, Arbitrage Pricing Theory. Efficient market hypothesis Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Elton, E. J., Gruber, M. J., Brown, S. J., & Goetzmann,

W. N. (2009). Modern portfolio theory and investment analysis. John Wiley & Sons.

2. Dobbins, R., Witt, S. F., & Fielding, J. (1994). Portfolio theory and investment management. 2nd Ed., Wiley-Blackwell.


110

3. Joshi, M. S., & Paterson, J. M. (2013). Introduction to Mathematical Portfolio Theory. Cambridge University Press.

4. Panjer, H. H. (1997). Financial Economics. Society of Actuaries Foundation.

SIQ3003 ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS II Reserves: fully continuous and discrete reserves, semicontinuous reserves, prospective and retrospective reserves, expense reserves, variance of loss, special formulas, recursive formulas. Markov Chains: discrete and continuous Markov chains, Kolmogorov’s forward equations, premiums and reserves using Markov chains, multiple-state models. Multiple Decrement Models: discrete and continuous decrement models, probability functions, fractional ages, multiple and associated single decrement tables, uniform assumption. Multiple Life Models: joint life, last survivor and contingent probabilities, moments and variance of multiple life models, multiple life insurances and annuities. Unit-linked contracts and profit tests: Emerging costs, profit testing for conventional and unit-linked contracts. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Bowers, N., Gerber, H., Hickman, J., Jones, D.,

Nesbitt, C. (1997). Actuarial mathematics, 2nd ed., Society of Actuaries.

2. Dickson, D. C., Hardy, M. R., & Waters, H. R. (2013). Actuarial mathematics for life contingent risks. Cambridge University Press.


4. Promislow, S. D. (2011). Fundamentals of actuarial mathematics. John Wiley & Sons.

SIQ3004 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCIAL

DERIVATIVES Introduction to derivatives: Call and put options, forwards, futures, put-call parity. Binomial models: one-step model, arbitrage, upper and lower bounds of options prices, construction of multi-step binomial tree. The Black-Scholes model: Pricing formula, options Greeks, trading strategies, volatility. Hedging: Market making, delta hedging, Black-Scholes partial differential equation, delta-gamma-theta approximation Exotic options: Asian options, barrier options, compound options, gap options, all-or-nothing options, exchange options.

Brownian motion and Itô’s lemma: Brownian motion, Itô’s lemma, Sharpe ratio, martingale representation theorem Term structure of interest rate: Vasicek model, Cox-Ingersoll-Ross model, Black-Derman-Toy binomial tree Models for credit risk: Structural, reduced form and intensity based models, Merton model, valuing credit risky bonds Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Broverman, S. A. (2010). Mathematics of investment

and credit, 5th Ed., Actex Publications. 2. Kellison, G. (2008). Theory of Interest, 3rd Ed.,

McGraw-Hill. 3. McDonald, R. L. (2012). Derivatives markets, 3rd Ed.,

Prentice Hall. 4. McCutcheon, J.J., Scott W.F.(1989). Introduction to the

Mathematics of Finance, Butterworth-Heinemann. SIQ3005 LIFE INSURANCE AND TAKAFUL Insurance products and unit-linked insurance; Group Life insurance; Operation of a Life Insurance company: underwriting, claims, marketing and distribution methods; Profit testing ; Takaful insurance; Regulations: Insurance Act, taxation and role of Bank Negara. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT1, LL2 References: 1. Fisher, Omar Clark (2013). A Takaful Primer: Basics of

Islamic Insurance. Thomson Reuters. 2. Archer, S., Karim, R. A. A., & Nienhaus, V. (Eds.).

(2011). Takaful Islamic Insurance: Concepts and Regulatory Issues (Vol. 764). John Wiley & Sons.

3. Yusof, Mohd Fadzli (2006). Mengenali Takaful, IBS Buku Sdn Bhd.

4. Gonulal, S. O. (Ed.). (2012). Takaful and Mutual Insurance: Alternative Approaches to Managing Risks. World Bank Publications.

SIQ3006 RISK THEORY Loss distributions: Claim frequency and claim severity distributions, creating new distributions, parameter estimation methods, goodness-of-fit tests, risk sharing arrangements. Aggregate risk models: Individual risk models, collective risk models, reinsurance. Run-off triangle: Chain ladder method, average cost per claims method, Bornheutter-Ferguson method.


111

Credibility theory: Bayesian credibility methods, credibility premium formula, empirical Bayes credibility theory. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT3 References: 1. Klugman, S. A., Panjer, H. H., & Willmot, G. E. (2012).

Loss models: from data to decisions (Vol. 715). John Wiley & Sons.


3. Dickson, D. (2010). Insurance Risk and Ruin. Cambridge University Press.

4. Tse, Y. K. (2009). Nonlife actuarial models: theory, methods and evaluation. Cambridge University Press.

SIQ3007 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING Subject to the training offered by the relevant company. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS4, CT3, TS3, LL2, KK1, EM2, LS1 SIQ3008 PENSION MATHEMATICS Economic and social security; Pensions and their variants; Pension system in Malaysia; Employee Provident Fund (EPF); Social Security Organization (SOCSO); Government pension scheme; Annuity scheme; Modeling pension plans using mathematical software; International pension legislation and regulation; Malaysia regulatory framework related to retirement. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Anderson, A. W. (2006). Pension mathematics for

actuaries. Actex Publications.

2. Asher, M. G. (1994). Social Security in Malaysia and

Singapore: Practices, Issues, and Reform Directions.

Institute of Strategic and International Studies,

Malaysia.

3. Bakar, S. H. A., & Yunus, F. (2000). Social security

policies in Malaysia: the Employees’ Provident Fund

(EPF) and Social Security Organisation (SOCSO).

Issues and Challenges of Social Policy East & West,

187-219.

4. Malaysia, & International Law Book Services. Legal

Research Board. (2013). Undang-undang pencen di

Malaysia: hingga 10hb Mei 2013. International Law

Book Services.

SIQ3009 FOUNDATION OF ISLAMIC FINANCE Introduction to Islamic finance and its practices; Riba, gharar and maisir; Musharkah, mudharabah and murabahah; Ijarah, salam and istisna’; Çomparison of Islamic and conventional financial systems; Islamic financial institutions and products, Islamic banking and takaful, Islamic investment instruments; Capital market in an Islamic framework, leasing, securitization and sukuk; Modeling Islamic financial products using mathematical software; Regulatory framework for Islamic financial institutions in Malaysia. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Taqi Usmani, M. (1998). An introduction to Islamic

finance. Arham Shamsi. 2. El-Gamal, M. A. (2006). Islamic finance: Law,

economics, and practice. Cambridge University Press. 3. Iqbal, Z., & Mirakhor, A. (2011). An introduction to

Islamic finance: theory and practice. Vol. 687. John Wiley & Sons.

4. Mirakhor, A., & Krichene, N. (2014). Introductory Mathematics and Statistics for Islamic Finance. John Wiley & Sons.

SIT1001 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS I Properties of probability. Counting techniques. Conditional probability. Independent events. Bayes Theorem. Discrete random variables. Mathematical Expectation. Discrete distributions: uniform, hypergeometric, Bernoulli, binomial, geometric, negative binomial and Poisson. Moment generating function. Continuous random variables and its mathematical expectation. Continuous distributions: uniform, exponential, gamma, chi-squared and Normal distributions. Distribution of function of one random variable. Sampling distribution theory: Independent random variables. Distributions of sum of independent random variables. Random functions related to the normal distribution. Central limit theorem. Approximation for discrete distributions. Limiting moment generating functions. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT2, LL2, EM2


112

References: 1. R.V.Hogg & E.A. Tanis Probability & Statistics

Inference, 8th ed., Pearson, 2010.

2. R.V.Hogg, J. McKean & A.T. Craig, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, 7

th ed. Pearson, 2012

3. H.J. Larson, Introduction to Probability Theory & Statistical Inference, 3

rd ed., Wiley, 1982.

SIT2001 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS II Distributions of two and more dimensional random variables. Correlation coefficient. Conditional distributions. Bivariate normal distribution. Transformation of two random variables. Distributions of order statistics. Biased and unbiased estimators. Method of moment. Method of maximum likelihood. Confidence interval for: mean, proportion and variance of single population; difference between two means, difference between two proportions and ratio of variances. Hypothesis testing for: mean, proportion and variance of single population; difference between two means, difference between two proportions and ratio of variances. Chi-square goodness-of-fit tests and contingency tables. Power of a statistical test. Best critical region. Likelihood ratio test. Chebyschev's inequality. Rao-Cramer's inequality. Convergence in probability and distribution. Asymptotic distribution of maximum likelihood estimator. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. R.V. Hogg & E.A. Tanis, Probability and Statistical

Inference, 8th ed., Prentice Hall, 2014.

2. R.V. Hogg & T.C. Craig, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, 7

th ed., Prentice-Hall, 2014.

3. D. Wackerly, W. Mendenhall, R.L. Scheaffer, Mathematical and Statistics with Applications, 7

th ed.,

Thomson, 2008. SIT2002 FURTHER MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS The exponential family; sufficient, complete and ancillary statistics; Minimum variance unbiased estimators; Sufficient statistics and best estimators; Bayesian estimation; Delta method for asymptotic approximation; Distributions of special quadratic forms; One and two factors analysis of variance; Linear regression theory and inference of parameters; Correlation analysis in bivariate normal distribution; Sequential probability ratio test. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 References: 1. Hogg, R.V. & Craig, A.T. (1995). Introduction to

Mathematical Statistics (5th ed.). New York: Wiley.

2. Hogg, R. & Tanis, E. (2010). Probability and Statistical Inference (8th ed.). USA: Pearson Education.

3. Bickel, P.J. & Doksum, K.A. (2001). Mathematical Statistics: Basic Ideas and Selected Topics, Vol.1 (2nd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice- Hall.

4. Casella, G. & Berger, R.L. (2002). Statistical Inference (2nd ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Thompson Learning.

SIT2003 STOCHASTIC PROCESSES Definition and examples of stochastic processes. Introduction to simple random walk. Discrete time Markov Chains. Transition probability. Properties of class. Transience and recurrence properties. Absorbing probability. Stationary distribution and limiting probability. Some applications. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Lefebvre, M. (2007) Applied Stochastic Processes.

Springer. 2. Ross, S. M. (2007) Introduction to Probability Models,

9th edition. Academic Press. 3. Chung, K. L. and Farid Aitsahlia (2003) Elementary

Probability Theory with Stochastic Processes and An Introduction to Mathematical Finance, 4th edition. Springer.

4. Jones, P. W. (2001). Stochastic Processes: An Introduction. Arnold.

5. Durrett, R. (2012). Essentials of Stochastic Processes. Springer.

SIT2004 REGRESSION ANALYSIS Simple linear regression: Estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, confidence intervals, correlation, the residuals, prediction. Model inadequacies, diagnostic, heterogeneity of variance, nonlinearity, distributional assumption, outliers, transformation. Selected topics matrix theory and multivariate normal distribution: An introduction to multiple linear regression. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. Weisberg S. (1985), Applied Linear Regerssion, 2

nd ed.,

Wiley. 2. Bowerman B. L. & O'Connel R.T. (1990), Linear

Statistical Models, 2nd

ed., PWS-Kent. 3. Myers, R.H. & Miltors J.S. (1991), A First Couse in the

Theory of Linear Statistical Models, PWS-Kent. 4. Montgomery, D.C., Peck, E. A. (1992), Introduction to

linear regression analysis, Wiley. 5. J.S. Milton, J.C. Arnold (2004) Introduction to

Probability and Statistics, McGraw-Hill.


113

SIT2005 DATA ANALYSIS I Statistical Analysis for mean, variance, count and proportion: Hypothesis testing, confidence interval and tests of independence. Statistical analysis for regression and Correlation: continuous response data, simple and multiple linear model. Statistical tests: Goodness of fit tests, ANOVA, Nonparametric test Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3 References: 1. Tibco Spotfire S-Plus Guide to Statistics Volume 1,

TIBCO Software Inc. 2. Mann, Prem. S., (2003). Introductory Statistics, John

Wiley & Sons. 3. Siegel, A.W., and Morgan, C.J., (1998). Statistics and

Data Analysis, John Wiley & Sons. 4. Evans, J.R. and Olson, D.L. (2002)Statistics, Data

Analysis and Decision Modeling and Student CD-ROM (2nd Edition), Prentice Hall.

SIT2006 NON-PARAMETRIC STATISTICS Statistical hypotheses, binomial test, runs test, sign test, contingency tables, median test, chi-square Goodness of Fit test. Some methods based on ranks. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT2, TS1, LL2, EM2 References: 1. W.W. Daniel, Applied Nonparametric Statistics, 2nd ed

PWS-Kent,1990 2. J.D.Gibbons, Nonparametric methods for Quantitative

Analysis, American Science Press,Columbus, 1985 3. W.J.Conover, Practical NonParametric Statistics,

Wiley,1980 4. M. Kraska-Miller Nonparametric statistics for social

and behavioral sciences, CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group, 2014

SIT3001 INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY

THEORY An introduction to concepts and fundamentals of measure theory essential for a rigorous approach to the basics of probability. Sequences and series of functions and sets, convergence, limit infimum and limit supremum. Rings and algebras of sets, construction of a measure. Measurable functions and their properties, Egorov's theorem, convergence in measure. Lebesgue integral, its

elementary properties, integral and sequences, Fubini theorem. Probability space and measure. Random variables. Independence. Sums of random variables. Borel-Cantelli Lemma. Convergence in distribution, in probability and almost surely; weak and strong laws of large numbers, central limit theorem. Law of Iterated Logarithm. Generating functions: characteristic functions, moment generating functions. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 References: 1. Halsey Royden and Patrick Fitzpatrck, Real Analysis,

International Edition, 4/E, Pearson, 2010. 2. Robert G. Batle, The Elements of Integration and

Lebesgue Measure, John Wiley, 1995. 3. R.M. Dudley, Real Analysis and Probability,

Cambridge University Press, 2002. 4. Taylor, J.C. An Introduction to Measure and Probability

Theory.Springer, 1997. SIT3002 INTRODUCTION TO MULTIVARIATE

ANALYSIS The use/application of Multivariate analysis. Managing and Handling Multivariate data. Matrix theory. Random vectors and Matrices. Multivariate Normal Distribution. Wishart distribution and Hotellings distribution. Selected topics from Graphical methods, Regression Analysis, Correlation, Principle Components, Factor Analysis, Discriminant analysis and Clustering Methods. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT3, LL2, EM1 References: 1. Johnson, K. A. & Wichern, D. W. (2002), Applied

Multivariate Analysis, Prentice-Hall International, (5

thed.).

2. C. Chatfield & A. J. Collins (1980), An Introduction to Multivariate Analysis,Chapman & Hall.

3. Anderson, T. A. (1984), An Introduction toMultivariate Statistical Analysis, Wiley (2

nd ed.).

SIT3003 COMPUTER INTENSIVE METHODS IN STATISTICS

Computer generation of uniform and non-uniform random variables. Monte Carlo evaluation of integrals. Bootstrap and jackknife methods. Variance reduction techniques. Expectation-Maximization algorithm. Markov Chain Monte Carlo methods. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%

http://www.amazon.com/Statistics-Analysis-Decision-Modeling-Student/dp/0130783838/ref=sr_1_2?ie=UTF8&s=books&qid=1208761681&sr=1-2





114

Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Roberts, C.P. & Casella, G. (200), Monte Carlo

Statistical Methods, Springer. 2. Ross, S.M. (1991), A Course In Simulation, Maxwell-

Macmillan.

SIT3004 APPLIED STOCHASTIC PROCESSES Time reversible Markov chains. Poisson processes. Continuous-time Markov chains and birth and death processes. Brownian motion. Application to real-world phenomena, such as in finance. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Ross, S. M. (2003) An introduction to probability

models, Eighth Edition, Academic press. 2. Kao, E. P. C. (1997) An introduction to stochastic

processes. Duxbury Press. 3. Ross, S. M. (1996) Stochastic processes, Second

Edition, John Wiley. 4. Durrett, R. (2012) Essentials of stochastic processes,

Second Edition, Springer. SIT3005 TIME SERIES AND FORECASTING METHODS Introduction to time series: data, properties, examples. Introduction to forecasting: Forecasting methods, errors in forecasting, choosing a forecasting techniques, qualitative and quantitative forecasting techniques. Time series regression: Modelling trend, detecting autocorrelation, type of seasonal variation, modelling seasonal variation, growth curve models, handling first-order autocorrelation Averaging methods: Moving average, Simple exponential smoothing, tracking signals, Holt’s method, Holt-Winters Methods, damped trend exponential method. Box-Jenkins Methods: Stationary data and non-stationary data, difference, autocorrelation function and partial autocorrelation functions, non-seasonal modeling (ARIMA), diagnostic checking, forecasting. ARCH and GARCH models. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2

References: 1. Brockwell, P.J. and Davis, R. A. (2002). Introduction to

Time Series Analysis and Forecasting, 2nd

edition. Springer.

2. Montgomery, D. C., Jennings, C. L. and Kulahci, M. (2008) Introduction to Time Series Analysis and Forecasting.

3. Box, G.E.P., Jenkins, G.W., and Reinsel, G. (1994) Time series analysis, forecasting and control, 3

rd

edition. Prentice Hall. 4. Makridakis, S., Wheelwright, S.C., Hyndman, R.J.

(1998) Forecasting Methods and Application, Wiley. 5. Lazim, M.A. (2001) Introductory Business Forecasting,

A practical approach, Univision Press. 6. Bowerman, B.L., O'Connel, R.T., Boehler, A.B. (2005)

Forecasting, Time Series and Regression, Duxbury. SIT3006 FURTHER TOPICS IN REGRESSION

ANALYSIS Multiple Linear Regression Model: Simultaneous Inference, criteria for selecting model, influence diagnostics and multi-collinearity. Introduction to logistic regression and Poisson regression: maximum likelihood estimates of the parameters, lack of fit test, tests based on deviance and score. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT2, LL3 References: 1. S. Weisberg (2005). Applied Linear Regression, 3

rd

Ed., Wiley 2. A. Agresti (2013). Categorical data analysis, 3

rd Ed.

Wiley. 3. P. McCullagh & J.A. Nelder, (1989). Generalized

Linear Models, 2nd

Ed, Chapman & Hall. 4. R.H. Myers (1990) Classical and Modern Regression

with applications, Second Edition. Duxbury/Thompson. 5. R.R. Hocking (2013). Method and Applications of

Linear Models: Regression and the analysis of variance, 3

rd Ed. Wiley.

SIT3007 DATA ANALYSIS II Introduction to different kind of data; Generalizing the linear regression models including nonlinear regression model, Linear regression in time series data, logistic regression and Poisson regression models for categorical response data and selected topics Practical survey sampling: Selected case study, design of study, questionnaires, collecting data, data analysis, oral and written presentation Statistical consulting: Theoretical and practical aspects of statistical consulting, Communication skill Report writing Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English


115

Humanity Skill: CS4, CT3, TS5 References: 1. S-Plus 2000 Guide to Statistics Volume 1 and II,

Mathsoft corporation. 2. Cramer, D. (2003) Advanced Quantitative Data

Analysis. Open University Press. 3. Evans, J.R. and Olson, D.L. (2007) Statistics, Data

Analysis, and Decision Modeling. Prentice Hall 4. Miller, D.C. and Salkind, J. (1983) Handbook of

Research Design and Social measurements. Sage Publication.

5. Derr, J. (2000) Statistical Consulting: A guide to effective communication, Pacific Grove: Duxbury.

6. Jarman, Kristin H. (2013) Art of Data Analysis : How to Answer Almost any Question Using Basic Statistics, John Wiley & Sons

SIT3008 INTRODUCTION TO SURVEY SAMPLING Techniques of statistical sampling with applications in the analysis of sample survey data. Topics include simple random sampling, stratified sampling, systematic sampling, cluster sampling, two-stage sampling and ratio and regression estimates. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT4, LL2 References: 1. Scheaffer, R. L. (2006), Elementary Survey Sampling,

Duxbury (6th ed.).

2. Thompson, S. K. (2002), Sampling, Wiley, (2nd

ed.). 3. Lohr, Sharon L. (2010), Sampling: Design and

Analysis, Cengage Learning (2nd

ed). 4. Cochran, W. (1977), Sampling Techniques, Wiley

(3rded.).

SIT3009 STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL Methods and philosophy of statistical process control. Control charts for variables and attributes. CUSUM and EWMA charts. Process capability analysis. Multivariate control charts. Acceptance sampling by attributes and variables. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CS3, TS2, LL2 References: 1. D. C. Montgomery, Introduction to Statistical Quality

Control, 6th ed., Wiley, 2009. 2. R. S. Kenett and S. Zacks, Modern Industrial Statistics:

Design and control of quality and reliability, Duxbury Press, 1998.

3. A. J. Duncan, Quality Control and industrial Statistics, 5th ed., Irwin, 1986.

SIT3010 INTRODUCTION TO DATA MINING Description: Introduction to statistical methods and tools for analysis of very large data sets and discovery of interesting and unexpected relationships in the data. Data preprocessing and exploration: data quality and data cleaning. Data exploration: summarizing and visualizing data; principal component, multidimensional scaling. Data analysis and uncertainty: handling uncertainty; statistical inference; sampling. Statistical approach to data mining and data mining algorithms: Regression, Validation; classification and clustering: k-means, CART, decision trees; Artificial Neural Network; boosting; support vector machine; association rules mining. Modelling: descriptive and predictive modelling. Data organization. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Adriaans, P. and Zantige, D. (1996). Data Mining.

Addison-Wesley. 2. Hand, D., Mannila, H. and Smyth, P. (2001). Principles

of Data Mining. MIT Press.

3. Cios. K.J. et al. (2010). Data mining : a knowledge

discovery approach. New York : Springer-Verlag SIT3011 BIOINFORMATICS Statistical modelling of DNA/protein sequences: Assessing statistical significance in BLAST using the Gumbel distribution; DNA substitution models; Poisson and negative binomial models for gene counts; Hidden Markov Model. Algorithms for sequence analysis and tree construction: Dynamic programming for sequence alignment and Viterbi decoding; neighbour-joining, UPGMA, parsimony and maximum likelihood tree-building methods. Analysis of high-dimensional microarray / RNA-Seq gene expression data: Statistical tests for detecting differential expression, feature selection, visualization, and phenotype classification. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, LL2 References:

1. Jones, N.C. & Pevzner, P.A. (2004). An Introduction to

Bioinformatics Algorithms. Massachusetts: MIT Press. 2. Durbin, R., Eddy, S., Krogh, A. & Mitchison, G. (1998).

Biological Sequence Analysis: Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acids. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

http://www.amazon.com/Statistics-Data-Analysis-Decision-Modeling/dp/0130205451/ref=si3_rdr_bb_product

http://www.amazon.com/Statistics-Data-Analysis-Decision-Modeling/dp/0130205451/ref=si3_rdr_bb_product


116

3. Ewens, W.J. & Grant, G.R. (2005). Statistical Methods in Bioinformatics: An Introduction (2nd ed.). New York: Springer.

4. Pevsner, J. (2009). Bioinformatics and Functional Genomics (2nd ed.). New York: Wiley-Blackwell.

SIT3012 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS Philosophy related to statistical designed experiments. Analysis of variance. Experiments with Blocking factors. Factorial experiments. Two level factorial designs. Blocking and confounding system for two-level factorials. Two-level fractional factorial designs. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CT4, TS1, LL2 References: 1. Montgomery, D.C.: Design and Analysis of

Experiments. 6th edition, John Wiley, 2004. 2. Box, G.E.P., Hunter, W.G. and Hunter,J.S.: Statistics

for Experimenters. 2nd edition, John Wiley, 2005.

3. Tabachnick, B.G., Fidell, L.S.: Experimental designs

using anova, Duxbury, 2007.

4. Myers, R.H.: Classical and Modern Regression

Analysis with Applications. 2nd edition, Duxbury, 1990

SIT3013 ANALYSIS OF FAILURE AND SURVIVAL

DATA Survival distributions, hazard models. Reliability of systems, stochastic models. Censoring and life-tables. The product-limit estimator. Parametric survival models under censoring. Cox proportional hazards model and other basic models with covariates. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS1, CT2, LL1 References: 1. Sherwin D.J. and Bossche A. (2012), The Reliability,

Availability and Productiveness of Systems, Springer Netherlands.

2. Peter J. Smith (2002). Analysis of Failure and Survival Data. Chapman & Hall.

3. Tableman M. & Kim J.S. (2004). Survival Analysis using S - Analysis of Time-to-Event Data. Chapman & Hall.

4. Smith D.J. (2011) Reliability Maintainability and Risk, Practical Methods for Engineers, 8

th Ed., Elsevier Ltd.

SIT3014 INTRODUCTION TO BAYESIAN STATISTICS Bayes' Theorem. Bayesian framework and terminology. Bayesian inference. Prior formulation. Implementation via

posterior sampling. Bayesian decision theory. Application to real-world problems. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 References: 1. Lee, P. M. (1991) Bayesian statistics: an introduction.

Oxford University Press. 2. Hoff, P. D. (2009) A first course in Bayesian statistical

methods. Springer. 3. Koch, K. (2007) Introduction to Bayesian statistics,

Second Edition, Springer. 4. Cowles, M. K. (2013) Applied Bayesian statistics:

with R and OpenBUGS examples, Springer. SIT3015 JAVA METHODS FOR STATISTICS AND

ACTUARIAL SCIENCE JAVA programming language: Object, class and method. Sample java programs which make use of Java methods to 1. Perform data manipulation, matrix operations and

nonlinear optimization. 2. Perform computation and simulations in Brownian

motion models, Levy processes, CIR model and other models.

3. Find the premiums of investment-linked insurance policies.

4. Find approximately aggregate claims distribution and ruin probabilities.

5. Find provision of risk margin for adverse deviation (PRAD) of claim liabilities for general insurance business.

Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Humanity Skill: CS2, CT2, LL1 References: 1. Philip Barker (2007), Java Methods for Financial

Engineering, Applications in Finance and Investment, Springer-Verlag London Limited.

2. Everitt, B. S. Introduction to Optimization Methods and Their Application in Statistics, Chapman and Hall.

3. Deitel, H. M. & Deitel, P. J. (1995), Java How to Program, Prentice-Hall.

4. Hurbbard, John R. (2004), Programming with JAVA (Schaum's Outline Series), McGraw- Hill International Editions.


116


117

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOINFORMATICS) 2015/2016 SESSION

(126 CREDITS)


GIG 1001 Islamic Civilization and Civilization Asia (TITAS) 2

GIG 1002/ *GIG 1006

Ethnic Relations / Introduction to Malaysia (*only for international students) 2

GIG 1003 Basic Entrepreneurship Culture 2

GIG 1004 Information Literacy 2

GIG 1005 Social Engagement 2

GLT xxxx English Courses (subject to MUET bands) 6

GKN/GKR or GKV Co-Curriculum 2

GIx xxxx External-Faculty Elective Courses (KELF) 2


(I) FACULTY CORE COURSES (8 CREDITS) [TF]

SIX 1001 Introduction to Science and Technology Studies 3

SIX 1002 Ethics and Safety 2

SIX 1003 Biostatistics 3

(II) PROGRAMME CORE COURSES (65 CREDITS) [TP]

COURSE CODE COURSE NAME PRE-REQUISITES CREDITS


SIJ 1001 Life Process 2

SIL 1001 Cell Biology 2

SIE 1001 Organism Biology 2

SIH 1001 Population Biology 2

SIK 1001 Biology Practical 2


SIB 2001 Fundamentals Bioinformatics SIL1001 and SIK1001 3

SIB 2002 Biological Systems and Processes SIL1001 and SIK1001 2

SIB 2003 Computer Operating System SIX1003 3

SIB 2004 Computer Programming SIX1003 3

SIB 2005 Biophysics in Bioinformatics SIL1001 and SIK1001 2

SIB 2006 Algorithm in Bioinformatics SIB2004 3

SIB 2007 Analysis and System Design SIB2004 3

SIB 2008 Molecular Biology and Genetic Engineering SIB2001 2

SIB 2009 Analysis of Organismal Systematic SIE1001 and SIH1001 2

SIB 2010 Mathematic in Biology SIX1003 2

SIB 2011 Introduction to Database Systems SIB2004 3


SIB 3001 Bioinformatics Project SIB2007 and SIB2008 8

SIB 3002 Bioinformatics Industrial Training SIB3001 7

SIB 3003 Analysis of Molecular Sequence SIB2008 2

SIB 3004 Programming in Bioinformatics SIB2004 3

SIB 3005 Biomolecular Modelling SIB2001 and SIB2008 2

SIB 3006 Genomics SIB2008 2

SIB 3011 Current Topics in Bioinformatics SIB2007 and SIB2008 3


(I) PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSES (26 CREDITS) [EP] Choose from all elective courses that are offered


SIB 2012 Bioimage Processing and Analysis SIX1003 3

SIB 2013 Object-Oriented Programming SIB2004 3

SIB 2014 Human Computer Interaction SIB2004 3

SIB 3007 Instrumentation in Science Biology SIB3003 and SIB3006 2

SIB 3008 Introduction to Geographic Information System SIB2007 3

SIB 3009 Internet Programming SIB2004 3

SIB 3010 Data Mining and Machine Learning SIB2006 3

SIB 3012 Intelligent Computer in Bioinformatics SIB2006 3

SIB 3013 Software Engineering in Bioinformatics SIB2011 3

SIB 3014 Graphics and Data Visualization in Bioinformatics SIB2012 3

SIB 3015 Health Informatics SIB2007 and SIB3006 3

SIB 3016 Genetics Resource Informatics SIB2008 3

SIL 2009 DNA Recombinant Technology SIL1001 3


118

SIR 2004 General Microbology SIJ1001 3

SIK 2003 Basic Biochemistry SIJ1001 3

(II) FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (7 CREDITS ) [EF] Courses Offered by Other Institute/Department of Specialisation (Please refer to the list of suitable courses offered by other institutes or departments (not ISB) within the Faculty of Science)

MINIMUM CREDITS FOR GRADUATION : 126

PROGRAMME GOALS 1. Have strong fundamental knowledge of Bioinformatics and able to apply it in various sectors that contribute to the

development of the country, including a sustainable development of man and his environment in general, while following an ethical and professional conduct.

2. Possess effective soft and technical skills in Bioinformatics, which includes the ability to plan and execute a project; to provide a practical and effective problem solution, and to develop research in Bioinfromatics or other related fields, such as biotechnology and also information technology.

3. Qualify with good ethics, moral values and professionalism, have high management capabilites and also self-learning ability in order to overcome the challenges in the growing Bioinformatics industry.

4. Posssess a high competitive edge and the ability to progress to postgraduate study and conduct research in the field of biology, at any local or international institution of higher learning.

PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOMES

At the end of the B.Sc (Bioinformatics) programme, graduates are able to: 1. Attain good knowledge of Bioinformatics concepts and aspects related to the use and management of information. 2. Devise and implement Bioinformatics-based projects using suitable technical skills, to ensure a practical and efficient

execution. 3. Discharge their responsibility to the development and the management of information technology related to biological

data for the interest of the industry and public. 4. Consider the use and management of biological data, in terms of sustainability, professionalism and ethical

responsibility, while applying their bioinformatics skills and expertise. 5. Communicate information and ideas clearly and effectively, either orally, written or using multimedia and information

technologies, as well as being a responsible and productive team member and group leader. 6. Analyse problems with critical thinking so as to evaluate strategic choices, plus able to make scientifically based

decisions. 7. Identify requirements for self-improvement and information technology in one’s profession. 8. Use their entrepreneurial and managerial skills for project implementation or vocation, with efficient use of resources

and time.


119

SUGGESTED LIST OF COURSES ACCORDING TO SEMESTER, 2015/2016 SESSION (PLANNING OF COURSES)

COMPONENT

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 TOTAL

CREDITS SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 3

COURSES CREDIT COURSES CREDIT COURSES CREDIT

University Courses

GLT xxxx English Courses GIG 1002/1006 Ethnic Relations / Introduction to Malaysia GIG 1003 Basic Entrepreneurship Culture GKN/GKR/GKV Co-curriculum

3

2

2

2

GLT xxxx English Courses GIG 1001 TITAS GIG 1004 Information Literacy GIG 1005 Social Engagement

3

2

2

2

Elective course offered by other faculty

2

20


SIX 1003 Biostatistics

3 SIX 1001 Introduction to Science & Technology

3 SIX 1002 Ethics and Security

2

8


SIL 1001 Cell Biology SIK 1001 Biology Practical

2

2

SIJ 1001 Life Process SIE 1001 Organism Biology SIH 1001 Population Biology

2

2

2

SIB 2001 Fundamentals Bioinformatics SIB 2002 Biological Systems and Processes SIB 2003 Computer Operating System SIB 2004 Computer Programming SIB 2005 Biophysics in Bioinformatics

3

2

3

3

2

23


* Choose 1 course for

Semester 3

Programme Elective*

3

3


Non-Department Elective

2 Non-Department Elective

2 4

TOTAL CREDITS

18 20 20 58


120

COMPONENT

YEAR 2 YEAR 3 TOTAL

CREDITS SEMESTER 4 SEMESTER 5 SEMESTER 6

COURSES CREDIT COURSES CREDIT COURSES CREDIT

University Courses



SIB 2006 Algorithm in Bioinformatics SIB 2007 Analysis and System Design SIB 2008 Molecular Biology and Genetic Engineering SIB 2009 Analysis of Organismal Systematic SIB 2010 Mathematic in Biology SIB 2011 Introduction to Database Systems

3

3

2

2

2

3

SIB 3001 Bioinformatics Project SIB 3003 Analysis of Molecular Sequence SIB 3004 Programming in Bioinformatics SIB 3006 Genomics

4

2

3

2

SIB 3001 Bioinformatics Project SIB 3005 Biomolecular Modelling SIB 3011 Current Topics in Bioinformatics

4

2

3

35


** Choose 2 courses for Semester 4

*** Choose 3 courses for Semester 5

and Semester 6

Programme Elective**

6 Programme Elective***

8 Programme Elective***

9

23


Non-Department Elective

3 3

TOTAL CREDITS

21 19 21 61

COMPONENT

YEAR 4

TOTAL CREDITS SEMESTER 7

COURSES CREDIT

University Courses


Programme Core Courses SIB 3002 Bioinformatics Industrial Training

7 7



TOTAL CREDITS 7 7


121

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOTECHNOLOGY) 2015/2016 SESSION (125 CREDITS)

1. UNIVERSITY COURSES (23 CREDITS ) Please refer to programme structure for Bachelor of Science

2. PROGRAM CORE COURSES (102 CREDITS)

(I) CORE COURSES OF DEPARTMENT ( 69 CREDITS) [TJ]


Course Code Course Name Pre-Requisites Credits

SHES 1200 Life Processes 2

SHES 1201 Cell Biology 2

SHES 1202 Biology of Organisms 2

SHES 1203 Population Biology 2

SHES 1270 Biology Practical Only for ISB students 2*


SHET 2101 Applied Microbiology SHES 1202 3

SHET 2102 Plant Biotechnology SHES 1200, SHES 1201, SHES 1202, SHES 1203 and SHES 1270

3*

SHET 2103 Animal Biotechnology SHES 1200, SHES 1201, SHES 1202, SHES 1203 and SHES 1270

3*

SHET 2104 Biochemistry SHES 1200 and SHES 1201 3

SHET 2105 Microbial Physiology SHES 1200 3*

SHET 2106 Higher Plant Physiology SHES 1200, SHES 1201, SHES 1202, SHES 1203 and SHES 1270

3*

SHET 2107 Principles of Recombinant DNA Technology

SHES 1200 and SHES 1201 3*

SHET 2108 Cell and Tissue Culture SHES 1200, SHES 1201 and SHES 1202

4*

SHET 2109 Fundamental Techniques in Biotechnology

SHES 1270 2

SHET 2110 Scientific Communication and Writing 3

SHEK 2102 Human and Animal Physiology SHES 1200, SHES 1201, SHES 1202, SHES 1203 and SHES 1270

3

LEVEL 3 (26 credits)*

SHET 3101 Bioprocess Technology SHET 2104 or SHET 2105 3*

SHET 3102 Basic Bioinformatics SHET 2104 and SHET 2107 2

SHET 3103 Research and Commercialisation in Biotechnology

1

SHET 3104 Current Topics in Biotechnology 2

SHET 3170 Biotechnology Practical SHET 2109 3*

SHET 3180 Research Project in Biotechnology Semester 5 and have completed 50 credits, SHET 2109, SHET 2110

10*

SHET 3190 Industrial Training in Biotechnology Semester 5 and have completed 50 credits

5*

(II) ELECTIVE COURSES OF DEPARTMENT (23 CREDITS )[EJ] Select module A or B

Module A (15 credits)

SHET 3301 Algae Biotechnology SHES 1200 3

SHET 3302 Fungal Biotechnology SHET 2101 3*

SHET 3303 Environmental Management Biotechnology

SHET 2101, SHET 2105 and SHET 2107

3

SHET 3304 Bioseparation SHET 2101 or SHET 2105 3

SHET 3305 Marine Biotechnology SHES 1200 3

Module B (15 credits)

SHET 3306 Plant Morphogenesis SHET 2108 3

SHET 3307 Plant Breeding SHES 1200, SHES 1201, SHES 1202, SHES 1203 and SHES 1270

3*

SHET 3308 Animal Breeding 3*

SHET 3309 Genetic Engineering in Animals and Plants

SHES 1200, SHES 1201, SHES 1202, SHES 1203 and SHES 1270

3*

SHET 3310 Post Harvest Physiology and Biotechnology

SHET 2102 and SHET 2107 3*

And select the rest from the elective courses listed below

SHET 2301 Metabolite and Secondary Metabolism 2

SHEK 2104 General Immunology SHES 1200, SHES 1201, SHES 1202, SHES 1203 and SHES 1270

3

SHET 3301 Algae Biotechnology SHES 1200 3

SHET 3302 Fungal Biotechnology SHET 2101 3*

SHET 3303 Environmental Management Biotechnology

SHET 2101, SHET 2105 and SHET 2107 3


122

* Has practical components.

PROGRAMME GOALS

1. To produce graduates who have strong fundamental knowledge in biotechnology and capable in various fields that can

contribute to the nation’s development, and balance the needs of human and environment development in ethical and

professional ways.

2. To produce graduates skills in biotechnology techniques with capability in designing and developing research.

3. To produce graduates who are highly qualified, with broad visions and knowledgeable in sectors such as agriculture,

medicine, fisheries, industry and pharmaceuticals. They are capable of developing and executing a diverse range of

projects.

4. To produce biotechnology graduates who are high competitive, and capable of pursuing higher education in the life

sciences in any institution.

PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOMES

At the end of BSc Biotechnology programme, graduates with BSc (Biotechnology) are able to:

1. Apply knowledge through understanding concepts and biological principles in biotechnology practices.

2. Apply practical, safe and efficient approaches in the practise of biotechnology in the laboratory and workplace, as well

as able to analyse issues and evaluate accurate resource applications.

3. Evaluate the need of environmental development in biotechnology practice, the importance of responsibility and

interpersonal relationship between society and culture.

4. Exhibit the importance of ethics and professional needs in practising biotechnology.

5. Communicate clearly and effectively in both oral and written works, especially when cooperating in groups whilst

showing responsible and productive interpersonal skills.

6. Use, apply and practice scientific methods in practising biotechnology, including appreciating the need for self

evaluation and improvement to meet industrial and societal demands.

7. Plan and to execute research projects with effective time management and efficient resource usage.

8. Exhibit effective management and enterpreneurship skills.

SHET 3304 Bioseparation SHET 2101 or SHET 2105 3

SHET 3305 Marine Biotechnology SHET 1200 3

SHET 3306 Plant Morphogenesis SHET 2108 3

SHET 3307 Plant Breeding SHES 1200, SHES 1201, SHES 1202, SHES 1203 and SHES 1270

3*

SHET 3308 Animal Breeding 3*

SHET 3309 Genetic Engineering in Animals and Plants

SHES 1200, SHES 1201, SHES 1202, SHES 1203 and SHES 1270

3*

SHET 3310 Post Harvest Physiology and Biotechnology

SHET 2102 and SHET 2107 3*

SHEK 3305 Drug Analysis SHES 1200, SHES 1201, SHES 1202, SHES 1203 and SHES 1270

2

(III) ELECTIVE COURSES OF FACULTY ( 10 CREDIT HOURS ) [EF] *Courses Offered by Other Institute/Department of Specialisation (Please refer to courses offered by other institutes or departments within the Faculty of Science)


123

SUGGESTED LIST OF COURSES ACCORDING TO SEMESTER, 2015/2016 SESSION

(PLANNING OF COURSES)

COMPONENT

YEAR 1 YEAR 2

TOTAL CREDITS

SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 3

COURSES CR COURSES CR COURSES CR

University Courses

GTEE 11XX English GXEX 1411 Ethnic Relations GXEX 1412 Basic EnterpreneurshipCulture SXEX 1101 Biostatistics

3

2

2

3

GTEE 11XX English GXEX 1414 TITAS GXEX 1417 Social Engagement GXEX 1401 Information Skills SXEX 1411 Introduction to Science and Technology Studies

3 2 2 1 3

Co-Curiculum

2

23

Core Courses of Department

SHES1201 Cell Biology SHES1270 Biology Practical

2

2

SHES 1200 Life Processes SHES1202 Organism Biology SHES 1203 Population Biology

2 2 2

SHET 2101 Applied Microbiology SHET 2104 Biochemistry SHET 2105 Microbial Physiology SHET 2108 Cell and Tissue Culture SHET 2109 Fundamental Techniques in Biotechnology

3 3 3 4 2

25

Elective Courses of Department

SHET 2301 Metabolite and Secondary Metabolisme

2

2


Non-Core Courses

2

2

TOTAL CREDITS

16 17 19 52


124

COMPONENT

YEAR 2 YEAR 3

TOTAL CREDITS

SEMESTER 4 SEMESTER 5 SEMESTER 6

COURSES CR

COURSES CR COURSES CR

Core Courses of Department

SHET 2102 Plant Biotechnology SHET 2103 Animal Biotechnology SHET 2106 Higher Plant Physiology SHET 2107 Principles of Recombinant DNA Technology SHET 2110 Scientific Communication and Writing SHEK 2102 Human and Animal Physiology

3

3

3

3 3 3

SHET 3101 Bioprocess Technology SHET 3102 Fundamental Bioinformatics SHET 3180 Research Project in Biotechnology SHET 3104 Current Topics in Biotechnology

3

2

5

2

SHET 3180 Research Project in Biotechnology SHET 3103 Research and Commercialisation in Biotechnology

5

1

36

Elective Courses Of Department

Module A SHET 3302 Fungal Biotechnology SHET 3303 Environmental Management Biotechnology OR Module B SHET 3308 Animal Breeding SHET 3310 Post-Harvest Physiology and Biotechnology

3

3

3

3

Module A SHET 3301 Algae Biotechnology SHET 3304 Bioseparation SHET 3305 Marine Biotechnology OR Module B SHET 3306 Plant Morphogenesis SHET 3307 Plant Breeding SHET 3309 Genetic Engineering in Animals and Plants AND SHEK 3305 Drug Analysis OR SHEK 2104 General Immunology

3 3 3 3

3

3 2 3

17/18

Elective Courses of Faculty

TOTAL CREDITS

18 18 17/

18 53/54


125

* SHET3190 (5) Special Semester, Third Academic Year (completed 50 credit hours / four semester and SHET 2109 & SHET 2110)

COMPONENT SPECIAL SEMESTER, YEAR 3 SEMESTER 7,YEAR 4 TOTAL

CREDITS COURSES CR COURSES CR

Compulsory Courses

SHET 3190 Industrial Training in Biotechnology

5

SHET 3170 Biotechnology Practical

3

8


ANY COURSES AS LISTED

4/3 4/3

Elective Courses of Faculty

Elective (Faculty)

Elective (Faculty)

Elective (Faculty)

2

3

3

8

TOTAL CREDITS 5 15/14 20/19


126

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOHEALTH SCIENCE) 2015/2016 SESSION

(126 CREDITS)


COURSE CODE COURSE NAME CREDITS

GIG 1001 Islamic and Asian Civilization (TITAS) 2

GIG 1002 or *GIG 1006 Ethnic Relations / Introduction to Malaysia (*only for international students) 2







2. CORE COURSES (73 CREDITS )








LEVEL 1 (10 Credits )

SIJ 1001 Life Processes 2


SIE 1001 Biology of Organisms 2



LEVEL 2 ( 28 Credits )

SIK 2001 Human Anatomy SIJ1001 and SIL1001 3

SIK 2002 Fundamental Research Skills in Biohealth Science SIJ1001 and SIK1001 2

SIK 2003 General Biochemistry SIJ1001 3

SIK 2004 Human and Animal Physiology SIJ1001 3

SIK 2005 Phytochemistry SIJ1001 3

SIK 2006 General Human Genetics SIJ1001 and SIL1001 3

SIK 2007 Histology SIJ1001 and SIK1001 3

SIK 2008 General Immunology SIJ1001 3

SIK 2009 Microbiology for Health Sciences SIJ1001 3

SIK 2010 Medical Parasitology SIE1001 2

LEVEL 3 (27 Credits )

SIK 3001 Research Project in Biohealth Science SIK3003 10

SIK 3002 Industrial Training in Biohealth Science SIK3003 7

SIK 3003 Advanced Research Skills in Biohealth Science SIK2002 2

SIK 3004 Biology of Hormones SIK2004 2

SIK 3005 Pharmacology SIK2005 3

SIK 3006 Neurobiology SIK2004 3


(I) PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSES (26 CREDITS ) [EP]

(Choose from Elective Courses offered)


SIK 2011 Ethnobotany SIE1001 3

SIK 2012 Medical Entomology SIE1001 2

SIK 2013 Pharmacognosy SIK2005 3

SIK 2014 Physiology of Reproduction SIJ1001 3

SIK 2015 Complementary and Alternative Medicine SIJ1001 3

SIK 2016 Principles of Protein Structure SIJ1001 2

SIK 2017 Nutrition Science SIJ1001 3


127

MINIMUM CREDITS FOR GRADUATION : 126 PROGRAMME GOALS:

1. To produce graduates with firm knowledge in biological sciences who are capable of applying the knowledge in

various biohealth science-related fields 2. To produce graduates equipped with applicable skills in essential biological techniques to develop and execute

scientific research in biohealth sciences or other related fields such as biotechnology 3. To produce highly competent Biohealth Science graduates who are well-suited to join and able to conduct scientific

research in the pharmaceutical settings as well as in herbal industries 4. To produce graduates who understood the causes and development of human diseases and other health-related

problems, necessary in enabling the graduates to collaborate with other experts in healthcare 5. To produce Biohealth Science graduates who qualify to further their studies:

at the post-graduate level in biohealth related fields in any local or international institutions of higher learning

as medical students in local institutions or abroad

PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOMES: 1. Possess the knowledge through comprehension of biological principles and concepts especially in biohealth sciences 2. Apply necessary technical/practical skills to design, develop and finally to execute various projects and consultancies

systematically in health related fields 3. Carry out given responsibilities in a transparent manner to effectively enhance public awareness and knowledge in

health-related issues as well as being able in appreciating inter-social relationships 4. To be a professional with good attitude, positive values as well as to behave ethically at work and when carrying out

scientific research 5. Clearly and effectively communicating information verbally or in writing as well as being able to work as a responsible

team player. Also demonstrated leadership skills in various activities/group projects 6. Adopt and apply suitable scientific methods in problem-solving and at work according to societal and industrial norms 7. Efficiently manage information and continuously adapting current knowledge in biohealth science for lifelong learning 8. Effectively plan and execute projects by demonstrating excellent resource management and entrepreneurial spirit

SIK 3007 Scientific Communication Skills SIK2002 2

SIK 3008 Analysis of Drugs SIJ1001 2

SIK 3009 Basic Herbal Medicine SIK2005 3

SIK 3010 Analytical Biochemistry SIK2003 3

SIK 3011 Cancer Biology SIK2006 3

SIK 3012 Stem Cell Biology SIK2006 3

SIK 3013 Microbial Bioprospecting SIK2009 3

SIK 3014 Clinical Enzymology SIK2003 3

SIK 3015 Genetics and Human Health SIK2006 3

SIK 3016 Histopathology SIK2007 3

SIK 3017 Microscopy Methods in Health Science SIK2007 3

SIK 3018 Primary Metabolism SIK2003 2

SIK 3019 Chronic Diseases SIK2004 3

SIK 3020 Diseases Of Central Nervous System SIK3006 3

SIK 3021 Basic Forensic Science SIK2002 3

SIK 3022 Taxonomy in Medicinal Plant Research SIE1001 3

SIK 3023 Bioassay Techniques SIK2002 2

SIK 3024 Current Topics in Biohealth Science SIK1001 3



128


COMPONENT

YEAR 1


University Courses

GLT

GIG 1003

GIG 1006*

3 2 2*

GLT

GIG 1001

GIG 1002

GIG 1004

GIG 1005

3 2 2 2 2

16


SIX 1003

SIX 1002

3 2

SIX 1001 3 8


SIL 1001

SIK 1001

2 2

SIJ 1001

SIE 1001

SIH 1001

2 2 2

10

Elective Courses

EF Course(s) 4

4

TOTAL CREDITS

18

20 38

*For international students only.

COMPONENT

YEAR 2



SIK 2003

SIK 2005

SIK 2006

SIK 2007

SIK 2010

3 3 3 3 2

SIK 2001

SIK 2002

SIK 2004

SIK 2008

SIK 2009

3 2 3 3 3

28

Elective Courses

SIK 2014

SIK 2015

SIK 2017

EF Course(s)

3

3

SIK 2011

SIK 2012

SIK 2013

SIK 2016

SIK 2017

7 13

TOTAL CREDITS

20

21 41

COMPONENT

YEAR 3


University Courses

Co-Curriculum

ELF

2 2

4



SIK 3001

SIK 3003

SIK 3004

SIK 3006

5 2 2 3

SIK 3001

SIK 3005

5 3

20

Elective Courses

SIK2014

SIK2017

SIK2015

SIK3007

SIK3019

SIK3008

SIK3022

SIK3012

SIK3009

SIK3013

SIK3016

SIK3023

SIK3024

SIK3014

8

SIK2012

SIK2017

SIK2011

SIK2013

SIK2015

SIK3011

SIK3017

SIK3020

SIK3008

SIK3021

SIK3015

SIK3024

SIK3014

8 16

TOTAL CREDITS

20 20 40


129

COMPONENT

YEAR 4



SIK 3002 7

TOTAL CREDITS

7

7


130

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOCHEMISTRY) 2015/2016 SESSION (124 CREDITS)




GIG 1002 or *GIG 1006 Ethnic Relations / Introduction to Malaysia (*only for international students) 2

















SIL 1001 Cellular Biology 2



SIK 1001 Practical in Biology 2

SIJ 1002 Fundamentals of Chemistry 3

LEVEL 2 ( 27 Credits)

SIJ 2001 Principles of Biochemical Analysis SIK1001 and for Biochemistry students only

3

SIJ 2002 Structure and Function of Biomolecules SIJ1001, SIJ1002 Not to be taken with SIK 2003

3

SIJ 2003 Energetics, Metabolism and Regulation of Carbohydrate and Lipids

SIJ1001 and SIJ1002; For Biochemistry students only

3

SIJ 2004 Metabolism and Regulation of Amino Acids and Nucleotides SIJ1001 and SIJ1002 2

SIJ 2005 Molecular Biology SIJ2002 3

SIJ 2006 Protein Biochemistry SIJ1002 3

SIJ 2007 Enzymes: Mechanism and Control SIJ1002 and SIJ2002 2

SIJ 2008 Biochemistry Practical I SIK1001 4

SIJ 2009 Biochemistry Practical II SIJ2008 4


SIJ 3001 Research Project in Biochemistry SIJ2008 and SIJ2009; For Biochemistry students only

10

SIJ 3003 Plant Molecular Biology SIJ2005 3

SIJ 3004 Clinical Biochemistry and Physiology SIJ2002; Not avalaible to students from the Faculty of Medicine

3

SIJ 3005 Cellular & Molecular Immunology SIJ2005 3

SIJ 3006 Neurochemistry SIJ2002 3

SIJ 3007 Membrane, Hormone and Cell signalling SIJ2002 3

SIJ 3008 Advanced Molecular Biology SIJ2005; For Biochemistry students only

3


(I) PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSES (21 CREDITS) [EP]

(Choose from Elective Courses offered)


SIJ 2010 Insect Biochemistry SIJ1001 and SIJ1002 3

SIJ 2011 Environmental Biochemistry SIJ1001 3


131

MINIMUM CREDITS FOR GRADUATION: 124

PROGRAMME GOALS:

To produce graduates with a Bachelor of Science (Biochemistry) degree who can understand and practise their knowledge effectively and ethically in the public sector and the biochemical industries locally or internationally by:

1. Producing graduates who possess a strong foundation in theory and practical knowledge in the field of biology to be applied in the various fields related to biochemistry.

2. Producing biochemistry graduates who constantly upgrade themselves in seeking, sharing and applying knowledge and skills in the general sciences and particularly in biochemistry through scientific, professional and ethical means for global development.

3. Producing biochemistry graduates with the intellectual imagination and the abilities to provide alternative proposals and creative solutions in respect of analysing issues and problems related to biochemistry.

4. Producing biochemistry graduates with the abilities to adapt and apply their biochemistry knowledge to stake a claim in employment, industries and society.

5. Producing biochemistry graduates who are able to communicate effectively and demonstrate the attitudes and ethics of a responsible citizen.

PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the Bachelor of Science (Biochemistry) programme, graduates are able to:

1. Have an in-depth knowledge in the understanding of the concepts and principles of biology particularly in the field of

biochemistry.

2. Have mastered the skills and relevant techniques which can be applied for evaluation and analysis of various situations and to design and implement a project systematically.

3. Assess the requirements and the importance of social responsibility and transparency necessary to support environmental development while practising biochemistry.

4. Demonstrate the importance of ethics and the need for professional conduct while practising biochemistry. 5. Present knowledge and ideas clearly and effectively both orally and in writing and possess leadership qualities as

well as being able to work as a team. 6. Assimilate and apply scientific methods in problem solving in the work environment. 7. Use information management skills and lifelong-learning capabilities to design and develop biochemistry projects with

the basic knowledge in science and biochemistry. 8. Plan and implement effectively entrepreneurship projects in the field of biochemistry through the efficient management of time and resources.

SIJ 2012 Nutritional Biochemistry SIJ1001 3

SIJ 2013 Special Topics in Biochemistry SIJ1001 and SIJ1002 3

SIJ 3002 Industrial Training in Biochemistry Complete 6 normal semesters, SIJ3001; For Biochemistry students only

5

SIJ 3010 Biochemical Pharmacology SIJ2005 3

SIJ 3011 Post-genomic Technology & Bioinformatics SIJ2005, SIJ3008; For Biochemistry students only

3

SIJ 3012 Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology SIJ1001 3

SIJ 3013 Natural Product & Drug Discovery SIJ2002 3

SIJ 3014 Molecular Structural Biology SIJ2006 3

SIJ 3015 Epigenetics and RNA Biology SIJ2005 3

SIJ 3016 Biochemistry of Cancer SIJ2005 3



132



CREDITS COURSE CR COURSE CR

University

Courses

Faculty Core

Courses

GLT

English Language for

Communication

GIG 1001

TITAS

GIG1002

Ethnic Relations

(For Malaysian students only)

OR

*GIG 1006

Introduction to Malaysia (For

foreign students only)

SIX 1003

Biostatistics

3

2

2

3

GTEE 1100/10/11/12/13

English Language 2

GIG 1003

Basic Entrepreneurship Culture

GIG 1005

Social Engagement

GIG 1004

Information Literacy

SIX 1001

Introduction to Science and

Technology Studies

3

2

2

2

3

22

Programme

Core Courses

SIL 1001

Cell Biology

SIK 1001

Biology Practical

2

2

SIJ 1001

Life Processes

SIE 1001

Biology of Organisms

SIH 1001

Population Biology

2

2

2

10

SIJ 1002

Fundamentals of Chemistry

3 3

TOTAL

CREDITS

17 18 35

COMPONENT

SEMESTER 3 SEMESTER 4 SPECIAL

SEMESTER TOTAL

CREDITS COURSE CR COURSE CR COURSE CR

University

Courses Co-Curriculum 2

2

Programme

Core Courses

SIJ 2001

Principles

of

Biochemical

Analysis

SIJ 2002

Structure and

Function of

Biomolecules

3

3

SIJ 2004

Metabolism and

Regulation of Amino

Acids and

Nucleotides

2

27

SIJ 2003

Energetics,

Metabolism

and

Regulation of

Carbohydrate

and Lipids

3 SHED 2005

Molecular Biology 3


133

SIJ 2006

Protein

Biochemistry

3

SIJ 2007

Enzymes:

Mechanisms and

Control

2

SIJ 2008

Biochemistry

Practical I

4

SIJ 2009

Biochemistry Practical

II

4

Elective

Courses

SIJ 2010

Insect

Biochemistry

SIJ 2012

Nutritional

Biochemistry

3

SIJ 2011

Environmental

Biochemistry

SIJ 2013

Special Topics in

Biochemistry

3

6

TOTAL

CREDITS 19 16 35

COMPONENT

SEMESTER 5 SEMESTER 6 SPECIAL

SEMESTER TOTAL

CREDITS COURSE CR COURSE CR COURSE CR

Programme

Core Courses

SIJ 3001

Research

Project in

Biochemistry

5

SIJ 3001

Research Project in

Biochemistry

5

19

SIJ 3003

Plant

Molecular

Biology

SIJ 3004

Clinical Biochemistry

and Physiology

3

3

SIJ 3007

Membrane, Hormone

and Cell signaling

3

SIJ 3006

Neurochemistry

3

Elective

Courses SIJ 3010

Biochemical

Pharmacology

SIJ 3014

Structural

Molecular

Biology

3

SIJ 3011

Post-genomic

Technology &

Bioinformatics

SIJ 3016

Biochemistry of

Cancer

3

SIJ 3002

Industrial

Training in

Biochemistry

5 6/11

TOTAL

CREDITS 14 14 0/5 28/33


134

COMPONEN

T

SEMESTER 7 TOTAL

CREDITS COURSE CREDIT

Programme

Core Courses

6

SIJ 3005 Cellular & Molecular Immunology

SIJ 3008 Advanced Molecular Biology

3

3

Elective

Courses

SIJ 3012

Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology

SIJ 3013

Natural Product and Drug Discovery

SIJ 3015

Epigenetics & RNA Biology

3

3

3

6/9

Non-Core

Courses

TOTAL

CREDITS

12/15

12/15


135

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND MANAGEMENT) 2015/2016 SESSION (126 CREDITS)




GIG 1002 or *GIG 1006





















SIH 1002 Environmental Chemistry 2

SIH 1003 Plants & Environment 2

SIH 2001 Research Methods 2

SIH 2002 Scientific Writing Method 2

SIH 2003 Soil Science SIK1001 and SIH1002 3

SIH 2004 Environmental Pollution 2

SIH 2005 Instrumentation for Environmental Chemical Analysis SIH1002 2

SIH 2006 Biological Monitoring SIH1001 3

SIH 2007 Principles of Waste Management SIH1002 3

SIH 2008 Environmental Health and Safety 2

SIH 2009 Introduction to Geographic Information System 2

SIH 3003 Ecology 3

SIH 3004 Environmental Ethics, Policy and Law 3

SIH 3005 Environmental Impact Assessment SIH2006 and SIH2009 3

SIH 3006 Environmental Management System SIH2004 3

SIH 3007 Integrated Waste Management SIH2007 3

SIH 3008 Sustainable Development 2

SIH 3001 Research Project in Environmental Science and Management

SIH2001 and SIH2002 10




SIH 2010 Limnology 3

SIH 2011 Management of Coastal Resources 3

SIH 2012 Climate Change and Energy Science 2

SIH 2013 Renewable Energy Processes 3

SIH 2014 Environmental Forensic SIH1002 2

SIH 3009 Slope Eco-engineering Techniques 3

SIH 3010 Geospatial Analysis SIH2009 3

SIH 3011 Agriculture and Environment SIH2003 3

SIH 3012 Green Technology and Pollution Prevention 3

SIH 3013 Water and Wastewater Management 3

SIH 3014 Industrial Ecology SIH2007 2

SIH 3015 Bioclimatic Concept and Applications 3

SIH 3016 Environmental Risk Assessment 3

SIH 3017 Technology and Management of Hazardous wastes 3

SIH 3018 Environmental Microbiology 3

SIH 3019 Tourism and Environment 3


136

MINIMUM CREDITS FOR GRADUATION: 126

PROGRAMME GOALS To produce graduates in the field of Environmental Science and Management who:

1. Possess wide knowledge in the field of Environmental Science and Management. 2. Are able to apply the technology learned and to use scientific equipments appropriately. 3. Are able to carry out responsibility to improve society’s knowledge, awareness and necessities. 4. Possess positive values and attitude in solving environment-related problems and able to show conduct themselves

responsibly, ethically and professionally. 5. Are able to communicate efficiently via verbal or writing and function as a responsible team player. 6. Possess skills in problem solving and analysis. 7. Possess skills in information management and knowledge advancement that lead to self efficacy development. 8. Are able to further studies to higher levels in any field of Environmental Science and Management.

PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end of the programme, the graduates with a BSc (Environmental Science and Management) degree are able to:

1. Master the knowledge of environmental science through understanding of the concepts and principles in various

environmental issues. 2. Adopt a systematic and evidence-based approach development related to environment. 3. Conduct themselves responsibility towards society in a transparent manner to increase knowledge and awareness

related to environmental issues and able to appreciate inter-socio and cultural differences. 4. Apply professionalism and ethics when conducting scientific work. 5. Communicate and convey information clearly and effectively in verbal and written forms, and also be a responsible and

productive team player or team leader with good interpersonal skills. 6. Utilise, apply and adopt scientific methods in problem solving, in par with the demands of industries and society. 7. Use skills in information management, active in self-improvement for lifelong learning to execute research projects. 8. Apply entrepreneurship management skill to conduct projects with effective time management and available resources.

SIH3002 Industrial Training 5



137


COMPONENT

YEAR 1

SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 TOTAL CREDITS COURSES CREDIT COURSES CREDIT

University Courses

GLT

GIG1003

3 2

GLT

GIG1004

GIG1002 /

GIG1006

GIG1001

GIG1005

3

2

2

2

2

16


SIJ1001

SIE1001

SIH1001

SIH1002

2 2 2 2

SIL1001

SIK1001

SIH 1003

2

2

2 14

Faculty Core

Courses

SIX1001

SIX1002

3 2

SIX1003 3 8

TOTAL CREDITS

18 20 38

COMPONENT

YEAR 2

SEMESTER 3 SEMESTER 4 TOTAL CREDITS COURSES CREDIT COURSES CREDIT

University Courses

GKN/GKR/GKV Co-Curriculum

2 GIX

External-Faculty Elective Courses

2 4


SIH2001

SIH2004

SIH2006

SIH2007

2 2 3 3

SIH2002

SIH2003

SIH2005

SIH2008

SIH2009

2 3 2 2 2

21


SIH2012 /

SIH2014 /

SIH2013

2

SIH2010 /

SIH 2011

3

5


2 2

3

7

TOTAL CREDITS

18 19 37


138

COMPONENT

YEAR 3

SEMESTER 5 SEMESTER 6 SPECIAL SEMESTER TOTAL CREDITS COURSES CREDIT COURSES CREDIT COURSES CREDIT

University Courses

Programme

Core Courses

SIH3003

SIH3004

SIH3005

SIH3007

SIH3001

3 3 3 3 5

SIH3006

SIH3008

SIH3001

3

3

5

28


SIH3019

/ SIH3018

SIH3013

3

3

SIH3002

/ SIH3010

SIH3014

5 11

TOTAL CREDITS

17 17 5 39

COMPONENT

YEAR 4

SEMESTER 7 CREDIT

TOTAL CREDITS COURSES


SIH3009

/ SIH3011

/ SIH3012

/ SIH3015

/ SIH3016

/ SIH3017

3 3 3 3

12

TOTAL CREDITS

12 12


139

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY) 2015/2016 SESSION

(125 CREDITS)




GIG 1002 or *GIG 1006






















LEVEL 2 ( 26 Credits)

SIE 2001 Principles of Systematics SIE1001 and SIK1001 4

SIE 2002 Plant Diversity SIE1001 4

SIE 2003 Invertebrate Biology SIE1001 4

SIE 2004 Mycology SIE1001 3

SIE 2005 Vertebrate Biology SIE1001 4

SIE 2006 Phycology SIE1001 3

SIE 2007 Population and Community Ecology SIE1001 and SIH1001 4


SIE 3001 Research Project in Ecology and Biodiversity SIE2001 and SIE2007 10

SIE 3002 Industrial Training in Ecology and Biodiversity SIE3003 or SIE3004 5

SIE 3003 Biodiversity Governance and Conservation SIE2002/2003/ 2004/2005 or SIE2006

3

SIE 3004 Quantitative Ecology SIX1003 and SIE2007 3

SIE 3005 Behavioural Ecology and Ethology SIE1001 3



(Choose any of the offered elective courses accordingly)


SIE 2008 Plant Structure, Function and Physiology SIJ1001 3

SIE 2009 Animal Structure, Function and Physiology SIJ1001 3

SIE 2010 Urban Zoology SIE1001 3

SIE 2011 Terrestrial Ecology SIH1001 3

SIE 2012 Aquatic Ecology SIH1001 3

SIE 2013 Molecular Ecology SIL1001 3

SIE 3006 Economic Botany SIE2002 3

SIE 3007 Ecology and Management of Weeds SIE2002 or SIE2007 3

SIE 3008 Wetland Ecology and Management SIE2007 3

SIE 3009 Plant Pathology SIE2002 3

SIE 3010 Horticulture and landscaping SIE2002 3

SIE 3011 Fisheries and Aquaculture SIE2003 or SIE2005 3

SIE 3012 Parasitology SIE2003 3

SIE 3013 Economic Entomology SIE2003 3

SIE 3014 Integrated Pest Management SIE2002/2003 or SIE2005 3

SIE 3015 Ecotoxicology SIJ1001 or SIE2007 3


140

PROGRAMME GOALS

1. Have strong knowledge of ecology and biodiversity, and able to sustainably manage the natural

resources.

2. Possess the skills to develop and implement various projects in the biological industries, such as agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture, ecotourism and biopharmaceuticals, as well as to provide consultation, to manage and to conserve the environment.

3. Possess effective soft skills with the ability to solve problems efficiently

4. Have the competitive edge and ability to pursue postgraduate study and research in any institution of higher learning, as well as to satisfy the local and international job markets.

PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end of the BSc (Ecology and Biodiversity) programme, graduates are able to:

1. Attain good knowledge of ecology and biodiversity, enabling them to evaluate issues concerning global climate

change, biodiversity loss, ecological community stability, food security, resource use management and the environment.

2. Devise and implement projects systematically using suitable technical and practical skills. 3. Discharge their responsibility to resolve environmental problems related to ecology and biodiversity for the interest of

the industry and public. 4. Consider the use and management of natural resources, in terms of sustainability, professionalism and ethical

responsibility. 5. Communicate information and ideas clearly and effectively, as well as take responsibility as a team member and

group leader. 6. Use scientific procedures to solve problems. 7. Identify requirements for self-improvement and information technology in one’s profession. 8. Use their entrepreneurial and managerial skills for project implementation or vocation, with efficient use of resources

and time.

SIE 3016 Soil Ecology and Management SIE2002/2003/2004 or SIE2007 3




141


COMPONENTS SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2

TOTAL COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS

University Courses

GLT100X (3)

GIG1002/1006 (2)

GIG1003

7

GLT100X (3)

GIG1001 (2)

GIG1005 (2)

GIG1004 (2)

GIX **** (2)

11

18

Faculty Core Courses (TF)


(TP)

SIX1001/SIX1003 (3)

SIJ1001 (2)

SIE1001 (2)

SIH1001 (2)

3

6

SIX1001/SIX1003 (3)

SIL1001 (2)

SIK1001 (2)

3

4

6

10

Faculty Electives Courses

(EF)


(EP)

-

-

0

#Courses from other

Department / Institute

-

2

2


COMPONENTS SEMESTER 3 SEMESTER 4

TOTAL COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS

University Courses

-

0

-

0

0

Faculty Core Courses (TF)


(TP)

SIX1002

SIE2002 (4)

SIE2003 (4)

SIE2005 (4)

2

12

-

SIE2001 (4)

SIE2004 (3)

SIE2006 (3)

SIE2007 (4)

0

14

2

26

Faculty Electives Courses (EF)


(EP)

-

SIE2008 (3)

SIE2010 (3)

SIE2011 (3)

Choose any 2

courses

0

6

-

SIE2009 (3)

SIE2012 (3)

SIE2013 (3)

Choose any 2 courses

0

6

0

12



142

COMPONENTS SEMESTER 5 SEMESTER 6 SEMESTER 7

TOTAL COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS COURSE CREDITS

University Courses

-

0

-

0

Co-curiculum

2

2

Faculty Core

Courses (TF)

Programme Core

Courses (TP)

SIE3001 (5)

SIE3003 (3)

SIE3004 (3)

0

11

-

SIE3001 (5)

SIE3005 (3)

0

8

-

-

0

0

0

19

Faculty Electives

Courses (EF)

Programme

Elective Courses

(EP)

-

SIE3006 (3)

SIE3008 (3)

SIE3016 (3)

SIE3008 (3)

SIE3012 (3)

SIE3013 (3)

Choose any 2

courses

0

6

-

SIE3007 (3)

SIE3009 (3)

SIE3010 (3)

SIE3011 (3)

SIE3014 (3)

SIE3015 (3)

Choose any 2

courses

0

6

#Courses from

other

Department /

Institute

Choose any

two EP

courses

5

6

5

18

TOTAL CREDITS 17 14 13 44

TOTAL CREDITS: 120 credits + 5 credits from Industrial training (SIE3002) [registered during special semester

between semester 6 and 7] = 125 credits.


143

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (GENETICS AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY) 2015/2016 SESSION

(126 CREDITS)




GIG 1002 or *GIG 1006






GKN/GKR or GKV

Co-Curriculum 2

















SIL 2001 Fundamentals of Microbial Processes SIL1001, Genetics & Molecular Biology students only

3

SIL 2002 Cytogenetics SIL1001 3

SIL 2003 Microbial Genetics SIL1001 3

SIL 2004 Bioinformatics and Phylogenetics SIL1001, Genetics & Molecular Biology students only

3

SIL 2005 Evolutionary Genetics SIL1001 3

SIL 2006 Population Genetics SIL1001 3

SIL 2007 Quantitative Genetics SIL2006 3

SIL 2008 Molecular Genetics SIL1001 3

SIL 2009 Recombinant DNA Technology SIL1001 3

SIL 2010 Immunogenetics SIL1001 3


SIL 3004 Advanced Genetics SIL1001 3

SIL 3005 Cells to Systems SIL2008 3

SIL 3006 Developmental Genetics SIL2008 3

SIL 3007 Molecular Biology of Plants SIL1001, for Genetics & Molecular Biology students only

3

SIL 3008 Human Genetics SIL1001 3

SIL 3001 Research Projects in Genetics and Molecular Biology

Semester 5, completed 50 credits, for Genetics & Molecular Biology students only

10




LEVEL 2

SIL 2011 Genetic Resources and Conservation SIL2006 3

SIL 2012 Plant Genetics and Gene Manipulation SIL2009 3

SIL 2013 Animal Genetics and Gene Manipulation SIL2009 3


144

LEVEL 3

SIL 3011 Application of Recombinant DNA Technology SIL2009 3

SIL 3012 Cancer and Tumorigenesis SIL2010 3

SIL 3013 Genetics and Biotechnology of Viruses SIL1001 3

SIL 3014 Advanced Immunogenetics SIL2010 3

SIL 3015 Current Topics in Genetics and Molecular Biology 3rd Year Genetics & Molecular Biology students only

3

SIL 3002 Industrial Training in Genetics and Molecular Biology

3rd Year Genetics & Molecular Biology students only, Have completed 6 semesters

5

SIL 3009 Epigenetics and Gene Regulation SIL2008 and SIL2002 3

SIL 3010 Genome Analysis SIL1001 3



PROGRAMME GOALS 1. Producing graduates who possess strong knowledge and skills in Genetics and Molecular Biology field applicable

in various other fields which could contribute to the development of the country and habitually will contribute to sustainable human and environmental development in an ethical and professional manner,

2. Producing graduates who are skilled in techniques commonly used molecular biology and able to design and carry-out research in the field of genetics, molecular biology and related areas, for example biotechnology,

3. Producing graduates in Genetics and Molecular Biology who are highly qualified, of high quality, broadminded, and possess the knowledge and skills required to join the life science and biotechnology industries, including agricultural, medical, fishery, industrial and pharmaceutical sectors, and are capable of developing and implementing various projects,

4. Producing graduates of Genetics and Molecular Biology who are highly competitive and able to further their studies at postgraduate levels in the field of life sciences in any local or international higher learning institutions.

PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end of the programme, graduates with a BSc (Genetics and Molecular Biology) are able to: 1. apply the obtained knowledge into practices in genetics and molecular biology field through their understanding of

principles and biological concepts, 2. adopt a practical, safe and efficient approach in practicingof the knowledge of genetics and molecular biology in

laboratories and workplaces as well as able to analyse issues and evaluate appropriate use of resources. 3. evaluate the needs for sustainable development of the environment in practicing the knowledge of genetics and

molecular biology and the importance of responsible, personal, social and cultural inter-relationships. 4. value the importance of ethics and the need for professionalism in the practice of genetics and molecular biology. 5. clearly and effectively communicate information, ,in both verbal and written manners whilst being a responsible

and productive team player with good interpersonal skills. 6. utilize, apply and adopt scientific methods in practicing the knowledge of genetics and molecular biology as well

as appreciate the need for self-assessment and improvement in meeting the demands of industry and society. 7. Plan and execute research projects with efficient time management and use of resources.

8. Exhibit efficient and effective management and entrepreneurial skills.


145



CREDITS COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS

University Courses

GIG 1002

GIG 1003

GLT XXXX

2

2

3

GIG 1001

GIG 1004

GLT XXXX

GIG 1005

2

2

3

2

16


SIX 1001

SIX 1002

3

2

SIX 1003

3

8

Programme Core Course

SIJ 1001

SIE 1001

SIH 1001

2 2

2 SIL 1001

SIK 1001

2

2

SIL 2001

SIL 2002

SIL 2006

SIL 2008

SIL 2009

SIL 2010

3

3

3

3

3

3

28


EF

2

2

TOTAL CREDITS

18 18 18 54

COMPONENT SEMESTER 4 SEMESTER 5 SEMESTER 6 TOTAL CREDITS

COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS

University Courses

ELF

Co-curriculum

2

2

4


SIL 2003

SIL 2005

SIL 2007

3

3

3

SIL 2004

SIL 3001

3

5

SIL 3001 SIL 3007

SIL 3008

5

3

3

28


SIL 2011

SIL 2012

SIL 2013

(Any 2 courses)

6 SIL 3011

SIL 3012

SIL 3013

SIL 3015

(Any three courses)

9 SIL 3009

SIL 3014

(Either one)

3

18

TOTAL CREDITS

19 17 14 50


146

COMPONENT SPECIAL SEMESTER SEMESTER 7

TOTAL CREDITS COURSES CREDITS COURSES CREDITS


SIL 3004

SIL 3005

SIL 3006

3

3

3 9


SIL 3002

5

SIL 3010

SIL 3011

SIL 3012

SIL 3013

SIL 3015

(Any one course)

3

8


EF

5 5


TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 126


147

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MICROBIOLOGY) SESSION 2015/2016

(123 CREDITS)




GIG 1002 or *GIG 1006



GIX 1004 Information Literacy 2


GLT xxxx English Courses (subject to MUET bands; Refer Table 1) 6

GKN/GKR or GKV

Co-Curriculum 2
















SIC 1001 Principle of Chemistry 2


SIL 2003 Microbial Genetics SIL1001 3

SIL 2009 Recombinant DNA Technology SIL1001 3

SIR 2001 Eukaryotic Microorganisms SIL1001 and SIE1001; for Microbiology students only

3

SIR 2002 Instrumentation, Microbiology Methods and Data Management

SIE1001 and SIR2004; for Microbiology students only

3

SIR 2004 General Microbiology SIJ1001 3

SIR 2005 Bacteriology I SIE1001 3

SIR 2006 Bacteriology II SIE1001 3

SIR 2007 Virology SIR2004 3

SIR 2008 Microbial Physiology and Biochemistry SIJ1001 3

SIR 2009 Microbial Ecology SIE1001 3

SIR 2010 Immunology SIL 1001; for Microbiology students only

3


SIR 3002 Industrial Training in Microbiology SIR2003 and SIR3006; required duration of training is at minimum of 12 weeks

7

SIR 3004 Scientific Communication in Microbiology SIR2004 3

SIR 3005 Industrial and Environmental Microbiology SIR2004 3

SIR 3006 Public Health Microbiology SIR2005 and SIR2007 3



SIR 2003 Food Microbiology SIR2004 and SIR2005

3

SIR 3001 Microbiology Research Project SIR2002 and SIR2004 8

SIR 3007 Advanced Food Microbiology SIR2003 3

SIR 3008 Pharmaceutical Microbiology SIR2008 3

SIR 3009 Microbial Pathogenesis SIR2004, SIR2010 3

SIR 3010 Diagnostic Microbiology SIR2004, SIR2007 3


148

SIR 3011 Fermentation Technology SIR2004, SIR2001 3

SIR 3012 Agricultural Microbiology SIR2004, SIR2008 3

SIR 3013 Marine and Estuarine Microbiology SIR2009 3

SIR 3014 Advanced Virology SIR2007 3

SIR 3015 Techniques in Molecular Microbiology SIR2004, SIL2009 3

SIR 3016 Advanced Microbial Biochemistry SIR2008 2

SIR 3017 Advanced Immunology SIR2010 3

SIK 2010 Medical Parasitology SIE1001 2



PROGRAMME GOALS

1. To produce graduates who possess strong basic knowledge in Microbiology to be applied in various fields related to

Microbiology. 2. To produce graduates who possess skills in Microbiology techniques at basic and advanced levels that are normally

used and are able to design and develop research in Microbiology and related areas such as Biotechnology. 3. To produce graduates who possess the qualifications, knowledge and skills to join related industries, are able to

develop and carry out various projects involving Microbiology. 4. To produce graduates who have solid basic Microbiology concepts in disease progression, environmental problems,

building and development of fermentation technology, identifying the etiologic agents nvolved and able to give correct recommendation for management.

5. To produce graduates in Microbiological Sciences who are able to continue education to higher degree levels in related Biological fields in any higher learning institutions locally or overseas.

PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end of the BSc (Microbiology) Program, graduates are able to:

1. Show skills in information management and entrepreneurship that are overall efficient and effective, specifically in

Microbiology. 2. Possess knowledge related to Microbiology. 3. Apply technical and practical skills required in Microbiology. 4. Show ability to execute responsiblities to interested parties in industries, and value the natural environment and

sustainability of natural resources, which will allow their utilisation and development in parallel with transparent social responsibilities.

5. Show levels of professionalism that are required, and demonstrate commitment to ethical practices in the execution of all Microbiology matters.

6. Give clear, acceptable and professional suggestions or recommendations, in all forms of communication, able to work individually, in groups or as leaders in projects and activities related to Microbiology.

7. Analyse issues for evaluation of strategic choices, able to make decision with supporting evidences and to give good evaluation for solutions with knowledge in Microbiology.

8. Show information and management skills and life-long learning, specifically in Microbiology.


149


COMPONENT

YEAR 1


University Courses

GIG 1002/ GIG 1006a

GIG 1003 GIG 1001 GLT ****

2 2 2 3

GIG 1005 GIG 1004 GLT ****

2 2 3

16


SIX1009-1013 2 2


SIX 1001

3

SIX 1002 SIX 1003

2 3

8


SIJ 1001 SIE 1001 SIH 1001

2 2 2

SIL 1001 SIK 1001 SIC 1001

2 2 2

10

TOTAL CREDITS

18

20 36

aFor international students only.

COMPONENT

YEAR 2



SIX1009-1013 3 SIX1009-1013 2 5


SIR 2001 SIR 2004 SIR 2005 SIR 2008 SIR 2010 SIL 2009

3 3 3 3 3 3

SIR 2002 SIR 2006 SIQ 2007 SIR 2009 SIR 2003 SIL 2003

3 3 3 3 3 3

36

TOTAL CREDITS

21

20 41

COMPONENT

YEAR 3


University Courses

ELF (GIX****) Co-Curriculum (GKN/GKR/GKV)

2 2

4

Compulsory Programme Courses

SIR 3004 SIR 3006

3 3

SIR 3005

3

9


SIR 3001 SIR 3007 SIR 3008 SIR 3009 SIR 3013 SIR 3014 SIR 3016

13 SIR 3001 SIR 3010 SIR 3011 SIR 3015 SIR 3012 SIR 3017 SIK 2010

13 26

TOTAL CREDITS

19

20 39

* ELF = Elektif Luar Fakulti

COMPONENT

YEAR 4


Compulsory Programme Courses

SIR 3002 7 7

TOTAL CREDITS

7

7


150

Institute of Biological Sciences’ Courses Offerred as Faculty Elective Courses for other Programmes in Institutes or Departments in the Faculty of Science

FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (EF)

(For students from other institute/department in Science Faculty.Student may choose any of the following courses)

COURSE CODE

COURSE NAME PRE-REQUISITES CREDIT


SIX 1007 Malaysian Fauna

3

SIX 1008 Biocomputing

2

FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (7 CREDITS) [EF] List of suitable courses offered by other institutes or departments (not ISB) within the Faculty of

Science

INSTITUTE/ DEPARTMENT

COURSE CODE COURSE NAME CREDIT

Dept. of Chemistry SIX1009

Basic Chemistry 2

Dept. of Geology SIX1010

Earth’s Ecosystem 2

Dept. of Physics SIX1011

Contemporary Physics 2



Institute of Mathematical Science

SIX1013

Fundamentals of Advanced Mathematics

4


151


Biological science teaching and research in Malaysia can be traced back to the early days of 1959, when the Universiti Malaya was instituted with two Divisions: the Kuala Lumpur and the Singapore Divisions. The Kuala Lumpur Division at the Universiti Malaya was officially opened on January 15, 1959. Lessons began in the Department of Zoology and Botany on the 25th of May 1959 in borrowed premises until the Faculty of Science building was officially opened in 1961.

On the 1st of April 1967, the two Departments of Zoology and Botany became one as the School of Biological Sciences with five divisions: zoology, botany, ecology, genetics and physiology. Eight years later on April 1975, the School of Biological Sciences was separated into the Departments of Botany, Zoology, and Genetics and Cellular Biology. The other two divisions of Ecology and Physiology were managed by the Department of Zoology. Physiology was discontinued in 1978 while Ecology continued to flourish under the management of the Department of Zoology. In 1980, the Division of Microbiology was formed under the management of the Department of Genetics and Cellular Biology. On June 1st 1997, the amalgamation of these three departments led to the formation of the Institute of Biological Sciences (Institut Sains Biologi, ISB).

These changes were necessary to cater to changing needs and demands of the nation. The changes within the biological sciences reflect current global trends in research evolving away from basic disciplines of botany and zoology. As the ISB keeps up with current technological developments, we continue to document and unravel the rich biodiversity available in our own tropical ecosystems. This is because fundamental sciences form the bases for biotechnology and information science. Our philosophy is to keep up with the latest advances in science and at the same time not lose sight of the need for basic studies on our rich biodiversity. The courses in our degree programmes reflect this philosophy. More changes are to be expected within the coming years to ensure that the study of biological sciences in the Universiti Malaya is geared towards meeting future challenges.

The academic staff members in ISB are involved in a diverse range of biological research areas. There are basic studies in taxonomy, biology and ecology of plants, animals, parasites and other microorganisms, as well as applied sciences such as biotechnology, plant and animal breeding, screening for novel products, and the development of diagnostic kits using molecular biology, electron microscopy, computers and various other tools. For more details, please refer to the profiles of the academic staff available at http://biology.um.edu.my. Some members of the Institute are actively involved in research at Sungai Selai, the Endau-Rompin National Park, Johor, while another group is active in the National Antartica Initiative.

Objectives The ISB aims to advance scientific and technological knowledge in the field of biology, through the establishment of research and scientific links with institutions in and outside the country. In the process of doing so, we hope that high quality graduates will be produced. These young men and women will play

important roles in the development of our nation and the world in the future.

Research Funds and Facilities

Research projects in ISB are funded mainly by research and development grants from the Government of Malaysia and special votes from the university. Our researchers are actively seek funding from various international sources such as DANCED, CICHE, Wellcome Trust Foundation, French Embassy at Kuala Lumpur, Japanese International Research Centre for Agricultural Sciences, CIDA and JIRCAS for research and other educational activities. The university and institute also provide a number of facilities to assist researchers in their projects.

Facilities for Teaching and Research The ISB has research and teaching facilities housed in 13 buildings, spread throughout the campus; two sites are outside of the campus. Within the campus are laboratories for teaching and research, offices for lecturers and administration, seminar rooms and a small lecture theatre in the Rimba Ilmu complex. The seminar rooms and lecture theatres are self-contained, with LCD, slide and overhead projectors. There are also specialised laboratories dedicated to special functions such as microtechniques (plant and animal studies), molecular biology (DNA sequencers and other related paraphernalia), scanning electron microscopy, water analysis, animal house, aquarium, greenhouses and computing facilities. The Institute has excellent research grade microscopes equipped for image analysis. There are also drawing equipments and a laser dissecting microscope. Ten vehicles are available for field research and teaching. The Institute has also accumulated large collections of plant and animal specimens for teaching and research. These are housed in the Herbarium at Rimba Ilmu and the Zoological Museum, respectively. Each lecturer has their respective laboratories dedicated to their research field. ACADEMIC STAFF HEAD Dr. Rosli Ramli, BSc(UM), PhD(Glasgow) DEPUTY HEADS Dr. Nurhayati Zainal Abidin, BSc(W Illinois), MSc(W

Illinois), PhD(UM) Dr. Normaniza Osman, BSc(Iowa), MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Noor Hasima A.K. Nagoor Pitchai, BSc(UM),

MSc(UM), PhD(Edinburgh) PROFESSORS EMERITI Dato’ Dr. Haji Mohamed Abdul Majid, PSBS, FASc,

BSc(UM), PhD(Glasgow) Dr. Yong Hoi Sen, JMN, FASc, BSc(UM), PhD(UM) PROFESSORS Dr. Agamuthu Pariatamby, BSc(UM), MSc(UM),

PhD(UM) Dato’ Dr. Aishah Salleh, BSc(UM), PhD(London) Dr. Amir Feisal Merican Aljunid Merican, BSc(UM),

MPhil(Cambridge), DPhil(Oxford) Datuk Dr. Amru Nasrulhaq Boyce, BSc(UM),

PhD(Bristol) Dr. Chong Ving Ching, BSc(UM), MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Halijah Ibrahim, Dip, BSc(UM), PhD(Northumbria) Dr. Hiroyuki Takaoka, PhD(Kagoshima) Dr. Irene Tan Kit Ping, BSc(UM), MSc(UM), PhD(UM)

http://biology.um.edu.my/bio/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=22&Itemid=38





152

Dr. Jennifer Ann Harikrishna, BSc(Surrey), PhD(Cranfield)

Dr. Ling Tau Chuan, BSc(UPM), MSc(UPM), PhD(Birmingham)

Dato’ Dr. Mohd. Sofian Azirun, BSc(UM), PhD(Birmingham)

Dr. Mohamad Suffian Mohamad Annuar, BSc(UM), PhD(UM)

Dr. Noorlidah Abdullah, Dip(Informatics), BSc(Surrey), MSc(UM), PhD(UM)

Dr. Norzulaani Khalid, BSc(UM), PhD(Nottingham) Dr. Norma Che Yusoff, BSc(UM), PhD(Sussex) Dr. Nurul Kabir Nurul Bashar, MBBS (Dhaka),

PhD(Nagoya) Dr. Phang Siew Moi, BSc(UM), MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Ramli Abdullah, Dip(Kolej Pertanian Malaya),

BSc(Louisiana State), MSc(Louisiana State), PhD(Louisiana State)

Dr. Rofina Yasmin Dato’ Othman, BSc(Surrey), MSc(UM), PhD(East Anglia)

Dr. Rosli Hashim, BSc(UM), MSc(Aberdeen), PhD(Stirling)

Dr. Rosli Ramli, BSc(UM), PhD(Glasgow) Dr. Rosna Mat Taha, BSc(UM), PhD(Wales) Dr. Saad Tayyab, BSc(Aligarh), MSc(Aligarh),

MPhil(Aligarh),PhD(Aligarh) Dr. Salmah Ismail, BSc (UM), MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Datin Dr. Sri Nurestri Haji Abdul Malek, BSc(Otago),

MSc(Otago), PhD(London) Dr. Thong Kwai Lin, DipEd(UM), BSc(UM), MSc(UM),

PhD(UM) Dr. Vikineswary Sabaratnam, BSc(Mysore),

MSc(Mysore), PhD(UM) Dr. Zulqarnain Haji Mohamed, BSc (UM),

PhD(Aberdeen) ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Dr. Niyaz Ahmed Abdus Samad, MSc(Ind), PhD(Ind),

DOV(Ind) ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Dr. Ahmad Salihin Haji Baba, BSc(Monash),

PhD(Nottingham) Datuk Dr. Azarae Haji Idris, Dip(INTAN), BSc(UM),

PhD(Aberdeen) Dr. Chandran Somasundram, BSc (UM), MSc(UM),

PhD(UM) Dr. Durriyyah Sharifah Hasan Adli, BA(California State),

PhD(Kent State) Dr. Fauziah Abdullah, DipEd(UM), BSc(UM),

MSc(Kyoto), PhD(Kyoto) Dr. Geok Yuan Annie Tan, BSc(UM), PhD(Newcastle) Dr. Jamaludin Mohamad, BSc(UM), PhD(UC Wales) En. Khairuddin Haji Itam, BSc(UM), MPhil(Reading) Dr. Koshy Philip, BSc(Nagpur), MSc(Ind Agr Res

Inst),PhD(Ind Agr Res Inst) Dr. Lee Choon Weng, BSc(UM), MSc(UM),

PhD(Hokkaido) Dr. Md. Yusoff Musa, Dip(DBP), BSc(UM),

PhD(Portsmouth Polytechnic) Dr. Nassar Banu Ghulam Rasool, BSc(UM),

PhD(Glasgow) Dr. Ng Ching Ching, BSc(UM), MSc(Osaka),

PhD(Osaka) Dr. Noor Hasima A.K. Nagoor Pitchai, BSc(UM),

MSc(UM), PhD(Edinburgh) Dr. Noor Zalina Mahmood, BSc(UM), PhD(Strathclyde) Dr. Normaniza Osman, BSc(Iowa), MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Noorma Wati Haron, Dip(DBP), BSc(UM),

PhD(Reading) Dr. Nurhayati Zainal Abidin, BSc(W Illinois), MSc(W

Illinois), PhD(UM) Dr. Rosman Abdullah, BSc(UM), PhD(UC Wales)

Dr. Rozainah Mohamad Zakaria, BSc(UM), PhD(Reading)

Dr. Saiful Anuar Karsani, BSc(UM), MSc(UM), PhD(Imperial), DIC

Dr. Sarinder Kaur Kashmir Singh, BCompSc(UM), MCompSc(UM), PhD(UM)

Dr. Siti Nursheena Mohd. Zain, BSc(UM), PhD(London) Dr. Subha Bhassu, BSc(UKM), PhD(UPM) SENIOR LECTURERS Dr. Adawiyah Suriza Shuib, BSc(Minnesota),

MMedSc(UM), PhD(USM) Dr. Adi Ainurzaman Jamaludin MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Ahmad Faris Mohd. Adnan, BSc(LJMU),

MBiotech(UM), DEng (Kyushu Inst Tech) Dr. Arpah Abu, BCompSci (UM), MSE(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Amy Then Yee Hui, BSc(UM), MSc(UM),

PhD(Virginia Institute of Marine Science) Dr. Azidah Abdul Aziz, BSc(UM), MPhil(Imperial), DIC,

PhD(UM) Dr. Bong Chui Wei, BSc(UPM), MSc(UM), PhD(Ehime) Dr. Chai Lay Ching, BSc(UPM), PhD(UPM) Dr. Chan Kok Gan, BSc(UM), LLM(Staffordshire),

MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Chang Siow Wee, BQS(UM), MSc(UPM), PhD(UM) Dr. Ea Chee Kwee, BS(Tatung), PhD(Texas) Pn. Edah Md. Aris, BSc(UM), MSc(Liverpool) Dr. Fauziah Shahul Hamid, BSc(USM), MTech(UM),

PhD(UM) Dr. Ghufran Redzwan, BSc(UKM), MPhil(UM),

PhD(Southampton) Dr. Gokula Mohan Duchiyanda Mohan BSc(UM),

PhD(Glasgow) Dr. Hasmahzaiti Omar, BSc(UM),MSc(UKM),PhD (UM) Dr. Jamilah Syafawati Yaacob BSc (Melbourne), MSc

(Nottingham), PhD (UM) Dr. John James Wilson BSc(Nottingham),

MSc(Imperial), DIC, PhD (Guelph) Dr. Khanom Simarani, BSc(UM), MPhil(UM),

DEng(Kyushu) Dr. Lim Yat Yuen, BSc (UM), PhD (Adelaide) Dr. Muhamad Shakirin Mispan, BSc(UM), MSc(UM),

PhD (S. Dakota State) Dr. Mohd Zuwairi Saiman BSc(UM), MSc(Leiden),

PhD(Leiden) Dr. Nazia Abdul Majid, BSc(UM), PhD(Newcastle) Dr. Nur Airina Muhamad, BSc(UM), MSc(UM),

PhD(Cantab) Dr. Nurul Ashikin Abdullah, BSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Norhaniza Aminudin, BSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Pozi Anak Milow, BSc(UM), MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Rosazlin Abdullah, PhD (UPM) Dr. Saharuddin Mohamad, BEng(Tokushima),

MEng(Tokushima), PhD(Tokushima) Dr. Shaharudin Abdul Razak, Dip(DBP), BSc(UM),

MBA(UKM), MIP(UKM), MSc(Kagoshima), PhD(Southampton)

Dr. Shamsul Azlin Ahmad Shamsuddin, BSc(UM), MPhil(UM), PhD(Sheffield)

Dr. Tiong Yin Xin Sheena, BSc(UM), PhD(Glasgow) Dr. Sim Kae Shin, BSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Sugumaran Manickam, BSc(UPM), MSc(UPM),

PhD(UM) Dr. Sujatha Ramasamy, BSc(UM), MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Sorayya Bibi Malek, BIT(UM), MCompSc(UM),

PhD(UM) Dr. Syarifah Aisyafaznim Sayed Abdul Rahman,

BSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Tan Yee Shin, BSc(Monash), PhD (UM) Dr. Tang Swee Seong, BSc(UM), MSc(UM), PhD (ANU) Dr. Teoh Teow Chong, BSc(UM), MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Yeoh Suat Hui BSc(UM), PhD(ANU)) Dr. Yong Kien Thai, BSc(UKM), MSc(UKM), PhD(UM) Dr. Yusrizam Sharifuddin, BSc(Wales), PhD(Swansea)


153

Dr. Zazali Alias, BSc(Adelaide), MSc(London), MBiotech(UM), PhD(Victoria) Dr. Zul Ilham Zulkiflee Lubes, BSc(UM), MSc(Kyoto),

DSc(Kyoto) Dr. Zuliana Razali, BSc(UM), PhD(UM) SENIOR RESEARCH FELLOWS Dr. A. Sasekumar, PhD(UM) Dr. Noni Ajam, BSc(Reading), PhD(Edinburgh) Dr. Ong Hean Chooi, BSc(UM), MSc(UM), PhD(UM) Dr. Shigehiko Uni, BSc(Ehime), MSc(Hiroshima),

PhD(Osaka) Dr. Wan Khadijah Wan Embong, Dip(UPM),

BSc(Louisiana State), MSc(Louisiana State), PhD(UM) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAMME The Institute of Biological Sciences (ISB) offers degrees in BSc for 8 programmes (124-126 credits): Bioinformatics, Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Biohealth Science, Genetics and Molecular Biology, Microbiology, Ecology and Biodiversity, Science and Environmental Management. Students are accepted into one of these programmes on the following criteria: (1) merit; (2) capacity ; (3) completion of all pre-requisites for year 1 courses. RESEARCH AREAS Researchers in ISB carry out research in many different areas. Examples include biodiversity and plant conservation, plant and environmental ecology, genetics (human and biochemical), plant and animal breeding, cytogenetics, immunology, biohealth sciences, bioassays, cancer studies, genetic engineering and recombinant DNA technology, animal and plant virology, bacteriology, microbiology (industrial, food, medical, environmental), animal biotechnology, neurobiology, biosystematics, applied entomology, pest control, fresh and marine water management, applied toxicology. JOB OPPORTUNITIES

Our BSc graduates are employed in the education, business, management, administration sectors. Some choose to further their studies either locally or abroad, and may one day return to ISB to become academicians or researchers. Others are gainfully employed in local or overseas research institutes. COURSE SYNOPSES LEVEL 1 COURSES SIJ 1001 LIFE PROCESSES

This course discusses the structures and roles of chemical components of cell at the atoms, molecules and macromolecules level. Enzymes catalysis, types and control of activity. Membrane biology and its role in transportation process are introduced. The concept of energy and thermodynamics. Photosynthesis: light and dark reactions. Cell respiration: aerobic and anaerobic. This course ends with the growth and development of plants and animals e.g. morphogenesis, metamorphosis, dormancy and regeneration. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT2, LL3 References: 1. Brooker, R.J., Widmaier, E.P., Graham, L.E. &

Stiling,P.E. (2010). Biology. 2nd ed. McGraw-Hill: New York.

2. Garrett, R.H. & Grisham, C.M. (2001). Principles of Biochemistry with a Human Focus. Brooks Cole.

3. Rost, T.L., Barbour, M.G., Stocking, C.R. & Murphy, T.M. (2006). Plant Biology. 2nd ed. Brooks Cole.

SIL 1001 CELL BIOLOGY This course is divided into three components namely Genetics, Cell Biology and Molecular Biology. Content of each is stated below: i) Genetics:

This component comprises of quick introduction of Mendel’s Law, the concept of alleles, loci, genes and chromosomes and test crosses. Students will be first refreshed on probability calculations, the Punnet square and linkage&mapping methods. The component will later discusses deeper topics of inheritance which include Extensions to Mendelian Inheritance Concept (Epistasis, Sex linkage), Sex influenced inheritance and Pedigree analyses. At the end of this component students will be exposed to topics such as Human Genetics, Genetic Counselling and finally a brief introduction to Population Genetics and Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium.

ii) Cell Biology This component will discuss on the basic structures and functions of organelles and also processes involving mitosis and meiosis.Students will also be introduced to prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells; and the differences between these two types of cells.

iii) Molecular Biology In this component, students will first be refreshed on basic aspects of molecular genetics (Historical account, direct and indirect evidences of DNA as genetic materials, structure and properties of DNA, DNA replication, transcription and translation in prokaryotes and how to decipher genetics codes). The component will later discusses on regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes (lac operon, catabolite repression and trp operon and attenuation), control by sigma factor, anti-termination, post-transcriptional control of RNA (trans- and cis-acting regulators), riboswitch as ribozymes and finally the applications of these knowledge in DNA recombinant technology.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Principles of Genetics 6th Edition (Snustad and

Simmons, 2011). Wiley Publications 2. GenesX I (Lewin, 2014) 3. Becker, Smith and Hardin (2010). The world of the cell

(8th edition). Pearson Education Inc. Publ.


154

SIE 1001 BIOLOGY OF ORGANISMS Characteristics of living organisms; classification based on evolution, morphology and molecular biology; naming of organisms based on the binomial system; description of the major taxa from virus, bacteria, protist, fungi, bryophytes, ferns, gymnosperms, angiosperms, to invertebrate and vertebrate animals; adaptations, life cycles and inter-relationships among organisms. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50%

Medium of Instruction: English

Soft Skills: CS2, CT2

References: 1. Reece et al. 2010. Campbell Biology (9

th edition).

Pearson, Benjamin Cummings. 1464 pp. 2. Solomon, E., Berg, L. & Martin, D.W. 2010. Biology

(9th ed). Brooks Cole. 1408 pp.

3. Barnes, R.S.K. 1998. The Diversity of Living Organisms. Blackwell Science. 345 pp.

4. Brooker et al. 2014. Biology. McGraw-Hill Higher Education

SIH 1001 POPULATION BIOLOGY

Students learn various aspects of populations that include populations of plants, animals, and human. Students are also exposed to environmental phenomena such as acid rain and global warming and their effects on populations and ecosystems. Basic population genetics, properties of population, population growth and interaction between species and the environment. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, EM2 References: 1. Begon M, Townsend CR, Harper JL 2006. Ecology

From Individuals to Ecosystems. 4th Ed. Blackwell

Publishing 2. Gritzner, CF 2010. Environment and Natural

Resources. Infobase Publishing 3. Krebs CJ 2001. Ecology. Benjamin Cummings 4. Neal D. 2004. Introduction to Population Biology.

Cambridge University Press 5. Smith RL and Smith TM. 2012 Elements of

Ecology.Benjamin Cummings 6. Weathers KC, Strayer DL, Likens GE 2013.

Fundamentals of Ecosystem Science. Academic Press

SIK 1001 BIOLOGY PRACTICAL Biology Practical is related to other biology theory courses. Thus the content of the course is divided into practical that are related to Year One Biology courses that are Life Processes, Cell Biology, Biology of Organisms and Population Biology. The students will learn in practical several important principles that were learned in the courses. Thus this course contains practical in the field of

cell biology, microbiology, animal and plant diversity, biochemistry and ecology. Students also will learn various techniques in biological investigation. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, LL2 References: 1. Raven,P.H., Johnson, G.B, Losos, J.B. and Singer,

S.R (2013). Biology, McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, New York.

2. Campbell, N.A., Reece, J.B., Urry, L.A., Cain, M.L., Wasserman, S.A., Minorsky,P.V. and Jackson, R.B.(2008). Biology, Pearson Education Inc, California.

3. Freeman, S. (2013).Biological Sciences. Pearson Education Inc, California

4. Manual SIK 1001 Biology Practical, ISB SIX 1003 BIOSTATISTICS Sampling theory and design; Statistic descriptive; Probability elements; Probability distributions & its usage; Binomial, Poisson, Normal; Central Limit Theorem; Significant test; t distribution and the difference between two samples; Non-parametric tests; Chi-Square Test – Goodness of Fit test, Contingency table; Principle of experimental design; Analysis of Variance (ANOVA); Examples of one way and two ways ANOVA; Duncan Multiple Range Test; Linear Regression Analysis and Correlation. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 References: 1. Zar, J.H. (2010). Biostatistical analysis. 5

th ed.

Pearson. 2. Daniel, W.W. & Chad L. Cross (2013). Biostatistics: a

foundation for analysis in the health sciences. 10th ed.

John Wiley. 3. Weiss, N.A. (2015). Introductory statistics. 10th ed.

Pearson Education, Inc. 4. Barnes and Murdoch Statistical Tables


155

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOINFORMATICS)

PROGRAMME

Career Prospects Numerous career prospects are open to graduates of this programme. Graduates can work in the public or private sectors as diplomatic administrative officers, administrative officers, lecturers, teaching assistants, tutors, teachers, personnel managers, database or information technology managers and quality managers. SIB 2001 FUNDAMENTALS BIOINFORMATICS This course aims to give an overview of fundamental concepts in bioinformatics. It covers the utilization of internet biological databases to extract and analyse genomic, proteomic and protein structural data. The importance of ontology in bioinformatics will also be emphasized. Various bioinformatics problems and issues will be discussed on bioinformatics applications. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LS2 Main References: 1. Pavel Pevzner and Ron Shamir (2011). Bioinformatics

for Biologist. Cambridge University Press.

2. Lesk, A. (2014). Introduction to Bioinformatics. 4th ed.

Oxford University Press.

3. Caroline St Clair and Jonathan Visick (2013). Exploring

Bioinformatics: A Project-Based Approach. 2nd

ed.

Jones and Bartleti Publishers.

SIB 2200 BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS AND PROCESSES The course include the metabolism process of carbohydrate, glycogen, penthose phosphate pathway, gluconeogenesis, lipid and amino acid metabolism, photosynthesis, stomata opening, plant transportation, ecology, mechanism of muscle contraction, vertebrate endocrine system, transportation of oxygen and carbon dioxide in blood. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Lubert Stryer (1998). Biochemistry. 3

rd ed. W.H

Freeman and Company. 2. Neil A. Cambell, Jane B. Reece and Lawrence G.

Mitchell (1999). Biology. 5th ed. Addisioin Wesley.

3. Solomon, E.P, Berg, L.R.,Martin, D.W. and Ville, C. (1996). Biology. 4

th ed. Saunders College Publishing.

SIB 2003 COMPUTER OPERATING SYSTEM

The syllabus of this course concepts, structure and mechanisms of Operating Systems, design principals of modern operating systems reinforced with real world examples. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. William Stallings (2014). Operating Systems: Internals

and Design Principles. 8th ed. Pearson.

2. Thomas Anderson and Michael Dahlin (2014). Operating Systems: Principles and Practice. 2

nd ed.

3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Herbert Bos (2014). Moden Operating Systems. 4

th ed.

SIB 2004 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING This course is intended as a first introduction to programming computers using the C++ programming language. It provides an overview of programming concepts, design and an introduction to coding using the C++ language. The course has a focus on creating working computer programs in C++. This course will address fundamental concepts of analysis, design, testing and code development. It includes flowcharts, Boolean logic, control flow, data types and structures, variables, arrays, and functions. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Bjarne Stroustrup (2014). Programming: Principles and

Practice Using C++. 2nd

ed. Addison-Wesley. 2. Deitel and Deitel (2014). C++ How to Program. Prentice

Hall. 3. Y. Daniel Liang (2014). Introduction to Programming

with C++. 3rd ed. Prentice Hall.

SIB 2005 BIOPHYSICS IN BIOINFORMATICS This course introduces students to the field of biophysics and its role in the life sciences. It covers diverse aspects of biophysical chemistry, including general concepts in thermodynamics and kinetics as well as topics more specific to biological macromolecules. Students will also be introduced to Physical techniques are central to the measurement of the atomic structure, dynamics and interactions of molecules that are a core foundation of modern molecular biology. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English


156

Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LS1 Main References: 1. Andrey B. Rubin (2014) Fundamentals of Biophysics.

Wiley-Scrivener Publishing. 2. R. Glaser (2012) Biophysics: An Introduction. 2

nd ed.

Springer. 3. R. Phillips, J. Kondev, J. Theriot and H. Garcia (2012).

Physical Biology of the Cell. 2nd

ed. Garland Science. SIB 2006 ALGORITHM IN BIOINFORMATICS This course introduces some basic bioinformatics algorithms in solving the biological problems such as exhaustive search, greedy algorithms, dynamic programming algorithms, divide-and-conquer algorithms, hidden Markov Modelling (HMM) and other techniques. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, LL1, CT3 Main References:: 1. Jones, N. C. and Pevzner P. A. (2014). An Introduction

to Bioinformatics Algorithms, MIT Press. 2. Wing-Kin Sun (2013). Algorithms in Bioinformatics: A

Practical Introduction, Chapman. SIB 2007 ANALYSIS AND SYSTEM DESIGN This course introduces methodologies for the analysis, design, and development of an information system. Importance is placed on system characteristics, managing projects, prototyping, CASE tools, and systems development life cycle phases. Upon completion students should be able to analyze a problem and design an appropriate solution using a combination of tools and techniques. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. K.E. Kendal and J.E. Kendal (2011). Systems analysis

and design. Prentice-Hall Inc. 2. Whitten and Bentley. Systems Analysis And Design

Methods. 7th ed. Irwin McGraw-Hill Publishers.

3. Jeffrey A. Hoffer , Joey George and Joe A. Valacich (2013). Modern Systems Analysis and Design. 7

th ed.

Prentice Hall. SIB 2008 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND GENETIC ENGINEERING This course covers the following topics: The mechanism of replication, transcription and translation in cells; Regulation of gene expression, including the interaction of molecules in viruses, prokaryotes and eukaryotes; DNA

mutation, DNA repair mechanism and the mechanism of genetic recombination; The role of the technology involved and ethical issues related to genetic engineering Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 30% Final Examination: 70% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3 Main References: 1. Bruce A. , Alexander J., Julian L., David M., Martin R.,

Keith R. and Peter W. (2014). Molecular Biology of the Cell. 6

th ed.

2. James D. W., Tania A. B., Stephen P. B., Alexander G., Michael L. and Richard L. (2013). Molecular Biology of the Gene. 7

th ed.

3. Harvey L., Arnold B., Chris A. K., Monty K., Anthony B., Hidde P., Angelika A. and Matthew P. S. (2012). Molecular Cell Biology. 7

th ed.

SIB 2009 ANALYSIS OF ORGANISMAL SYSTEMATIC Introduction to systematics and biodiversity, Role and importance of systematics, Concepts and important characteristics of systematics, Discuss the analysis used in phylogenetics. Introduction to the evolutionary concepts and mechanisms. Aplication of several phylogenetic softwares to reconstruct phylogenetic trees and interpret their relationships. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LS1 Main References: 1. Ward C. Wheeler (2012). Systematics: A Course of

Lectures. Wiley-Blackwell Publishing.

2. Carl T. Bergstrom and Lee A. Dugatkin (2012).

Evolution. Norton &Company.

3. Jon C. Herron and Scott Freeman (2013). Evolutionary

Analysis. 5th ed. Benjamin Cummings.

SIB 2010 MATHEMATIC IN BIOLOGY Basic maths, calculus, dynamical system, differentiation, derivatives. Application of mathematics in biology using appropriate examples. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LS2 Main References: 1. Matthew He and Sergey Petoukhov (2011).

Mathematics of Bioinformatics: Theory, Methods and

Applications. Wiley.


157

2. Sunil Mathur (2010). Statistical Bioinformatics with R.

Akademic Press.

3. Frederick R Adler (2012). Modeling the Dynamics of

Life: Calculus and Probability for life Scientists. Brooks

Cole.

SIB 2011 INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE SYSTEMS The syllabus of this course includes background of database systems, the relational model and languages, Relational algebra and relational calculus, Database analysis and design, methodology and some selected database issues. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, LL2, EM2 Main References: 1. Connolly, T. M. & Begg, C.E. (2014). Database

Systems: A Practical Approach to Design, Implementation, and Management. 6th ed. Pearson Education.

2. Carlos Coronel & Steven Morris (2014). Database Systems: Design, Implementation, & Management.

3. Nenad Jukic & Susan Vrbsky (2013). Database Systems: Introduction to Databases and Data Warehouses.

SIB 3001 BIOINFORMATICS PROJECT The course is best taken in two consecutive semesters. The 3rd Semester is not included as the duration is short (8 weeks only). Students carry out the research projects (and complete the thesis) individually under the supervision of at least one lecturer from the enroled program (unless in special cases that was consented by the Head of ISB). The lecturer is considered as the main supervisor. The supervisor must ensure that the project can be completed within the 2 semesters. Thesis of the project should be submitted to the examiner. It should be presented to the appointed Co-ordinator of the Course, by the 14th week of the 2nd Semester. Texts of the thesis is suggested to be between 10,000-20,000 words (excluding tables, bibliography, appendices, etc). Assessment Methods: Thesis: 50% Presentation: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, EM2 SIB 3002 BIOINFORMATICS INDUSTRIAL TRAINING Students will be placed at government hospitals, other relevant government or private agencies of their choice, which have agreed to host them. Students will be exposed to everyday working activities as instructed by their supervisors at the place of work. At the end of the training, the students have to submit a report for the training experience; the employer submits a separate report about

the student’s performance throughout the duration of the training. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS1, EM2 SIB 3003 ANALYSIS OF MOLECULAR SEQUENCE This course emphasizes the basic understanding and knowledge required to analyse different types of molecular sequences. In practice, students will be introduced to databases, methods of searching and matching, exploration of molecular information using predictive methods, and molecular phylogenetics for both nucleic acids and protein sequences. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LS2 Main References: 1. Tore S. (2012). Genomics and Bioinformatics: An

Introduction to Programming Tools for Life Scientists. Cambridge University Press.

2. Ziheng Yang (2014). Molecular Evolution: A Statistical Approach. Oxford University Press.

3. Micheal Agostino (2012). Practical Bioinformatics. Garland Science.

SIB 3004 PROGRAMMING IN BIOINFORMATICS This course aims to provide specific knowledge required for bioinformatics students to learn advanced aspects in bioinformatics programming. It covers the techniques used for bioinformatics programming; and instruction on the techniques and the use of tools for accessing, searching and retrieving information from biological databases and the submission of new entries. Besides that, it also introduces the scripting languages commonly used in Bioinformatics such as Perl, Python and Java. The libraries and toolkits relating to the scripting languages will be also introduced such BioPerl, Biopython and BioJava. Various problems related to Bioinformatics are considered to be solved using one of the scripting programming languages. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS2 Main References: 1. Keith Bradnam and Ian Korf (2012). UNIX and Perl to

the Rescue: A Field Guide for the Life Sciences. Cambridge University Press

2. Brian D foy, Randal L. Schwartz and Tom Phoenix (2011). Learning Perl. Sixth Edition. O'Reilly Media


158

3. Mitchell L Model (2010). Bioinformatics Programming Using Python. O’Reilly Media.

SIB 3005 BIOMOLECULAR MODELLING This course covers the following topics: The concepts of molecular viewer and protein databases; The structure of biomolecules especially proteins; Protein structure determination and prediction; Applications of biomolecular modeling in drugs and vaccine development and design. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Alberts, B., Johnson, A., Lewis, J., Raff, M., Roberts, K.,

& Walter, P. (2008). Molecular Biology of the Cell. 5th

ed. Garland Science. 2. Carley A. F. and Morgan P.H. Computational Methods

in the Chemical Sciences. Ellis Harwood Ltd. 3. Leach, A.R. (2001). Molecular Modelling: Principles and

Applications. 2nd

ed. Prentice Hall. SIB 3006 GENOMICS This course covers the following topics: Organismic genomes; Genome anatomy, mapping, evolution, analysis and rearrangements; Genome databases; Genome and transcriptome sequencing technology. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 30% Final Examination: 70% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3 Main References: 1. Bruce R. Korf and Mira B. Irons (2013). Human

Genetics and Genomics. 2. Nancy Craig, Rachel Green, Carol Greider and Gisela

Storz (2014). Molecular Biology: Principles of Genome Function.

3. Leland H. Hartwell, Michael Goldberg, Janice Fischer and Charles (Chip) Aquadro (2014). Genetics: From Genes to Genomes.

SIB 3011 CURRENT TOPICS IN BIOINFORMATICS This course covers special topics concerning currents issues in Bioinformatics. It headed towards special topics that introduce bioinformatics. Importance is as well given to the latest research areas in bioinformatics. Topics are delivered in a series of seminars followed by exercises and assignments. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English

Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, LL2, EM2 SIB 2012 BIOIMAGE PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS This course aims to introduce the concepts in image processing and analysis, specifically on biological images. It covers the introduction of the digital image representation, processing and analysis. Various problems related to biological images are considered to be solved using programming language such as Matlab and C++, as well as image processing and analysis software such as ImageJ and Adobe Photoshop. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS2 Main References: 1. Rafael C. Gonzalez & Richard E. Woods (2012). Digital

Image Processing. 3rd ed. Pearson Education. 2. Chris Solomon & Toby Breckon (2013). Fundamental of

Digital Image Processing: A Practical Approach with Examples in Matlab. Wiley-Blackwell.

3. Omer Demirkaya, Musa H. Asyali, Prasanna K. Sahoo (2012). Image Processing with MATLAB: Applications in Medicine and Biology. CRC Press.

SIB 2013 OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING This course aims to introduce the concept of object-oriented programming. It covers the introduction of object-oriented (OO) programming paradigm such as OO concepts (class, property, method, etc.), constructor, destructor, operator overloading, functions, class template, data abstraction, inheritance, polymorphism, exception handling, pointers, recursion and linked list data structure. Various problems related to Bioinformatics are considered to be solved using OO programming language such as C++ or Java. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS2 Main References: 1. Walter Savitch (2013). Absolute C++. Fifth Edition.

Pearson. 2. Walter Savitch (2012). Problem Solving with C++. 7

th

ed. Addison Wesley. 3. Tore Samuelsson (2012). Genomics and Bioinformatics:

An Introduction to Programming Tools for Life Scientists. Cambridge University Press.

SIB 2014 HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION This course introduces the concepts of human-computer interaction, interaction design process, implementation support, evaluation techniques and current issues in HCI


159

such as mobile interface design and interactive web-based systems. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS1, EM2 Main References: 1. Jennifer Preece, Yvonne Rogers, and Helen Sharp.

Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer Interaction. John Wiley.

2. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, and Russel Beale (2013). Human- Computer Interaction. Prentice Hall.

3. Ben Schneiderman. Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction. 5

th

ed. Addison Wesley. SIB 3007 INSTRUMENTATION IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES This course is going to introduce basic techniques and skills in biological experiments and instrumentation. It will cover the basic biochemistry, genetics, molecular, physical biochemistry experimental techniques to answer biological questions. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LS2 Main References: 1. M. H. Fulekar and B. Pandey (2013).

Bioinstrumentation. K International Publishing House. 2. S. Bejugam and V. R. Meka (2012). BioInstrumentation:

Tremor Quantification and Parameter Extraction. LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing.

3. G. Karp (2013). Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments. Wiley.

SIB 3008 INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of geographic information systems (GIS). This course will introduce some of the basic concepts of GIS, input of data, storage and management of data and modelling output from GIS. Concepts such as how to model the complex real world in a computer and the difference between data and geographic data are covered. Lectures cover the basics of GIS, vector and raster data models, geographic data analysis, visualisation techniques and geographic overlay. The practical sessions build basic skills in GIS such as adding, visualising, analysing and modelling data and creating effective map layouts. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Ian Heywood ,Sarah Cornelius (2011). An Introduction

to Geographical Information Systems. 4th ed. Prentice

Hall. 2. John R Jensen, Ryan R. Jensen (2013). Introductory

Geographic Information Systems. Pearson. 3. Keith C. Clarke (2011). Getting Started with

Geographic Information Systems, 5th ed. Prentice Hall.

SIB 3009 INTERNET PROGRAMMING This course aims to introduce the World Wide Web (WWW), web software, connections and hardware, introduction to internet programming and scripting, website maintenance and Web applications. It covers an introduction to internet programming and the languages. Topics include HTML, XHTML, DHTML, XML, CSS, JavaScript, PHP, CGI, Perl, and SQL. Besides that, the basic concepts of WWW client-server communications and the skills to use the above tool to create Web applications will be also introduced. Various problems related to Bioinformatics such as query, search and retrieve information are considered to be solved using internet programming languages. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS2 Main References: 1. Scott Guelich, Shishir Gundavaram, Gunther Birznieks

(2012). CGI Programming with Perl. 2nd

Ed. O’Reilly Media.

2. Mitchell L Model (2013). Bioinformatics Programming Using Python. O’Reilly Media.

3. Ethan Cerami (2013). XML for Bioinformatics. Springer. SIB 3010 DATA MINING AND MACHINE LEARNING This course introduces basic conceptual elements of machine learning and data mining including data preprocessing methods, classification techniques, supervised and unsupervised learning, clustering techniques, evaluation models and applications of machine learning and data mining in bioinformatics. Software tools such as MATLAB or WEKA will be introduced and used in solving bioinformatics problems. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS1 Main References: 1. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber (2012). Data Mining:

Concepts and Techniques. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.


160

2. Ian H. Witten, Eibe Frank, Mark A. Hall (2011). Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques. The Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.

3. Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, Vipin Kumar (2012). Introduction to Data Mining. Addison-Wesley.

SIB 3012 COMPUTER INTELLIGENCE IN BIOINFORMATICS This course introduces computational intelligent (CI) techniques including artificial neural network, fuzzy logic, genetic algorithm, support vector machine and others. Example of case studies which applied CI in biological problems will be discussed. Software tools such as MATLAB will be used to develop and implement the CI models. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS1 Main References: 1. Andres P. Engelbrecht (2014). Computational

Intelligence: An Introduction. Wiley. 2. Russ Eberhart and Yuhui Shi (2014). Computational

Intelligence: Concepts to Implementations. Morgan Kaufmann.

3. S. Sumathi, Surekha Paneerselvam (2010). Computational Intelligence Paradigms: Theory and Applications using MATLAB. CRC Press.

SIB 3013 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING IN BIOINFORMATICS The syllabus of this course includes basic concepts of software engineering, requirements gathering, requirement specification and analysis, implementing systems, coding style and writing manuals. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Roger Pressman and Bruce Maxim (2014). Software

Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach. 8th ed.

2. Ian Sommerville (2013). Software Engineering. 9th ed.

3. Per Runeson, Martin Host, Austen Rainer, Bjorn Regnell (2012). Case Study Research in Software Engineering, WileyApplications in Health Care. 3

rd ed.

Springer-Verlag. SIB 3014 GRAPHIC AND DATA VISUALIZATION IN BIOINFORMATICS This course aims to introduce the concepts in computer graphics as well as apply effective techniques in designing and developing computer graphic application. It covers the introduction of the components in computer graphics systems and also the languages and tools use for

graphics programming such as Python, SVG and OpenGL. Various problems related to Bioinformatics are considered to be solved using graphics programming language. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS2 Main References: 1. Oswald Campesato (2014). Fundamentals of SVG

Programming. Charles River Media 2. Conrad Bessant, Darren Oakley, Ian Shadforth (2014).

Building Bioinformatics Solutions. 2nd

edition. Oxford University Press

3. Andreas D. Baxevanis, B. F. Francis Ouellette (2011). 2

nd edition. Bioinformatics: A Practical Guide to the

Analysis of Genes and Proteins. Wiley. SIB 3015 HEALTH INFORMATICS Student will learn new method in hoe to retrieve, group, process and manage the knowledge and the data in the field of health and bio health science. Students also will be learning about the clinical data & hospital record system (HIS), HL7, telemedicine, telesurgery, teleradiology , decision support system and other related aspect. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS1, EM1 Main References: 1. Julus J. Berman (2010). Methods in Medical

Informatics: Fundamentals of Healthcare Programming in Perl, Python, and Ruby. Chapman and Hall/CRC.

2. Edward H. Shortliffe, James J. Cimino (2013). Biomedical Informatics: Computer Applications in Health Care and Biomedicine (Health Informatics) 4

th

ed. Springer. 3. Ramona Nelson, Nancy Staggers (2013). Health

Informatics: An Interprofessional Approach. Mosby. SIB 3016 GENETIC RESOURCE INFORMATICS This course will discuss about diversities and issues regarding organisms’ genetics resources. It will also focus on the development and usage of databases related to genetic resources in bioinformatics research. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Perry, M.C., Painting, K.A. & Ayad, A.G. (1993).


161

Genebank Management System. International Plant

Genetic Resources Institute (formerly International

Board for Plant Genetic Resources) : Rome.

2. Various databases on genetic resource informatics in

and outside of Malaysia.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOTECHNOLOGY)

PROGRAMME

Career Prospects Upon graduation, graduates with BSc in Biotechnology can occupy positions such as scientist, researcher, lecturer, and management officer in Government Agencies, Private Agencies (Local / Multinational), Non-Governmental Organisations (NGO) and International Bodies. SHET 2101 APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY Introduction to industrial microorganisms. Roles of bacteria, alga and fungi for life and the environment. Microbial culture, growth and control. Bioactive agents and genetic engineering. Applications of microbes in medicine, industry, agriculture, waste treatment and biodegradation of pollutants. Microbial processes in production of food, drinks, dairy products and bioactive agents (pharmaceutical and non pharmaceuticals). Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS3, EM2 Main References: 1. Madigan, M.T. & Martinko, J.M. (2006). Brock Biology

of Microorganisms. 11th ed. Prentice Hall. 2. Talaro, K.P. (2009). Foundations in Microbiology. 7th

ed. McGraw-Hill: Boston. 3. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., & Case, C.L. (2006).

Microbiology: An Introduction. 9th ed. Benjamin Cummings.

SHET 2102 PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY This course will approach plant biology from the perspective of biotechnology. Through the lecture series, we will concentrate on the applied use of our understanding of plant biotechnology to alter plants. We will focus on particular examples where manipulation of genetic material in plants offers opportunities to radically alter plant metabolism and to increase our understanding of plants. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT4, TS2, EM2

Main References: 1. Slater, A., Scott, N.W. & Fowler, M.R. (2003). Plant

Biotechnology: The Genetic Manipulation of Plants. Oxford University Press.

2. Stewart, C.N. (2008). Plant Biotechnology and Genetics: Principles, Techniques and Applications. Wiley-Interscience.

3. Halford, N. (2006). Plant Biotechnology: Current and Future Applications of Genetically Modified Crops. John Wiley.

SHET 2103 ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY Definition and introduction of animal biotechnology in general, with respect to animal reproductivity, artificial insemination techniques in livestock animal, sperm cryopreservation, production and application of vaccines. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, EM2 Main References: 1. Alan, J. H. & Johnson, A. (1997). Animal

Biotechnology and Ethics. Springer-Verlag. 2. Renaville, R. & Burny, A. (eds). (2001). Biotechnology

in Animal Husbandry. Kluwer Academic Publishers. 3. Nagabhushanam, R., Diwan, A. D., Zahurnec, B. J. &

Sarojini, R. (2004). Biotechnology of Aquatic Animals. Science Publisher: USA.

SHET 2104 BIOCHEMISTRY This course explains the structure of protein and its function, with emphasis on enzyme catalysis and kinetics, metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids and nucleotides. Membrane structure and function in cellular transport are also discussed. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, Main References: 1. Berg, J.M., Tymoczko, J.L. & Stryer, L. (2010).

Biochemistry. 7th ed. W.H. Freeman. 2. Voet, D. & Voet, J.G. (2004). Biochemistry. 4th ed. John

Wiley. 3. Hardin J., Bertoni G. and Kleinsmith L. J. (2012)

Becker's World of the Cell. (8th edition). Pearson. SHET 2105 MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY The microbes are a group of microscopic organisms comprising bacteria, algae, fungi and actinomycetes. Their physiological aspects such as growth, metabolism and photosynthesis (for algae) are discussed; nutrition, isolation and production of biochemicals with economic potential, mass cultivation.


162

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment : 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, Main references: 1. Barnum, S.R. (1998). Biotechnology: An Introduction.

Wadsworth. 2. Baltz, R.H., Demain, A.L. & Davies, J.E. (2010). Manual

of Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology. 3rd ed. ASM Press.

3. Richmond, A. (2003). Handbook of Microalgal Culture: Biotechnology and Applied Phycology. Blackwell Science.

SHET 2106 HIGHER PLANT PHYSIOLOGY This course cover explaination of how plants function and grow. Includes metabolism (photosynthesis, respiration, mineral nutrition), water relations, gas exchange, response to environmental stresses, growth and development in response to environmental cues and biochemical control of growth. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS3 Main References: 1. Davies, P, J. (1995). Plant Hormone Physiology,

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Kluwer Academics.

2. Mohr, H. (1995). Plant Physiology. Spring-Verlag. 3. Raven, P.H., Evert, R.F. & Eichhorn, S.E. (2005).

Biology of Plants. (7th ed.) Worth Publishers SHET 2107 PRINCIPLES OF RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY Introduction to the principle of DNA recombinant technology; basic steps in gene cloning and gene analysis; vectors; enzymes; methods of DNA restriction and DNA ligation; methods to introduce foreign DNA into host cells; screening of clones; characterisation of clones; enzymatic manipulation of DNA and RNA; radioactive and non-radioactive probe labelling; Southern and Northern hybridisations, colony, plaque and dot-blotting; radioactive and non-radioactive hybridisations; plasmid vector for E. coli and non- E.coli organisms, PCR; site-directed mutagenesis and protein engineering; DNA sequencing; gene mapping. Practicals. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, EM2

Main References: 1. Borem, A., Santos, R. & Bowen, D.E. (2003)

Understanding Biotechnology. Prentice Hall. 2. Ratledge, C and Kristiansen, B. (2001). Basic

Biotechnology. Cambridge University Press. 3. Glick, B.R., Pasternak, J.J. & Patten, C.L. (2010).

Molecular Biotechnology: Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA. 4th ed. ASM Press: Washington D.C.

SHET 2108 CELL AND TISSUE CULTURE Regeneration of complete plants from various cells, tissues and organs from tissue culture systems. Media preparation and discussion of factors affecting cells, tissues and organs growth and ultimately plant regeneration. Meristem culture and production of diseases-free plants. Various types of cultures. Clonal propagation, somatic embryogenesis. Production of haploid and triploid plants. Production of secondary plant metabolites in vitro. Importance and contributions of tissue culture technique. Cryopreservation. Animal tissue culture and biotechnology Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, EM2 Main References: 1. Rosna Mat Taha. (2004). Kultur Tisu Tumbuhan

Berbunga. Penerbit Universiti Malaya. 2. Lindsey, K. Plant Tissue Culture Manual. (1991).

Kluwer Academic Publishers: Netherlands. 3. Pierik, R.L.M. (1987). In vitro culture of Higher Plants.

Martinus Nijhoff: Dodrecht. SHET 2109 FUNDAMENTAL TECHNIQUES IN BIOTECHNOLOGY An introduction to the theory of basic laboratory techniques in molecular biology, with emphasis on basic laboratory functions and techniques. This course concentrates on DNA structure and function along with techniques of DNA analysis, including cloning, restriction digests, and polymerase chain reaction. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Borem A, Santos R and Bowen DE (2003)

Understanding Biotechnology.Prentice Hall Publication.

2. Ratledge, C. & Kristiansen, B. (2001). Basic Biotechnology. Cambridge University Press.

3. Glick, B.R., Pasternak, J.J. & Patten, C.L. (2010). Molecular Biotechnology: Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA. 4th ed. ASM Press.


163

SHET 2110 SCIENTIFIC COMMUNICATION AND WRITING Lessons will include learning the steps and rules of writing, understanding a scientific article and writing other related important documents pertaining to working requirements. The communication part will include basic skills in communications, different styles of speech such as public speaking, impromptu speech, prepared speech and debate. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT4, TS2, LS2, EM3 Main References: 1. Gamble, T.K. & Gamble, M. (2004). Communication

Works. 10th ed. McGraw-Hill. 2. McMillan, V.E. (1997). Writing Papers in the Biological

Sciences. Bedford Books: Boston. 3. Shirley, T. (2000). Essential Communication Skills.

Longman: New York. SHET 2301 METABOLITE AND SECONDARY METABOLISM This course covers biosynthesis, bioactivity and ecology of secondary metabolites (natural products), Major classes of secondary metabolites are explained according to elementary intermediate compounds where they are found, followed by elaboration of the pharmacological and toxicological traits of compounds found in insects, plants and microorganisms. This course ends with an introduction to the biotechnological exploitation of secondary metabolites. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, EM2 Main References: 1. Mann, J. (1987). Secondary Metabolism. 2nd ed.

Oxford University Press. 2. Wink, M. (ed). (1999). Biochemistry of Plant Secondary

Metabolism. Annual Plant Reviews, Vol. 2. Blackwell. 3. Wink, M. (ed). (2000). Functions of Plant Secondary

Metabolites and their Exploitation in Biotechnology. Annual Plant Reviews, Vol. 3. Blackwell.

SHET 3101 BIOPROCESS TECHNOLOGY Introduction to fermentation technology: history, types of fermentation, examples of fermentation industry. Kinetics studies: growth, substrate utilisation and product formation. Fermentation media: formulation, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, minerals sources etc. Bioreactor design and sterilisation. Balance of material and energy in bioprocess: open and closed systems, steady-state and non-steady state systems, reacting and non-reacting systems, stoichiometry. Physical processes in bioprocess: fluid flow and mixing, mass and heat transfer. Bioreactor

operation systems: stirred tank reactor (batch, semi-batch, and continous), bubble column, airlift and packed bed. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS5, CT6, TS5, LS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Doran, P.M. (2000). Bioprocess Engineering Principles.

Academic Press. 2. Shuler, M.L. & Kargi, F. (2002). Bioprocess

Engineering: Basic Concepts. 2nd ed. Prentice Hall. 3. Stanbury, P.F., Whitaker, A. & Hall, S.J. Principles of

Fermentation Technology. (2003). 2nd ed. Butterworth-Heinemann.

SHET 3102 BASIC BIOINFORMATICS Students will learn the necessity and importance of bioinformatics for the processing of molecular biological data, in particular nucleic acid and amino-acid sequences, using computational techniques. Students will be given an overview of the diversity of problems that can be tackled with bioinformatics, and they will learn about basic techniques to solve certain computational problems. Using practical exercises, students will learn to extract data from biological databases (e.g. homologous sequences) and analyse these data with specially-developed tools. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Karwetz, S.A & Womble, D.D. (2003). Introduction to

Bioinformatics: A Theoretical and Practical Approach. Humana Press.

2. Krane, D.E. & Raymer, M.L. (2002). Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics. Benjamin Cummings.

3. Lacroix, Z. & Critchlow, T. (2003). Bioinformatics: Managing Scientific Data. Kaufmann Publication.

SHET 3103 RESEARCH AND COMMERCIALISATION IN BIOTECHNOLOGY The course covers the current status in research and commercialisation of all aspects of biotechnology both in Malaysia and internationally. Current topics such as patents and IPR are discussed. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT4, LL2, TS2, KK1, LS2, CS4, EM2 Main References: 1. Journals in Biotechnology.


164

2. Trends in Biotechnology. 3. Nature SHET 3104 CURRENT TOPICS IN BIOTECHNOLOGY Series of seminars and discussions on current/selected topics on biotechnology including commercialization potentials. Students’ presentation (individual/group) on selected topics on biotechnology. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, KK1 SHET 3170 BIOTECHNOLOGY PRACTICAL This course covers the following topics: importance of industrial microorganisms; introduction to microbes, including actinomycetes, bacteria, algae and fungi; isolation and identification of industrial microbes; selection of microbes for primary and secondary metabolite screening – enzymes and bioactive agents; importance of bacteria, fungi and algae; bioactive agents of bacteria, fungi and algae. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS5, CT4, TS3, EM2 Main References: 1. Dube, H.C. (1998). Textbook of Fungi and Bacteria.

Sangam Books. 2. Ibrahim Che Omar. (2002) Prinsip Bioteknologi.

Penerbit Universiti Sains Malaysia. 3. Stukus, P.E. (1997). Investigating Microbiology: Manual

for General Microbiology. Saunders. SHET 3180 RESEARCH PROJECT IN BIOTECHNOLOGY The student will carry out a research project and then write a thesis, guided by one or two supervisors. The student is encouraged to write a project proposal which includes sections on literature review and materials and methods, before commencing the actual research. The project covers two semesters (I and II or II and III). The thesis should be submitted in either semester II or semester III, respectively. Assessment Methods: Thesis : 75% Presentation : 25% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT5, LL2, EM2

SHET 3190 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IN BIOTECHNOLOGY Students will be stationed at their preferred industrial placement choice. They will be doing daily chores as indicated by their site supervisor. At the end of training, students are required to submit a complete report regarding their industrial training experience. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS7, CT5, TS5, LL2, EM3, LS4 SHET 3301 ALGAE BIOTECHNOLOGY Algae, including microalgae and macroalgae (seaweeds), represent a biotechnological resource of great potential. Algae Biotechnology is defined as “ the use of algae or a part of it in industrial products, medicine or processes”. Topics taught include new biotechnological products like medicine, polymers, enzymes and technologies for isolation and production of algal biomass and products; mass cultivation, harvesting and bioprocessing, strain improvement, etc. Application of algae biotechnology in aquaculture and environmental management. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2 Main References: 1. Phang, S.M., Critchley, A.T. & Ang, P.Jr. (eds) (2006).

Advances in Seaweed Utilisation and Cultivation in Asia. UMMReC Publication.

2. Richmond, A. (ed). (2003). Handbook of Microalgal Culture: Biotechnology and Applied Phycology. Wiley-Blackwell.

3. Richard,A. (2004).Handbook of Microalgal Culture.Biotechnology and Applied Phycology.Blackwell Science Ltd.

SHET 3302 FUNGAL BIOTECHNOLOGY This course concerns the structure, biology and role of fungi in the chemical, agriculture, food, medical and bioremediation industries. Practical experience in the handling and isolation of fungi, as well as methodology of the production of useful compounds from fungi are included. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, EM2 Main References: 1. Charlile M.J. & Watkinson S.C. (1994) The Fungi.

Academic Press.


165

2. Jennings D. H. & Lysek G. (2000) Fungal Biology : Understanding the Fungal Lifestyle.

3. Tkacz, J.S. & Lange, L. (eds). (2004). Advances in Fungal Biotechnology for Industry, Agriculture and Medicine. Kluwer Academic Publishers.

SHET 3303 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

BIOTECHNOLOGY The importance of biological system and microbes in the management and treatment of wastes. Characterisation of various wastes from industrial sectors including xenobiotics. Introduction to conventional systems of treatment of wastes and sewage. Innovations in treatment of wastes with microbes and plants. Utilisation of wastes for production of value-added products. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS5, CT5, LL2, EM2, LS2, TS3 Main References: 1. Biotechnological Innovations in Energy and

Environmental Management. (1994). BIOTOL Series. Open Learning. Butterworth-Heinmann

2. Eweis, J.B., Ergas, S.A., Chang, D.P.Y. & Schroeder, E.D. (1998). Bioremediation Principles. McGraw-Hill.

3. Scragg, A. (1999). Environmental Biotechnology. Pearson.

SHET 3304 BIOSEPARATION Introduction to bioseparation and characteristics of biological products. Methods of recovery, isolation, purification and polishing of bioproducts. Bioproducts formulation. Recent techniques in bioseparation i.e. pervaporation, supercritical fluid extraction, reverse-micelle etc. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Belter, P.A., Cussler, E.L. & Hu, W.S. (1988)

Bioseparations: Downstream Processing For Biotechnology. John Wiley.

2. Harrison, R.G., Todd, P., Rudge, S.R. & Petrides, D.P. (2003). Bioseparations Science and Engineering. Oxford University Press.

3. Bioproduct Recovery in Bioprocess Technology (1992). Biotechnology. Open Learning.Butterworth-Heinemann.

SHET 3305 MARINE BIOTECHNOLOGY Marine Biotechnology is defined as the use of marine organisms or their parts in industrial products, medicine or processes. Topics taught include new marine biotechnological products like medicine, polymers, enzymes and current technologies like genomics,

proteomics and species improvement, etc. Application of biotechnology in fisheries, aquaculture and environmental management. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2 Main References: 1. Fingerman M., Nagabhushanam, R. & Thompson, M-F.

(1999). Recent Advances in Marine Biotechnology, Vol.2: Environmental Marine Biotechnology. Science Publishers.

2. Fingerman, M. & Nagabhushanam, R. (2000). Recent Advances in Marine Biotechonology, Vol. 4: Aquaculture. Part A: Seaweeds and Invertebrates. Science Publishers.

3. Journal of Marine Biotechnology. Springer-Verlag. SHET 3306 PLANT MORPHOGENESIS Definition of morphogenesis. Morphogenesis in vivo and in vitro. In vitro system or tissue culture system to study morphogenesis and related processes. Organogenesis, embryogenesis, plant regeneration and their importance in industries, especially agro-based industry. Cell cycle and its importance in morphogenesis. Autoradiography technique and its importance, microdensitometry. Image analyser for measurement of nuclear DNA quantity, ploidy level and other cellular parameters such as cell and nuclear areas, cell doubling time etc. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, TS2, EM2 Main References: 1. Bhojwani, S.S. & Razdan, M.K. (1996). Plant Tissue

Culture: Theory and Practice. Elsevier. 2. Bryant, J.A. & Francis, D. (eds). (1985). The Cell

Division Cycle in Plants. Cambrige University Press. 3. Stephen, L.W. (1981). Biology of the Cell. 2nd ed.

Wadsworth: Belmont, CA. SHET 3307 PLANT BREEDING The objective of this course is to introduce the principles of genetics and basic techniques in plant breeding. It covers sexual reproduction systems in plants, self-pollinated and cross-polinated crops, techniques in plant breeding, techniques in breeding for disease resistance and the development of hybrids. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English


166

Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS3, Main References: 1. Allard, R.W. (1960). Principles of Plant Breeding: John

Wiley. 2. Huckuck, H., Kobabe, G. & Wengel, G. (1991).

Fundalmentals of Plant Breeding. Springer- Verlag. 3. Yap. T.C., & Mohd Said Saad. (1990). Pembiakbakaan

Tumbuhan. Dewan Bahasa & Pustaka: Kuala Lumpur. SHET 3308 ANIMAL BREEDING This course comprises of definitions, types, concepts, systems and technologies in animal breeding and management. Applications from various concepts will be shown in the breeding and management of livestocks such as goat, sheep, cattle, ostrich, deer and chicken. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3 Main References: 1. Brackett, B.G., Seidel, G.E. & Seidel, S.M. (1981). New

Technologies in Animal Breeding. Academic Press. 2. Lesley, J.F. (1992). Genetics of Livestock improvement:

Prentice-Hall. 3. Maciejowski, J. & Zirba, J. (1982). Genetics and Animal

Breeding: Elsevier Scientific. SHET 3309 GENETIC ENGINEERING IN ANIMALS AND PLANTS This course explains the systems and techniques that can be used in the genetic engineering of plants and animals, and potential consequences due to gene transfers. There will be detailed discussions on specific examples of how the technology can be used. Advantages and disadvantages of genetic engineering to society are also discussed. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examinations: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS3 Main References: 1. Sanderson, J. (2007). Understanding Genes and

GMOs. World Scientific. 2. Slater, A., Scott, N.W. & Fowler, M.R. (2003). Plant

Biotechnology: The Genetic Manipulation of Plants. Oxford University Press.

3. Tourte, Y. (2003). Genetically Modified Organisms: Transgenesis in Plants. Science Publishers.

4. Galun, E & Breiman, A. (1997). Transgenic Plants.Imperial College Press.

SHET 3310 POSTHARVEST PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY This course is designed to expose students to the importance of postharvest biotechnology in horticulture. It covers the physiological processes involved and the use of biotechnology to address postharvest problems. It also gives an overview of processes involved from the time of harvest until the time the produce reaches the market. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examinations: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT4, TS2, EM2 Main References: 1. Kays, S.J. (1991). Postharvest Physiology of Perishable

Plant Products. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 2. Paliyath, G., Murr, D.P., Handa, A.K & Lurie, S. (2008).

Postharvest Biology and Technology of Fruits, Vegetables, and Flowers. Wiley-Blackwell.

3. Wills, R., B. McGlasson, D.Graham, D.Joyce.2007.Postharvest : An Introduction to the Physiology and Handling of Fruits, Vegetables, and Ornamentals. 5

th Edition. CABI.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOHEALTH SCIENCE)

PROGRAMME

Career Prospects Upon completing their studies, our graduates can work as scientists, research officers, lecturers or administrative officers in government or private (local or multinational) agencies, non-governmental organisations (NGO) or international bodies. SIK 2001 HUMAN ANATOMY General introduction to the the human body including anatomical terminologies and an overview of the human anatomy. Body structure will be studied based on systems. Form-function relationships will be emphasized including on how the human anatomy relates to that of other vertebrates. Practical components of the course generally parallels and reinforces lecture materials through the use of models as well as skeletal materials and specimen demonstration. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, EM2 Main References: 1. Kenneth S. Saladin (2008). Human Anatomy 2

nd

Edition. McGraw Hill Publishing 2. Seeley R., Stephens, T and Tate, P (2008). Anatomy

and Physiology. 8th Edition. McGraw Hill Publishing


167

SIK 2002 FUNDAMENTAL RESEARCH SKILLS IN BIOHEALTH SCIENCE Techniques taught include basic lab practice, spectrophotometry, drug analysis, chromatography, nucleic acid extraction, electrophoresis, techniques in the field of parasitology, hematology, physiology, nutrition. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Consisting of; Laboratory report 60% Test 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT5, TS4, EM2, LL2 Main References: 1. SIK 2002 Practical Manual SIK 2003 GENERAL BIOCHEMISTRY Structure and physical characteristic of water; Acid and base, pH and pK; classification, structure and function of carbohydrates lipids, amino acids and proteins; nucleic acids and molecular biology; characteristic of enzyme and the regulation of enzyme activity; the use of enzyme in industries; catabolism and anabolism of carbohydrate, fatty acids, amino acids, nucleic acids. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT2, LL2 Main References: 1. Biochemistry. Garett & Grisham. 2002. Saunders

College Publishers. Fort Worth/London/Sydney. 2. Concepts in Biochemistry. 2

nd Edition. Rodney Boyer

2nd

. 2002. Brooks/Cole,Thomson Publishers. Canada/Australia

3. Biochemistry. Mathew, Van Holde & Ahern. 2000. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. San Francisco. USA

4. Biochemistry. Stryer. 1995. 4th Edition. W. H.

Freeman & Company. New York. 5. Hashim, Onn. 2000. Metabolisme Tubuh Manusia.

Penerbitan Universiti Malaya. 6. Lecture notes on Spectrum UM website SIK 2004 HUMAN AND ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY Concept of osmoticity and tonicity; excretory system: anatomy; physiology and diseases of kidney; respiratory system: anatomy; physiology and diseases of lung; cardiovascular system: anatomy, physiology and diseases of heart; nutrition (digestive system between ruminant and non-ruminant; nutrition, exercise and healthy lifestyle); homeostasis: thermoregulation and neuronal model in thermoregulation; nervous system and brain: synapse, action potential, effect of drug, EEG, concept of the left and right brain; physiology of the muscle and reproductive biotechnology.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT2 Main References: 1. Seeley and R. Rod. 2005. Essentials of Anatomy and

Physiology (5th ed). Boston, Mass: McGraw-Hill. 2. Sherwood and Lauralee. 2004. Human Physiology:

From Cells to Systems (5th ed). Belmont, C.A.: Thomson/ Brooks/ Cole.

3. Tortora and J. Gerard. 2004. Introduction to the Human Body: The Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology (6th ed). New York: Wiley.

4. Vander and J. Arthur. 2003. Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function (9th ed). New York: McGraw-Hill.

5. Chiras and D.Daniel. 2003. Human Body Systems: Structure, Function and Environment. Sudbury, Mass: Jones and Bartlett.

SIK 2005 PHYTOCHEMISTRY The course introduces the basic principle of phytochemistry to provide student sufficient skill to be able to identify various classes of secondary metabolites. The course content consist of introduction to phytochemistry, classification of phenolics, terpenoid, alkaloids and other secondary metabolites compounds, the biosynthesis pathway of acetate-melonate, acetate-mevalonate and shikimic acid in relation to the formation of secondary metabolite, physical and chemical properties of secondary product and its medicinal usage as antibiotic, anti-inflammation, anti-oxidant etc, the function of secondary metabolite in plants and the its application in health care industry, food and beverages, agriculture and etc. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. John T, Romeo (2004) Secondary metabolism in

model system, Amsterdam, Boston. 2. E.A. Bell and B.V. Cherlwood (1980) Secondary Plant

Products. Encyclopedia of Plant Physiology, New Series Volume 8, Springer-Verhg Berlin Hcidelberg, New York.

3. J.B Harbone, Phytochemical Methods, (1973), Chapmen &Hall,Lon.

4. John F. Robyt and Bernard J. White (1987) Biochemical Techniques Theory and Practise, Brooks/Cole Publishing Company.

5. John T, Romeo, James A. Saunders and Benjamin F, Matthews (2001) Regulation of phytochemicals by molecular techniques. New York: Elseiver Science Ltd.

SIK 2006 GENERAL HUMAN GENETICS In this course, an integrated approach to learning genetics will be employed encompassing transmission and


168

molecular genetics. Topics include: Cell cycle and cellular division; Mendelian and non-Mendelian inheritance; Chromosome and heredity; Linkage and crossing-over; Genetic mapping; Cytogenetics and the human genome; Human genome stability; Human genetic diseases; Genetic technology applications. Emphasis on human perspectives will be given when discussing the various topics. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, EM2 Main References: 1. Snustad, D.P. & Simmons, M.J. (2009). Principles of

Genetics. 5th ed. John Wiley. SIK 2007 HISTOLOGY Principles of Histology. Basic cell structure and tissues of the vertebrates. Histogenesis, classification and organization of tissues of the vertebrates (nervous tissue, epithelial tissue, connective tissue, muscle tissue). Tissue structures in relation to functions. Laboratory works (i) Preparations of slides and (ii) Slide analysis. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Atlas Histologi. Freeman, WH & Bracegirdle, B

(1981). Heinemann Educational Books (Asia) Ltd. 2. Mikroskopi Cahaya. Mohammed Omar (1987). DBP 3. Bloom & Fawcett a Textbook of Histology. DW

Fawcett (12th edition, 1994). Chapman & Hall. 4. Basic Histology: Text & Atlas. LC Junqueira & J

Carneiro (10th edition, 2002). McGraw-Hill Medical. 5. Histology (A Text & Atlas). MH Ross, GI Kaye & W

Pawlina (4th edition, 2002). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

SIK 2008 GENERAL IMMUNOLOGY This course encompasses basic concepts of immunology which includes specific and non-specific immunity; lymphoid organ / tissues, characteristics and effector functions of leucocytes, mechanisms of the non-specific immunity; humoral and cell-mediated immune reactions; antigens and immunogenicity, types, characteristics and effector functions of antibodies; immunodiagnostic tools; immune diseases. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English

Soft Skills: CS3, TS1, LL2 Main References: 1. Eales, Lesley-Jane (2003). Immunology for Life

Scientists (2nd Ed). John Wiley, Hoboken, New Jersey 2. Goldsby, Richard A. (2003). Immunology (5th Ed).

W.H. Freeman, New York 3. Elves, PJ, Martin SJ, Burton R, Roitt, IV. (2011) Roitt’s

Essential Immunology (12th Ed). Wiley-Blackwell. 4. Yadav, M. and Yadav, A. (2005). Causes and

Prevention: Allergy and Asthma (1st Ed). Today Publishing, Malaysia

SIK 2009 MICROBIOLOGY FOR HEALTH SCIENCES This course provides students with basic knowledge and practical skills in microbiology. Topics covered include microbial diversity and their classifications, the growth, culture and control of microorganisms, microbial diseases, microbial media preparation, inoculation and culturing techniques, colonial morphology characteristics, principles of identification tests, hands-on basic microbiological techniques and data interpretation & analysis. The aim of this module is to create an interest in research microbiology and as well as provide an overview of microbial bioprospecting area for preparing Biohealth Science students for their carrier development in the future. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT5, TS2, LL2, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Applied Microbiology, Applied microbiology / Vinita V.

Kale, Kishore P. Bhosari. ISBN: 9788183187480; Rev. ed.; Mumbai: Himalaya Pub. House, 2007.

2. Microbiology and Immunology, Microbiology & immunology / Promila Parihar.ISBN: 9788189981303; Delhi, India: Swastik Publishers & Distributors, 2009.

3. Modern Industrial and Microbiology, Modern industrial microbiology and biotechnology / Nduka Okafor ISBN: 1578084342 ; Enfield, (NH): Science Publishers, c2007.

4. Microbes and Microbial Technology, Microbes and Microbial Technology: Agricultural and Environmental Applications / edited by Iqbal Ahmad, Farah Ahmad, John Pichtel. ISBN: — Springer eBooks, 2011.

5. Principles of Microbiology, Principles of microbiology / M.S. Bhatia. ISBN: 9788189981273 ; 1st ed.; Delhi, India: Swastik Publishers & Distributors, 2009.

SIK 2010 MEDICAL PARASITOLOGY Introduction. The biology, life-cycle, epidemiology, symptoms treatment, epidemiological control and control of selected parasitic diseases such as Amoebic dysentery, Giardiasis, Toxoplasmosis, Malaria, Leishmaniasis, Trypanosomiasis, Chagas, Taeniasis, Schistosomiasis, Lymphatic Filariasis etc. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%


169

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS1, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Medical parasitology: a self-instructional text

(2004) Leventhal, Ruth./ F.A.Davis Co 2. Medical Lab Manual for Tropical Countries Vol 1 &2

(2000) – Monica Cheeseborough / ELBS 3. Human parasitology (2000) Bogistsh pub Elsevier 4. Modern Parasitology (1992) - FEG Cox pub Blackwell 5. Parasitologi Perubatan (1988) – Vijaya Thomas DBP 6. Color atlas of tropical medicine and parasitology

(1995) Peters, Wallace, 1924- / Morsby-wolfe SIK 2011 ETHNOBOTANY Principles of ethnobotany; the different disciplines of ethnobotany; the roles of ethnobotany in modern society; plants and their origins; the role of taxonomy in ethnobotany; medicinal plants from ethnobotany; conservation and ethnobotany; evaluating economic values of ethnobotany; use of ecology in ethnobotany. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Martin, G.J. 1996. Ethnobotany A Methods Manual.

Chapman & Hall, London 2. Chadwick, D.J. & Marsh, J. (eds.) (1995). Ethnobotany

and the Search for New Drugs. CIBA foundation Symnosium 185. John Wiley & Sons. Chicester.

3. Schultes, R.E. & von Reis, S. (eds.)(1995). Ethnobotany Evolution of a Discipline. Dioscorides Press. Portland.

SIK 2012 MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY Arthropods as agents and vectors of human diseases. The vector-parasite relationships. Mechanical vectors and biological vectors. The biology, life-cycle, epidemiology of diseases caused by mosquitoes, flies, ticks, bugs, lice, fleas, mites, cockroaches bedbugs ; vector control. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, EM2 Main References: 1. Medical entomology for students (2000) - MW

Service/Cambridge Univ Press 2. Medical Lab Manual for Tropical Countries(1983) -

Monica Cheesborough / ELBS 3. Entomologi Perubatan (1993) - Sallehudin Sulaiman/

DBP 4. Medical & Veterinary Entomology(1995) - D S

Kettle/CAB Intl

5. Biology of Blood-sucking Insects (1991) –M J Lehane/Harpers Academic

6. Forensic entomology: the utility of arthropods in legal investigations (2001) - Byrd, Jason H./CRC Press

SIK 2013 PHARMACOGNOSY Introduction to pharmacognosy, crude drug, commerce in drug, preparatition of drugs for commercial market, evaluation of drug and chromatographic study of drugs, chemical classification of drugs, carbohydrates and related compounds, glycosides, tannins, lipids, volatile oils, resins and resin combinations, alkaloids and poisonous plants. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Edward. P. Claus; Varro. E. Tyler and Lynn. R. (1970)

Pharmacognosy 6th edition.

2. William Charles Evans (1996) Trease and Ebans’ Pharmacognosy 14

th edition. Saunders.

3. Muhamad Zakaria and Mustafa Ali Mohd (1994) Traditional Malay Medicinal Plants, Penerbit Fajar Bakti Sdn Bhd.

4. Christophe wiart (2000) Mecidinal Plants of southeast Asia, Pelanduk Publications.

5. Malaysian Herbal Monograph (1999) Volume 1, Published by the Malaysian Monograph committee.

SIK 2014 PHYSIOLOGY OF REPRODUCTION Biology of sex; sex ratio; structure of male and female reproductive system; spermatogenesis; oogenesis; folliculogenesis; endocrinology of reproduction; menstrual cycle and oestrous cycle; fertilization; embryo cleavage; foetal development; pregnancy; birth; lactation; infertility and sterility; technology of reproduction. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS1, CT3, LL2, EM1 Main References: 1. Hillier, S.G., H.C. Kitchener and J.P. Neilson. 1996.

Scientific essential of reproductive medicine. W.B. Saunders Company Limited. London.

2. Hogart, P.J. 1978. Biology of reproduction. Blackie. Glasgow and London.

3. Austin, C.R. and R.V. Short. 1988. Reproduction in mammals.Books 1- 5. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge.

4. Knobil, E. and J.D. Neill. 1994. The physiology of reproduction. Volumes 1-2. Raven Press. New York.

5. Nalbandow, A.V. 1976. Reproductive physiology of mammals and birds. W.H. Freeman and Company. San Francisco.


170

SIK 2015 COMPLEMENTARY AND ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE Principles of complementary alternative medicine; the diversity of complementary alternative medicine and therapies; the roles of alternative medicine in modern society; mind body medicine; naturopathic medicine; environmental medicine; diet and health; detoxification therapies. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS1, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Daniels, C. (1998). Healing Secrets. Bookman Press

Pty Ltd, Melbourne. 2. Polunin, M. & Robbins, C. (1999). The Natural

Pharmacy. Greenwich Edition, London. 3. The Burton Goldberg Group. (1997). Alternative

Medicine The Definitive Guide. Future Medicine Publishing Inc. Tiburon, California.

4. Woodham, A. & Peters, D. (2000). Encyclopedia of Natural Healing. Dorling Kindersley Limited, London.

SIK 2016 PRINCIPLES OF PROTEIN STRUCTURE The course covers the properties of protein structures and their classification. It describes in detail protein classification and its functions. Introduction to bioinformatics as tool to protein analysis.It also covers the life cycle of proteins in the cell. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3, TS1, LL2 Main References: 1. Introduction to Protein Structure. Carl Branden and

John Tooze.Garland Publishing Inc. 2. Anatomy and Toxonomy of Protein Structure. Jane. S.

Richardson. 1981.Adv. Prot. Chem. 34: 167-339 SIK 2017 NUTRITION SCIENCE This course encompasses energy; dietary guidelines; food guide pyramid; food safety; physiology of the gastrointestinal system – simple anatomy, digestion, absorption and excretion; characteristics, function, digestion, metabolism, toxicity, deficiencies of major nutrients – carbohydrate, lipid, protein, water-soluble vitamins, fat-soluble vitamins, minerals; assessment of nutrient status. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT2, TS1, LL2 Main References: 1. Groff, JL and Gropper, S. (2000). Advanced Nutrition

and Human Metabolisme (3rd Ed). Wadsworth Thomson Learning.

2. Gibney, MJ. (2002). Introduction to Human Nutrition. Blackwell Science, Oxford.

3. Gropper, S (2000). The Biochemistry of Human Nutrition: A Desk Reference(2nd Ed). Brooks Cole

4. Barasi, ME (2003). Human Nutrition: A Health Perspective (2nd Ed). Arnold, London.

5. Mann, J. (2002) Essentials of Human Nutrition (2nd Ed). Oxford University Press, Oxford.

SIK 2018 HUMAN BIOLOGY Human uniqueness. Human in contrast to other apes: human bipedalism. Principles of human biology, cellular biology, genetic, structure and body functions, diseases and current issues; human behaviour, human populations and its interaction with the environment. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS5, CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Human Biology: concepts and current issues. 2013.

Johnson MD. Benjamin Cummings Pub. San Francisco

2. Human Biology. 2014. Starr CB. McMillan Brooks/Cole Pub. USA

3. Human biology. 2014. Sylvia Mader. McGraw-Hill. SIK 3001 RESEARCH PROJECT IN BIOHEALTH SCIENCE Candidate will conduct research in any field and topic that is connected with any aspects of Biohealth Sciences under the supervision of one or two lecturers. The research project will be conducted over a period of 2 consecutive semesters. At the end of the second semester the candidate must complete a thesis which will be submitted for assessment as well as present research findings in a seminar or as poster. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Consisting of; Thesis 70% Poster/Seminar presentation 30% Medium of Instruction: English or Bahasa Melayu Soft Skills: CS3, CT6, LL2 Main References: Depending on the research topics carried out by the students.


171

SIK 3002 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IN BIOHEALTH SCIENCE Students will be placed at government hospitals, other relevant government or private agencies of their choice or which have accepted them. Students will be exposed to everyday working activities as instructed by their supervisors at the place of work. At the end of the training, each student and employer must each submit a report of the training and of the student’s performance during the duration of the training. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Consisting of; Industrial supervisor report 20% University superviso report 20% Student report 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3, TS3, LL2, KK1, EM2 Main References: As prescribed by the employer and/or Industrial Training Coordinator. SIK 3003 ADVANCED RESEARCH SKILLS IN BIOHEALTH SCIENCE Techniques taught include pharmacology, phytochemistry, enzymology, embryology. Other techniques include protein precipitation, genomic cloning, stem cell and molecular toxicology. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT6, TS4, EM2, LL2 Main References: 1. SIK 3003 Practical Manual SIK 3004 HORMONE BIOLOGY Various concepts in the biochemistry of hormone and the metabolic regulation in human. Biochemical pathways as well as in determining its functional operation and the controlling mechanism involved as well as mechanism of hormone action. Metabolic characteristic of organs and tissues, metabolism of carbohydrate, fat and protein, diabetes mellitus and energy balance and body weight regulation. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2

Main References: 1. Brook & Marshall. (2001). Essential Endocrinology

4th Edition, Blackwell Science Limited Publishing. 2. Devlin, T.M. (1997). Texbook of Biochemistry with

chinical correlations. Wiley Press. 3. Guyton, A.C. (1971) Human Physiology and

mechanisms of disease. 5th Edition, Saunders. 4. Levy, Andrew.(1997). Endocrinology, Oxford Press. SIK 3005 PHARMACOLOGY The course introduces drugs, the basic principles of pharmacology, interaction of drugs with receptors and to provide student sufficient skill to be able to evaluate the effect of drugs on human physiology especially in treatment of diseases. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT2, EM2 Main References: 1. Rang, H. P.(2003), Pharmacology (5th Ed). Churchill

Livingstone, Edinburgh. 2. Page, C. (2002), Integrated Pharmacology (2nd Ed).

Mosby, Edinburgh. 3. Leilani, GH. (2000), Understanding Pharmacology: A

Physiologic Approach. Appleton & Lang. 4. Brenner, G. M. (2000), Pharmacology. Saunders,

Philadelphia. 5. Rosenfield, G. C. (1998), Pharmacology (3rd Ed).

William & Wilkins. SIK 3006 NEUROBIOLOGY General introduction to the nervous system from cellular level (neuron) to functional systems. Approach from basic aspects of neurogenesis, neurocytology, neuroanatomy, neurochemistry, neuro-physiology and comparative neurobiology. The effects of damage / non-functionality of specific parts of the nervous system. Laboratory works will involve study of nerve tissue histological slides, specimens and brain models. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT2, TS1, LL2 Main References: 1. DL Jewett & MD Rayner (1984). Little Basic Concepts

of Neuronal Function: A Multilevel, Self-Teaching Textbook. Brown & Company.

2. ER Kandel, JH Schwartz & TM Jessel (2000) Principles of Neural Science. (4th Ed). McGraw-Hill Medical.

3. GM Sheperd (1994) Neurobiology. (3rd Ed). Oxford University Press.

4. ER Kandel & JH Schwartz (1993). Prinsip Sains Neural - terjemahan. Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka

5. A Raman, R Husain & M Afandi Muhamad (1995) Fisiologi Manusia. Fajar


172

SIK 3007 SCIENTIFIC COMMUNICATION SKILLS Part 1: Introduction to fundamentals of communication – theories, principles, elements, process, styles, types; listening skills, barriers/errors of communication; effective communication. Part 2: Communicating science to the scientific community and general public; exposure to various communicating media ranging from scholarly publications, presentations and to the new media; relevant skills in effective scientific communication. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS1, EM2 Main References: Selected research papers and other publications. SIK 3008 ANALYSIS OF DRUGS The course introduces the basic principle of drug standardization and regulation to provide student sufficient skill to be able to evaluate the analysis drug in laboratory. This course exposes the students to how a drug is analysed and how drug preparation is manufactured and regulated. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS1, CT2, LL2, EM2 Main References: 1. Athanselis, SA., Smith, FP and Siegel, JA (2005).

Handbook of Forensic Derug Analysis. 2. Wagner, H. and Bladt, S. (1996). Plant Drug Analysis

(2nd

Ed). Springer Verlag 3. Basic Tests for Pharmaceutical Substances (1990),

WHO, Geneva 4. The Use of Essential Drugs, 9

th Report of the WHO

Expert Committee (2000). Technical Report Series 895

5. Flower, DR. (2002). Drug Design: Cutting Edge Approaches. Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge.

SIK 3009 BASIC HERBAL MEDICINE The course consist of the introduction to the medicinal plants and herbal medicine, history of medicinal plants, classification of medicinal plants, types and part of herbs use as a drugs, medicinal herbs system, drug herbs application, drug herbs preparation, chemical constituents of medicinal plants, herbal medicine formulation, development of herbal drugs, registration of herbal medicine. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English

Soft Skills: CS1, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Edward. P. Claus; Varro. E. Tyler and Lynn. R. (1970)

Pharmacognosy 6th edition. 2. Ethnopharmacology of Medicinal Plants: Asia and the

Pacific by christophe Wiert, Totowa, NJ :Humana Press Inc.,2007.; Via: Springer Ebook

3. Muhamad Zakaria and Mustafa Ali Mohd (1994) Traditional Malay Medicinal Plants, Penerbit Fajar Bakti Sdn Bhd.

4. Christophe wiart (2000) Mecidinal Plants of southeast Asia, Pelanduk Publications.

5. Malaysian Herbal Monograph (1999) Volume 1, Published by the Malaysian Monograph committee.

SIK 3010 ANALYTICAL BIOCHEMISTRY This course covers chromatography principles and techniques, together with the use of spectrophotometer, radioimmunoassay and autoanalyser. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT2, LL2 Main References: 1. Holme, DJ. (1998). Analytical Biochemistry (3

rd Ed).

Longman, UK 2. Voet, Donald (2004). Fundamentals of Biochemistry

(2nd

Ed). Wiley, New York. 3. Pratt, CW. (2004). Essential Biochemistry. John

Wiley, New Jersey SIK 3011 CANCER BIOLOGY Topics taught encompass nomenclature; staging; pathology; the carcinogenesis concept; classification and type of carcinogen; epidemiology; etiology; therapy; prevention and discussion on common cancers in Malaysia. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT2, LL2 Main References: 1. Cooper, G.M. (2009). The Cell: A Molecular Approach

(5th ed.). ASM Press. Washington, D.C.

2. Mendelsohn, J. et al. (2008). The Molecular Basis of Cancer. Saunders/Elsevier. Philadelphia

3. Weinberg, R.A. (2007). The Biology of Cancer. Garland Science. New York.

4. King, R.J.B. & Robins, M.W. (2006). Cancer Biology (3

rd ed.). Pearson/Prentice Hall, England.

5. Macdonald, C.H.J. & Casson, F.A.G. (2004). Molecular Biology of Cancer (2

nd ed.). BIOS Scientific

Publishers. London.


173

SIK 3012 STEM CELL BIOLOGY This lecture series is designed to give the student an in depth understanding of stem cells, their uses in regenerative therapies and how stem cells can be the initiating cells in diseases such as cancer. The course starts with general introduction to stem cell biology which covers definition, characterisation and signalling pathways involved in maintenance of stem cells. The use of stem cells in regenerative therapies will then be covered, along with the generation of the alternative induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSC) for use in patient specific therapies and for the study of disease. Finally the course will focus on stem cells as the initiating cells of cancer and will consider the adverse effects of possible genomic instabilities, associated with long term culture of human stem cells. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT2, TS4, LL2 Main References: 1. NIH Stem Cell Primer 2009; ISSCR Primer. 2. NIH Early Development; Rossant, Cell 132, 2008. 3. Solter, Nature Rev. Gen. 7, 2006. 4. Fuchs, Cell 137, 2009. 5. Morrison & Spradling, Cell 132, 2008. 6. STEMBOOK : http://www.stembook.org/ SIK 3013 MICROBIAL BIOPROSPECTING This course will prepare the students with knowledge and practical skill of microbial exploration related to Health sciences such as microbial diseases & prevention, and food/water safety. The topic will include variety of microbial exploration, its application from laboratory to commercialization stage, and world challenges in food production, therapeutic application in pharmaceutical industry, bioremediation in agricultural and environmental sector, and oil recovery in petroleum industry. This research-oriented course aims to produce many successful innovators, technological experts and entrepreneurs for future. This course would also be a model for how universities could transform ideas into real-world innovations beginning with student entrepreneurship, technology development, technology transfer, and company creation. The outcomes include the creation of educated and successful bioentrepreneurs, the development of new technological innovations, and initiate the formation of start-up companies that promote both societal and economic growth. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Consisting of; Case Study/Project Work/Field Work/Onsite

70%

Presentation 30% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS5, CT7, TS2, LL2, KK4, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Biotransformations: Microbial Degradation of Health-

Risk Compounds, Biotransformations: Microbial

Degradation of Health-Risk Compounds / V.P. Singh; ISBN: 0-444-81977-0 ; Elsevier On ScienceDirect® e-Books

2. Microbes: Concepts and Applications, Microbes: concepts and applications / Prakash S. Bisen, Mousumi Debnath, Godavarthi B.K.S. Prasad. ISBN: 9780470905944; Hoboken, N.J.: Wiley-Blackwell, 2012. On Ebrary e-Books

3. Microbial Technologies in Advanced Biofuels Production, Microbial Technologies in Advanced Biofuels Production /edited by Patrick C. Hallenbeck. ISBN: — Springer eBooks, 2012

4. Bioioaugmentation, Biostimulation and Biocontrol, Bioaugmentation, Biostimulation and Biocontrol /edited by Ajay Singh, Nagina Parmar, Ramesh C. Kuhad. ISBN: — Springer eBooks, 2011

5. Manual of Environmental Microbiology, Manual of environmental microbiology / editor in chief, Christon J. Hurst; editors, Ronald L. Crawford [et al.]. ISBN: 9781555813796; 3rd ed.; Washington, D.C.: ASM Press, c2007. On Ebrary e-Books

SIK 3014 CLINICAL ENZYMOLOGY This course encompasses proteins and enzymes properties, early enzyme discovery, chemical nature of enzyme, specificity of enzymes, naming and classification; Factors affecting activity of an enzyme; Structural abnormality of enzymes and expression of isoenzymes, their clinical significance; Disease and intracellular enzyme, basis of diagnostic use; Principle and types of enzyme assays. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3, TS1, LL2 Main References: 1. Textbook of Biochemistry with Clinical Correlation.

Thomas Devlin 5th Ed. Wiley-Liss 2. Clinical Biochemistry. An illustrated Colour Text.Gaw

et al. 3rd. Churchill Livingstone. 3. Clinical Chemistry. Philip D Mayne. 6th Ed. Edward

Arnold. Oxford University Press Inc. 4. Introduction to Protein Structure. Carl Branden and

John Tooze.Garland Publishing Inc. 5. Anatomy and Toxonomy of Protein Structure. Jane. S.

Richardson. 1981.Adv. Prot. Chem. 34: 167-339 SIK 3015 GENETICS AND HUMAN HEALTH In this course, students will learn the importance of cell cycle fidelity and genome stability as well as their relation to the pathophysiology of various genetic diseases including cancer. The principles of genetic toxicology and the diversity of techniques and tools employed in genetic toxicology will also be covered in this course. Students will also learn to appraise the importance and suitability of DNA-based technologies for human health improvement. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English


174

Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, EM2, KK1 Main References: 1. Snustad, D.P. & Simmons, M.J. (2009). Principles of

Genetics. 5th ed. John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey, US. SIK 3016 HISTOPATHOLOGY Principles of histopathology. Basic histology related to relevant diseases. Cell injury, necrosis, apoptosis. Mechanisms of disease processes, inflammation, neoplasia. Research on diseases using animal models and histopathology. Laboratory works (i) Study of features displayed by histopathological slides. (ii) Use of various microscopy related facilities in identifying histopathological features of specific diseases. Image processing. (iii) Animal models of diseases. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Wheater's Basic Pathology: A Text, Atlas and Review

of Histopathology, 5th Edition, by Barbara Young (2009). Churchill Livingstone, ISBN: 978-0-443-06802-7.

2. Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease, 8th Edition (2009). Saunders. ISBN:978-1-4160-3121-5,

3. Fundamentals of light microscopy and imaging, Douglas B Murphy, (2001) John Wiley and Sons. ISBN 0-471-25391-X

SIK 3017 MICROSCOPY METHODS IN HEALTH SCIENCE This comprehensive course on microscopy methods introduces students to both the theory and practical use of modern microscopes. The course features principles, practice, and application of selected microscopy methods that are predominantly useful in health science-related research. The course will cover introduction to optics, principles of image formation, light microscopy techniques, principles of fluorescence microscopy, laser scanning confocal microscopy and electron microscopy. The lectures are reinforced with laboratory sessions featuring instrument demonstrations as well as hands-on exercises in specimen preparation and microscope operation. This course is designed to afford students theoretical background and experience in modern optical research tools. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT6, TS5, LL3 Main References: 1. Spector DL & Goldman RD (2006) Basic Methods in

Microscopy. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.

SIK 3018 PRIMARY METABOLISM The course consist of the introduction to the concept of control and regulation of metabolism. The control and regulation carbohydrate, lipid, amino acid, purine and pyrimidine metabolism. Integration of metabolism, Connection between metabolic pathway, Hormones and the control metabolism. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS1, CT2, LL1 Main References: 1. Lubert Stryer (1995), Biochemistry 4

th ed.

W.H.Freeman &Co. 2. Garrett, Geginald H. (2005) Biochemsitry 3

rd ed.

Belmont: Thomson Brook/Cole. 3. Garret Reginal H (2006) Biochemistry, New York:

Thomson Brooks/Cole. 4. Berg, Jeremy Mark (2005) Biochemistry and molecular

biology 3rd ed. Oxford University Press.

5. Campbell, Mary K. (2006) Biochemistry 5th ed.

Belmont Califf: Thompson Brooks/Cole. 6. Berg, Jeremy Mark, (2007) Biochemistry 6

th ed. New

York : W.H. Freeman. SIK 3019 CHRONIC DISEASES This course encompasses aetiology, pathogenesis, epidemiology, diagnosis and therapy for selected chronic diseases - vascular diseases, cardiac diseases, respiratory diseases, cancer etc. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT2, TS1, LL2 Main References: 1. Porth, C. (2004). Essentials of Pathphysiology.

Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia 2. Gould, BE (2006). Pathophysiology for Health

Professionals (3rd Ed), Saunders Elsevier,

Philadelphia 3. Crowley, LV (2004). An Introduction to Human

Disease: Pathology and Pathophysiology Corelations (6

th Ed). Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Sudbury

4. Nowak, TJ. (2004). Pathophysiology: Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals. McGraw-Hill Higher Education, Boston

5. Bullock, BL (2000). Focus on Pathophysiology. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia

SIK 3020 DISEASES OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM Discussion on diseases affecting the brain and the spinal cord. The effects on the function of the central nervous system. Neurobiological basis for the diseases.


175

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS1, LL2, EM1 Main References: 1. ER Kandel, JH Schwartz & TM Jessel (2000)

Principles of Neural Science (4th Ed). McGraw-Hill

Medical. 2. E.R.Kandel & J.H. Schwartz (1993). Prinsip Sains

Neural - terjemahan.. Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka 3. M Donaghy (2001). Brain’s Diseases of the Nervous

System. (11th Ed). Oxford University Press 4. AK Asbury, GM McKhann, WI McDonald (2002).

Diseases of the Nervous System: Clinical Neuroscience & Therapeutic Principles. (3rd Ed). Cambridge University Press

5. CJ Mathias & R Bannister (2002). Autonomic Failure. A Textbook of Clinical Disorders of the Autonomic Nervous System. (4th Ed). Oxford University Press.

SIK 3021 BASIC FORENSIC SCIENCE This course will introduce students to basic forensic science and crime scene investigation. Focus will be on the biological aspects of forensic evidence including hair, blood and other body fluids. Basic trace evidence , fingerprint and blood spatter analysis .Practicals will cover techniques used to collect and analyze evidence found at a simulated scene of a crime. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Richard Saferstein, Criminalistics : Introduction to

Forensic Science, (Ed 9) Pearsons 2. James SH,Kish PE & Sutton TP, 2005 Preinciples of

Blood Stain Pattern Analysis: theory & practice. Boca Raton CRC

3. Stuart James& Jon Nordby ; Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific and Investigative Techniques CRC press

4. Forensic entomology: the utility of arthropods in legal investigations (2001) - Byrd, Jason H./CRC Press

SIK 3022 TAXONOMY IN MEDICINAL PLANT RESEARCH Principles of taxonomy; the different disciplines of taxonomy; the roles of taxonomy in modern society; plants and their morphologies; the role of taxonomy in medicine; medicinal plants from different families; conservation and medicinal plants; evaluating economic values of medicinal plants. Assessment: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Mukherjee, P.K. & Houghton, P.J. (2009). Evaluation

of Herbal Medicinal Products: Perspectives on Quality, Safety, and Efficacy. Pharmaceutical Press. London.

2. Samy, J. et al., (2009). Herbs of Malaysia. Marshall Cavendish (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

3. Simpson, M.G. (2006). Plant Systematics. Elsevier/Academic Press, Amsterdam.

4. Ong, H.C. (2004) Tumbuhan Liar: Khasiat Ubatan & Kegunaan Lain.

Kuala Lumpur: Utusan Publications & Distributors Sdn Bhd 5. Malaysian Herbal Monograph. Volume 1. (1999).

Malaysian Monograph Committee. Kuala Lumpur. SIK 3023 BIOASSAY TECHNIQUES This practical course includes introduction to bioassay techniques, phytochemical screening of phytochemical compounds for BSLA test, total phenol and flavonoids, antioxidant DPPH, FRAP and metal chelating, isolation of soil microbes, antifungus activity of soil bacteria, cell biology assays with fluorescence microscopy, NRU cytotoxicity assay, GST activity and stem cell. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2 Main References: 1. J.B. Harborne, Phytochemical Methods, (1973), A

Guide to Modern Techniques of Plants Analysis. Chapmen & Hall, Lon.

2. Lars Bohlin and Jan G. Bruhn (1999) Bioassay Method in Natural Product Research and Drug Development. Kluwer Academic Publishers.

3. Atta-ur Rahman, M. Iqbal Choudhary and W. J. Thomsen (2001) Bioassay Techniques For Drug Development. Harwood Academic Publishers

4. John F. Robyt and Bernard J. White (1987) Biochemical Techniques Theory and Practise, Brooks/Cole Publishing Company.

5. Trevor Palmer (1985) Understanding Enzymes, Second edition, Ellis Horwood Publishers.

6. Z. Govindarajulu (2001) Statistical techniques in bioassay, Basel New York, Karger.

SIK 3024 CURRENT TOPICS IN BIOHEALTH SCIENCE This course introduces current key works, scientists, current studies and/or technologies and issues related to topic/project. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS5, CT3, TS4, EM2, LL2, LS2


176

Main References: Depending on the topics being discussed.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOCHEMISTRY)

PROGRAMME

Career Prospects Upon graduation, graduates with BSc in Biochemistry can become scientists, researchers in related fields, lecturers or administrative officers in either government or private (local or multinational) agencies, non-governmental organisations (NGO) and international bodies. SIJ 1002 FUNDEMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY

This course covers the basic principles of physical and

organic chemistry with application to biological problems.

This course is intended primarily for biochemistry majors.

This course will discuss topics on the fundamental

principles of physical chemistry which include chemical

equilibrium, acidity and basicity, kinetics, thermodynamics

and ligand-protein interaction.

Basic principles of organic chemistry, including fundamental aspects of organic and biological structures and bonding, stereochemistry, the effect of structure on physical and chemical properties will be discussed. A detailed analysis of organic chemical reactivity, including reactive intermediates and mechanistic principles of the various groups of organic compounds like alkanes and cycloalkanes, alkenes, alkynes, aromatics, alkyl halides, alcohols, ethers, thiols, amines, carbonyls and derivatives will be covered. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL1. Main References: 1. John E. McMurry. (2011). Organic Chemistry, 8

th

edition. Cengage Learning. Bab 1,3,4,6,7,8,9,10,11.

2. John McMurry. (2012) Organic Chemistry: a biological

approach, 8th edition. New Jersey: Cengage Learning.

Bab 1,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,13,14,15,16,18.

3. Alan Cooper. (2012). Biophysical Chemistry, 2nd

edition. RSC Pub, Cambridge.

4. Predrag-Peter Ilich. (2014) Selected Problems in

Physical Chemistry [e.book]: Strategies and

Interpretations, Springer, Berlin Heidelberg.

5. Gordon G. Hommes (2008) Physical Chemistry for the

Biological Sciences, Wiley-Interscience.

SIJ 2001 PRINCIPLES OF BIOCHEMICAL ANALYSIS The course contains the quantitative aspects of Biochemistry where the emphasis will be given to the areas of acid-base, pH, buffer preparation, titration, enzyme kinetics, bioenergetics and radioactivity. The course will also include current and “classical” analytical methods – gels, TLC, qPCR, MS, HPLC, LC-MS

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2. Main References: 1. Principles of Biochemistry, 2013 (4th Edition or later).

Voet, Voet & Pratt 2. Fundamentals of Biochemical Calculations, Second

Edition (2007). Krish Moorthy

SIJ 2002 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF BIOMOLECULES This course consists of several experiments: isolation methods, general biochemical analysis procedures, demonstration as well as theory regarding the latest techniques and instrumentation used in the laboratory. Basic diagnostic tests will also be conducted. This course will also emphasise quantitative data analysis. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Practicals: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Biochemistry, 7

th ed (2012); Lubert M Stryer:

Macmillan Education. 2. Textbook of biochemistry with clinical correlations,

6th ed; Ed by Thomas M Devlin; John Wiley & Sons

Inc (downloadable). 3. Biochemistry; 4

th ed,(2011) Voet & Voet, Wiley

4. Biochemistry; 5th Ed, Garrett & Grisham:

Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning. 5. A journey from amino acids to proteins; Saad

Tayyab & Amru Nasrulhaq Boyce; Uni Malaya Press.

SIJ 2003 ENERGETICS, METABOLISM AND

REGULATION OF CARBOHYDRATE AND LIPIDS

The students will learn the principles of bioenergetics, biosynthesis and catabolism of the primary macromolecules, and regulatory mechanisms involved in intermediary metabolism.

The course encompasses the following topics: (1) Concept of energy in metabolism and energy production by aerobic and anaerobic respiration, and fermentation; (2) Biosynthesis and catabolism of primary macromolecules (carbohydrate, lipid, sulphur compounds); (3) Regulation and integration of metabolic processes. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English


177

Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Jeremy M. Berg, John L. Tymoczko, Gregory J. Gatto

Jr and Lubert Stryer (2015). Biochemistry (8th edition).

New York: W.H. Freeman. 2. Christopher K Mathews, Kensal E van Holde, Dean R

Appling (2012). Biochemistry (4th edition). Pearson

Education. 3. Donald Voet, Judith G. Voet (2011).Biochemistry (4

th

edition) .New York: John Wiley. 4. Reginald H. Garrett and Charles M. Grisham (2013).

Biochemistry (5th edition). Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning.

SIJ 2004 METABOLISM AND REGULATION OF AMINO ACIDS AND NUCLEOTIDES The objectives and content of the course are designed to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the metabolic pathways involving the amino acids and nucleotides; and the manner by which metabolism is regulated. This course stresses both the normal metabolic function, and why disease states occur if normal metabolic processes are disrupted. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Nelson, D.L. and Cox, M.M., W.H. (2013) Lehninger:

Principles of Biochemistry 6th ed., Freeman and Company (New York).

2. Devlin, T.M (2011). Textbook of Biochemistry with Clinical Correlations 7th ed.John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (New York).

SIJ 2005 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY This course explains the biosynthesis of Nucleic Acid, DNA and RNA. Replication process, trancription and translation are also explained in detail. This course also covers mutation and how the cells carry out DNA repair; various genetic process such gene recombination anf transposition; chromosamal inheritance versus ectrachromosamal inheritance. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, LL2

Main References:

1. Snustad. (2012) Principles of genetics. 7th Edition

John Wiley 2. Devlin. (2013) Textbook of biochemistry. John Wiley 3. Stryer. (2012) Biochemistry. Freeman

4. Watson. (2012) Molecular biology of the gene. Pearson/Benjamin Cummings

5. Lewin. (2012) Genes VIII. Oxford University Press. SIJ 2006 PROTEIN BIOCHEMISTRY Levels of protein structures - Primary structure, its importance and its determination; Secondary structures and their prediction; Super- secondary structures; Tertiary structure and forces involved in its stabilization; Quaternary structure; Protein folding and denaturation; Protein engineering; Protein purification and characterization. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT2, CS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Berg, J.M., Tymoczko, J.L., Stryer, L. & Gatto, Jr., G.J.

(2012) Biochemistry, 7th ed., W.H. Freeman: New York

2. Voet D. & Voet J.G. (2011) Biochemistry, 4th ed., John

Wiley: New York 3. Mathews C.K., van Holde K.E., Appling, D.R. &

Anthony-Cahill, S.J. (2013) Biochemistry, 4th ed.,

Pearson: Ontario 4. Nelson, D.L. & Cox M.M. (2013) Lehninger Principles

of Biochemistry, 6th ed., W.H. Freeman: New York

5. Tayyab S. & Boyce A.N. (2006) A Journey from Amino Acids to Proteins, University Malaya Press: Kuala Lumpur

SIJ 2007 ENZYMES: MECHANISM AND CONTROL Enzymes as catalysts - Activation energy and biocatalysis; Enzyme specificity; Enzyme kinetics - Effect of enzyme concentration, substrate concentration, pH and temperature on reaction velocity; Michaelis-Menten equation and linear transformations; Enzyme inhibitions - Competitive, Noncompetitive, Uncompetitive and Irreversible inhibitions; Active site mapping and intermediate detection; Enzyme mechanisms with special reference to lysozyme and chymotrypsin; Enzyme regulation - Zymogen activation, Covalent modification, Physiological control and Allosteric regulation; Bi-substrate reactions; Catalytic antibodies; Ribozymes Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment : 40% Final Examination : 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, CS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Berg, J.M., Tymoczko, J.L., Stryer, L. & Gatto, Jr., G.J.

(2012) Biochemistry, 7th ed., W.H. Freeman: New York

2. Voet D. & Voet J.G. (2011) Biochemistry, 4th ed., John

Wiley: New York 3. Mathews C.K., van Holde K.E., Appling, D.R. &

Anthony-Cahill, S.J. (2013) Biochemistry, 4th ed.,

Pearson: Ontario 4. Price N.C. & Stevens, L. (1999) Fundamentals of

Enzymology, 3rd ed. Oxford University Press


178

SIJ 2008 BIOCHEMISTRY PRACTICAL I This practical course introduces the students with fundamental techniques in the field of biochemistry. Apart from that the students also will learn the methods of scientific calculation and report writing. Among the biochemical techniques the students will learn are fundamental practice in buffer solution preparation, spectrophotometer usage in biochemical experiments, isolation and purification of biomolecules and enzyme kinetics. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT5, TS2, LL2, EM2 Main References: 1. Manual SIJ 2008 Amali Biokimia I, ISB.

2. Biochemistry 4th ed. Voet. 2011 J. Wiley, New York

3. Analytical Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular

Biology. Katoch R. Springer eBooks, 2011

4. Essentials of Biochemistry Fromm HJ, Hargrove M.

Springer eBooks, 2012

5. Textbook of biochemistry: with clinical correlations

6th ed. Devlin. 2006. Wiley.

SIJ 2009 BIOCHEMISTRY PRACTICAL II This practical course introduces the students with specific techniques in the field of biochemistry. Among the biochemical techniques the students will learn GCMS, Western Blotting, DNA extraction, determination of molecules in serum and urine. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT5, TS2, LL2, EM2 Main References: 1. Biochemistry 3

rd ed. Voet. 2012 J. Wiley

2. Textbook of biochemistry: with clinical correlations 6th

ed. Devlin. 2012. Wiley. 3. Biochemistry 5

th ed. Stryer. 2012. Freeman

4. SIJ 2009 Manual book, ISB. SIJ 2010 INSECT BIOCHEMISTRY This course provides the basic principles relating to insect biochemistry with reference to named insect species and explains the mechanism of hormone control for insect growth, pheromone role in insect communication, biochemical defense in insects and the mechanism of detoxification in insects. Relationship between plants, insects and their life processes are introduced. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English

Soft Skills: CS7, CT6,TS5, LL3, LS4 Main References:

1. Rockstein M (1978). Biochemistry of Insects edited by Academic press pp649.

2. Harborne J.B (1993).Introduction to Ecological Biochemistry. 4th Ed. Academic Press.

3. Gary J. Blomquist, and Richard G. Vogt (2003) Insect Pheromone Biochemistry and Molecular Biology: “The Biosynthesis and Detection of Pheromones and Plant Volatiles” Elsevier/Academic Press, 74 pages.

4. Journal of Insect Biochemistry and molecular Biology- Springer (for Assignment).

5. Journal of Insect Biochemistry,Journal of Insect biochemistry and Physiology.

SIJ 2011 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOCHEMISTRY The ecosystem: interaction between the biotic and abiotic components. The energy concept and trophic levels. Biogeochemical cycles for carbon, nitrogen, sulphur, phosphorus. Petroleum industry, impacts of oil spills to the natural environment and biological treatment. Xenobiotics: benefits and impacts. Bioconversion of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). Environmental impacts of anthropogenic activities e.g. deforestation, urbanisation, monoculture farming, mining. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Girard J.E. (2010) Principles of environmental

chemistry, 2nd

ed. Jones and Bartlett Publ. ISBN 9780763759391

2. Pepper I.L., Gerba C.P., Gentry T.J. (eds) (2014) Environmental Microbiology. ISBN 9780123946263

3. Saksena D.N., Gaidhane D.M. (2010) Environmental Biology. ISBN 9789380012216 (Ebrary e-Books)

4. Barton L.L., Mandl M., Loy A. (eds) (2010) Geomicrobiology: Molecular and Environmental Perspective. Springer eBooks

5. Xu J., Wu J., He Y. (eds) (2013) Functions of Natural Organic Matter in Changing Environment. Springer eBooks.

SIJ 2012 NUTRITIONAL BIOCHEMISTRY Students will be taught about the importance of healthy eating and its implications to healthy life at different stages of life. Section A (30%) deals with food and nutrition, section B (20%) deals with the digestive tract, digestion of food and absorption of nutrients, section C (30%) deals with the human nutritional needs at different stages of the lifecycle. The nutrient requirements during the four main stages of the human lifecycle vary considerably. The requirements for infants, children, adults and the elderly are different. There are also specific nutrients for a pregnant women and lactating mothers. Finally section D (20%) will deal with non-communicable disease associated with unhealthy eating lifestyle.


179

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Mahan, L. K., Escott-Stump, S., Raymond, J. L. (2012)

Krause's Food, Nutrition & Diet Therapy, 13th Edition. Saunders.

2. Byrd-Bredbenner, C., Berning, J., Beshgetoor, D., Moe, G. (2012) Wardlaw's Perspectives in Nutrition 9

th

edition. Mc Graw Hill 3. Whitney, E. and Rolfes, S.R. (2011). Understanding

Nutrition, 12th edition. Wadsworth Cengage Learning. 4. Wardlaw, G.M. (1997). Contemporary Nutrition: Issues

and insights. 3rd edition. Brown and Benchmark Pub. 5. Harpers’s Biochemistry 25th edition. (2000). McGraw-

Hill.

SIJ 2013 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOCHEMISTRY Importance and future of scientific literature, contrast the difference between types of journals and commentaries, plagiarism and copyright issues, methods of literature search, journal writing and commentaries, presentation skill and seminar participation, current research in biochemistry. Assessment Methods: Continous assessment : 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3, TS1, LL2 Main References: Selected recent journal articles. SIJ 3001 RESEARCH PROJECT IN BIOCHEMISTRY This course is intended to introduce practical aspects of the principles of Biochemistry. Students will be exposed to research methodology in Biochemistry, critical scientific thinking, methods for problem solving, research ethics, record keeping, presentation and scientific writing skills. Students are required to:

Carry out experiments in the laboratory

Data analysis

Write a dissertation

Present the results of the research Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% (Thesis: 70%; Oral Presentation: 30%) Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT6, TS3, LL3, EM1, LS2. Main References: Books, journal publications, laboratory manuals, notes - depending on each students’ research project

SIJ 3002 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IN BIOCHEMISTRY Students will undergo practical training elsewhere outside the faculty i.e. in foreign institution or private sectors that focused on research and development (R&D), diagnostic or pathological laboratory, industrial factories that involve processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetic, medical and other related sectors. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% (Industrial Training Report : 100%) Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS8, CT7, TS1, LL2, EM3 Main References: Depending on the needs / projects / clinical laboratory SOPs etc. SIJ 3003 PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY This course starts with molecular biology of plant organelles with emphasis on unique plant genes, genomes and expression. Topics on photosynthesis will also be discussed which include emergence and evolution photosynthesis, light harvesting mechanism, photosystems and adaptations. This course also offers topics on plant development which covers leaf and flower development, senescence as well as plant defence. Gene transfer and genetic engineering in plants will also be discussed with emphasis on both the molecular biology genetic engineering as well as the issues surrounding genetically modified plants. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, CS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Biochemistry (5th ed). Garrett & Grisham. 2012. USA.

Cengage Learning. 2. Introducing to Plant Biotechnology (3rd ed). Chawla.

2012. New Delhi. Oxford & IBH Publishing Company. 3. Plant Biochemistry & Molecular Biology (4th ed). Hans

Walter Heldt. 2010. Hiedelberg/London/New York. Elsevier Academic Press.

4. Plant Biotechnology: The genetic manipulation of plants. Slater A, Scott N and Fowler M. 2008. De Montfort University. Oxford University Press.

5. Introducing to Plant Physiology (5th ed). Hopkins & Huner. 2008. USA Wiley.

SIJ 3004 CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY This course is designed to provide students with a sound understanding about specialised role and function of the physiological systems. Signs and symptoms that occur in diseases in relation to disorders or changes in the body’s physiological systems will also be discussed. This course will also discuss the laboratory testing and associated analytical methods and test result interpretation as applied in the current clinical


180

biochemistry laboratory. Diagnostic tests, suitable treatments and prevention methods will be discussed using specific disease as example. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Neighbors & Tannehill-Jones (2010), Human Diseases

3rd ed; Cengage Learning

TM

2. AF Smith, GJ Beckett, SW Walker & PHW Rae (2013), Clinical Biochemistry; 8

th ed. Wiley.

3. Thomas M devlin (2010), Textbook of Biochemistry with Clinical correlation; 7

th ed. Wiley.

4. Lauralee Sherwood (2007), Human Physiology 6th Ed:

Thomson Learning. 5. Philip D Mayne (1994), Clinical Chemistry in diagnosis

& treatment, 6th ed. Oxford University Press Inc, NY.

SIJ 3005 CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR IMMUNOLOGY This course introduces the importance of immune system, component of immune system, different categories of immune responses and their general properties. For adaptive immune response, the course will also cover the development of the lymphocytes and how they recognize the invading microbes where the rearrangement of TCR and BCR genes will be discussed in detail. This will be followed by the effector functions of the cells. Application of immunology will also be covered. Short presentation will be done by the student on the topics of immune reactions against selected diseases. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Roitt, I.M. (2011). Roitt's essential immunology 12th

ed. Blackwell Pub, Malden, Mass. 2. Abbas, A.K. (2012). Cellular and molecular

immunology 7th ed., Saunders, Philadelphia, PA. 3. Abbas, A.K. (2014). Basic immunology: functions

and disorders of the immune system 4th edition. 4. Paul, W.E. (2013). Fundamental immunology. 7

th

edition. Philadelphia : Wolters Kluwer/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

5. Molecular and Cellular Mechanisms of Antibody Activity. edited by Falk Nimmerjahn. Springer eBooks, 2013.

SIJ 3006 NEUROCHEMISTRY This course is intended to introduce you to the field of neurochemistry. Basic neurochemistry includes study of the chemical composition of the brain, brain metabolism and the chemistry of neurotransmission. Major part of the course will cover the chemistry of neural transmission and chemical composition and metabolism. The discipline of

behavioral neurochemistry includes topics that range from study of the neurochemical mechanisms that underlie behavior that result from severe neurochemical abnormalities. Throughout the course, the functional aspects of all neurochemical mechanisms will be discussed. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. A Primer of Drug Action, Julien, R. M., Worth

Publishers (2005). 2. Basic Neurochemistry (Sixth Edition). Molecular,

Cellular, and Medical Aspects by George J. Siegel, Bernard W. Agranoff (Edits) 2012, Elsevier

3. Basic Neurochemistry, 8th ed., Brady et al., 2012

4. Neurobiology of Mental Illness, Charney, D.S., Nestler, E.J., Bunney, B.S. (eds.), Oxford University Press, 1999. Ten chapters in this book have been assigned.

5. The Biochemical Basis of Neuropharmacology, Seventh Edition, Cooper, J.R., Bloom, F.E., Roth, R.H., Oxford University Press, 1996.

SIJ 3007 MEMBRANE, HORMONE AND CELL SIGNALLING This course will discuss the organization and structure of a membrane proteins, their function and the importance to cell and organisms. Focus will be given on the transportation processes and cell signalling. For cell signalling, hormone system will be used as a platform of discussion, which involve with signalling cells/tissues, the target cells/tissues, the mode of transportation, the signal transduction and the outcome of the signalling. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Molecular Biology of The Cells, 4th edition, Alberts

et al (QH581.2 Mol) 2002.

2. The World of the Cell, 7th edition, Becker et al

(QH581.2 Bec) 2009.

3. Biochemistry of signal transduction and regulation /

Gerhard Krauss. 5th edition. Gerhard K. (QP517

C45Kra). 2014.

4. An introduction to biological membranes: from

bilayers to rafts. Stillwell W. ISBN: 9780080931289 ;

London; Waltham, MA: Elsevier Science,

2013. ScienceDirect® e-Books

5. The endocrine system at a glance. Greenstein B.,

Wood D. ISBN: 9781444332155 ; 3rd ed. ;

Chichester, West Sussex: Wiley-Blackwell,

2011. Ebrary e-Books.


181

6. The Structure of biological membranes. 2nd edition

Yeagle P. Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press, 2005.

(QH601 Str)

7.

SIJ 3008 ADVANCED MOLECULAR BIOLOGY In the first half of the course, students will be thought techniques used in the manipulation of DNA and the basics of recombinant DNA technology. Topics covered would include recombinant technologies, the use of recombinant technologies in gene manipulation and the basic principles of the methods used. In the second half of the course, the use of these approaches in scientific research will be explored. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis: An Introduction (6th

Edition or later). T.A. Brown 2. Molecular Biology of the Gene (7th Edition or later).

Watson, Baker, Bell, Gann, Levine & Losick 3. Principles of Biochemistry (4th Edition or later). Voet,

Voet & Pratt SIJ 3010 BIOCHEMICAL PHARMACOLOGY This course will examine the molecular basis of drug action and explore how cutting edge technology can advance pharmacological knowledge, increasing our understanding of mechanisms of drug action. The following areas will be studied in detail; genetic variability in drug action, protein structure-activity relationships, receptor-ligand interactions, signal transduction, biochemical and molecular aspects of G-protein coupled receptors and their signalling mechanisms.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References:

1. Palmer, M., Chan, A., Dieckmann, T., & Honek, J. (2012). Biochemical-Pharmacology (1st Edition). WILEY, U.S.

2. Bacq, Z. M. (2014). Fundamental of Biochemistry Pharmacology, Elsevier.

3. Pharmacology 3rd Edition (Lippincott's Illustrated Reviews) by Richard

4. Klaassen, C.D., Casarett, L. and Doull, J. (2013). Casarett and Doull’s Toxicology: The Basic Science of Poisons. McGraw-Hill Prof Med/Tech

5. Rang, H.P., Dale, M.M., Ritter, J.M. and Flower, R.J. (2007). Rang and Dale’s Pharmacology, (6th ed.) Churchill Livingstone Elsevier

SIJ 3011 POST-GENOMIC TECHNOLOGY & BIOINFORMATICS

This course will introduce students to post-genomic era technologies and how they are used in scientific research. The course will focus on three main platforms – transcriptomics, proteomics and metabolomics. Students will be exposed to bioinformatics tools to allow them to understand, analyse, integrate and correlate data from the three platforms. The use of these technologies in studying biological systems will also be explored. A brief introduction to other post-genomic technologies (e.g. lipidomics, glycomics, etc) will also be included. Throughout the course, students will also be introduced to Bioinformatics in data analysis and management. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Scientific journal papers 2. Notes to be provided during lectures 3. Introducing Proteomics: From concepts to sample

separation, mass spectrometry and data analysis (2011). Josip Lovric

4. Transcriptomics: Expression Pattern Analysis (2009). Virendra Gomase

5. Metabolomics in Practice: Successful Strategies to Generate and Analyze Metabolic Data (2013). Michael Lammerhofer and Wolfram Weckwerth

SIJ 3012 APPLIED BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY The course introduces principles of fermentation including upstream and downstream processes. Enzyme technology in industry and in non-aqueous media. Biotechnological approaches for pest management. Management of resistance in transgenic insects towards GMO plants. The course also examines some effective methods of extraction, purification and quality criteria of palm oil. The food and non-food uses of palm oil as a consequence of modifications (chemical, physical, enzymatic, selective breeding and genetic engineering) of palm oil will be discussed. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Rosenberg E., DeLong E.F., Lory S., Stackebrandt

E., Thompson F. (eds) (2013) The Prokaryotes: Prokaryotic Physiology and Biochemistry, 4th ed. Springer e-Books.

2. Yukawa H., Inui M. (eds) (2013) Corynebacterium glutamicum: Biology and Biotechnology. Springer e-Books.

3. Chen H. (2013) Modern solid state fermentation: Theory and Practice. Springer e-Books.


182

4. Advances in Biochemical Engineering/Biotechnology, 135 (2013) Yellow Biotechnology I. Insect Biotechnologie in Drug Discovery and Preclinical Research. Eds. Andreas Vilcinskas. Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg. ISBN 978-3-642-39862

5. Basic of Biosciences Agriculture from Nagoya University – OpenCourseWare (http://ocw.nagoya-u.jp/index.php?lang=en&mode=c&id=1) OpenCourseWare (http://ocw.nagoya-u.jp/index.php?lang=en&mode=c&id=1)

SIJ 3013 NATURAL PRODUCT BIOCHEMISTRY AND DRUG DISCOVERY This course is designed to provide an overview to the field of natural product and drug discovery. This course covers the different types of natural product and their usages, positive/negative effects of its usage, important classes of chemical compounds, mechanism of reaction, methods and suitable experimental techniques that can be applied to isolate and identify bioactive component. Drug discovery component will emphasis on how to bring a drug from concept to market, introduction to drug approval process, clinical trials, drug safety guidelines, and ethical issues. Research and development that will lead to the invention of potential commercialisable product will also be discussed using selected example. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Recent Trends in Biotechnology and Therapeutic

Application of Medicinal Plants (2013) Mohd Shahid, Anwar Shahzad, Abida Malik, Aastha Sahai; Springer

2. Drug Discovery and Evaluation: Pharmacological Assays, 3

rd ed, edited by H.G. Vogel; Springer

Reference. 3. Bioactive Natural Products – Detection, Isolation and

Structural Determination (2007), Steven M. Colegate, Russell J. Molyneux; CRC Press

4. Natural Products from Plants (2006) 2nd

ed. Leland J Cseke, Ara Kirakosyan, Peter B Kaufman, Sara L Warber, James A Duke, Harry L Brielmann; Taylor & Francis

5. Natural Product Chemistry for Drug Discovery (2009), Anthony D Buss, Mark S Butler; RSC Publishing

SIJ 3014 MOLECULAR STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY The course will introduce to students the structure of proteins at all levels, and how this relates to function. A non-mathematical introduction of the basic principle of X-ray crystallography and other techniques used in structural studies. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) is the second most important technique for determining the three- dimensional structure of macromolecules. Electron Microscopy (EM) is a technique that is complementary to X-ray crystallography as it enables the study of non-crystalline, very large or transient macromolecular structures. This course also introduces some methodologies for protein purification for structural studies. It also examines the importance of protein-protein interactions and some techniques used for the study.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3,TS1, LL2 Main References: 1. Physical Biochemistry: Principles and Applications.

2000. David Sheehan. Wiley . 2. Introduction to Protein Structure. Carl Branden and

John Tooze.Garland Publishing Inc.

SIJ 3015 EPIGENETICS AND RNA BIOLOGY This course introduces a new field in genetics known as epigenetics. It will cover topics involving DNA methylation and histone modification and how it controls gene expression. It will also cover chromatin remodelling and genomic imprinting. The course will also discuss RNA related biology processes. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, LL2 Main References:

1. Snustad. (2012) Principles of genetics. 7th Edition

John Wiley

2. Devlin. (2013) Textbook of biochemistry. John Wiley

3. Stryer. (2012) Biochemistry. Freeman

4. Watson. (2012) Molecular biology of the gene. Pearson/Benjamin Cumming.

5. Lewin. (2012) Genes VIII. Oxford University Press. SIJ 3106 BIOCHEMISTRY OF CANCER This course will cover the origins of cancer and the genetic and cellular basis for cancer. It will examine the factors that have been implicated in triggering cancers; the intercellular interactions involved in cancer proliferation; current treatments for cancer and how these are designed; and future research and treatment directions for cancer therapy. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL3 Main References:

1. Robert A. Weinberg (2013). The Biology of Cancer. Garlend Science.

2. Kleinsmith LJ (2006). Principles of Cancer Biology. Pearson.

3. Bronchud, MH. (2004). Principles of Molecular Oncology (2nd Ed). Humana Press, New Jersey.

http://ocw.nagoya-u.jp/index.php?lang=en&mode=c&id=1





183

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND MANAGEMENT) PROGRAMME

Career Prospects Graduates from this Programme have the opportunity to contribute to the nation’s development as managers, consultants, academicians, scientists, officers, planners, auditors, law enforcers or educators in the environment and public health and safety sectors. They can also work in private and non-governmental organisation sectors. SIH 1002 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Distribution, transport and fate of major pollutants in the environment. Principles of environmental monitoring and sampling, sample storage and pretreatment. Introduction to basic concepts in environmental chemistry, chemical analysis and chemical equilibrium. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, EM2. Main References: 1. James E. Girard, Principles Of Environmental

Chemistry,2009 2. Stanley E. Manahan, Environmental Chemistry, Eight

Edition, 2004. 3. Dejene Eyele Tessema., Environmental Chemistry,

African virtual University, 2010

SIH 1003 PLANT AND ENVIRONMENT Introduction to plant system, structure and function. Energy conservation in photosynthesis. Introduction to environmental issues. Role of plant in mitigating the environmental issues. Plant-environmental stresses. Plant-environment interactions and examples. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS2, CT2, EM2, LL2 Main References: 1. Solomon, E.Martin, C., Martin, D.W. and Berg, L.R.

(eds). 2015. Biology. 10th. ed. Thomson.

2. Plant , Cell and Environment. Onlinelibrary. Wiley.com/journal. ISSN: 1365-3040.

3. Environmental and Experimental Botany. www.journals.elsevier.com/environmental-and-experimental-botany/ ISSN: 0098-8472

SIH 2001 RESEARCH METHODS Introduction to research basics and theory. Key features of research such as research ethics, structuring the research project, finding and reviewing the literature. Attention paid to data collection techniques and data analysis which focus on qualitative and quantitative data.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, EM2 Main References: 1. Walliman, N. 2011. Research methods: The basics.

New York: Routledge. 2. Guthrie, G. 2010. Basic research methods: An entry to

social science research. India: Sage Publications. 3. Yin, R.K. 2013. Case study research: Design and

methods. London: Sage Publicatons. SIH 2002 SCIENTIFIC WRITING METHOD Introduction to acquisition of suitable scientific literatures. Guidelines on scientific writing skills and editing particularly for literature review, scientific papers, poster, theses, dissertations and critique of research papers. Techniques of oral and poster presentation will be presented. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1 Gunther Tress, Bärbel Tress, Denis A. Saunders.

2014. How to write a paper for successful publication in an international peer-reviewed journal. Pacific Conservation Biology; 20(3): 1-15.

2 Day, R.A. 2011.How to write and publish a scientific paper. 7

th edition. Cambridge Univ Press

3 Hall, G.M., 2012. How to write a paper. Wiley & Blackwell, Oxford, UK.

SIH 2003 SOIL SCIENCE Introduction to soil science. Soil function, soil factors and processes of soil formation. Physical, chemical and biological properties of soils as they affect soil-plant-atmosphere relations, soil classification and suitability for agricultural and other uses. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3,TS2, LL2 Main References:

1. Plaster, E. 2008. Soil Science and Management (5th edition). New York: Delmar Cengage Learning.

2. Brady, N.C. and Weil, R.R. 2008. The Nature and Properties of Soils (14th Edition). Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall.

3. Blume, H.P., Brümmer, G.W., Fleige, H., Horn,R., Kandeler, E., Kögel-Knabner, I., Kretzschmar, R., Stahr, K., Wilke, B.M. 2015. Soil Science. Springer-Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH & Co. KG.


184

SIH 2004 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION Definition of environment-related terms. Review of current environmental problems. Types of pollutants and how they affect the organisms and ecosystem. Pollution from sediment, nutrients (eutrophication), hazardous materials, organics, and oil spills etc. The effects of pollution on environmental and climatic factors. Greenhouse effect, acid rain and ozone depletion. A look at problems in waste disposal, energy use and environmental management in general.. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL1, EM1 Main References: 1. Wright and Boorse (2013). Environmental Science:

Toward a Sustainable Future, 12th Edition. Prentice Hall

2. Miller and Spoolman (2013). Environmental Science. 14

th Edition. Cengage Learning.

3. Global Environment.

SIH 2005 INSTRUMENTATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMICAL ANALYSIS This course addresses knowledge and understanding of the separation, analytical spectroscopy and chromatography techniques used in environmental chemical analysis. It will help the students to understand the principles, applications and limitations of analytical techniques such as gas chromatography, high performance liquid, ion, potentiometric, amperometric, coulometric, electrogravimetric, voltametric, refractive index and birefringence measurements Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, EM2 Main References: 1. Zeng, E.Y. (2015) Comprehensive Analytical

Chemistry. Amsterdam: Elsevier B.V. 2. Patnaik, P. (2010) Handbook of Environmental

Analysis: Chemical Pollutants in Air, Water, Soil and Solid Wastes, 2

nd Edn. London: CRC Press.

3. De, A.K. (2010) Environmental Chemistry. New Delhi: New Age International.

SIH 2006 BIOLOGICAL MONITORING Biological monitoring and pollution. Natural and cultural environmental stress. Principles of biomonitoring: objectives, selection of methods, selection of bioindicating organisms, data analyses and resource management. Concepts of individual species, population and community levels as bioindicators. Community structure and functional changes. Field investigation on environmental quality: data analyses and biotic indices. Bioaccumulative

indicators. Practices of biomonitoring in environmental management in Malaysia. Practical on biomonitoring in aquatic and terrestrial environments. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, EM2 Main References: 1. Jain KK 2010. The Handbook of Biomarkers. Humana

Press. 2. Jørgensen SE, Xu F-L, Costanza R. 2010. Handbook

of Ecological Indicators for Assessment of Ecosystem. CRC Press.

3. Oscoz J, Galicia D, Miranda R. 2011. Identification Guide of Freshwater Macroinvertebrates of Spain. Springer.

SIH 2007 PRINCIPLES OF WASTE MANAGEMENT Introduction to types and sources of integrated waste management. Management of waste through its quantity and quality. Modern and conservative techniques in integrated waste management. Organisation in waste management. Waste hierarchy. Recycling activities and laws and regulations of the solid waste management. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM 2. References: 1. Waste Management.

http://www.journals.elsevier.com/waste-management/

2. Waste Management & Research. http://wmr.sagepub.com/

3. Solid Waste and Recycling. http://www.solidwastemag.com/

SIH 2008 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY Introduction to the concept of occupational health, safety and environment. Identification, assessment and control of hazards at workplace, accident investigation method at workplace, safety process management and risk assessment. Knowledge and calculation of TLVs (Threshold Limit Values) for safe working environment. Visit to laboratories in order to observe health and safety procedures are being practised will be carried out. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, EM2, LS2


185

Main References: 1. Safety Health and Environmental Protection.

A.Wentz, 1998. 2. Risk Assessment: An environmental Perspective.

Peter K. Lagoy, 2005. 3. Environmental Quality Act 1974 (Act 127),

International Law book Services, 2005. SIH 2009 INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM Thic course introduces student to concept,operation and application of GIS with some aspects of environmental management.It is focusing on GIS history,geograpic data structure,vector and raster data, area concept in GIS and implementation of atatistical area. Application of GPS as the basic technological tool will also be included. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3 Main References: 1. Smith de Michael J, Goodchild M .F, Longley P.A.,

2013, Geopspatial Analysis: A Comprehensive Guide

to Principles, Techniques and Software Tools, The

Winchelsea Press, Winchelsea, UK.

2. Allen D. W., 2009, GIS Tutorial II, ESRI Press,

Redlands, California.

3. 3.http://docs.qgis.org/2.6/en/docs/training_manual/ SIH 2010 LIMNOLOGY Introduction to physical, chemical, and biological aspects of aquatic ecosystems. Origin of lakes and rivers formation. Diversity, distribution, production, and community structure of biotic components. Case studies on selected rivers, lakes, wetlands, or dams. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3 Main References: 1. Wetzel, R.G. 2001. Limnology: Lake and River

Ecosystem. 3rd edition, Academic Press, San Diago,

USA. 2. http://waterontheweb.org/curricula/ws/unit_01/Mod 3. http://www.fw.msu.edu/courses/rw203/FW20301/sldoo

1.htm. SIH 2011 MANAGEMENT OF COASTAL RESOURCES This course will give the students opportunity to analyse and understand the importance of coastal resources in terms of socio-economic value, inland protection, climate change and ecosystem balance. Coastal resources among others are; mangrove forests, estuaries and sandy beaches. Coastal problems like natural disasters, erosion, land conversion and sea level rise will be discussed.

Guidelines in coastal development and management strategies like ICZM and ISMP will be introduced. Coastal rehabilitation approach like eco engineering technique will also be introduced. Glasshouse experiment and field site visits will be carried out. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Simon, K. Haslett, 2008. Coastal Systems.

Routledge. New York. 2. ISMP documents 3. MERF (2013). Vulnerability Assessment Tools for

coastal ecosystem. A Guidebook SIH 2012 CLIMATE CHANGE AND ENERGY SCIENCE This course introduces you to the key concepts, theories, issues, challenges and debates within climate change and energy policy, together with the main social science approaches to this multifaceted subject. Primary emphasis will be given to the basic concepts and techniques, but the course will also include insights from innovation studies and political science. The focus throughout will be the opportunities, challenges and constraints associated with making the transition to a low carbon energy system. Relevant analytical techniques such as cost benefit analysis, decomposition analysis and energy modelling will also be briefly introduced Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3 Main References: 1. Energy and Environmental Science

(http://pubs.rsc.org/en/journals/journalissues/ee#!recentarticles&adv)

2. Energy Science and Engineering (http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10.1002/%28ISSN%292050-0505)

3. Dietz, R., O’Neill, D. (2013) Enough is Enough. San Fran: B-Koehler.

SIH 2013 RENEWABLE ENERGY PROCESSES This course addresses the science and engineering on biorenewables (biofuels/bioenergy and chemicals and materials from biomass) with special emphasis on bioenergy. Renewable resources (“biomass” - plant matter, waste) can be converted into fuels and chemicals using a variety of cutting-edge technologies. It covers new thoughts, new methods and new achievements that have emerged in renewable energy field in recent years. Related techniques i.e. optimized process design, process control, pretreatment of substrates for higher conversion rates, operational and energy efficiency improvement and quantification and optimization of the environmental benefits that is inherent in the process will be introduced.


186

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3, EM2 Main References: 1. Energy and Environmental Science

(http://pubs.rsc.org/en/journals/journalissues/ee#!recentarticles&adv)

2. Energy Science and Engineering (http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10.1002/%28ISSN%292050-0505)

3. Renewable Energy (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/renewable-energy/)

SIH 2014 ENVIRONMENTAL FORENSICS Environmental pollution had caused many environmental effect. This involves the quality and biodiversity of the environment. Therefroe, this course will expose students in investigation of environemntal evidence do identify the causes of any pollution episode.. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, CS2 Main References: 1. Environmental Forensics Journal 2. Environmental Forensics.

http://www.tandfonline.com/toc/uenf20/current 3. O'Sullivan & Sandau .2014.. Environmental

Forensics for Persistent Organic Pollutants, 1st Edition. Elsevier

SIH 3001 SCIENCE AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT Students will conduct research project individually under at least one lecturer from the Science and Environmental Management program. The lecturer becomes the main supervisor and has to make sure that the project will be finished within the 2 semesters. The thesis must be completed at the end of the course. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2, EM2 SIH 3002 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING In this course, students will gain practical skill and experiences in solving environmental issues during their industrial attachment. Students will be attached to various institutions/industries/companies/research centres, environmental laboratories etc. for 8 weeks.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT3 Main References: 1. Guidelines on Industrial Training

(http://myum.um.edu.my/doc/berita/Industrial%20Training%20Guidelines%2020092010.pdf)

2. Dasar Latihan Industri (http://www.psp.edu.my/pspweb/files/Dasar-latihan-Industri-IPT.pdf)

3. Article (http://www.forbes.com/sites/francesbridges/2012/05/31/how-to-get-an-awesome-internship/)

SIH 3003 ECOLOGY This course is a continuation to the basic ecology courses thought at lower level i.e. secondary school and matriculation or equivalent. History, origin and definition of ecology will be discussed. Issues such as definitions and problems in ecological study and its relationship with other disciplines like climate change are brainstormed. Terrestrial and marine ecological sampling techniques will be highlighted. In depth topics include biodiversity, populations, community, ecosystem, conservation and ecological restoration. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS1, CT1, LL1 Main References: 1. Smith, T.M. and Smith, R.L. 2012. Elements of

Ecology. 8th ed. Pearson International Edn/Benjamin

Cummings. 2. Molles, M.C. Jr., 2012. Ecology: concepts and

applications. 6th edition. McGraw Hill.

3. Robert E.Ricklefs and Rick Relyea, 2014. Ecology: the economy of nature. 7

th edition. McMillan

Education. SIH 3004 ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS, POLICY AND LAW In pursuing vast and rapid development in any countries, one cannot avoid sacrificing its nature and resources. Environmental problems and disasters could only give negative impacts to livelihood and environment. But this is not necessarily so. Only those who have awareness towards sustainable development would have vision and mission in applying and implementing ethics, policy and law to save the nature. Analysing the recent calamity like Tsunami and problem solving by giving a constructive and practical ideas from every perspective. Analyse how to create ethics that lead to policy making and finally law enforcement. Environmental ethics, policy and law is applicable in various fields like biotechnology for food safety, air and water quality for health improvement, the use of chemicals and pesticides for health risk, socio-economy for balancing costs and benefits of


187

environmental measures and also land use for habitats and biodiversity. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS5, TS3, EM2 Main References: 1. Philip J. Cafaro, P.J. and Primack, R.B.

(2013) Environmental Ethics. Encyclopedia of Biodiversity (Second Edition) pp 267-277.

2. de Groot, M. (2012) Exploring the relationship between public environmental ethics and river flood policies in Western Europe. Journal of Environmental Management 93(1):1-9.

3. Benson, D. and Jordan, A. (2015) Environmental Policy: Protection and Regulation. International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences (Second Edition) pp 778-783

SIH 3005 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT Introduction to EIA: EIA Order (1987) and prescribed activities. The roles of EIA in project planning; EIA procedures. Skoping. Environmental analysis. Introduction to environmental risk assessment (ERA) Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3 , CT3, TS2, KK1, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Eccleston CH. 2011. Environmental impact

assessment : a guide to best professional practices. CRC Press

2. Eccleston CH. and Doub JP 2012. Preparing NEPA Environmental Assessments: A User’s Guide to Best Professional Practices. CRC Press

3. Morgan RK 2012. Environmental impact assessment: the state of the art. Impact Assessment and Project Appraisal 30(1): 5–14

SIH 3006 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Students shall be acquainted with EMS in general, discussing and tracking its history. Discussion on ISO 14001 shall be conducted in detail whereby each of the 5 principals shall be deliberated. This is to ensure that students are familiar with the Standards and able to implement it upon graduation. The rest of course shall examine the remainder of the ISO 14000 Series without going into details but suffice to equip the students with the relevant knowledge on each of the subject. The series are: Environmental Performance Evaluation (EPE), Environmental Auditing (EA), Evaluation on ISO 14001 series will be conducted on given cases. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40%

Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, EM2, LL2 MainReferences: 1. John Brady (Editor), Alison Ebbage (Editor), Ruth

Lunn (Editor) 2011. Environmental Management in Organizations: The IEMA Handbook Hardcover.

2. Adrian Belcham. 2014. Manual of Environmental Management Hardcover.

3. Walter Klöpffer (Author), Birgit Grahl (Author). 2014. Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) Hardcover – 2 Apr 2014.

SIH 3007 INTEGRATED WASTE MANAGEMENT Waste management and waste generation. Collection and transportation of waste. Recycling and waste reduction. Resource conservation. Wastewater treatment. Solid waste treatment technologies. Energy recovery. Physical treatment. Hazardous waste. Industrial waste. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT4, TS2, LS2 Main References: 1. Agamuthu, P & Masaru Tanaka. 2014. Municipal

Solid Waste Management in Asia and the Pacific Islands: Challenges and Strategic Solutions. Springer Singapore.

2. Agamuthu, P. Solid Waste: Principles and Management. University of Malaya Press (2001).

3. Tchobanoglous, G., Theisen, H. and Vigil, S. (1993). Integrated Solid Waste Management. Engineering Principles and Management Issues.

SIH 3008 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Focusing on the basic principles and strategies towards sustainable development by referring to the established framework. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2 Main References:

1. Elliott, J.A. (2013). An introduction to sustainable development. 4

th Edition. New York: Routledge.

2. Rogers, P.P., Jalal, K.F., Boyd, J.A. (2012). An

Introduction to Sustainable Development. UK:

Earthscan.

3. Egelston, A.E. (2013). Sustainable development: A history. Netherlands: Springer.


188

SIH 3009 SLOPE ECO-ENGINEERING TECHNIQUES Introduction to eco-engineering, as an alternative approach to stabilize and sustain slope. Compare and contrast between Eco-engineering and Engineering techniques. Landslide types and processes. Slope stability classification. Demonstrate the techniques and mechanisms of eco-engineering. Vegetation screening procedures. Monitoring the performance of vegetation. The effectiveness of Plant Propagation Techniques. Erosion. Case studies of eco-engineered slopes. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT2, TS2, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Department of Irrigation and Drainage (DID), 2010.

Guideline for erosion and sediment control in Malaysia. DID, Malaysia.

2. Ecological Engineering. www.journals.elsevier.com/ecological-engineering/. ISSN: 0925-8574.

3. Landscape and Eco-engineering. Link.springer.com/journal/11355. ISSN: 1860-1871.

SIH 3010 GEOSPATIAL ANALYSIS

This course is an advancement of the earlier course, Introduction to Geographic Information System for the Program of BSc. (Science and Environmental Management). It covers GIS software and analysis tools which to be used by academic researchers and educators, and those with responsibility for planning and delivery of emergency control systems or large scale physical infrastructure projects. Application basic geometric and related operations together with conceptual frameworks for spatial analysis are the focus of this course.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Examination: 40% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT3, TS2 Main References: 1. Michael J de Smith, Michael F Goodchild and Paul A

Longley, 2013, A Comprehensive Guide to Principles, Techniques and Software Tools. The Winchelsea Press, Winchelsea, UK.

SIH 3011 AGRICULTURE AND ENVIRONMENT Introduction on agriculture and environment from the perspective of sustainable agriculture. Improvement and maintenance of soil quality. Source, impacts and control of environmental problem in agriculture. Utilization of different types of agricultural wastes and byproducts. Soil and food security. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LS2, EM1 Main References: 1. http://www.elsevier.com/journals/agriculture-

ecosystems-and-environment 2. http://www.agriculturejournals.cz/web/pse.htm 3. http://wmr.sagepub.com/

SIH 3012 GREEN TECHNOLOGY AND POLLUTION PREVENTION Sources and types of waste and impacts on global warming.. LCA and audit. Waste reduction processes. Reuse and Recycle to optimize waste reduction. Industrial waste management and Green Technology case studies. Cleaner Production and Waste exchange center. Industrial case study group projects. Green city technology. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT4, TS3, LL2, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Agamuthu, P & Masaru Tanaka. 2014. Municipal

Solid Waste Management in Asia and the Pacific Islands: Challenges and Strategic Solutions. Springer Singapore

2. Journal of Cleaner Production. www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-cleaner-production

3. Journal of Material Cycles and Waste Management. www.springer.com/engineering/civil+engineering/journal

SIH 3013 WATER AND WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT Students will engage with the comprehension of policies and legal aspects especially for the technical requirement which is stated in Environmental Quality Act, Water Act and Water Services Industrial Act. Technical design for the planning of water and wastewater management for domestic and industrial requirement is also being included in this course. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, TS2 Main References: 1. Water Act 1920

2. Environmental Quality Act 1974

3. Water Quality Standard DOE Malaysia


189

SIH 3014 INDUSTRIAL ECOLOGY Industrial Ecology is both industrial and ecological. It is industrial in that it focuses on product design and manufacturing processes. Industrial is therefore viewed as the primary agent for environmental management and innovation, as it possesses the technological expertise, management capability and financial and other resources necessary for the successful execution of environmentally informed design of products and processes. Students will be exposed with site visit to selected industrial zones for better understanding. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, EM 2 Main References: 1. William McDonough (Author), Michael

Braungart (Author), Bill Clinton (Foreword). The

Upcycle: Beyond Sustainability--Designing for

Abundance 2013.

2. Margaret Robertson (2014). Sustainability Principles

and Practice

3. 3. Journal of Industrial Ecology. Yale university.

http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com

SIH 3015 BIOCLIMATIC CONCEPT AND APPLICATIONS Part I - The development of energy sector in Malaysia. Focusing on the current local scenarios including the policies, programmes & international involvements. Part II - Energy in built environment Highlight the building comfort, strategies for low energy building - ‘bioclimatic concepts’ and the assessment/evaluation approaches. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Lechner, N. 2014. Heating, cooling, lighting:

Sustainable design methods for architects. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons.

2. Thuman, A., Niehus, T., Younger, W.J. 2013. Handbook of energy audits. US: The Fairmont Press.

3. Sim Van der Ryn, Cowan, S. 2013. Ecological design. Washington: Island Press.

SIH 3016 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT Risk assessment is a tool to make decision in evaluating risk towards health and safety in ecosystem and living environment. Various approach will be introduced in this includes calculation method.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CT4, EM2 Main References: 1. Hazel Kemshall and Jack Pritchard (1997) Good

Practice in Risk Assasement and management.

2. Alghalith (2007). New Economic of Risk and Uncertainty: Theory and Uncertainty.

SIH 3017 TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF HAZARDOUS WASTES The technology and management of hazardous waste has developed rapidly and dynamically. Technology transfers have made the compliance of the existing regulations and environmental policy achievable. However it is very crucial in managing the hazardous waste, one possesses an overview of the field. It includes identification, handling, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste including e-waste. This course is intended to provide sufficient exposure to the varied and complex problems of hazardous waste, as well as, discussing the legislation, regulation, and local and foreign impacts pertaining to its management. Case studies will be provided to assist student to relate to actual environmental situation globally and locally, and current issues of the management of hazardous waste. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. International Conference on Hazardous Waste

Management (2008) Proceedings of the 1st International Conference on Hazardous Waste Management (1-3 October 2008) Crete, Greece.

2. Muhamad Rosli Sulaiman. (2006) Hazardous waste management: with reference to the Enviromental Quality Act 1974. Shah Alam, Selangor: University Publication Centre (UPENA), 2006.

3. Agamuthu, P. (2001). “Solid Waste: Principles and Management”. University of Malaya.

SIH 3018 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY Environmental microbiology is the study of microbial communities in the natural environments such as soil, water and air, and in man-made environments such as bioreactors. The known diversity of microorganisms covered less than 1% of the microbial species on earth. Decomposing microbes have a special role in biogeochemical cycles which recycle the nutrients back into the ecosystem. Bacteria have symbiotic relationship which is of great importance to human, animals and plants, making unavailable nutrients accessible for growth. Their ability to survive in some of the most extreme environments on the planet made this amazing organism suitable for various applications particularly in amending environmental pollutions. In-situ applications of

http://www.amazon.com/William-McDonough/e/B001KIKWHM/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_1

http://www.amazon.com/Michael-Braungart/e/B0039X2JVI/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_2

http://www.amazon.com/Michael-Braungart/e/B0039X2JVI/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_2

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_3?ie=UTF8&field-author=Bill+Clinton&search-alias=books&text=Bill+Clinton&sort=relevancerank

http://www.amazon.com/Margaret-Robertson/e/B00EOFOLZ2/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_1

http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/


190

microorganism or bioremediation are an important aspect in treatment of contaminated soil, sediments and marine environment. This course is aimed to introduce the amazing roles of microorganisms in the environment and the possibility to apply them for remediation purposes. It will be achieved by exposing students to the fundamental understanding of the functions of microorganisms in the natural environment and factors that control their activities. Students will also be equipped with the fundamental skill in microbiological laboratory techniques. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT4, EM2 References: 1. Varnam, A. H. (2000) Environmental Microbiology.

London: Manson 2. Maier, Raina M. (2000) Environmental Microbiology,

San Diego, CA: Academic Press. 3. Pepper, I. A and Gerba, C.P. (2015) Environmental

Microbiology (Chapter 8: Environmental Sample Collection and Processing). Pages 157-175.

SIH 3019 TOURISM AND ENVIRONMENT Introduction to tourism and ecotourism. Tourism and environment in Malaysian scenario including law, policy and guidelines. Principles of economic valuation on environmental resources, in relation to tourism, e.g. Willingness to Pay (WTP) and Travel Cost Method (TCM). Students will be able to conduct a survey on WTP and TCM via field visits and construct their own set of questionares. Impacts of tourism to environment and how to achieve sustainable tourism, in which SWOT analysis will be used. Case study on selected ecotourism areas, like Protected Areas, World UNESCO Heritage and Ramsar sites. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT2, EM2 Main References: 1. Department of Environment, 2009. Guidelines on

the Economic Valuation of the Environmental impacts for EIA Projects. Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment.

2. Malaysian National Ecotourism Plan. 2006. Part 1-3. Ministry of Culture, Arts and Tourism.

3. Edward Inskeep. 1991. Tourism Planning: An Integrated and Sustainable Development Approach. John Wiley & Sons.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ECOLOGY AND

BIODIVERSITY) PROGRAMME

Career Prospects

Government sector: Research officer (Q41),

fisheries/agriculture officer / garden manager (G41),

Science officer (C41), administrative / publishing /

planning officer (N41), training officer (E41), academic

staff, curator (S41), medical officer (U41), maritime officer

(X41), sea officer (A41) dan administrative and diplomatic

officer (M41), and others

Private sector: Technical research staff / science officer

(NGO), researcher/consultant (industry, consultation

firms), marketing executive, academic staff,

writer/researcher/journalist (mass media), environment

control officer (industry, firms), audit officer (corporate

farms), technical/management officer (agriculture /

aquaculture companies), entrepreneur (industry) and

others.

SIE 2001 PRINCIPLES OF SYSTEMATICS

This course is to develop the students skill in classification

of organisms by understanding the concepts of

systematics and the philosophy behind systematics

(classification, taxonomy and nomenclature). Taxonomy in

particular and systematic in general are the prerequisites

in Scientific endeavours be it basic fundamental research

or biotechnology.

Assessment Methods:

Continuous assessment: 60%

Final examination: 40%

Medium of Instruction:

English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT3, TS3

Main References:

1. MacMahan, C.D., Geheber, A.D., Piller, K.R. 2010.

Molecular systematics of the enigmatic Middle

American genus Vieja (Teleostei: Cichlidae).

Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 57: 1293-

1300.

2. He, K., Li, Li, Y-J., Brandley, M.C., Lin, L-K., Wang,

Y-X., Zhang, Y-P., Jiang, X-L. 2010. A multi-locus

phylogeny of Nectogalini shrews and influences of

the paleoclimate on speciation and evolution.

Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 56: 734-746.

3. Shintaku, Y., Kageyama, M., Motokawa, M. 2012.

Morphological variation in external traits of the large

Japanese field mouse, Apodemus speciosus.

Mammal Study 37: 113-126.

4. Wiley, E.O., Liebermen, B.S. 2011. Phylogenetics:

Theory and Practice of Phylogenetic systematics, 2nd

Edition. Wiley-Blackwell. pp 432.

SIE 2002 PLANT DIVERSITY

Introduction to the morphology, development and

reproductive biology of bryophytes, pteridophytes,


191

gymnosperms and angiosperms. The economic and

ecological importance of different plant groups will be

discussed. Training on identification of different plant

groups will be addressed through practical sessions and

fieldwork.

Assessment Methods:

Continuous Assessment : 60 %

Final Examination : 40 %


English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT2, TS1

Main References:

1. Vanderpoorten, A. & Goffinet, B. (2009). Introduction

to bryophytes. Cambridge University Press, 328 pp.

2. Ranker, T.A. & Haufler, C.H. (2008). Biology and

evolution of ferns and lycophytes. Cambridge

University Press, 502 pp.

3. Judd, W.S., Campbell, C.S., Kellogg, E.A., Stevens,

P.F. (2007). Plant systematics: A phylogenetic

approach, 3rd edition. Sinauer Associates, 3rd

edition, 620 pp.

4. Keng, H. (1986). Order dan Famili Tumbuhan Berbiji

di Tanah Melayu. DBP, 595 pp

SIE 2003 INVERTEBRATE BIOLOGY

Introduction to Invertebrate: classification, diversity,

ecology, evolution etc. Groups of invertebrate being

discussed are Protozoa, Porifera, Cnidaria,

Platyhelminthes, Nematoda, Annelida, Mollusca,

Arthropoda (Trilobitomorpha, Chelicerata, Crustacea,

Myriapoda, Hexapoda, Lophophorata) and

Echinodermata. The biology, diversity, ecology, structure,

function, importance etc. for each group of these animal

are discussed.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT2, LL2

Main References:

1. Ruppert, E.E, Fox, R.S. and R.D. Barnes. 2004.

Invertebrate Zoology: A functional evolutionary

approach. Thomson Learning Inc.

2. Hickman, C.P., Roberts, L.S. and A. Larson. 1993

Integrated Principles of Zoology. Mosby-Year Book

Inc.

3. Gullan, P. J. & Craustan, P. S. 2014. The insects: An

outline of entomology. Wiley-Blackwell.

4. Pechenik, J. 2014. Biology of the invertebrates.

McGraw-Hill.

SIE 2004 MYCOLOGY

This course is an introductory to fungal classification,

biology, diversity, ecology and taxanomy. This course will

discuss sampling and culture technique involved in

mycology, inventory and documentation aspects for

conservation purpose and importance of fungi in

biotechnology.

Assessment Methods:

Continuous Assessment : 60%

Final Examination: 40%


English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT2, TS2

Main References:

1. Alexpoules CJ, Mims CW & Blackwell M (1996)

Introductory Mycology. John Wiley & Sons, New

York.

2. Kendrick, B. 2001 "The Fifth Kingdom" 3rd Edition.

373pp. Focus, Newburyport.

3. Ainsworth and Bisby's Dictionary of Fungi. 9th Edition

(2005). Eds. P.M. Kirk, P.F. Cannon, J.C. David and

J.A. Stalpers. ISBN: 085199377X

SIE 2005 VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY

An introduction to vertebrate biology including fish,

amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals. The course will

explore the evolution of these vertebrates and their

adaptations that allow them to live in almost every habitat

on Earth. Lecture materials will emphasize on phylogeny,

taxonomy, morphology, evolution, ecology, and selected

aspects of the natural history and behaviour. Laboratory

exercises will utilise natural history museum collections to

focus on taxonomy and identification of local fishes,

amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals.

Assessment Methods:

Continuous Assessment: 60%



English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT3, TS3

Main References:

1. Kardong, K.V. (2014). Vertebrates: Comparative

Anatomy, Function, Evolution. 6th Ed. QL805 Kar.

2. Pough F.H., Janis, C.M. & Heiser, J.B. (2012).

Vertebrate Life. 9th Ed. Pearson/Benjamin

Cummings.

3. Linzey, D.W. (2011). Vertebrate Biology. 2nd

Ed. John

Hopkins University Press.

SIE 2006 PHYCOLOGY

Introduction to the phycology. The water industry,

management and hydrological cycle are discussed

followed by the examination of factors affecting algal

growth and water pollution. The potential of algae as

economic resources, medicinal value, animal food and

biofertilizers are also discussed

Assessment Methods:




192


English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT2, TS2

Main References:

1. Robert Edward Lee (2008) Phycology 4th Edition.

Cambridge University Press

2. Robert G. Wetzel (2001) Limnology, Third Edition:

Lake and River Ecosystems

3. Christiaan Hoek (1995) Algae : An Introduction to

Phycology. Cambridge University Press

SIE 2007 POPULATION AND COMMUNITY ECOLOGY

Introduction to population growth and dynamics of

age‐structured populations, population control, theory of

competition, herbivory, predation, community, trophic

structure and control, community diversity, and

maintenance of diversity. Identify the processes affecting

abundance of organisms and how population abundance

changes through time, demographic characteristics of a

population and the techniques used for quantifying these

characteristics. The impact of abiotic factors on the nature

of population change at small and large scale will be

discussed.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT3, TS3

Main References:

1. Rockwood, L.L. (2015). Introduction to Population

Ecology. 2nd

Ed. John Wiley & Sons. ISBN 978-1-118-

94757-9.

2. Morin, P.J. (2011). Community Ecology. 2nd

Ed. Wiley-

Blackwell.

3. Vandermeer J.H & Goldberg, D. E 2013. Population

Ecology: First Principles. Princeton University. ISBN

9780691160313.

4. Mittelbach, G.G.2012.Community Ecology. ISBN

9781405124119

5. Garderner M. 2014. Community Ecology: Analytical

Methods Using R and Excel. Pelagic Publishing.

SIE 2008 PLANT STRUCTURE, FUNCTION AND

PHYSIOLOGY

This course first introduces the three plant tissue systems

and their cellular components followed by discussion on

the structural diversity of the vegetative organs (root,

stem, leaf and meristem). This is followed by the following

topics: leaf morphogenesis and secondary growth in stem

and root; morphological and anatomical adaptations in the

organs associated with specific functions and habitat;

mechanisms in water absorption, water transport, phloem

translocation, photosynthesis in C3, C4 and CAM plants,

the role of stomata in transpiration. Finally, the formation

and development of the reproductive organs, their

diversity and adaptations for life on earth are discussed.

Assessment Methods:

Continuous Assessment : 50 %

Final Examination : 50 %


English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT2, TS1

Main References:

1. MacAdam, J. W. (2009). Structure and function of

plants. 1st Edition. Wiley-Blackwell. ISBN-13:978-0-

8138-2718-6/2009

2. Beck, C. B. (2010). An introduction to plant structure

and development. 2nd

Edition. Cambridge University

Press. ISBN: 9780521518055

3. Bowes, B. G. & Mauseth, J. D. (2009). Plant

structure: A colour guide. 2nd

Edition. Manson

Publishing. ISBN-13: 9780763763862

4. Hodson, M.J. & Bryant, J.A. (2012). Functional

Biology of Plants. Wiley-Blackwell.

5. Taiz, L., Zeiger, E., Moeller, I.M., Murphy, A. (2014).

Plant Physiology and Development. 6th Edition.

Sinauer Associates, Inc.

SIE 2009 ANIMAL STRUCTURE, FUNCTION AND

PHYSIOLOGY

This involves the animal study of the anatomy and

physiology of a wide range of species including humans

that enable them to meet their need to survive and

reproduce. To do this, animals acquire, process and use

energy to cope with internal and external challenges

through a variety of physiological, morphological and

behavioural adaptations. An integrated approach is taken

to combine microanatomy, gross anatomy and physiology

in learning of the body systems. Concepts and theories in

lectures are expanded and developed in interactive

laboratories and explorative practicals.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT3, TS3

Main References:

1. Randall, D, W. Burggren & K. French. 2014. Eckert

Animal Physiology. W.H. Freeman.

2. Moyes, CD& PM. Schulte. 2013. Principles of Animal

Physiology. Pearson.

3. Hill, RW, GA. Gordon & M. Anderson. 2012. Animal

Physiology.

SIE 2010 URBAN ZOOLOGY

Ecosystems: Natural and man-made, their main features

and differences. The urban ecosystem: a classification of

the habitats. Natural history of urban area. The animal


193

component in urban areas: biodiversity and adaptations.

Brief revision on main taxonomical groups: biology,

ecology and study methods of Invertebrate & Vertebrate.

Pest species and control strategies. Nature conservation

in urban habitats. Animal species and habitat

fragmentation. Alien species and related problems

(invasive species). Feral species and wildlife. Zoological

data and urban planning. Case studies: the fauna of Kuala

Lumpur, the insect fauna of residential area.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT3, TS2

Main References:

1. Gaston, K. J. (2010) Urban Ecology. Cambridge.

2. Mark J. McDonnell, Amy K. Hahs, Jürgen H. Breuste

(Eds) (2009) Ecology of Cities and Towns: A

Comparative Approach. Cambridge.

3. Richard T. T. Forman (2014) Urban Ecology: Science

of Cities Cambridge Paperback ISBN:

9780521188241.

4. Clark E. Adams & Kieran J. Lindsey (2009) Urban

Wildlife Management. CRC Press.

SIE 2011 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY

Major elements of terrestrial ecology: the physical world,

plants, animals, microbes. Energy and trophic levels. Time

as a dimension. General vegetation categories and

dependent organismal assemblages. Life forms and

general adaptations among terrestrial organisms:

autotrophs and heterotrophs in different environments;

light, water and nutrition. Diurnal and seasonal variations

and cycles. Types and characteristics of tropical

forests. Diversity of life in various

environments. Reproduction in plants and animals:

comparative traits. Reproductive rhythms in plants:

flowering, pollination, dispersal. Behavioural aspects of

animal reproduction in rain forests. Other rainforest

adaptations and interactions among organisms: herbivory

and plant defences, myrmecophily, parasitism,

saprophytism. The relationship among soils, climate and

forest type. The forest growth cycle and dynamic

equilibrium. The ecology of nutrient cycling and

importance of the hydrological system in forest growth.

Relationships among nutrients, growth, structure and

biological diversity. Key characteristics of biodiversity and

biogeography for rainforest species. The concepts of

carrying capacity and environmental pressure.

Degradation and regrowth of forests. Consequences of

various logging systems, rainforest fragmentation and

environmental catastrophes. The rain forest as a

renewable resource; the concept of sustainable forest

management. Carbon sequestration by vegetation.

Timber, non-wood forest products and other forest

functions as management objectives. Non-forest tropical

landscapes: review of types, comparisons in terms of

productivity.

Assessment Methods:

Continous Assessment: 60%



English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT3, TS2

Main References:

1. Aiken, S.R. & C.L. Leigh (1992) Vanishing Rain

Forests. The Ecological Transition in Malaysia.

Clarendon Press, Oxford.

2. Primack, R. & R. Corlett (2011) Tropical Rain

Forests. An Ecological and Biogeographical

Comparison. Blackwell Publishing, Oxford.

3. Whitmore, T.C. (1984) Tropical Rain Forests of the

Far East. Oxford University Press, Oxford.

SIE 2012 AQUATIC ECOLOGY

Introduction to the physical and chemical aspects of

aquatic systems, and their influence on aquatic

organisms. Survey of marine and freshwater organisms

with focus on their ecological roles. The basic principles

of aquatic ecology are discussed at the community and

ecosystem levels, followed by more detailed discussion of

the major marine and freshwater ecosystems. Types and

exploitation of aquatic resources. Human impacts on

aquatic ecosystems.

Assessment Methods:

Continuous Assessments: 40%



English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT5, TS2

Main References:

1. Castro P. & Huber M.E. (2012). Marine Biology, 9th

Ed., McGraw-Hill Science. 480 pp.

2. Garrison, T. (2012). Essentials of Oceanography.

6th Ed. Thomson Brooks/Cole. 496 pp

3. Kauff, J. (2003). Limnology. Prentice Hall, USA. 592

pp.

4. Frid, C. & Dobson, M. (2013). Ecology of Aquatic

Management. 2nd Ed., Oxford University Press. 352

pp.

5. Dodds W. & Whiles M. (2010). Freshwater Ecology:

Concepts and Environmental Applications of

Limnology, 2nd Ed. Academic Press.

SIE 2013 MOLECULAR ECOLOGY

This course will provide a solid foundation in molecular

ecology, including the gene region selection for molecular

ecology research, populations genetics, phylogeography,

history of species concepts, how DNA markers can be

used for species delineation and identification, including

cryptic species, molecular phylogenetics, and ancient

DNA studies.

Assessment Methods:


Final examination: 40%.


194


English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT2, TS2

Main References:

1. Carvalho, G.R. 1998. Advances in Molecular

Ecology. IOS Press.

2. Avise, J.C. 1994. Molecular Markers, Natural History

& Evolution. Chapman & Hall.

3. Baker, A.J. 2000. Molecular Methods in Ecology.

Blackwell.

4. http://www.molecularecologist.com/

5. http://www.dnai.org/index.html/

6. http://www.nature.com/scitable/knowledge/library/usi

ng-molecular- techniques-to-answer-ecological-

questions-15643181

SIE 3001 RESEARCH PROJECT IN ECOLOGY AND

BIODIVERSITY

The student chooses a research title and carries it out

according to the supervision of his/her supervisor. A

research proposal detailing literature review, objectives,

methodology and research design, schedule table of

research and research budget, needs to be submitted to

the supervisor within a month. Research work and thesis

writing are carried out in Semester I and Semester II. The

completed thesis must be submitted at the end of

Semester I and Semester II for examination by the

supervisor. A presentation of the research work in the

form of seminar or poster is needed before the thesis

submission.

Assessment Methods:



Malay or English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT5, TS2

Main References:

1. Paul Oliver (2004). Writing Your Thesis. SAGE

publisher, U.K. 224 pp.

2. Guy Roberts-Holmes (2005). Doing Your Early Years

Research Project: A step-by-step guide, SAGE

Publisher, U.K. 176 pp.

3. Other reading materials prescribed by supervisor.

SIE 3002 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IN ECOLOGY AND

BIODIVERSITY

The content of this training depends on where the student

is placed and usually involves field work and on the job

training related to issues of biology and diversity.

Assessment Methods:

Continous assessment: 100%


English

Soft Skills:

CS3, TS2, EM1

Main References:

No specific references.

SIE 3003 BIODIVERSITY GOVERNANCE AND

CONSERVATION

Biodiversity Governance: policies, agreements,

regulations and legal protection of species. Biological

diversity and its importance. Threats to biological diversity;

causes to loss of biological diversity. Global initiative for

species/habitats/landscape protection: CITES, RAMSAR,

UNESCO WHS. The CBD. National Biodiversity Policy,

Protected Areas, Forestry and Wildlife Acts. Local

implementation of CITES and other international treaties.

States Enactment: State Parks, Sarawak Biodiversity

Council. Conservation: introduction, concept, values and

ethics. Species introduction, invasions and migration.

Habitat degradation.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS3, TS2, LL2

Main References:

1. Principles of conservation Biology/Martha J. Groom,

Gary K. Meffe, C. Ronald Carroll. Sunderland, MA:

Sinaeur Assosciates, 2006.

2. Essentials of conservation biology/Richard B.

Primack. Sunderland, Mass.: Sinaeur Associates,

2002

3. Searching for sustainability: interdiciplinaryessays in

the philosophy of conservation biology/ Bryan G.

Norton. Cambridge University Press 2003.;Via:ebrary

4. http://www.cbd.int/

5. MOSTE (1997) Assesment of Biological Diversity in

Malaysia

6. http://www.cites.org/

7. http://www.forestry.gov.my/pemahaman_akta.html

8. http://www.wildlife.gov.my/akta/

9. http://www.cbd.int/gti/

10. http://www.ramsar.org/

11. http://whc.unesco.org/

SIE 3004 QUANTITATIVE ECOLOGY

Principles of ecological sampling and data collection.

Experimental and sampling designs, sample size,

sampling layout, etc. Biotic sampling methods.

Population analysis such as age structure, survivorship,

life tables and growth. Methods for population analysis,

including capture-recapture methods. Modelling intra- and

inter-specific relationships (Lotka-Volterra). Community

analyses including measurements of diversity, similarity

and distance, and cluster analysis. Multivariate methods,

ordination techniques such as principal components

analysis. Time-series analysis, e.g. moving average

technique.


195

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT3, LL2

Main References:

1. Quinn, G.P. & M.J. Keough (2002). Experimental

design and data analysis for biologists. Cambridge

University Press, U.K. 537 pp.

2. Gotelli, N.J., Ellison, A. M. (2012). A Primer of

Ecological Statistics. 2nd

edition. Sinauer Associates,

Inc. Sunderland, Massachusetts. 579 pp.

3. Legendre, P. & P. Legendre (2012). Numerical

ecology. 3rd English ed. Developments in

Environmental Modelling, 24. Elsevier. 1006 pp.

4. Southwood, T.R.E. & P. A. Henderson (2002).

Ecological methods. Blackwell Science Ltd., U.K. 575

pp.

5. Sutherland, W.J. (ed) (1996). Ecological census

techniques. Cambridge University Press. 336 pp.

6. Brower, J.E., Zar, J.H. & C.N. von Ende (1997). Field

and laboratory methods for general ecology. 4th Ed.,

WCB Mc Graw-Hill, USA. 273 pp.

SIE 3005 BEHAVIOURAL ECOLOGY AND ETHOLOGY

Behavioural concepts, historical perspectives of

behavioural studies, behavioural diversity inclusive of

social habits and ecoethology illustrating the functional

aspects and adaptibility of various groups of animal

examples, aspects of applied ethology.

Assessment Methods:

Continuous Assessement: 50%



English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT3, TS1

Main References:

1. Manning, A & M. Dawkins. 2012. Introduction to

animal behaviour. Sixth Edition. Cambridge

University Press. Cambridge

2. Davies, NB, Krebs, J.R. & West, SA. 2012. An

Introduction to Behavioural Ecology. Fourth Edition.

Blackwell Science Ltd., Oxford.

3. Martin, P & P. Bateson. 2007. Measuring Behaviour:

An Introductory Guide. Third Edition. Cambridge

University Press. Cambridge.

SIE 3006 ECONOMIC BOTANY

Introduction to the origin of agriculture and the history of

distribution of tropical crops. The importance of plants as

sources for food, beverage, medicine and others. Plants

used in industries such as perfume, furniture, spices,

cosmetics, landscape etc. Sources for vegetables, fruits

and nuts. Ornamental plants.

Assessment Methods:


Final Examination : 50%


English

Soft Skills:

CS4, LL3

Main References:

1. Evers, A., and M. Nesbitt. (2006). "Cereals," in The

encyclopedia of seeds: science, technology and

uses. Edited by M. Black, J. D. Bewley, and P.

Halmer, pp. 65-70. Wallingford: CABI

2. Pamplona-Roger, G.D. & Jorge, D. (2002).

Encyclopedia of medicinal plants. Editorial Safeliz.

3. Simpson, B.B. & Ogorzaly, M.C. (2001). Economic

botany: plants in our world. Mc. Graw-Hill.

4. Wickens, G.E. (2001). Economic botany: Principles

and practices. Kluwer Academic Publishers,

Netherlands.

5. Purseglove, J.W. (1984). Tropical crops:

Monocotyledons & Dicotyledons. Longman

SIE 3007 ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF WEEDS

Introduction to ecology and population biology of weeds

with emphasis on weed-crop plant interaction. Weed

science in the contextof integrated weed management.

Weed management in agro-ecosystems and non-crop

environments. Introduction to herbicides. Herbicide usage,

actions in plants and soil, and effect to the environment.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT3, TS2

Main References:

1. Zimdahl RL (2013) Fundamentals of Weed Science.

4th ed. Academic Press. London.

2. Booth BD, Murphy SD, Swanton CJ (2010) Invasive

Plant Ecology in Natural and Agricultural Systems.

CABI publishing. USA.

3. Chauchan BS (2012) Weed Management in Direct-

Seeded Rice Systems. IRRI.

SIE 3008 WETLAND ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

Wetland comprised the mangrove, peat swamp, fresh

water swamp, estuaries, mud flat, sea grass, coral, sea

weed, aquaculture, rice field, river and lakes. Aspects

include diversity, ecology, conservation, management and

development of these ecosystems will be discussed.

Assessment Methods:




English


196

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT2, TS2

Main References:

1. Tanaka, N., Ng W. J, and Jinadasa, K.B.S.N. (2011).

Wetlands for Tropical Applications: Wastewater

Treatment for Constructed Wetlands, Imperial

College Press.pp.1-150.

2. Keddy, P. A. (2010). Wetland Ecology: Principles and

Conservation. Cambridge University Press.pp.1-497.

3. Cronk, J. K. and Fenessy, M. S. (2001). Wetland

Plants. CRC Press.pp.461.

4. Phang, S. M. (2000). Seagrasses of Malaysia. Univ.

Malaya Botanical Monographs.No.2.

SIE 3009 PLANT PATHOLOGY

Introduction to plant pathology and its importance.

Concept of plant diseases. Plant diseases caused by

abiotic factors and non-infectious diseases. Interactions

between pathogens and plant hosts. Koch Postulate.

Plant diseases from infections by viruses, bacteria,

mycoplasm-like organisms, fungi, algae / lichens, higher

plants, protozoa, nematodes and insects. Principles,

management practices and control of plant diseases

including biological control using viruses, bacteria and

fungi.

Assessment Methods:

Continuous assessment : 50%



English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT2, TS1

Main References:

1. Agrios, G.N. (2005). Plant pathology, 5th Edition.

Academic Press.

2. Schumann , G.L. and D’Arcy, C.J. (2009). Essential

plant pathology, 2nd

Edition. American

Phytopathology Society.

3. Strouts , R.G, and Winter, T.G. (2013). Diagnosis of

ill-health in trees, 2nd

Edition. Arboricuhural

Association.

4. Buczacki , S.T. and Harris, K. (2014). Pests,

diseases and disorders of garden plants, 4th Edition.

William Collins.

5. Greenwood, P. and Halstead, A. (2003). Pests and

diseases. Dorling Kindersley Ltd.

SIE 3010 HORTICULTURE AND LANDSCAPING

Introduction to Horticulture and Landscaping. Important

horticulture food and non-food crops are included. Aspects

of propagation, cultivation, growth media, environmental

parameters, plant disease and control, etc. are discussed.

Various aspects of landscaping are also discussed.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS3, TS2, LL2

Main References:

1. Boo, C.M., Kartini, OH, and Ou-Yang, C.L. (2006).

1001 Garden Plants in Singapore. National Park’s

Publication. (2nd

edition)

2. Bryant, G. (2006). Plant propagation A to Z : growing

plants for free. New York, USA. Firefly books

3. Agrios, G.N. (2005). Plant pathology. Burlington, MA,

USA, Academic Press (5th edition

4. Holttum, R.E. & Enoch, I (1997).Gardening in the

tropics. Times Editions.

5. Hydro One Networks, Plant Wisely, Save Energy Too,

available at

http://www.hydroonenetworks.com/en/efficiency/dow

nloads/PowerSaver_05_Landscaping.pdf

SIE 3011 FISHERIES AND AQUACULTURE

Introduction and overview of local and global fisheries and

aquaculture. Basis of fisheries and aquaculture. Linkage

between fisheries production and primary productivity.

Single species versus multi species stock assessment.

Estimation of key fish stock parameters. Ecosystem based

fisheries management. Farm designs and species

selection in aquaculture. Sustainable practices and future

areas of research. Socio-economics and management of

fisheries and aquaculture. Latest issues in fisheries and

aquaculture.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT3, LL2

Main References:

1. Jennings, S., Kaiser, M. J., & Reynolds, J. D. (2001).

Marine Fisheries Ecology. Blackwell Publishing. 417

pp.

2. Haddon, M. (2011). Modelling and Quantitative

Methods in Fisheries, Second Edition. Chapman and

Hall/CRC. 465 pp.

3. Pillay, T. V. R. & Kutty, M. N. (2005). Aquaculture:

Principles and Practices. Blackwell Publishing, 624

pp.

4. Jana, B. B. & Webster, C. C. (2003). Sustainable

Aquaculture: Global Perspectives. Haworth Press.

365 pp.

SIE 3012 PARASITOLOGY

This course is to develop the students skill in classification

of parasite and to empower concepts of parasitology.

Students should be able to describe the principles of

parasitology. Students will be equiped with the skills of

collect and prepare parasite.

Assessment Methods:




197


English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT2, TS1

Main References:

1. Piekarski, G. (2011). Medical Parasitology. Springer

–Verlag, 363 pp.

2. Chernin, J. (2000). Parasitology. CRC Press, 152 pp.

3. Rollinson, D. (Ed.). (2013). Advances in parasitology.

Vol. 82. Academic Press, 400 pp.

4. Foreyt, W. J. (2002). Veterinary parasitology 5th

Edition. Wiley-Blackwell, 248 pp.

5. Smyth, J. D. (1995). Introduction to Animal

Parasitology 3rd Edition. Cambridge University Press,

572 pp.

SIE 3013 ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY

This course will provide a solid foundation in economic

entomology, emphasizing life-history, ecological and

evolutionary factors which make certain species pests or

beneficial insects. The course will cover insect diversity,

taxonomy and classification, beneficial insects, medically

important insects, urban pest, agricultural pests, insects

as models in science and conservation.

Assessment Methods:

Continuous Assessment : 60%



English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT2, LL2

Main References:

1. Pedigo,L.P. & M.E. Rice (2006). Entomology and

Pest Management, 5th. Edition. Prentice Hall NJ

2. Castner,J.L. (2000). Photographic atlas of

entomology and guide to insect identification

3. Triplehorn,C.A., and Johnson,N.F. (2005). Borror and

DeLong’s Introduction to the study of insects.

7th.Edition.Thomson Brooks/Cole, USA

4. Foottit, R., & Adler, P., eds. (2009). Insect

Biodiversity: Science and Society. John Wiley &

Sons.

5. Relevant journal articles

SIE 3014 INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT

Introduction to pest species. The needs of pest

management. Definition of the integrated pest

management. The history and basic of the integrated pest

management. Pest control methods – biological, chemical,

physical, mechanical, interference and host resistance.

Pesticides crisis. Implementation method of integrated

pest management. Examples of the integrated pest

management usage in various fields, particularly in

agriculture.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT3, LL2

Main References:

1. Dent, D. 1995. Integrated Pest Management.

Chapman and Hall, U.K.

2. Van Driesche, R,G. and T.S. Bellows, Jr. 1996.

Biological Control. Chapman and Hall, U.K.

3. Reuveni, R. 1995. Novel Approaches to Integrated

Pest Management. Lewis Publishers

4. Dharam, P.A. 2014. Integrated Pest Management,

Current Concept & Ecological Perspective. Elsevier.

5. Marcelo, L.L and S. Soloneski. 2012. Intergrated

Pest Management and Pest control-Current and

Future Tactics. InTech

SIE 3015 ECOTOXICOLOGY

This course will provide a solid foundation in

ecotoxicology, including principle study methods in

ecotoxicology, distribution of chemicals in the

environment, transformation of chemicals in the

environment, exposure and uptake by organisms, and

effects on population, community and ecosystem. Case

studies and the procedures for Ecological Impact

Assessments will be studied in detail with an emphasis on

the limitations of studies in a constantly changing natural

system.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS3, CT2, LL1

Main References:

1. Newman,M.C. and M.A.Unger (2003). Fundamental

of Ecotoxicology, Second Edition. CRC/Lewis Press,

Boca Raton, FL

2. Walter,C.H., S.P. Hopkin, R.M. Sibly, D.B. Peakall

(2001). Principles of Ecotoxicology, Second Edition.

Taylor & Francis, Boca Raton, FL

3. Connell,D.,P. Lam, B. Richardson, R.Wu (1999).

Introduction to Ecotoxicology. Blackwell Publishing,

Malden, MA

4. Hoffman,D.J., B.A.,Rattner, G.A., Burton Jr., J.

Cairns Jr. (2002). Handbook of Ecotoxicology.

Second Edition. CRC Press

5. Carson, R. (1962) Silent Spring. Houghton Mifflin.

6. Relyea, R., & Hoverman, J. (2006). Assessing the

ecology in ecotoxicology: a review and synthesis in

freshwater systems. Ecology Letters, 9(10), 1157-

1171.

7. Boudou, A., & Ribeyre, F. (1997). Aquatic

ecotoxicology: from the ecosystem to the cellular and

molecular levels. Environmental Health

Perspectives,105 (S1), 21-35.

8. WEBSITE: http://www.epa.gov/risk_assessment/ecol

ogical-risk.htm

9. Relevant journal articles


198

SIE 3016 SOIL ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

Introduction to the major soil type in Malaysia and its

vegetation. Soil biotic and abiotic factors that sustain

different vegetations on various soil types. Functions and

inter-relationships between organisms in soil, including

bacteria, fungi, protista, arthropod and other organisms.

Effects of human and/or nature on soil habitat.

Assessment Methods:




English

Soft Skills:

CS4, CT3, TS2

Main References:

1. Wall DH, Bardgett RD, Herrick JE, et al. (2013). Soil

Ecology and Ecosystem Services. Oxford University

Press.

2. Whalen JK and Sampedro L. (2010). Soil Ecology

and Management. CABI Publishing. USA.

3. Osman KT. (2012). Soils: Principles, Properties and

Management. Springer, Science & Business Media.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (GENETICS AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY) PROGRAMME

Career Prospects We have received feedback from industrial training supervisors of students (public or private sectors) that graduates from this programme are much needed for the nation’s development. There are graduates who have been accepted for further studies at the Masters and PhD levels. In addition, many of our graduates eventually become academic staff in public and private institutions of higher learning. SIL 2001 FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROBIAL PROCESSES This course will provide a foundation in microbial processes with emphasis on the biochemistry and physiology related to the use of microorganisms in genetic studies and industry. Topics will include the importance of microbiology, introduction to sterility and the handling of microbes, microbial cell structure, differences between microorganisms, growth, nutrition, metabolism and molecular genetics of microbes. Microbial ecology, medical importance and use of microbes in industry and biotechnology will also be discussed. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT2, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Madigan, M.T. Martino, J.M.(2009). Brock Biology of

Microorganisms.(12th edition) Prentice Hall Publication.

2. Tortora, G.J.Funke, B.R. and Case, C.L. Microbiology. (2001) (6th edition) Benjamin Cummings Publishers

3. Black, J.G. Microbiology Principles and Exploration (2002) (5th Edition),John Wiley & Sons Inc.

SIL 2002 CYTOGENETICS This course focuses on behaviour of chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, correlation between meiosis and Mendelian laws, aberrant meiosis, chromosome organisation, chromosome structure and morphology, methods for chromosome study, karyotype analysis and nomenclature, specialized chromosomes and chromosomes aberrations. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT2, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Swanson CP, Merz T & Young WJ. (1981).

Cytogenetics, TheChromosome in Division, Inheritance, and Evolution. Prentice-Hall International.

2. Miller, OJ & Therman E. (2001). Human Chromosome (4th edition). Springer.

3. Klug WS, Cummings MR & Spancer CA. (2012). Essential ofnGenetics (8th edition). Pearson Education Inc.

SIL 2003 MICROBIAL GENETICS This introductory course on the genetics of fungi, bacteria, and bacterial viruses will cover theory and techniques related to the study of microbial genetics. Fungal Genetics: Life cycle of Fungi; Genetic crosses; ordered tetrad analysis, unordered tetrad analysis, random ascospores; sexual and parasexual cycle; Formation of Heterokaryon, mitotic recombination; Haploidization. Bacterial Genetics: Organization of bacterial genomes; Recombination in bacteria; Transformation, Conjugation, General and specialised transduction; Mapping of Bacterial genomes. Bacteriophage Genetics: Life cycle of temperate and virulent phages; lysogeny and genetic regulation of life cycle; One step growth experiments; single burst experiments. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT2, LL2 Main References: 1. Fincham J.R.S., Day P.R., Radford A. (1979). Fungal

Genetics (4th edition). Blackwell Scientific Publications. QH431 FIN V.4

2. Moore D., Novak Frazer LA., (2002). Essential Fungal Genetics. Springer-Verlag New York, Inc. QK602 MOO 2002

3. Snusted and Simmons (2011) Principles of Genetics,6nd Edition, Wiley ISBN 0470903597


199

SIL 2004 BIOINFORMATICS AND PHYLOGENETICS This course will give an overview of bioinformatics and phylogenetics analysis with an emphasis on specific tools for solving specific problems, focusing on the asumptions that underpin these approaches and how to analyse the resulting data. It will specifically focus on practical bioinformatics in particular for current research, and technology developments in molecular biology. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT2 Main References: 1. Baxevanis,A.D.&Ouelette,F.(2005). Bioinformatics: A

Practical Guide to the Analysis of Gene and Proteins. John Wiley.

2. Page, R.D.M. & Holmes, E.C. (1998). Molecular Evolution: A Phylogenetic Approach. Blackwell.

SIL 2005 EVOLUTIONARY GENETICS This course introduces population genetics theory as the basis of the genetic model of evolutionary change; microevolution; macroevolution and the evolution of genetic systems. Topics include evolutionary processes in populations, molecular clocks, neutral theory, coalescent theory, species concept, speciation, co-evolution, evolution of genomes and evolution of genetic systems. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT2, LL2 Main References: 1. Ridley, M. (2003), Evolution. Blackwell Science. 2. Smith, J.M. (2008) Evolutionary Genetics, Oxford

Univ. Press 3. Halliburton (2004) Introduction to Population

Genetics, Pearson SIL 2006 POPULATION GENETICS The course is an introduction to the concept of population genetics for maintenance and importance of genetic variation in human, microbes, plants for biodiversity, agriculture, breeding and fisheries. The course also introduces the statistical programs that is needed for understanding the principles of population genetics. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English

Soft Skills CS3, CT3, TS2, LL3, EM1, LS2 Main References: 1. Mathew b. Hamilton, Wiley Blackwell Publishing

Principles of Population Genetics (Background) Author: Hartl DL and Clark AG

2. Cambridge University Press 3rd Edition 1997 Genetics of Populations Author: Hedrick. PW

SIL 2007 QUANTITATIVE GENETICS The course is an introduction to the concept of quantitative genetics for genetic improvement program. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT3, TS2, LL3, EM1, LS2 Main References: 1. Falconer, D.S. & Mackay, T.S. (1996). Introduction to

Quantitative Genetics. 4th ed. Wesley Longman. 2. Hartl, T.L. & Jones, E.W. (1999). Essential Genetics.

Jones & Bartlett. 3. Stufflebeam, C.E. (1989). Genetics of Domestic

Animals. Prentice Hall. SIL 2008 MOLECULAR GENETICS This course includes topics involved in eukaryotic DNA replication,gene transcription and translation. The topics covered: Eukaryotic genome, C-value paradox, histones and non-histone proteins, heterochromatin and euchromatin, classes of DNA, DNA replication in eukaryotes, transcription, RNA polymerases I, II and III, gene regulation in eukaryotes, various control and regulatory elements, pre-mRNA processing and alternative splicing, RNA processing events (rRNA, tRNA, trans-splicing, RNA-editing), posttranscriptional control of gene expression, transcriptional regulation (DNA binding domains), and transcriptional regulation through signal transduction pathway. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Snustad, D.P. & Simmons, M.J. (2009). Principles of

Genetics. 5th ed. John Wiley. 2. Stansfield, W., Colome, J.S. & Cano, R.J. (1996).

Schaum’s Outlines: Molecular and Cell Biology. McGraw-Hill.

3. Weaver R.F. (2011). Molecular Biology. 5th ed. McGraw-Hill.


200

SIL 2009 RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY Introduction to DNA recombinant technology; basic gene cloning and gene analysis; vector; enzymes; methods of DNA restriction and DNA ligation; methods to introduce foreign DNA into host cells; screening of clones; clones characterisation; enzymatic manipulation of DNA and RNA; radioactive and non-radioactive probe labelling; Southern & Northern hybridisations, colony, plaque and dot blotting; radioactive and non-radioactive hybridisations; plasmid, lambda & M13 phages and cosmid-vector cloning systems, PCR; site directed mutagenesis and protein engineering; DNA sequencing; and gene mapping. Next genetation sequencing and technologies. Practical. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT7, LL2, KK4, EM3 Main References: 1. Brown TA 2001, Gene Cloning, March 2010, ©2010,

Wiley-Blackwell 2. Primrose SB, RM Twyman & RW Old 2014, Principles

of Gene Manipulation, 8th ed. Blackwell Sc. 3. Sambrook J. & DW Russell 2001, Molecular Cloning, a

laboratory manual, 3rd ed.CSH Lab Press. SIL 2010 IMMUNOGENETICS The course gives an understanding on the importance of the immune system in ensuring immunity. The introduction is a discussion on the cells involved in the innate and adaptive systems. An in-depth explanation on the clonal selection theory, rearrangement process of the receptors,T cell thymic education, B cell selection and production of antibodies/immunoglobulins will be given. The role of the major histocompatibilty complex in processing and presentation of antigens, activation and signal transduction of T and B cells and importance of cytokines regulation in immune resposes will be discussed. Important immune and effector mechanisms in inflammation, phagocytosis and complement will be given the main focus. The last section of the course will give an overview of how each component signals the downstream components in a cascade to generate an immune response with the cytokines as regulators, and helper T cells in their central function with the complement system as the main effector component. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT3, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Immunology 5th edition Richard A. Goldsby, Thomas J.

Kindt, Barbara, A. Osborne and Janis Kuby 2. Cellular and Molecular Immunology 7th edition Abul K.

Abbas, Andrew, H. Lichtman & Shiv Pillai. 3. Immunobiology: The Immune System in Health and

Disease 4th edition, Charles A. Janeway, Paul Travers, Mark Walport and J Donald Capra.

SIL 2011 GENETIC RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION This course covers the following topics: Biological diversity (ecosystem, species, genetics), resources and ownership of the Malaysian forest, estimating and characterizing genetic diversity, inbreeding depression, population fragmentation, genetic management in the wild and captivity, use of biotechnology & genetic tools in conservation, forensics and DNA barcoding, population viability analysis. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT2 Main References: 1. Frankham, R., Ballou, J.D., Briscoe, D.A. (2010)

Introduction to Conservation Genetics. Cambridge

University Press.

2. Allendorf, F.W., Luikart, G., Aitken, S.N. (2013)

Conservation and the Genetics of Populations. Wiley-

Blackwell

3. Primack, R.B (2006). Essentials of Conservation

Biology. Sinauer Massachusetts, USA

SIL 2012 PLANT GENETICS AND GENE MANIPULATION The course introduces principles of genetics and selection techniques used in plant breeding. Techniques used in biotechnology for gene manipulation will also be discussed. Case studies and application of molecular-based technology and practical sessions will be conducted. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS4, CT2 Main References: 1. Slater A, Scott NW and Fowler MR (2003) Plant

Biotechnology: The Genetic Manipulation of Plants 2. Molecular Markers in Plants (2012) Robert J. Henry.

John Wiley & Sons 3. Principles of Plant Genetics and Breeding (2012)

George Acquaah John Wiley & Sons

SIL 2013 ANIMAL GENETICS AND GENE MANIPULATION The course is an introduction to the genetic principles,variousbreeding techniques and manipulation of genes for genetic improvement of animal. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%


201

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS4, CT2 Main References: 1. SB Primrose and RM Twyman (2006) Principles of

Gene Manipulation and Genomics. 2. Cockett, Noelle E.; Kole, Chittaranjan (2009). Genome

Mapping and Genomics in Domestic SIL 3001 RESEARCH PROJECT IN GENETICS AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY This course is intended to introduce practical aspects of the principles of Genetics and Molecular Biology. Students will be exposed to research methodology in Genetics and Moleculr Biology, critical scientific thinking, methods for problem solving, research ethics, record keeping, presentation and scientific writing skills. Students are required to: 1) write a project proposal and carry out literature review 2) carry out experiments in the laboratory 3) analyse data 4) write a dissertation 5) present the results of the research Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Consisting of; Thesis: 80% Proposal defence (oral) : 5% Progress defence (oral): 5% Viva: 10% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT3, LL2, EM2 SIL 3002 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IN GENETICS AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY The course provides students with an exposure to work at a diagnostic or research laboratory outside of the university’s environment. Students are able to observe the application of information from university courses and to use it in the course of their attachment to these laboratories. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 100% Consisting of; Tests: 30% Assignments: 30% Presentations: 30% Participation in class and e-learning: 10% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT2, TS2, LL2 SIL 3004 ADVANCED GENETICS Gene mutation, the Luria-Delbrück fluctuation test, the ClB chromosome, the Ames test for mutagenicity, trinucleotide repeat expansion, DNA repair systems: direct repair,

nucleotide and base excision repair, mismatch repair, and recombinational repair, sister chromatid exchange, harlequin chromosomes, homologous recombination: the Holliday model, the Meselson-Radding model, and the double-stranded break model, gene conversion, site-specific recombination, transposition: Ds and Ac, transposons: insertion sequence, complex transposon, and composite transposon, transposon tagging, non-Mendelian inheritance: maternal effect, epigenetic inheritance (dosage compensation and genomic imprinting - Prader-Willi syndrome and Angelman syndrome, uniparental disomy: isodisomy and hetrerodisomy), and extranuclear or cytoplasmic inheritance (maternal inheritance, pigmentation trait in plants, male-sterility trait, petite traits: segregational petite mutants and vegetative petite mutants - neutral petites and suppressive petites, chloroplast inheritance in Chlamydomonas, uniparental inheritance), evolution of the concept of the gene: function and structure, the complementation test, the cis-trans test, homoalleles and heteroalleles, intragenic complementation, limitations on the use of the complementation test. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CT3, CS3, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Principles of Genetics 4th Edition (Snustad and

Simmons). Wiley Publications 2. Genetic Analysis and Principles (Brooker) 3. Other Basic Genetics text books SIL 3005 FROM CELL TO SYSTEM This is an advanced course covering the following topics of cellular and molecular biology of eukaryotes: revision of the cell cycle and the molecular basis of cell cycle regulation, apoptosis pathways, modes of cell signalling, signalling molecules and their receptors, signal transduction, signalling pathways, types of cell surface receptor, G protein coupled receptors, enzyme linked receptors, non-receptor enzymes in signalling and second messengers. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT3, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Krauss, et al. Biochemistry of signal transduction and

regulation. Third Edition, Wiley.

2. Other text books will be referred to.

SIL 3006 DEVELOPMENTAL GENETICS This course focuses on concepts and understanding of developmental biology with an emphasis on molecular genetics. The topics cover are: overview of animal development, early stages of embryonic development, basic concept in developmental genetics, regulation and


202

differential gene expression, molecular genetics of pattern formation in Drosophila, development fate of each cell in C. elegens, sex determination in yeast, Drosophila and mammals, genetic specification of floral organ identity Arabidopsis, stem cell, and ethical issues. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT2, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Developmental biology (10th edition). Scott F.

Gilbert. 2013. Sinauer Associates, Inc. 2. Principles of Development (4th edition). Lewis

Wolpert and Cheryll Tickle. 2010. Oxford University Press.

3. Molecular Biology of the Cell (5th edition). Alberts B, Johnson A, Lewis J, et. al. 2007. Garland Science.

SIL 3007 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF PLANTS Introduction to basic principles and current advancements in plant molecular biology. This course covers theoretical and practical aspects that form the bases of current approaches in plant improvement and biotechnology, including genetic engineering. Lectures include: structure, organisation and regulation of plant genes and cell signalling in plant cells; molecular biology of plastids and chloroplasts; organization of mitochondrial DNA; molecular biology of nitrogen metabolism; molecular biology of development; cell signalling, molecular plant-pathogen interactions, marker assisted breeding and plant genomics. Related practicals will be given. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT3, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Buchanan, Grusseim and Jones (2006) Biochemistry

and MolecularBiology of Plants, Pbls. John Wiley and sons (UK) ISBN 09430088399.

2. Genes IX, Benjamin Lewin (2007) 3. Maklumat dalam sistem e-pelajaran SIL 3008 HUMAN GENETICS This course starts by looking at the content and organisation of the human genome. It involves describing the gene-related sequences (genes, introns, exons, regulatory regions, pseudogenes etc) and non-gene-related sequences (unique to highly repetitive classes). The student is then introduced to the Human Genome Project and the processes involved. It includes physical and genetic mapping. The second part will focus on the methods of medical genetic research, with old and new techniques. This includes functional cloning, positional cloning and candidate gene approaches (functional candidacy, positional candidacy, mutation screening methods). At the end of the course, students will be familiarised with current issues and research

technologywhich include SNP analysis, microarray and proteomics. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT3, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Human Molecular Genetics (Strachan & Read) 2. Introduction to Human Genetics (Gustavo Maroni) SIL 3009 EPIGENETICS AND GENE REGULATION This course will provide a basic understanding of the role of epigenetics in gene regulation. Topics will include chromatin remodelling, histone modifications, DNA methylation, the importance of epigenetics in normal cellular functions, evidence for epigenetics involvement in disease.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS4, CT2, TS3, LL3 Main References: 1. Epigenetics, C. David Allis, Thomas Jenuwein, and

Danny Reinberg (2007) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press

2. Epigenetics, Lyle Armstrong (2014) Garland Science group

3. Cancer Epigenetics, Edited by Trygve Tollefsbol (2009).CRC press, Taylor & Francis group

SIL 3010 GENOME ANALYSIS This course looks into the various approaches and technologies that can be employed in answering research questions and contribute towards the development of field of genetics. The course will also discuss the strength and weaknesses of each of these technologies, and underlines the limitations on using these technologies. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS4, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Genome Analysis and Bioinformatics: A Practical

Approach (2009), Sharma, T. R. 2. Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis

(2006), David Mount. 3. Analysis of Genes and Genomes (2004), Richard J.

Reece.


203

SIL 3011 APPLICATIONS OF RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY This is an advanced course covering applications of recombinant DNA technology to medicine, agriculture, industry and research. Health care: diagnostics for infectious and genetic disease, gene therapy, vaccine development, RNAi. Agriculture: Transgenic plant technology, transgenic mitigation. Forensic: genetic means of identification. Industrial and Pharmceutical: various eukaryotic production systems (yeast, insect, plant, mammalian), prokaryotic production (E.coli). Research: gene discovery and isolation, mutagenesis, proof of gene function, development of new technologies (across many fields). Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT3, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Molecular Biotechnology, principles and applications

of recombinant DNA 4th edition. Glick BR & JJ Pasternak 2009 (ASM Press)

2. Other recommended materials

SIL 3012 CANCER AND TUMORIGENESIS The course gives an understanding on cancer and why it is seen as a much feared disease worldwide. The initial development and treatment of cancer will be discussed. A current review will be given from up-to-date journal papers. This course is most relevant to a genetics student, as various evidence points to cancer as having a genetic risk factor that can transform cells from a benign to a cancerous state. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2 Main References: 1. Immunology 5th edition Richard A. Goldsby, Thomas

J. Kindt, Barbara A. Osborne and Janis Kuby 2. Cellular and Molecular Immunology 7th edition Abul

K. Abbas, Andrew H. Lichtman & Shiv Pillai 3. Immunobiology: The Immune System in Health and

Disease 4th edition Charles A. Janeway, Paul Travers, Mark Walport and J Donald Capra

4. The Biology of Cancer. Robert A.Weinberg (2006). Garland Science Textbooks

5. Journals SIL 3013 GENETICS AND BIOTECHNOLOGY OF VIRUSES This course will involve theoretical and practical skills related to the genetics and the biotechnological application of viruses. Topics will include the biology and genetics of plant, animal and medically important viruses and their importance in human lives and activities. Virus life cycles and diversity will be compared and discussed

together with the mechanisms of transmission and control, especially related to medicine and agriculture. The use of viruses and viral genes in biotechnology ranging from research and therapeutic use to applications in agriculture and industry will also be discussed. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS4, CT3, TS4, LL3 Main References: 1. Structure and Physics of Viruses: An Integrated

Textbook Series: Subcellular Biochemistry, Vol. 68 Mateu, Mauricio G. (Ed.) 2013, Springer. ISBN 978-94-007-6552-8 2.

2. Understanding Viruses (Second Edition)Teri Shors (Ed), 2013. Jones and Bartlett. ISBN-13: 9781449648923

3. Review papers and journal articles will be supplied via course webpage

SIL 3014 ADVANCED IMMUNOGENETICS The course gives an understanding of the importance of the failure and deficiency of the immune system in providing protection. The introduction will focus on various major components of the immune system and in situations when it fails in its function as a result in deficiency of its various components, and the different resulting manifestation in the host. These resulting immune failure diseases will be discussed: 1. The importance of a balance between tolerance and autoimmunity; 2. In certain situation, when cells do not respond in the correct manner to growth, resulting in tumour or cancer. 3. The importance and understanding of transplant immunology as a cure for certain diseases with organ or cell function failures. 4. The undesired effects resulting from reactions of effector molecules in hypersensitivity or allergy. 5. The inability of the immune system to protect the host from various congenital and acquired (such as AIDS) immunodeficiency diseases. 6. The current therapeutic status and protection with a focus on vaccines for the undesired immune responses. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3 ,CT3, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Immunology 5th edition Richard A. Goldsby, Thomas

J. Kindt, Barbara A. Osborne and Janis Kuby 2. Cellular and Molecular Immunology 7th edition Abul

K. Abbas, Andrew H. Lichtman & Shiv Pillai 3. Immunobiology: The Immune System in Health and

Disease 4th edition, Charles A. Janeway, Paul Travers, Mark Walport and J Donald Capra

SIL 3015 CURRENT TOPICS IN GENETICS AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY This course will expose the students to methods in writing,


204

presenting, and scientific discourse through current topics in genetics and molecular biology. The topics which will be discussed include biosafety and bioethics as well as legal and social issues. Other topics such as gene therapy, genetic fingerprinting, stem cell research, RNAi, systems biology, transcriptomics, metabolomics, metabolic engineering, etc. will also be discussed. Furthermore, students will be assigned to collect and analyse information on various current topics and be required to discuss critically the topics through essay writing and presentation. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS4, CT3, TS3, EM2, LS2 Main References: Lecture notes, references in the library and e- reading materials

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MICROBIOLOGY)

PROGRAMME

Career Prospects The career prospects for graduates of this program are wide. Graduates will have opportunities to be employed in the public or private sector. Public sector: Research Officer (Q41) in various ministries/ department; Science Officer (C41) in various ministries/ department; Adminitrative Officer (N41) in various ministries/ department; Training Officer (E41) in various ministries/ department; Quality Controller in various ministries/ Environmental Department / Agriculture; Postgraduates in Public Institutions of Higher Learning; Graduate school teachers in government schools. Private sector: Research technicians in pathology units of private hospitals; Laboratory officers in pathology units of private hospitals or diagnostic/ pathology laboratories or forensic laboratories; Researchers in biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries; Marketing executives in companies retailing reagents, scientific equipments, and medical equipments; Quality Controller in food production firms and restaurants; Postgraduates in Private Institutions of Higher Learning; Writer / Researcher in the media industry; Graduate school teachers in private schools/ colleges. SIR 2001 EUKARYOTIC MICROORGANISMS This course will cover the origin and evolution of eukaryotic microorganisms, diversity and classification of fungi, importance of fungi to plant and animal health, the economy and environment, symbiotic relationship of fungi as mycorrhiza and lichen, diversity and importance of algae to health and the environment, diversity of protozoa and their importance to human health, and the use of Saccharomyces cerevisiae as a model eukaryote. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS4, CT3, TS3, LL1

Main References: 1. Tortora, GJ, Funke, BR and Case, CL (2015)

Microbiology: An introduction, books a la Carte, 12nd ed., Pearson.

2. Johnson, TR, Case, CL (2012) Laboratory Experiments in Microbiology, 10th e.d., Benjamin Cummings.

3. Schaechter, M (2011) Eukaryotic microbes, 1st ed., Academic Press.

SIR 2002 INSTRUMENTATION, MICROBIOLOGY METHODS AND DATA MANAGEMENT Principles in using equipment and various methods common in microbiological research e.g. various types of microscopes, instrumentation growth measurement, colorimetry, spectrophotometry, chromatography, various types of electrophoresis, ph measurement, centrifugation, autoclave, pcr thermocycler, uv transilluminator etc. lab safety. data management including using computer software packages. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills CS3, CT3, TS2, EM1, LS1 Main References: 1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms (14th ed): Ed.

Madigan, Martinko & Parker, Publisher Prentice Hall. (2014)

2. Lodish et al Molecular Cell Biology (7th edition) 2012 Freeman

3. Microbiology: An Introduction (11th ed):Tortora GJ (2012)

SIR 2003 FOOD MICROBIOLOGY Understanding the history of microorganisms in food, intrinsic and extrinsic parameters that affect microbial growth, food spoilage. Food intoxication, food infection, food toxicoinfection. Microbiology of fermented food. Characteristics of major foodborne pathogens. Methods in detecting microorganisms in using conventional and molecular approaches. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL1, LS1 Main References: 1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms (14th ed): Ed.


2. Fundamental Food Microbiology. Bibek, R. and Arun B. (Eds.). CRC Press (2013).

3. Journal of Food Microbiology


205

SIR 2004 GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY Introduction to Microbiology, concepts and basic techniques of microbiology, evolution, structure and function of the parts of prokaryotic, diversity and importance of microorganisms including archaea, bacteria, fungi and viruses. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LS2 Main References: 1. Talaro, K. P. Foundations in Microbiology: Basic

Principles, 9th ed, 2014, McGraw-Hill.

2. Ted R. Jphnson & Christine L. Case. Laboratory Experiments in Microbiology, CourseSmart e Textbook, 10/E, 2013, Benjamin Cummings.

3. Madigan M.T., Martinko J.M., Bender K.S., Buckely D.H., Stahl D.A. & Brock T. Brock Biology of Microorganisms, 14

th ed, 2014, Benjamin

Cummings.

SIR 2005 BACTERIOLOGY I Introduction to isolation, purification, enumeration, identification and classification of main Gram negative bacteria. Growth aspects and the control of bacterial growth. Role and impact of Gram negative bacteria in daily life. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL1 Main References: 1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms (14th ed): Ed.


2. Microbiology: An Introduction (11th ed):Tortora GJ (2012).

3. Todar’s Online Textbook of Bacteriology (http://www.textbookofbacteriology.net/)

SIR 2006 BACTERIOLOGY II Introduction to principles of bacterial taxonomy including classical systematic and phylogenetics. Introduction to isolation, purification, identification and classification of main Archaea and Gram positive bacteria. Role and impact of Gram positive bacteria to life and environment. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English

Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL1 Main References: 1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by Madigan,

Martinko & Parker (2014) Prentice Hall. 2. Prescott’s Microbiology by Willey, Sherwood &

Woolverton (2014) McGraw-Hill. 3. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology (2012)

Springer. SIR 2007 VIROLOGY Structure and Composition of Viruses: Building of viral capsid structures, the types of viral capsids and nucleocapsids, virus envelope, the types of viral proteins and nucleic acids. Virus replication: virus entry into cells, Baltimore classification, viral genome expression (RNA transcription and protein translation) based on Baltimore groups, viral genome replication, assembly of viral components to form new viruses. Practical: Primary, secondary, and continuous cell culture, viral infection of cell culture, observing the effects of viral infection on cells, plaque assays for viral titration, observing the different plaques formed by a variety of viral infection of various cell lines. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS6, CT4, TS4, LL2, EM1, LS1 Main References: 1. Cann, A.J. Principles of Molecular Virology. Fifth

Edition (2011). ISBN-13: 978-012384397. 2. ViralZone: a knowledge resource to understand

virus diversity. Hulo C, de Castro E, Masson P, Bougueleret L, Bairoch A, Xenarios I, Le Mercier P. Nucleic Acids Res. 2011 Jan;39(Database issue):D576-82.

3. Greenwood, D., Slack, R.C.B., Barer, M.R., Irving, W.L. Medical Microbiology. 18th Edition (2012). ISBN: 9780702040894

SIR 2008 MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY Growth, injuries, starvation and death. Morphogenesis. Structure and function of membranes, movement and chemotaxis. Aggregation and biofilm formation. Energy production: aerobic and anaerobic. Anapleurotic pathways. Photosyntesis. Biosyntesis of macromolecules. Storage materials secondary metabolites. Microbs and metals. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL1

http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=20947564

http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=20947564


206

Main References: 1. White, D., Drummond, J., & Fuqua, C. (2011) The

Physiology and Biochemistry of Prokaryotes, 4th ed., Oxford University Press, USA

2. Madigan, M. & Martinko, J. (2014) Brock Biology of Microorganisms, 14th ed., Pearson.

3. Snyder, L., Peter, J.E., Henkin, T.M., & Champness, W. (2014) Molecular Genetics of Bacteria, 4th ed., ASM Press

SIR 2009 MICROBIAL ECOLOGY Microorganism and ecological theory, microbial population and community dynamics, microorganisms in elemental cycles, microorganisms in natural environments; growth, interaction and adaptation. Molecular microbial ecology. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL1 Main References: 1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms (14th ed): Ed.


2. Processes in Microbial Ecology. Kirchman DL. (2012) 3. Microbial ecology. Barton LL & Northup DE. (2011) SIR 2010 IMMUNOLOGY The course gives an understanding on the importance of the immune system in ensuring immunity. The introduction is a discussion on the cells involved in the innate and adaptive systems. An in depth explanation on the clonal selection theory, rearrangement process of the receptors, T cell thymic education, B cell selection and production of antibodies/immunoglobulins will be given. The role of the major histocompatibilty complex in processing and presentation of antigens; activation and signal transduction of T and B cells and importance of cytokines regulation in immune resposes will be discussed. Important immune and effector mechanisms in inflammation, phagositosis and complement would be given the main focus. The last section of the course would give an overview of how each component signals the downstream components in a cascade to generate an immune response with the cytokines as regulators, and helper T cells in their central function with the complement system as the main effector component. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS3, LL2 Main References: 1. Cellular and Molecular Immunology. 8

th ed. Abul K.

Abbas, Andrew H. Lichtman (2014). 2. Kuby Immunology. Owen J, Punt J, Stranford S.

(2013) 3. Janeway;s Immunobiology. Murphy K (2011).

SIR 3001 MICROBIOLOGY RESEARCH PROJECT Introduction to the concepts and principles of research in Microbiology, lab safety and risk assessment, application of statistics and various laboratory techniques in microbiology, preparation of report and abstract, oral presentation, thesis writing. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS1, YS2, LL1, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Biological Risk Assessment form, IBBC (2015) UM. 2. UM Policy and Procedure on Laboratory Biosafety

and Biosecurity (2015). 3. Buku Panduan Keselamatan Makmal UM (2014).

SIR 3002 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IN MICROBIOLOGY This course aims to provide a better fit between our graduating students and the needs of industry. Industrial training placement is organized not only to provide students with the necessary experience and exposure related to their field of specialization but also to offer potential employers an opportunity to evaluate and train future employees. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS3, EM3 Main References: 1. Respective Industrial Training supervisors

SIR 3004 SCIENTIFIC COMMUNICATION IN MICROBIOLOGY Introduction to the concepts and principles of communication, application of communication techniques in Microbiology, preparation of reports and abstracts, learning techniques of writing. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Main References: CS5, CT4, TS3, LL2, EM2, LS1 Main References: 1. Scientific Integrity: Text and Cases in Responsible

Conduct of Research, 4th ed., ASM Press, 2014. 2. The craft of Scientific Presentations:critical Steps to

Suceed and Critical Errors to Avoid, 2nd ed., Springer, 2013

3. Scientific Writing and Communication: Papers, Proposals and Presentations, 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, USA, 2013.


207

SIR 3005 INDUSTRIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY Understanding the role of microbes and its biochemistry for processing industrial products, microbiological principles in biogeochemical cycle, use of biosensors and biochips in industrial and environmental microbiological processes, application of intellectual property principles in Industrial and Environmental Microbiology. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT4, TS3, KK1, EM2, LS1 Main References: 1. Environmental microbiology (2015)edited by Ian L.

Pepper, Charles P. Gerba, Terry J. Gentry, 3rd ed.2015.

2. Developments in Industrial Microbiology (2013) by Saul Rich

3. Environmental Microbiology (2011) by Keya Sen & Nicholas J Ashbolt

SIR 3006 PUBLIC HEALTH MICROBIOLOGY Science of Epidemiology including methods in epidemiological study. Disease transmission, types of reservoirs of infectious agents. Emerging and reemerging infectious diseases. Microbiology of water supply and public health . Prevention and control of infectious diseases especially foodborne infections. Concepts and applications of molecular epidemiology. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS6, CT4, TS4, LL2, EM1, LS1 Main References: 1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms (14th ed): Ed.


2. Microbiology Principles and Explorations. 8h Ed. JG

Black. Wiley. 2011 3. Microbiology: An Introduction. Chap 14 Tortora,

Funke, Case. Pearson Benjamin Cummings.2007 SIR 3007 ADVANCED FOOD MICROBIOLOGY Advance food microbiology is a follow-up course of food microbiology. The students are required to have basic knowledge in food microbiology to understand this course. Advance food microbiology covers various food protection methods and approaches used in food industry to prolong shelf life and ensure of food safety. Also, students will be exposed to HACCP and ISO systems used widely in food industry nowadays, food safety objectives (FSO) and risk analysis as a widely used risk managing system in ensuring global safe food trading. In this course, hands-on practical to measure and analyse the efficiency of various food protection methods and establishment of FSO and risk assessment model will be conducted.

Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS6, CT4, TS4, LL2, EM1, LS1 Main References: 1. Bibek, R. and Arun B. (Eds.). (2013). Fundamental

Food Microbiology. CRC Press. 2. Sibel Roller (Eds.). (2012). Essential Microbiology

and Hygiene for Professionals. CRC Press. 3. ILSI Europe Risk Analysis in Food Microbiology

Task Force. (2012). ILSI Europe Report Series: Tools for Microbiological Risk Assessment. Available from: http://www.ilsi.org/Europe/Publications/MRA%20Tools.pdf

SIR 3008 PHARMACEUTICAL MICROBIOLOGY Antimicrobial agents: types of antibiotic, mode of action, resistance and other problems in antibiotics utilisation. New sources of antibiotics.Vaccines: mode of action, pro and cons of vaccines utilisation. Disinfectants and preservatives. Introduction to Pharmacopeias. Commercial production of antibiotics. Sterility testing. Good practices for pharmaceutical microbiology labs. Quality assurance. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL1 Main References: 1. Prescott’s Microbiology by Willey, Sherwood &

Woolverton (2014) McGraw-Hill. 2. Hugo, W.B. & Russel, A.D. (eds). (2011).

Pharmaceutical Microbiology. 7th ed. Wiley-Blackwell. 3. Pharmacopeias- US (http://www.usp.org/), Japan SIR 3009 MICROBIAL PATHOGENESIS The course covers host defences against infection and the bacterial strategies in overcoming host response: virulence factors that promote colonization of host surfaces and invasion of host cells. Regulation of virulence genes. Characteristics of Pathogenicity Islands, endotoxin, exotoxin- characteristics of exotoxins, toxin types, secretion and excretion systems, roles of toxins in diseases; Mechanism of antimicrobial resistance and how bacteria become resistant to antibiotics. Examples of specific bacterial pathogens. Practical component on laboratory skills. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS6, CT4, TS4, LL2, EM1, LS1


208

Main References: 1. Kenneth Todar, 2014. Todar’s Online Textbook of

Bacteriology. Available at: http://textbookofbacteriology.net/pathogenesis.html

2. Locht, C. and Simonet, M. (Eds.) .(2012). Bacteria Pathogenesis: Molecular and Cellular Mechanisms. Caister Academic Press.

3. Wilson, B. A., Salyers, A. A., Whitt, D. D. and Winkler, M. E. Bacterial Pathogenesis: A Molecular Approach (3rd Eds.). ASM Press. Avaible from: http://file.zums.ac.ir/ebook/055-Bacterial%20Pathogenesis%20-%20A%20Molecular%20Approach,%203%20Edition-Brenda%20A.%20Wilson-1555814182-Amer%20Soc.pdf

SIR 3010 DIAGNOSTIC MICROBIOLOGY Principles of laboratory labsafety. Differentiate different levels of Biosafety laboratories. Methods of detection of microorganisms in clinical samples. Isolation and processing of clinical specimens for viral and bacterial diagnosis. Laboratory diagnosis of HIV infection. Laboratory diagnosis of enteric viral and bacterial pathogens. Cultural, molecular, serological and immunological methods in diagnostic microbiology. Examples of characteristic pathogens from various infections. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS6, CT4, TS4, LL2,EM1, LS1 Main References: 1. Manual of Clinical Microbiology 10

th Edition, Patrick

R.Murray (editor in chief). ASM Press. 2011 2. Essentials of Diagnostic Microbiology 7

th Edition,

Lisa A SH (ed) Delmar 1999 3. Brock Biology of Microorganisms (14th ed): Ed.


SIR 3011 FERMENTATION TECHNOLOGY Elaborate microbial and biochemical aspects in fermentation processing, principles and kinetics of fermentation, types of bioreactors and generation of fermentation products. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS3, LS2, EM2, KK1 Main References: 1. Principles of Fermentation Technology by Peter

Stanbury & Alan Whitaker, Pergarmon Press, 3rd Edition (2016).

2. Chemistry and Technology of Yoghurt Fermentation, by Baglio E, Springer, 2014.

3. Fermentation Microbiology & Biotechnology 3rd edition by E. M. T. El-Mansi, C. F. A. Bryce, Arnold L. Demain, A.R. Allman (2011).

SIR 3012 AGRICULTURAL MICROBIOLOGY The importance of microorganisms in recycling nutrients to reduce the use of chemicals in agriculture, tillage, soil fertility management, biological processes for the preparation of effective microbial culture, biogeochemical cycles. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Subbarao, N.S. (1999). Soil Microbiology. Science

Publishers: USA. 2. Subbarao, N.S. & Dommergues, Y.R. (1998).

Microbial Interactions in Agriculture and Forestry. Science Publishers: USA.

3. Insan, H.I., Riddech, N. & Klammer, S. (2002). Microbiology of Composting. Springer-Verlag.

SIR 3013 MARINE AND ESTUARINE MICROBIOLOGY Sampling techniques and seawater analysis. Characteristics of marine and estuarine habitats. Bacteria, algae, protozoa, zooplankton, virus and fungi in seas. Microbial interactions in marine and estuarine ecosystems. Nutrient cycles (C, N, P, Si) in marine ecosystems. Microbiology and geochemistry of mangrove and coral reef ecosystems. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS2, LL1, EM1 Main References: 1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms (14th ed): Ed.


2. Processes in Microbial Ecology. Kirchman DL. (2012) 3. Marine Geochemistry. Chester R and Jickells TD

(2012) SIR 3014 ADVANCED VIROLOGY Interaction between virus and cells in culture; Interaction between virus and host organisms; HIV infection and AIDS pathogenesis; Control of viral transmission through vaccination; Control of viral transmission and disease through the use of anti-virals; Viruses in human cancer; Virus evolution; Practical classes. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60%


209

Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS6, CT4, TS4, LL2, EM1, LS1 Main References: 1. Knipe, D.M & Howley, P. Fields Virology. 6th Edition

(2013). LWW. ISBN-13: 978-1451. 2. Collier, L., Oxford, J., & Kellam, P. Human Virology,

4th Edition (2011). Oxford University Press. ISBN-13: 978-0199570881 ISBN-10: 0199570884

3. Cann, A.J. Principles of Molecular Virology, Fifth Edition (2011). Elsevier. ISBN-13: 978-0521289092 ISBN-10: 012384939X

SIR 3015 TECHNIQUES IN MOLECULAR MICROBIOLOGY Principles of techniques used in Molecular Microbiology, basic cloning procedures-DNA extraction, cloning vectors, restriction enzymes, ligases, transformation. Expression of cloned genes. Overview of various techniques-nucleic acid hybridisation, PCR based methods, restriction fragment length polymorphism, DNA sequencing, DNA microarray, Application of techniques in different branches of Microbiology, Bioinformatics and molecular data analysis. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS2, LL2, EM1, LS1 Main References: 1. Microbiology Principles and Explorations. 8

th Ed. JG

Black. Wiley (2012). 2. Microbiology An Introduction Tortora, Funke, Case.

11th Ed. Pearson Benjamin Cummings (2013)

3. Microbiology 3rd Ed. R. Bauman. 2012 Pearson

International Edition. Benjamin Cummings. SIR 3016 ADVANCED MICROBIAL BIOCHEMISTRY This course is thought using the PBL (Problem-Based Learning) technique to encourage students to be involved actively in the learning process, to think and to communicate effectively. Relevant current topics in Microbial Physiology and Biochemistry are emphasised.Student will present choosen topics in groups and individually. Every topic will be analysed, discussed and evaluated by the facilitator and the other students in the class. Students are also required to write an essay on the topics that they have presented. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS3, LL2, EM2, LS2 Main References: 1. Voet and Voet Biochemistry (4th edition) 2011

Publisher Wiley 2. Microbial Biochemistry 2nd Edition by G.N. Cohen

2011 Springer

3. Dawes & Sutherland:2002 Microbial Physiology.2nd

Edition Blackwell.

SIR 3017 ADVANCED IMMUNOLOGY The course gives an understanding of the importance of the failure and deficiency of the immune system in providing protection. The introduction will focus on various major component of the immune system and in situations when it fails in its function as a result in deficiency of its various components, and the different manifestation resulting in the host. The importance of a balance between tolerance and autoimmunity will be discussed. In certain situation, when cells do not respond in the correct manner to growth, resulting in tumor or cancer will be discussed. The importance and understanding of transplant immunology as a cure for certain diseases with organ or cell function failures. The undesired effects resulting from reactions of effector molecules in hypersensitivity or allergy will be discussed. The inability of the immune system to protect the host from undesired diseases, AIDS and various immunodeficiency disease will be discussed. The current therapeutic status and protection with a focus on vaccines for the undesired immune response will be discussed. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, TS3, LL2, LS1 Main References: 1. Kuby Immunology. Owen J, Punt J, Stranford S.

(2013) 2. Cellular and Molecular Immunology. 8

th ed. Abul K.

Abbas, Andrew H. Lichtman (2014). 3. Janeway’s Immunobiology. Murphy K (2011).

ISB COURSES OFFERED AS FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (EF) TO STUDENTS FROM OTHER INSTITUTES OR DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE SIX 1006 MALAYSIAN FLORA Distribution and origin of Malaysian Flora. Floral diversity and the important characters of algae, fungi, mosses, ferns, gymnosperms and angiosperms. The importance of flora in human life and the importance of conservation. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Examination: 60% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS2, CT6, LL2, EM2 Main References: 1. Keng, H. (1986). Order dan Famili Tumbuhan Berbiji di

Tanah Melayu.Dewan Bahasa & Pustaka. 2. Solomon, E.D., Berg, L.R. & Martin, D.W. (2002).

Biology. 6th ed. Saunders College Publishing.


210

3. Whitmore, T.C. (1993). An Introduction to Tropical Rainforest. Oxford University Press.

SIX 1007 MALAYSIAN FAUNA Introduction to faunal diversity in Malaysia; Concept of biological diversity and related terms; Introduction to selected Malaysian Fauna: distribution, ecological and economic significance, conservation status, as natural resource in relation to man. Some common research techniques will be taught and practised during field work sessions. Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Examination: 50% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS4, CT3, TS2 Main References: 1. Hickman, C.P., Roberts, L.S. & Larson, L. (1993).

Integrated Principles of Zoology. 9th ed. Mosby. 2. Holmes, D. & Phillipps, K. (1998). The Birds of

Peninsular Malaysia. Oxford University Press. 3. Yong, H.S. (ed). (1998). The Encyclopedia of Malaysia:

Animals. Archipelago Press. SIX 1008 BIOCOMPUTING

1. The central dogma of biology 2. The concepts of model and biomolecular

representations 3. Sequence and structural databases 4. Sequence analysis 5. Protein structure prediction Assessment Methods: Continuous Assessment: 100% Medium of Instruction: English Soft Skills: CS3, CT3, LL2 Main References: 1. Attwood, T.K. & Parry-Smith, D.J. (1999). Introduction

to Bioinformatics. Addison Wesley Longman. 2. Gaeta, B.A. (1997). Basic Bioinformatics Techniques.

CSIRO Publishing. 3. Swindell, S.R., Miller, R.R. & Myers, G.S.A. (1996).

Internet for the Molecular Biologist. Horizon Scientific Press.


Faculty of Science

http://www.kimia.um.edu.my


211

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (CHEMISTRY) SESSION 2015/2016

(124 Credits )

1. UNIVERSITY COURSES (20 Credits)



GIG1001 The Islamic and Asian Civilisation 2

GIG1002/1006 Ethnic Relations /Introduction to Malaysia 2


GIG1004 Information literacy 2



GIA-GIW External Faculty Elective courses (KELF) 2

2. FACULTY CORE COURSES (8 Credits) [TF]





3. PROGRAMME COURSES (96 Credits)

(I) PROGRAMME CORE COURSES (64 Credits) [TP]


Course Code Course Name Pre-Requisite(s) Credit


SIC1002 Inorganic Chemistry l 4*



SIC1005 Basic Mathematics for Chemistry 3


SIC2001 Inorganic Chemistry II SIC1001 and SIC1002 4*

SIC2002 Organic Chemistry II SIC1001 and SIC1003 This course is taken together with SIC2007 and SIC2008

4*

SIC2003 Physical Chemistry II SIC1001, SIC1004 and SIC1005 4*

SIC2004 Analytical Chemistry I SIC1001 and SIC1002 3*

SIC2005 Polymer Chemistry I SIC1003 and SIC1004 3*

SIC2006 Molecular Spectroscopy SIC1001, SIC1004 and SIC1005 3

SIC2007 Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry

SIC1003 This course is taken together with SIC2002

2

SIC2008 Biomolecules SIC1003 This course is taken together with SIC2002

2


SIC3001 Inorganic Chemistry III SIC2001 4*

SIC3002 Organic Chemistry III SIC2002 4*

SIC3003 Physical Chemistry III SIC2003 4*

SIC3004 Project SIC3001, SIC3002 and SIC3003 10

(II) PROGRAMME ELECTIVES COURSES (25 Credits) [EP]

LEVEL 2 (8 Credits)

SIC2009 Introduction to Environmental Chemistry SIC1002 and SIC1003 3

SIC2010 Heterocyclic Chemistry SIC1003 2

SIC2011 General Industrial Chemistry SIC1001 2

SIC2012 Nuclear Chemistry SIC1001 and SIC1002 2

SIC2013 Solid State Chemistry SIC1002 and SIC1004 2

SIC2014 Basic Colloid Chemistry SIC1004 2

SIC2015 Electrochemistry SIC1004 2


212


SIC3005 Advanced Environmental Chemistry SIC2004 and SIC2009 3*

SIC3006 Analytical Chemistry II SIC2004 3*

SIC3007 Electrosynthesis SIC2015 2

SIC3008 Biosynthesis SIC2002 2

SIC3009 Natural Product Chemistry SIC2002 2

SIC3010 Organic Synthesis SIC2002 2

SIC3011 Mechanistic Organic Chemistry SIC2002 2

SIC3012 Physical Organic Chemistry SIC2002 2

SIC3013 Advanced Molecular Spectroscopy SIC2003 and SIC2006 2

SIC3014 Polymer Chemistry II SIC2005 3*

SIC3015 Computational Chemistry SIC2003 3*

SIC3016 Catalysis SIC2001 and SIC2003 2

SIC3017 Composite Materials SIC2003 2

SIC3018 Special Topics in Chemistry SIC2001, SIC2002 and SIC2003 2

SIC3019 Advanced Quantum Chemistry SIC2003 2

Note: * With practical component.

(III) FACULTY ELECTIVES COURSES (7 Credits ) [EF] Courses offered by other Institutes/Departments in Faculty of Science. (Refer to the List of Courses offered by Institute/Department in Faculty of Science other than Department of Chemistry)

PROGRAMME GOAL To produce graduates that have critical thinking and could apply the knowledge of chemistry and the latest scientific technology efficiently to analyze and solve problems in the industry, environment, health and safety sectors PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOME At the end of the programme, graduates with a Bachelor of Science (Chemistry) are able to: 1. Master knowledge related to the field of chemistry. 2. 3. Perform chemistry laboratory procedures, to solve problems, to record and to analyze data and to present experimental

results effectively.

4. Demonstrate social expertise for environmental sustainable development in the practice of chemistry and management of the flow of activities and tasks with the highest sense of responsibility.

5. Practice ethical values and professionalism in chemistry practice and to prioritize the importance of client, field of work and society.

6. Communicate effectively and confidently, both orally and in writing and to be able to work independently and in group and as a leader.

7. Use scientific expertise in the practice of chemistry and problem solving in all the tasks given effectively.

8. Plan research projects using information technology in the practice of chemistry, time and resource management efficiently from time to time.

9. Use entrepreneurship expertise and efficient management skills in implementing chemistry research projects.


213

LIST OF COURSES ACCORDING TO SEMESTER

(PLANNING OF COURSES)


CREDIT COURSE CREDIT COURSE CREDIT

University Courses


2 GIG1002 Ethnic Relations /Introduction to Malaysia

2

11 GLT English Language Communication

3 GIG1001 The Islamic and Asian Civilisation

2

- - GIG1005 Social Engagement

2




3 6


SIC1001 Principles Chemistry

2 SIC1003 Organic Chemistry I

4

17 SIC1002 Inorganic Chemistry l

4 SIC1004 Physical Chemistry I

4

SIC1005 Basic Mathematics for Chemistry

3 - -

Electives Courses - - Faculty Electives Courses 2 2




University Courses Co-Curriculum 2 GIA - GIW KELF

2 4


SIX1002 Ethics and Safety

2 - - 2


SIC2002 Organic Chemistry II

4 SIC2001 Inorganic Chemistry II

4

25

SIC2004 Analytical Chemistry I

3 SIC2003 Physical Chemistry II

4


2 SIC2005 Polymer Chemistry I

3

SIC2008 Biomolecules

2 SIC2006 Molecular Spectroscopy

3

Electives Courses Programme Electives Courses 4 Programme Electives Courses

4 8



214



University Courses GLTXXXX English Language Communication

3 GIG1004 Information literacy

2 5


- - - - -


SIC3002 Organic Chemistry III

4 SIC3003 Physical Chemistry III

4

12 SIC3001 Inorganic Chemistry III

4 - -

Electives Courses

Programme Electives Courses 8 Programme Electives Courses

9

22

- - Faculty Electives Courses 5


COMPONENT SEMESTER 7 TOTAL

CREDIT COURSE CREDIT


Project 10 10

TOTAL CREDIT 10 10

TOTAL CREDIT: 124


215

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (APPLIED CHEMISTRY) SESSION 2015/2016

(124 Credits)

1. UNIVERSITY COURSES (20 Credits)



GIG1001 Islamic and Asian Civilisation 2

GIG1002 / 1006 Ethnic Relations / Introduction to Malaysia 2




GKN / GKR / GKV Co-Curriculum 2

GIA - GIW External Faculty Elective courses (KELF) 2

2. FACULTY CORE COURSES (8 Credits) [TF]





3. PROGRAMME COURSES (96 Credits)

(III) PROGRAMME CORE COURSES (64 Credits) [TP]


Course Code Course Name Pre-Requisite(s) Credit


SIC1002 Inorganic Chemistry l 4*



SIC1005 Basic Mathematics for Chemistry 3


SIC2001 Inorganic Chemistry II SIC1001 and SIC1002 4*

SIC2002 Organic Chemistry II SIC1001 and SIC1003 This course is taken together with SIC2007 and SIC2008

4*

SIC2003 Physical Chemistry II SIC1001, SIC1004 and SIC1005 4*

SIC2006 Molecular Spectroscopy SIC1001, SIC1004 and SIC1005 3


SIC1003 This course is taken together with SIC2002

2

SID2001 Industrial Chemistry I SIC1001 and SIC1002 2

SID2002 Industrial Polymer Chemistry I SIC1003 and SIC1004 3*

SID2003 Basic Analytical Chemistry SIC1001 and SIC1002 3*

SID2004 Bioorganic Chemistry SIC1003 This course is taken together with SIC2002

2


SID3001 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry SIC2001 4*

SID3002 Advanced Organic Chemistry SIC2002 4*

SID3003 Advanced Physical Chemistry SIC2003 4*

SID3004 Industrial Training** SIC2001, SIC2002, SIC2003 and SIC2006 8

(IV) PROGRAMME ELECTIVES COURSES (25 Credits) [EP]


SID2005 Food Chemistry SIC1003 2

SID2006 Medicinal Chemistry SIC1003 2

SID2007 Petrochemistry SIC1002 and SIC1003 2

SID2008 Industrial Organic Chemistry SIC1003 2

SID2009 Industrial Inorganic Chemistry SIC1001 and SIC1002 2

SID2010 Ionic Liquid SIC1003 2

SID2011 Industrial Electrochemistry SIC1004 2

SID2012 Computational Methods in Applied Chemistry

SIC1004 2*

SID2013 Colloid and Interfacial Chemistry SIC1004 2

SID2014 Processing of Thermoplastics and Thermosets

SID2002 2


216

PROGRAMME GOAL To produce graduates that have critical thinking and could apply the knowledge of chemistry and the latest scientific technology efficiently to analyze and solve problems in the industry, environment, health and safety sectors. PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOME At the end of the programme, graduates with a Bachelor of Science (Applied Chemistry) are able to: 10. Master knowledge related to the field of chemistry.

11. Perform chemistry laboratory procedures, to solve problems, to record and to analyze data and to present experimental

results effectively.

12. Demonstrate social expertise for environmental sustainable development in the practice of chemistry and management of the flow of activities and tasks with the highest sense of responsibility.

13. Practice ethical values and professionalism in chemistry practice and to prioritize the importance of client, field of work and society.

14. Communicate effectively and confidently, both orally and in writing and to be able to work independently and in group and as a leader.

15. Use scientific expertise in the practice of chemistry and problem solving in all the tasks given effectively.

16. Plan tasks related to chemistry by using information technology in the practice of chemistry, time and resource management efficiently from time to time.

17. Use entrepreneurship expertise and efficient management skills in performing tasks related to chemistry.


SID3005 Industrial Chemistry II SID2001 3

SID3006 Advanced Analytical Chemistry SID2003 3*

SID3007 Polymer Composite Materials SID2002 3*

SID3008 Industrial Polymer Chemistry II SID2002 3*

SID3009 Liquid Crystal SIC2003 2

SID3010 Materials Chemistry SIC2001 2

SID3011 Applied Organometallic Chemistry SIC2001 and SIC2002 2

SID3012 Applied Electrochemistry SID2011 2

SID3013 Applied Catalysis SIC2001 2

SID3014 Food Processing and Safety SID2005 2

SID3015 Oleochemistry SID2001 2

SID3016 Applied Chemometrics SID2003 2*

SID3017 Quality Assuarance in Chemistry SID2003 2

SID3018 Instrumentation Techniques in Chemistry SIC2001, SIC2002 and SIC2003 2

SID3019 Special Topics in Applied Chemistry SIC2001, SIC2002 and SIC2003 2

SID3020 Natural Products and Biotechnological Processes

SIC2002 2

Note: * With practical component.

(III) FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (7 Credits ) [EF] Courses offered by Institutes/Departments in Faculty of Science. (Refer to the List of Courses offered by Institute/Department in Faculty of Science other than Department of Chemistry)


217




University Courses


2 GIG1002 / GIG1006 Ethnic Relations / Introduction to Malaysia

2

11 GLT English Language Communication

3 GIG1001 Islamic and Asian Civilisation

2


2




3 6


SIC1001 Principles of Chemistry

2 SIC1003 Organic Chemistry I

4

17 SIC1002 Inorganic Chemistry I

4 SIC1005 Basic Mathematics for Chemistry

3

SIC1004 Physical Chemistry I

4

Elective Courses Faculty Elective Courses 4 4




University Courses

GIA – GIW KELF

2 2


SIX1002 Ethics and Safety

2 - - 2


SIC2002 Organic Chemistry II

4 SIC2001 Inorganic Chemistry II

4

27

SIC2006 Molecular Spectroscopy

3 SID2003 Basic Analytical Chemistry

3


2 SID2001 Industrial Chemistry I

2

SID2004 Bioorganic Chemistry

2 SIC2003 Physical Chemistry II

4

SID2002 Industrial Polymer Chemistry I

3

Elective Courses Programme Elective Courses 3 Programme Elective Courses

5 8



218



University Courses

GLT English Language Communication

3 GIG1004 Information Literacy

2

7

GKN/GKR/GKV Co-Curriculum

2



SID3002 Advanced Organic Chemistry

4 SID3003 Advanced Physical Chemistry

4

12 SID3001 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry

4

Elective Courses Programme Elective Courses 9 Programme Elective Courses

8 20



COMPONENT SEMESTER 7 TOTAL

CREDIT COURSE CREDIT


SID3001 Industrial Training

8 8

TOTAL CREDIT 8 8

Total credits: 124


219

FACULTY ELECTIVE COURSES (7 Credits) [EF] List of courses offered by Institute/Department in Faculty of Science other than Department of Chemistry

Institute/ Department Course

Code Course Title Credit



SIX 1007 Fauna Malaysia 3



Dept. of Physics SIX1011 Contemporary Physics 2



Institute of Mathematical Sciences SIX1013



220

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY The Department of Chemistry is the largest department in the Faculty of Science. The Department started operation in the academic year 1959/1960 and is one of the oldest departments in the faculty. The Department is the first institution of higher learning in Malaysia to receive the prestigious Royal Society of Chemistry, UK accreditation for its BSc (Chemistry) and BSc (Applied Chemistry) programme since August 2012. One of the objectives of the Department is to provide a centre of excellence in chemical education and research in Malaysia. Students from the department are trained to develop their critical, creative and innovative thinking. The Department is proud to produce graduates who are highly regarded and much sought after in the work force market. Presently, the Department has 65 academic staffs, several of whom are from abroad, 2 senior research fellows, and 1 emeritus professor. Apart from teaching at both undergraduate and postgraduate degree levels, the staffs also conduct quality research in fundamental and applied chemistry. Although the academic staffs have different research interests, they adhere to the same philosophy in solving chemical-related problems and in the development of expertise in chemistry. In addition to the undergraduate Programme, the department also offers MSc by research and coursework; and PhD programmes. Since her establishment, the department has produced many MSc and PhD graduates who assume high positions in both government and private organisation locally and internationally.

ACADEMIC STAFF

HEAD OF DEPARTMENT Prof. Dr. Aziz Hassan, MSc (UMIST), PhD (Brunel) PROFESSOR Dr. Christopher Gunaseelan Jesudason, BA, MA (Camb), PhD (Georgia) Dr. Chuah Cheng Hock, BSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Edward R.T. Tiekink, BSc, PhD, DSc (Melbourne) Dr. Gan Seng Neon, BSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Hapipah Mohd Ali, BSc, Dphil (Sus) Dr. Kam Toh Seok, BSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Khalijah Awang, BSc (Waterloo), MSc, PhD (Paris) Dr. Mhd. Radzi Abas, BSc, MSc, PhD (Salf) Dr. Misni Misran, BSc (Flinders), PhD (East Anglia) Dr. Mohamad Niyaz Khan, BSc (S.N. College, Azamgarh, India) MSc, PhD (Aligarh Muslim Univ.) Dato’ Dr. Mohd. Jamil Maah, BSc, MSc, DPhil. (Sussex), CChem, FRSC, AMIC, FASc Dr. Muhammad Mazhar, PhD (Budapest, Hungary) Dr. Ng Seik Weng, BSc (NUS), MSc, PhD (Okla) Dr. Noel F Thomas, BSc (Salf), PhD (UWCC) Dr. Noorsaadah Abd. Rahman, BA (Chico, Cal.), MSc (Irvine, Cal.), PhD (Cambridge), CChem, MRSC Dr. Rauzah Hashim, BSc, PhD (S'ton), MRSC, CChem Dr. Rosiyah Yahya, BSc, PhD (Brunel), MRSC, CChem Dr. Richard Wong Chee Seng, BSc (Dublin), MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Sharifuddin M Zain, BSc (Lond), ARCS, PhD (Lond), DIC Dr. Tan Guan Huat, BSc, PhD (Duke) Dr. Wan Jefrey Basirun, BSc (Mal), PhD (S’ton) Dr. Yatimah Alias, BSc, MSc (Mal) PhD (East Anglia) Dr. Zanariah Abdullah, BSc, PhD (East Lond) EMERITUS PROFESSOR Dr. Ng Soon, B.Chem.Eng, MS (OSU, Ohio), PhD (UC Berkeley), CChem, FRSC, FMIC, FASc ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Dr. Azhar Arifin, BSc (Mal), PhD (Nottingham) Dr. H. N. M Ekramul Mahmud, BSc, Msc (Dhaka), PhD (UPM)

Dr. Lo Kong Mun, BSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Norbani Abdullah, BSc, PhD (London) Dr. Nor Kartini Abu Bakar, BSc (Mal), PhD (Wales), MRSC, CChem Dr. Sharifah Mohamad, BSc, MSc (Mal), PhD (UPM) Dr. Thorsten Heidelberg, Dipl Chem, PhD (Hamburg) Dr. Zaharah Aiyub, BSc (Indiana), MSc (Marshall), Dphil (Sussex) SENIOR RESEARCH FELLOW Dr. Khoo Siow Kian, BSc, MSc, PhD (S'ton) Dr. Zainudin Arifin, BSc (UMIST), PhD (Lond) VISITING PROFESSOR Dr. Hesham El-Seedi, BSc (Menoufia Univ., Egypt), MSc (Menoufia Univ., Egypt), PhD (Aarhus Univ., Denmark) VISITING ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Dr. Issam Ahmed Mohammed, BSc, MSc (Baghdad Univ.), PhD (USM) Dr. Vannajan Sanghiran Lee, BSc (Chiang Mai Univ., Thailand), MSc, PhD (Univ. of Missouri-Kansas City) SENIOR LECTURER Dr. Arief Cahyo Wibowo, BSc, MSc (Michigan), PhD (Carolina) Dr. Azila Mohd Idris, BSc, MSc (Mal), PhD (Monash Univ., Melbourne) Dr. Azizah Mainal, BSc (Michigan), MSc (Mal), PhD (S’ton) Dr Azman Ma’amor, BSc (UKM), MSc (Mal), PhD (Belfast) Dr. Cheng Sit Foon, BSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Choo Yeun Mun, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Desmond Ang Teck Chye, BSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Hairul Anuar, BSc, MSc (Mal), PhD (Sheff) Dr. Khor Sook Mei, BSc, MSc (UKM), PhD (UNSW) Dr. Lee See Mun, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Lim Siew Huah, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Low Kah Hin, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Low Yun Yee, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Mohammad Noh Daud, BSc (Mal), PhD (Bristol) Dr. Ninie Suhana Abdul Manan, BSc, MSc (Mal), PhD (QUB) Dr. Noor Idayu Mat Zahid, BSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Noordini Mohamad Salleh, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Noraini Ahmad, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Norazilawati Muhamad Sarih, Dip. (LGM), Dip., BSc (UiTM), PhD (Durham) Dr. Nor Asrina Sairi, BSc, MSc (UPM), PhD (Mal) Dr. Nor Mas Mira Abd. Rahman, BSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Nor Saadah Mohd. Yusof, BSc.Ed (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (UoM) Dr. Rozie Sarip, BSc (UTM), MSc (UTM), PhD (UCL, London) Dr. Rusnah Syahila Duali Hussen, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Siti Nadiah Abd. Halim, BSc, MSc (Mal), PhD (Bristol) Dr. Tan Kong Wai, BSc, MSc (UKM), PhD (Mal) Dr. Tay Kheng Soo, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Teo Yin Yin, BSc, MSc, PhD (Mal) Dr. Woi Pei Meng, BSc, MSc (UPM), PhD (Mal)

RESEARCH AREAS Research in the department may be divided into 5 main areas; organic chemistry, inorganic chemistry, physical chemistry, analytical chemistry and polymer chemistry. Some active research subareas are natural products, environmental chemistry, colloidal chemistry, computational chemistry, synthesis of organic compounds, organometallics chemistry and electrochemistry. The department possesses sophisticated and up-to-date instrumentation for teaching and conducting leading edge research activities: one FT-NMR 300MHz, one FT-NMR 600MHz, three FT-NMR 400MHz, one FT-NMR EX90MHz,


221

Crystal X-ray Diffractometer (single, dual wavelength, and powder), Capillary Electrophoresis, Elemental Analyser, Mercury Analyzer, GC, GC-MS, GC-FID, GC-ECD, ICP-MS, LC-MS (QTOF high resolution), Injection Moulding Machine, Twin-Screw Extruder, Impact Tester, Tensile Tester, DSC, DMA, TGA,TGA-GCMS,TGA-DTA, FT-IR Imaging, Micro-Raman, UV Spectrometer, Fluorescence Spectrophotometer, HPLC, LC-Prep, AAS, Flame Photometer, Rheometer, Optical Polarizing Microscope, Microwave digester, Guoy Balance, Capillary Electrophoresis (CE), Ion Chromatography, X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometer (XRF), Electroanalytical System and Gel Imager. TOC analyser, densitometer, colour spectrometer, light scattering GPC, thermoconductivity meter, particle size analyser+ FESEM.

JOB OPPORTUNITIES Courses offered by the department meet the current requirements to accommodate job and career advancement. Chemistry is recognised as a professional field by Malaysian Institute of Chemistry and to date, our chemistry graduates have filled the job market in both public and private sectors. Job opportunities are available in basic research and development areas in research institutions such as FRIM, SIRIM, MARDI, Petronas, MPOB and IMR. In addition, graduates are employed in the teaching profession in schools, colleges and universities. Career opportunities are also available in the chemical and manufacturing industries, oil and gas industries, petrochemicals, energy and fuel industries, polymer and materials, electronics, sales and marketing, and new growth areas of green and sustainable technologies.

COURSE SYNOPSIS

Note: All level 1 students are required to attend a practical safety class before commencing their practical class. Time of class will be announced on the first week of the teaching session. SIC1001 PRINCIPLES CHEMISTRY Stoichiometry The mole concept, chemical formulas (empirical and molecular), balanced chemical equations (molecular and redox), percentage yield, chemical reactions in aqueous solution, molarity, and analytical chemistry (gravimetric and volumetric). Atomic structure Models of atomic structure (Dalton, Bohr, Quantum Theory) Wavefunction (quantisation, atomic orbitals) Many-electron atoms (Heisenberg uncertainty principle, Pauli exclusion principle, Hund’s rule, Aufbau principle, electronic configuration) Periodic Table Trends in physical and chemical properties of elements in relation to electronic configuration (atomic size, ionic radius, ionization energy, electron affinity, electronegativity and metallic properties, acid-base and redox). Introduction to chemical bonding Ionic versus covalent bonding, nature of the covalent bond, valence bond theory (hybridization), molecular orbital theory. Gas The kinetic theory of gas and equation of state for ideal and real gases.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. J. E. Brady, F. A. Senese and N. D. Jespersen,

Chemistry, 5th ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2009.

2. T. L. Brown, H. E. LeMay, B. E. Bursten, C. J. Murphy and P. Woodward, Chemistry: The Central Science, 12

th

ed., Pearson Education, Prentice Hall, 2011. 3. M. S. Silberberg, Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of

Matter and Change, .6th ed., McGraw-Hill, 2011.

4. L. Pauling, General Chemistry, 3rd ed., Dover

Publications, 1988. 5. P. W. Atkins and J. de Paula, Physical Chemistry, 9

th ed.,

Oxford University Press, 2010. 6. P. Atkins, T. Overton, J. Rourke, M. Weller and F.

Armstrong, Shriver & Atkins' Inorganic Chemistry, 5th ed.,

Oxford University Press, 2010. SIC1002 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY I Chemical Bonding: Ionic, covalent and metallic bonding, bond polarity and electronegativity Intermolecular forces: Metallic bonding, the hydrogen bonds and dipole-dipole forces. Lewis structures and geometry, hybridization, VSEPR and resonance Molecular orbital theory, valence bond theory Types of solids: Closest packing, different types of crystal structures (molecular, ionic, covalent and metallic); relationship between structure and properties, packing efficiency, density calculation for metallic structures, radius ratio for ionic solids. Chemistry of s and p-block elements: Occurrence and abundance, extraction, physical properties and chemical properties. Arrhenius and Ostwald Theory, Bronsted acidity, Bronsted equilibrium, , periodic trend in Bronsted acidity, Lux concept oxoacids, polyoxoacids, Pauling’s rule, Lewis acids and bases, relative strength of Lewis acids and bases, Hard-soft theory for acids and bases, Thermodynamic parameter for acids and bases, Drago-Wayland equation. Oxidation and reduction reactions; definition and types of redox reactions; oxidizing and reducing agents, oxidation number (O.N.) and its importance, procedure for calculating O.N., elements with more than one O.N. Half redox reactions and balancing of redox reaction equations, Standard electrode potential and electrochemical series, Frost diagrams, Pourbaix Diagram and its interpretation, Ellingham diagram. Assessment Methods: Practical: 25% Continuous assessment: 15% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3


222

References: 1. J. Mcmurray and R.C. Fay, Chemistry, 5

th ed., Prentice

Hall International, 2008. 2. J. E. Brady, F.A. Senese and N.D. Jesperson, Chemistry,

5th ed., John Wiley, 2009.

3. D. F. Shriver and P. W. Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry, 5th

ed., Oxford University Press, 2010. 4. Catherine E. Housecroft and Alan G. Sharpe, Inorganic

Chemistry, 4th ed., Pearson Prentice Hall, 2012. SIC1003 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I Structure and bonding in carbon compounds, hybridization, resonance, shapes of organic molecules, structure drawings. Chemical reactivity: energy, orientation, and other requirements for chemical reaction, electrophiles and nucleophiles, acidity and basicity, factors affecting pKa values, (e.g., role of substituents), Lewis acids and bases, organic acids and bases; Reaction mechanisms: bond formation and bond breaking and description by use of curly arrows. Preparation and chemistry of alkanes and cycloalkanes (free radical halogenation), alkenes and alkynes (electrophilic addition, acetylides from terminal alkynes, etc.), dienes (electrophilic 1,2- and 1,4-addition, Diels-Alder cycloaddition); Conformational analysis of acyclic and cyclic hydrocarbons. Stereochemistry: Isomerism in organic compounds: constitutional and stereoisomers; chirality and optical activity; enantiomers, diastereomers, racemates and resolution; molecules with two (or more) chiral centers, meso-compounds; configuration and labelling chiral centers: Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system. Aromatic Chemistry: Aromaticity and aromatic compounds; benzene and reactions of benzene, electrophilic aromatic substitution, activating and directing effects of substituents in electrophilic aromatic substitution, heteroaromatic compounds. Assessment Methods: Practical: 25% Continuous assessment: 15% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. Graham Solomons and Craig Fryhle, Organic Chemistry,

10th ed., Wiley, 2011.

2. Paula Yukanis Bruice, Organic Chemistry, 5th ed.,

Pearson Prentice Hall, 2007. 3. John McMurry, Organic Chemistry, 7

th ed., Brookes/Cole,

2008. 4. Clayden, Greeves, Warren and Worthers, Organic

Chemistry OUP, 2001. 5. Janice G. Smith, Organic Chemistry, 2

nd ed., McGraw Hill,

2008. SIC1004 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I Part A: Principle of Thermodynamics and equilibrium processes Definitions of system, heat and work. The Zeroth Law and direction of heat flow. The First, Second and Third Laws are being discussed together with the introduction of relavant

state functions. Criteria for spontaneous and equilibrium processes (reversible processes). The application of thermodynamics to chemical equilibrium and equilibrium and electrochemistry. Part B: Electrochemistry and chemical kinetics Properties of electrolyte solutions, electrochemical cells, Debye Huckel Theory, standard potential and application. Nernst equation and thermodynamics properties from electrochemistry. The rate law and orders of reaction. Kinetic theory of gas and activated complex, approximation to steady state conditions, kinetics of complex reactions. Part C: Molecular Interactions Electric properties of molecules: electric dipole moments, polarizabilities, polarization, and relative permittivities. Interactions between dipoles/induced dipoles, hydrogen bonding, hydrophobic interactions, and applications. Repulsive and total interactions. Molecular interactions in gases and liquids. Magnetic properties of molecules, Magnetization and types of magnetic materials, Interaction between magnetic moment and magnetic field. Symbols and units, measurements and significant figures, accuracy and precision. Uncertainty and errors: systematic and random errors; estimation of random and combination errors; the least square method. Assessment Methods: Practical: 25% Continuous assessment: 15% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. P.W. Atkins, Physical Chemistry, 9

th ed. OUP, 2010.

2. G.M. Barrow, Physical Chemistry, 6th ed., McGraw-Hill,

1996. 3. B. Mahan & R.J. Myres, University Chemistry, 4

th ed.,

Addison Wesley, 1987. 4. R. Alberty & J.D. Paula, Physical Chemistry, 9

th ed.,

Oxford University Press, 2010. 5. IR.J. Taylor, An Introduction to Error Analysis: The Study

of Uncertainties in Physical Measurements, 2nd

ed., University Science Books, 1997.

SIC1005 Basic Mathematics for Chemistry

This course provides a foundational introduction to mathematical methods and concepts that are used to explore basic concepts in chemistry. The topics covered are organized in three independent parts. Part I: algebra, functions, differential and integral calculus, complex number, differential equations. Part II: vectors, determinants and matrices. Part III: probability and statistics Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3


223

References: 1. P. Monk & L. J. Munro, Maths for Chemistry: A chemist

toolkit of calculation, 2nd

ed., Oxford University Press: New York, 2010.

2. E. Steiner. The Chemistry Maths Book, 2nd

ed., Oxford University Press: New York, 2008.

3. M.C.R. Cockett & G. Doggett, Math for Chemists, Vol. I: Numbers, Functions & Calculus, The Royal Society of Chemistry: Cambridge, 2003.

4. M.C.R. Cockett & G. Doggett, Math for Chemists, Vol. II: Power Series, Complex Number and Linear Algebra, The Royal Society of Chemistry: Cambridge, 2003.

SIC2001 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY II Coordination chemistry: Coordinate bond, types of ligands, coordination number, nomenclature, isomerism and chirality, Werner's theory, valence bond theory, magnetic properties, crystal field theory, ligand field theory, Jahn-Teller effect, tetrahedral complex, octahedral complex, tetragonal distortion, electronic spectra, Orgel diagram and Tanabe-Sugano diagram. Molecular Symmetry: Symmetry elements, symmetry operations, point groups, stereographic projections, group theory, transformation matrices, reducible representation, irreducible representation, character tables, application in IR and Raman spectroscopies and chiral molecules. Metal chemistry: Occurrence, methods of extraction, chemical reactions and applications of metals, chemistry of block d and f metals Assessment Methods: Practical: 25% Continuous assessment: 15% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. D. F. Shriver, P. W. Atkins, and C. H. Langford, Inorganic

Chemistry, 2nd

ed., Oxford University Press, 1996. 2. F. A. Cotton & G. Wilkinson, Advanced Inorganic

Chemistry, 5th ed., John Wiley, 1988.

3. R. L. Carter, Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory, John Wiley, 1998.

4. N. N. Greenwood & A. Earnshaw, Chemistry of the Element, Pergamon Press, 1984.

5. G. L. Meisller & D. A. Tarr, Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed.,

Pearson Prentice Hall, 2004. SIC2002 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II Preparation and reactions of alkyl halides: nucleophilic aliphatic substitution: SN1, SN2; and elimination reactions: E1, E2. Preparation and reactions of alcohols (hydroboration, oxymercuration-demercuration, etc.), phenols, aryl halides and nucleophilic aromatic substitution, ethers and epoxides, thiols and sulfides; Use of organometallic reagents (RLi, RMgX, R2CuLi) in synthesis amines and nitrogen-containing compounds. Carbonyl chemistry: preparation and reactions of aldehyde and ketones, nucleophilic addition at carbonyl carbon;

Carboxylic acids and nitriles, carboxylic acid derivatives and nucleophilic acyl substitution; difunctional compounds – keto acids, hydroxy acids/esters, and lactones.

Acidity of the -hydrogen in carbonyl compounds; enol-keto tautomerism; Reactions which proceed via enols and enolate ions:

racemization, -halogenation of aldehydes and ketones, base-catalysed halogenation (haloform reaction). Enolate ion alkylation: use of lithium enolates in alkylation, regioselective enolate formation: kinetic and thermodynamic enolates; lithium enolates in alkylation of ketones, esters,

acids; alkylation of -dicarbonyl compounds for example,-acetic ester and malonic ester synthesis; alkylation of nitriles, nitroalkanes and 1,3-dithianes; alkylation of enamines. Enolate ion addition/condensation reactions: aldols, crossed aldol, intramolecular aldol, such as Mukaiyama aldol, Claisen, crossed Claisen, intramolecular Claisen (Dieckmann), Knoevenagel, acylation of enamines, etc. Conjugate addition of enolates, for example, Michael addition, enamines in conjugate addition; Robinson annulation, Mannich reaction, etc. Preparation and use of silyl enol ethers, aza-enolates, and enamines, as enol equivalents. Assessment Methods: Practical: 25% Continuous assessment: 15% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT2, CT3 References: 1. T. W. G. Solomons, Organic Chemistry, 8

th ed., Wiley,

2004. 2. J. McMurry, Organic Chemistry, 5

th ed. Brooks/Cole.

3. R. M. Silverstein, F. X. Webster, Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds, Wiley

4. Kamaliah Mahmood, Noorsaadah Abd. Rahman, Kaedah Kimia dalam Pengenalpastian Sebatian Organik, Penerbit Univ. Malaya.

5. P. Crews, J. Rodriguez, M Jaspars, Organic Structure Analysis, Oxford University Press, New York, Oxford, 1998.

SIC2003 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II

Quantum Chemistry

The origin of quantum theory; Postulates and general principles of quantum mechanics: wavefunction, operator, eigenfunction, eigenvalue, probability, average value and Schrodinger equation; Dynamic and motion of simple microscopic systems: translational motion, harmonic oscillator and vibrational motion, angular momentum and rotational motion; Electronic structures of hydrogen like atoms and many-electron atoms: hydrogen atom, atomic orbital, Pauli principle, aufbau principle, Hund's rules, electron configuration, Slater determinant, angular momentum coupling, atomic terms, spin-orbit and other interactions, symmetry, atomic spectra and selection rules.


224

Chemical Kinetics

Complex reactions. Collision between molecules, gas transport phenomenom. Collsion theory of uni, bi and trimolecular gas reactions. Introduction to reaction rate theory.

Chemical Thermodynamics

Second law of thermodynamics. Thermodynamic properties of multi component mixtures. Equilibrium of chemical reactions. Phase equilibrium: phase transition and classification; phase rule, phase diagram for multi component system (liquid-vapour, liquid-liquid and liquid-solid) and applications. Assessment Methods: Practical: 25% Continuous assessment: 15% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. P. W. Atkins, Physical Chemistry, 9

th ed., Oxford

University Press, 2010. 2. Donald A. McQuarrie, Quantum Chemistry, University

Science Book, 1983 3. F. J. Bockhoff, Elements of Quantum Theory, 2

nd ed.,

Addison-Wesley Pub. Company, 1976. 4. G. M. Barrow, Physical Chemistry, 6

th ed., McGraw-Hill,

1996. 5. R. A. Alberty & R. J. Silbey, Physical Chemistry, 2

th ed.,

John Wiley, 1997. SIC2004 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I Introduction Classical analysis, concentration systems / units, sampling in analysis. Data Treatment Precision and accuracy, statistical methods for error analysis, population and sampling, confidence limits, measurement uncertainty, significant figures, test for mean, rejection of analytical data. Quality control and quality assurance. Spectrometry Interaction of light energy between atoms and molecules; quantitative aspects of absorption. Molecular spectrometric techniques – UV-Visible, IR, NIR; dispersion, absorption, fluorescence and emission. Spectrophotometric instruments; emission spectroscopy and atomic absorption spectrometry- an introduction, uses of spectrophotometry. Electroanalytical Chemistry Quantitative analysis – standard addition technique and internal standard technique, Potentiometry – pH glass electrode, solid membrane ion selective electrodes. Heyrovsky equation. Separation Methods Introduction to the theory and process of separation in GC and HPLC, ion exchange chromatography, solvent extraction, partition coefficient, multiple extraction, efficiency. Equilibria Important equilibria in analytical chemistry, acid-base equilibria, calculating pH of buffer solutions, acid-base titration curves.

Complexometric titrations and metal speciation Metal complex equilibria, EDTA – the ligand and its complexes, selectivity via control of pH, selectivity via masking agent, applications of EDTA. Assessment Methods: Practical: 30% Continuous assessment: 20% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. D. A. Skoog, D. M. West, F.J. Holler & S.R Crouch,

Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 8th ed., Thomson,

Brooks/ Cole, 2004. 2. Francis Rouessac & Annick Roussac, Chemical Analysis-

Modern Instrumental Methods and Techniques, 4th ed.,

John Wiley & Sons, 2000. 3. G. D. Christian, Analytical Chemistry, 6

th ed., John Wiley &

Son, 2004. 4. D. L. Robert, Aqueous acid-base equilibria and titrations,

Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1999. 5. S. Gerold, Complexometric titrations, London : Methuen,

1969. 6. I.S. Krull, Trace metal analysis and speciation, Amsterdam

: Elsevier, 1991. SIC2005 POLYMER CHEMISTRY I Fundamental polymer chemistry Classification and naming. Processes of polymer synthesis: bulk, solution, suspension and emulsion. Mechanisms of polymerization: condensation, Carothers Equations, radical, ionic (cationic and anionic). Copolymerization: structures and properties of copolymers, reactivity ratios. Thermosets: fenoplast, aminoplast, unsaturated polyesters, polyurethanes epoxy resins. Relationship between structure and properties: structural isomers, stereospecific vinyl polymers, and structures of polymers from diene monomers and ways to overcome or reduce the problems of environmental pollutions. Physical chemistry of polymers Simple kinetic of radical polymerization. Introduction to the size and conformation of polymer chain. Polymer in solution– interaction between solvent and polymer molecules. Effect of molecular weight on the physical properties of polymers. Distribution of molecular weights and average molecular weights Mn and Mv. Determination of average molecular weight: (a) end-group analysis, (b) osmometry, (c) viscometry. Assessment Methods: Practical: 30% Continuous assessment: 20% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. Joel R. Fried, Polymer Science and Technology, 2

nd ed.,

Prentice Hall International Editions, 2003. 2. R. A, Harry & W. L. Frederick, Contemporary Polymer

Chemistry, 2nd

ed., Prentice Hall, 1992.


225

3. M. P. Steven, Polymer Chemistry – An Introduction, 3rd

ed., Oxford Univ. Press, 1999. 4. G. Challa, Polymer Chemistry - an Introduction, Ellis

Horwood, 1993. 5. L. R. Stephen, Fundamental principles of polymeric

materials, John Wiley, 1993. SIC2006 MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY Basic Spectroscopy. Vibrational, rotational, electronic and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. Interaction of matters withd radiation. Transition between quantum states; factors affecting intensity and width of spectral lines. Experimental setup. Rotational, vibrational and rotational-vibrational spectroscopy. Introduction of Raman effect. Electronic spectroscopy of atoms and molecules; electronic term symbols for atoms and molecules. Basics of diatomic and polyatomic molecular electronic spectroscopy. Magnetic nuclei in an external magnetic field. FT NMR experiments. Boltzman distribution and population of energy levels. Relaxation processes and width of spectral lines. High resolution NMR spectra: chemical shift and spin-spin coupling. First-order and second-order spectrum. Exchange processes. Double resonance experiments. NMR spectra of solids.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. C. N. Banwell, Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy,

McGraw Hill, 1994. 2. P. W. Atkins, J. D. Paula, Physical Chemistry, 9

th ed.,

Oxford University Press, 2010. 3. P. J. Hore, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, Oxford

University Press, 1995. 4. M. Diem, Modern Vibrational Spectroscopy, John Wiley,

1993. 5. R. J. Silbey, R. A. Alberty, M. G. Bawendi, Physical

Chemistry, 4th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2005.

SIC2007 SPECTROSCOPIC METHODS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY IR Spectroscopy Characteristic group absorptions in organic molecules. UV Spectroscopy Electronic transitions and common chromophores in organic compounds; Beer-Lambert Law and Woodward-Fieser Rules. NMR Spectroscopy Brief theory and origin of the NMR experiment; CW- and modern pulsed FT-NMR;

1H-NMR: the chemical shift:

inductive and anisotropic effects; Spin-spin coupling: geminal and vicinal coupling, Karplus equation; examples of 1H-

1H splitting patterns; allylic and long-range coupling;

techniques for improving the NMR spectrum: use of shift reagents; homonuclear-decoupling; effect of higher field strengths, etc.; Chirality and NMR: chiral resolving agents; 13

C-NMR: natural abundance of 13

C and use of pulsed FT techniques; the

13C NMR spectrum: completely-coupled,

completely-decoupled; off-resonance-decoupled; APT and

DEPT spectra. Carbon chemical shifts and functional groups. 2D-NMR: COSY, HETCOR/HMQC/HSQC, and HMBC for establishing molecular connectivity; 1-D NOE and 2-D NOESY for determination of stereochemistry. Mass Spectrometry EIMS – molecular ions, isotope peaks, and fragment ions; HREIMS and determination of molecular formula (dual-sector, double-focussing instruments); principal fragmentation patterns in major classes of organic compounds, McLafferty rearrangement and retro-Diels-Alder processes; Modern MS methods, ionization techniques: e.g., CI-, APCI-, FD-, FAB-, DART, ESI-, and MALDI-MS; analyzers: Quadrupole, Ion Trap, TOF; Hyphenated techniques: GC- and LC-MS: Common instrument configurations: e.g., GC-EIMS, GC-TOF-, LC-ESI-TOF-, LC-ESI-Q-TOF-, LC-MALDITOF-, and LC-MALDITOF-TOF-MS. Application of combined techniques in organic structure determination. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. R. M. Silverstein, F. X. Webster, D. J. Kiemle,

Spectroscopic identification of organic compounds, 7th

ed., John Wiley, 2005. 2. Kamaliah Mahmood dan Noorsaadah Abd Rahman,

Kaedah Kimia dalam pengenalpastian Sebatian Organik, Penerbit University of Malaya, 1998.

3. P. Crews, J. Rodriguez, M. Jaspars, Organic structure analysis, 2

nd ed., Oxford University Press, New York,

2009. 4. D. Williams, I. Flemming, Spectroscopic methods in

organic chemistry, 6th ed., McGraw-Hill, 2007.

5. D. L. Pavia, G. M. Lampman, G. S. Kritz, J. A. Vyvyan, Introduction to spectroscopy, 4

th ed., Cengage, 2009.

SIC2008 BIOMOLECULES Carbohydrates: mono-, oligo-, polysaccharides – structure, classification, nomenclature, reactions and analysis. Lipids and terpenes: fatty acids, acyl glycerols, prostaglandins, terpenoids, steroids – structure, reactions, and biological relevance. Proteins: amino acids, peptides, and proteins – structure, synthesis and degradation analysis. Nucleic Acids: DNA, RNA and protein biosynthesis. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. P. Y. Bruice, Organic Chemistry, 5

th ed., Pearson, 2007.


226

2. H. S. Stoker, General, Organic and Biological Chemistry. 5

th ed., Brooks/Cole, 2010.

3. T. K. Lindhorst, Essentials of Carbohydrate Chemistry and Biochemistry, 3

rd ed., Wiley, 2006.

4. F.D. Gunstone, J. L. Harwood, A. J. Dijkstra, The Lipid Handbook, 3

rd ed., CRC Press, 2007.

5. Zanariah Abdullah, Noorsaadah Abd. Rahman dan Kamaliah Mahmood, Biomolekul Suatu Pengenalan., Penerbit Universiti Malaya, 2001.

SIC2009 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Natural Environment – the earth’s surface, atmosphere, hydrosphere and elemental cycles. Human impacts on natural environment – water pollution and air pollution and treatment of pollutants. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3, EM1-2 References: 1. J. E. Andrews, P. Brimblecombe, T. D. Jickells and P. S.

Liss, An Introduction to Environmental Chemistry, Blackwell Science, Oxford, 2004.

2. A. R. W. Jackson and J. M. Jackson, Environmental Science, Longman, Singapore, 1996.

3. W. V. Gary and J. F. Stephen, Environmental Chemistry – A Global Perspective. 2

nd ed., Oxford University Press,

2005. SIC2010 HETEROCYCLIC CHEMISTRY Introduction, classification and nomenclature of heterocyclic compounds; Three, four, five and six-membered ring heterocyloalkanes, five-membered ring heteroaromatic compounds with one or two hetero atoms; N, O and S. Six-membered ring, fused ring and heterocyclic bases present in nucleic acids, and selected biologically important heterocyclic compounds. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. Kamaliah Mahmood dan A. Hamid A. Hadi, Kimia

Heterosiklik, Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka. 1988. 2. J. A. Joules, K. Mills and G. F. Smith, Heterocyclic

Chemistry, 4th ed., Blackwell Science, 2000.

3. P. Y. Bruice, Organic Chemistry, 6th ed., Prentice-Hall,

2000. SIC2011 GENERAL INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY Introduction to the background of industrial chemistry. The local raw materials for the chemical industries viz petroleum, tin, rubber, palm oil, coconut oil and fragrances. The

manufacture of important inorganic chemicals viz type of concretes, type of paints, pharmaceutical products, oleochemical products, insecticidal chemicals and colouring materials. Special topics. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. B. G. Reuben and M. L.Burstal, The Chemical Economy,

Longmans.1973. 2. R. N. Shreve, Shreve’s Chemical Process Industries, 4

th

ed., McGraw-Hill. 1984 3. K. Bauer, Common Fragrance and Flavor materials,

Weinheim. 1985. 4. R. J. Hamilton, Developments in Oils and Fats, Chapman

& Hall, 1995. 5. Kirk Othmer, Encyclopaedia of Chemical Technology, 4

th

ed. SIC2012 NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY Development in nuclear chemistry, Nuclei and isotopes, nuclear mass and nuclear stability, nuclear structures and nuclear models, radioactive decay, natural radioactive elements, radiation absorption, latest breakthrough in nuclear chemistry. Nuclear reactions: fission and fusion, interactions of radiation with matters, effects of radiation on matters, danger of radiation, dosimetry, detection and measurement of radiation, production and application of radioisotopes, effects of nuclear to environment. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. W. D. Loveland, D. J. Morrissey and G. T. Seaborg,

Modern Nuclear Chemistry, 3rd ed., John Wiley and Sons

Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey, 2006. 2. Attrep, Moses. Radioanalytical Chemistry Experiments

[electronic resource] Springer Science+Business Media, LLC, 2007.

3. G. Choppin, J. Rydberg and J. O. Lijenzin, Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry, 3

rd ed.,

Butterworth-Heinemann, 2001. 4. Journal of Radioanalytical and Nuclear Chemistry,

Springer Science +Business Media. SIC2013 SOLID STATE CHEMISTRY Crystal and close-packed structures. Bonding in solids specifically ionic and partial covalent bonding; bonding in metals and band theory. Crystal imperfections, cases of nonstoichiometry in compounds and solid solutions; phase diagrams. Electrical, magnetic and optical properties.


227

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. A. R. West, Basic Solid State Chemistry, John Wiley &

Sons, 1996. 2. G. E. Rodgers, Introduction to Coordination Solid State

and Descriptive Chemistry, 1994. 3. J. R. Christman, Fundamentals of Solid State Physics. 4. M. F. F. Ladd, Structure and Bonding in Solid State

Chemistry, Halsted Press, NY, 1979. SIC2014 BASIC COLLOID CHEMISTRY Introduction to colloidal dispersion and types of colloidal dispersions. Particles in the box and colloid chemistry. Brownian motion, Surface charge and colloidal stability. Particle size and fluid deformation. Viscosity, sedimentation and rheology. Self-assembly colloids: micelles, vesicles, emulsions and microemulsions. Instrumentations in Colloidal Chemistry. Colloidal chemistry, nano-science and nanotechnology. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 40% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. A. W. Adamson and A. P. Gast, Physical Chemistry of

Surfaces, Wiley Interscience, 1997. 2. D. J. Shaw, Introduction to Colloid & Surface Chemistry,

Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 1992. 3. P. C. Hiemenz and R. Rjagopalan, Principles of Colloid &

Surface Chemistry, 3rd ed., Marcel Dekkerm, 1997.

4. R. Aveyard, and D. A. Haydon, An Introduction to the Principles of Surface Chemistry, Cambridge University Press, 1973.

5. D.F. Evans, H. Wennerstrom, The Colloidal Domain, 2nd

ed. Wiley-Vch, 1999.

6. D.H. Everett, Basic Principle Of Colloid Science, Royal Society of Chemistry, 1988.

SIC2015 ELECTROCHEMISTRY Background of electrochemical cell, type of electrode, liquid junction potential, concentrations of electrolyte. Basic electrochemistry on electrode reaction, electrode kinetics, Butler-Volmer equation, Tafel anode and cathode equation, overpotential, mass transport, diffusion current and Nernst diffusion layer. Potentiostatic and galvanostatic electrochemical methods including chronoamperometry, coulometry, polarography, cyclic voltammetry and stripping voltammetry methods. Surface confined electrochemical processes and applications in electroanalytical field. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70%

Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3, LL1-2 References: 1. A. J Bard and L. R. Faulkner, Electrochemical Methods

Fundamental and Application, 2nd

ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2001.

2. D. Pletcher and F. C. Walsh, Industrial Electrochemistry, Blackie Academic and Profesional, 1993.

3. P. Monk, Fundamentals of Electroanalytical Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.

4. J. Wang, Analytical Electrochemistry, 2nd

ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2000.

SIC3001 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY III Organometallic Chemistry: Historical background, Classification/bonding types of Organometallics Compounds of Transition Elements, Main Group Organometallics & Lanthanides, 18-electron rules, Ligands in Organometallics (carbonyl, hydride, alkyl/alkene, carbene, carbyne, metallocene & fullerene). Spectral (IR, NMR) and x-ray structural analysis. Organometallic reactions. Reaction kinetics and mechanism of transition metal complexes: Introduction to inorganic reaction mechanism. Dissociative, associative and interchange mechanisms. Derivation of the rate law based on the above mechanisms. Substitution reactions of octahedral, tetrahedral and 5-coordinate systems. Substitution reactions catalysed by acid and base. Inner-sphere and outer-sphere mechanisms. Assessment Methods: Practical: 25% Continuous assessment: 15% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. C. Elschenbroich and A. Salzer, Organometallics A

concise Introduction, 2nd

rev., VCH, 1992. 2. G. O. Spessard and G. L. Miessler, Organometallic

Chemistry, Prentice Hall, 1997. 3. Gary L. Miessler & Donald A. Tarr, Inorganis Chemistry.

3rd ed., Pearson Prentice Hall, 2004

4. F. A. Cotton and G. Wilkinson, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, 1972.

5. Journal of Organometallic Chemistry. 6. Fred Basolo and Ralph G Pearson, Mechanism of

Inorganic Reactions. A study of metal complexes in solution, 2

nd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1967.

7. R. A. Henderson, The mechanisms of reactions at transition metal sites, Oxford Science Publications, 1993.

SIC3002 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY III Brief introduction to organic synthesis: disconnections and retrosynthetic analysis; Use of compounds incorporating main group elements (B, S, Si, P, mainly; and, Sn, Se, Al) in organic functional group transformations;


228

Use of transition metals in C-C bond formation (e.g., Heck, Suzuki, Stille, Negishi, Sonogashira, Kumada, McMurry, etc.); Alkene metathesis. Stereochemistry: Introduction to asymmetric synthesis, axial chirality, importance of enantiopure compounds, chiral pool; selected examples of asymmetric synthesis including hydroboration, hydride reduction, hydrogenation, epoxidation, dihydroxylation, and aminohydroxylation, use of chiral auxiliaries in enolate alkylation, crossed-aldol additions, and Diels-Alder cycloaddition, etc. Selected total syntheses of biologically-active natural products of contemporary significance (e.g., taxoids; macrolides, e.g., epothilones; Catharanthus bisindoles; prostanoids; steroids; etc.). Physical organic concepts and methods in the determination of reaction mechanisms: product studies, intermediates, stereochemistry, energetics and kinetics, isotope effects (non-kinetic and kinetic), and, linear free energy relationships. Assessment Methods: Practical: 25% Continuous assessment: 15% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. Francis A. Carey and Richard J. Sundberg, Advanced

Organic Chemistry, Part B: Reactions and Synthesis, 4th.

ed., Plenum Press, New York & London, 2002. 2. E. L. Eliel, S. H. Wilen, L. M. Mander, Stereochemistry of

Organic Compounds, John Wiley & Sons Canada, Ltd., 1994.

3. T. H. Lowry, K. S. Richardson, Mechanism and Theory in Organic Chemistry, 3

rd ed., Benjamin-Cummings

Publishing Company, 1987. 4. J. M. Harris and C. C. Wamser, Fundamentals of Organic

Reaction Mechanisms, Wiley & Sons, 1976. 5. N. Isaacs, Physical Organic Chemistry, 2

nd ed., Prentice

Hall, 1996. SIC3003 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY III Molecular Quantum Mechanics Approximate methods: variational method and time independent Perturbation theory; Electronic structure of molecules: Born-Oppenheimer approximation, molecular orbital theory, valence-bond theory, Huckel molecular orbital theory, electron configuration, Slater determinant, angular momentum coupling, molecular term symbols, spin-orbit and other interactions, molecule spectra and selection rules; Hartree-Fock self-consistent-field method, other ab initio methods and hybrid systems. Molecular Approach to Thermodynamics The fundamentals of statistical mechanics from the definitions of molecular interactions giving a set of energy levels for N-molecule systems. Statistical treatment to obtain a distribution of the most probable energy configuration or Boltzmann distribution. Introduction to partition function of molecules containing all the information on N-molecule systems. Ensemble concept, incorporated partition function and its relation to thermodynamic properties. Intermolecular forces for various systems including liquid and soft matters. Simple applications of this method in various chemical problems.

Chemical Kinetics and the Dynamics of Reactions Diffusion controlled reactions. Activated complex theory and reactions in solutions. The dynamics of molecular collisions. The kinetics of fast reactions. Thermodynamics and kinetics of adsorption. Structure, Stability and reactivity in different state of matter. The properties of non-equilibrium. Assessment Methods: Practical: 25% Continuous assessment: 15% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. P. W. Atkins, Physical Chemistry, 9

th ed., Oxford

University Press, New York, 2010 2. P. W. Atkins, Molecular Quantum Mechanics, 5

th ed.,

Oxford University Press, New York, 2008. 3. J. P. Lowe, Quantum Chemistry, 2

nd ed., Academic Press,

New York, 1993. 4. P. W., Atkins, J. de Paula, Physical Chemistry for the Life

Sciences, Oxford University Press, New York, 2006. 5. D. Deanin, Polymer Structure, Properties and Application.

Cahners Books, Boston, 1972. 6. W. Hu, and A. C. Shi, Understanding Soft Condensed

Matter Via Modeling and Computation, Series in Soft Condensed Matter - Vol. 3. World Scientific Publishing, Singapore, 2001.

7. R. A. L. Jones, Soft condensed matter, Oxford University Press, New York, 2002.

SIC3004 PROJECT Students will carry out project works related to the BSc. Programme. This course is to be carried out during final semester (1 whole semester). Detailed information about this course can be downloaded from the Department’s website. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 100% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CS1-3, CT1-3, LL1-2, EM1-2 SIC3005 ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Sources, reactions, transport, effects and fate of major pollutants in the environment. Principles of environmental monitoring and sampling, sample storage and pretreatment. Introduction to basic concepts in analytical chemistry and chemical equilibrium. Introduction to major analytical techniques for environmental analysis, including spectroscopic and chromatographic methods. Data treatment. Quality control and quality assurance. Environmental Management Conflicts between development and environment. Sustainable development. Environmental Quality Act (1974). Environmental management strategies. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). Pollution control. Green Chemistry for a sustainable future. Industrial ecology for hazardous waste minimization, utilization and treatment.


229

Assessment Methods: Practical: 30% Continuous assessment: 20% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CS1-3, CT1-3, TS1-2 References: 1. R. W. Hester (Ed.), Understanding Our Environment, 2

nd

ed., RSC, 2008. 2. R. M. Harrison (Ed.), Pollution, Cause and Control, 3

rd ed.,

RSC, 1996. 3. R. N. Reeve, Environmental Analysis, ACOL, John Wiley,

1999. 4. S. E. Manahan, Fundamental of Environmental Chemistry,

2nd

ed., Lewis Publishers, 2000. 5. G. W. VanLoon & S .J. Duffy, Environmental Chemistry: A

Global perspective, 3rd ed., Oxford University Press, 2010.

6. G. Schwedt, The Essential Guide to Environmental Chemistry, Wiley, 2001.

7. C. Baird, & M. Cann, Environmental Chemistry, 5th ed.,

Freeman 2012. SIC3006 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II Trace analysis Introduction; techniques and limitations, considerations in implementation of trace analysis Sample decomposition Steps in total analysis; dry, wet and microwave sample digestion; appropriate considerations for decomposition of real samples. Spectrometry Atomic absorption spectroscopy, atomization techniques including flame atomization, electrochemical atomization, hydride technique, cold vapour technique. Atomic emission spectroscopy: arc-spark and plasma AES, ICP-AES, atomic fluorescence spectroscopy. Separation Methods Advanced aspects on theory and process of separation in GC and HPLC, van Deemter equation, general resolution equation and HETP, types and selection of stationary phases in GC, capillary GC, reversed phase HPLC, effects of mobile phases in HPLC separations, instrumentation in GC and HPLC, detectors in GC and HPLC, hyphenated techniques: GC-MS and LC-MS. Electroanalytical Techniques Pulse techniques in polarography, voltammetry using hanging mercury drop electrode (HMDE), platinum and carbon electrodes. Stripping analysis-anodic stripping voltammetry, trace analysis. Coulometric analysis, constant potential coulometry, constant current coulometry, applications and advantages. Automation Principles of automation, instrumental analysis, process control, automatic instruments, auto-analyser, microprocessor-controlled instruments, computers in analytical laboratories. Assessment Methods: Practical: 30% Continuous assessment: 20% Final examination: 50%

Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3, CS1-3, LL1-2 References: 1. Daniel C. Harris, Exploring Chemical Analysis, 4

th ed.,

W.H. Freeman Publ, 2008. 2. G. D. Christian, Analytical Chemistry, 7

th ed., John Wiley

& Sons, 2008. 3. D. A. Skoog, F. J. Holler & S. R. Crouch, Principles of

Instrumental Analysis, 6th ed., Thomson Brooks/Cole,

2007. 4. David Harvey, Modern Analytical Chemistry, McGraw Hill

Publ, 2000. 5. D. A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler & S. R. Crouch,

Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 8th ed.,

Brooks/Cole Publ, 2004. SIC3007 ELECTROSYNTHESIS Electrosynthesis in industry focus on the synthesis of organic and inorganic chemicals; aluminium extraction, chloro-alkali process and sodium hydroxide. Laboratory techniques related to electrochemistry; electropolymerisation, electrochemical impedance spectroscopy, electrocatalysis, electroanalytical and instrumentation, quantities and qualitative data analysis from various techniques. The analysis method enables the determination of redox potential in any compound. Cyclic voltammetry method in diagnosis mechanism will be introduced such as E, EC, CE or ECE reactions mechanism. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. C. M. A. Brett and A. M. O. Brett, Electrochemistry

Principles, Methods and Applications, Oxford Uni. Press Inc., 1993.

2. P. T. Kissinger and W. R. Heinemmen, Laboratory Techniques in Electroanalytical Chemistry, Marcel Dekker Inc., 1984.

3. D. Pletcher and F.C. Walsh, Industrial Electrochemistry, Blackie Academic and Professional, 1993.

4. D. B. Hibbert, Introduction to Electrochemistry, MacMillan Press Ltd., 1993.

5. K. B. Oldham, J. C. Myland, A. M. Bond, Electrochemical Science and Technology: Fundamentals and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2011.

SIC3008 BIOSYNTHESIS Biochemical constraints and investigation techniques: biosynthetic reagents, enzymes, biochemical assays and application of isotopic labelling (esp. in conjunction with 13C NMR) in the study of biosynthetic processes. Biosynthesis of selected natural products: polyketides, fatty acids, prostanoids, aromatic compounds (e.g. Shikimic acid), macrocyclic antibiotics, terpenes, terpenoids, and natural rubber; biosynthetic pathways, reaction types, and mechanistic aspects (esp. enolate-carbonyl reactions and biochemical cascades).


230

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. H. S. Stoker, General, Organic and Biological Chemistry,

5th ed., Brooks/Cole, 2010.

2. D. Voet, and J. G. Voet, Biochemistry. 3rd ed., Wiley,

2004. 3. Bu’Lock and B. G. Kurt Kimia Hasil Semulajadi, DBP,

Kuala Lumpur. 4. J. Mann, Secondary Metabolism, 2

nd ed., Oxford

University Press, 1987. 5. J. Mann, Chemical Aspects of Biosynthesis, Oxford

University Press, 1994. SIC3009 NATURALPRODUCTS CHEMISTRY The influence of biosynthetic hypotheses and insights on the syntheses of steroids. Investigation of selected natural products such as alkaloids, terpenoids, flavonoids, lignans, glycosides. Semiochemistry. Separation methods for natural product isolation. Spectroscopic methods for structural elucidation of natural products.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. J. Mann, Secondary Metabolism, Clarendon Press:

Oxford, 1995. 2. P. M. Dewick, Medicinal Natural Products - A Biosynthetic

Approach, John Wiley & Sons, 2009. 3. E.Fattorusso, O. Taglialatela-Scafati, Eds Modern

Alkaloids - Structure, Isolation, Synthesis and Biology; Wiley-VCH, 2008.

4. J. H. Simpson, Organic Structure Determination Using 2-D NMR Spectroscopy - A Problem-Based Approach, Academic Press, 2008.

5. S. Stefan Berger, D. Sicker, Classics in Spectroscopy, Wiley-VCH, 2009.

SIC3010 ORGANIC SYNTHESIS Retrosynthetic analysis and synthesis design. Selectivity in synthesis: chemo-, regio-, and stereoselectivity. Synthesis of acyclic and cyclic compounds. Concept of umpolung; functional group interconversion. Use of organometallic reagents in syntheses. Asymmetric synthesis; selected examples from classical and contemporary syntheses. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3

References: 1. Stuart Warren, Organic Synthesis: The Disconnection

Approach, John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, New York, Brisbane, Toronto, Singapore, 1982.

2. F. A. Carey and R. J. Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part B: Reactions and Synthesis, 4

th ed.,

Plenum Press, New York & London, 2002. 3. M. B. Smith, Organic Synthesis, 2

nd ed., McGraw Hill Inc,

2001. 4. M. B. Smith and J. March, March's Advanced Organic

Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure (March's Advanced Organic Chemistry), 5

th ed., Wiley-

Interscience; 2001. 5. W. A. Smit, A. F. Bochkov and R. Caple, Organic

Synthesis: The Science Behind the Art, RSC, 1998. SIC3011 MECHANISTIC ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Reactive intermediates in organic chemistry including carbocations, free radicals, carbenes, nitrenes, and radical-ions. Chemistry of free radicals: reactions and mechanisms of free radicals including abstraction, addition, rearrangement, cyclization and fragmentation; applications of radical reactions in organic synthesis; reactions of carbenes, carbenoids, nitrenes, and ion-radicals, and applications in synthesis. Formation, stability, and rearrangements of carbocations; tandem and cascade cyclizations. Mechanistic details of selected classes of organic reactions such as nucleophilic substitution, hydrolysis, polar rearrangements, electron-transfer reactions, photochemical reactions. Pericyclic reactions: molecular orbitals; conservation of orbital symmetry in concerted reactions; theory (frontier orbital method, use of correlation diagrams, aromatic transition state approach) and applications of electrocyclic reactions, sigmatropic rearrangements, and cycloadditions, including tandem and cascade processes, in organic synthesis. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. R. B. Woodward and R. Hoffmann, The Conservation of

Orbital Symmetry, Academic Press Inc, 1970. 2. J. Clayden, N. Greeves, S. Warren, P. Wothers, Organic

Chemistry, Oxford. 3. J. March, and M. Smith, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 6

th

ed., New York: John Wiley & Sons, 2007. 4. T. H. Lowry and K. S. Richardson, Mechanism and

Theory in Organic Chemistry, 3rd ed., Harper and Row,

1987. 5. A. J. Bellamy, An Introduction to the Conservation of

Orbital Symmetry, Longman, 1974. 6. I. Fleming, Frontier Orbitals and Organic Chemical

Reactions, Wiley, 1976. SIC3012 PHYSICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Application of physical organic concepts in the determination of organic reaction mechanisms: kinetics and energetics; stereochemistry; solvent effects; non-kinetic and kinetic isotope effects; linear free energy relationships; sonochemistry; organic surface reactions. Catalysis: catalysis in molecules, approximation, induced catalysis, covalent catalysis, nucleophilic catalysis, general


231

acid- and general-base catalysis, micellar catalysis and enzymatic catalysis. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. M. Niyaz Khan, Micellar catalysis, CRC Press, Taylor &

Francis Group, 2006. 2. W. P. Jencks, Catalysis in Chemistry and Enzymology,

McGraw-Hill, New York, 1969. 3. J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions,

Mechanisms and Structure, 4th ed., McGraw-Hill, 1992

4. J. Hine, Structural Effects on Equilibria in Organic Chemistry, Wiley, 1975.

5. C. Reichardt, Solvents and Solvent Effects in Organic Chemistry, VCH, New York, 1988.

SIC3013 ADVANCED MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY Selections of topics are as follows: Basic quantum mechanics and group theory for spectroscopy; vibrational spectroscopy of polyatomic molecules, selection rules and analysis of normal modes of vibration, Raman spectroscopy, advanced electronic spectroscopy, and modern techniques in spectroscopy. Laser techniques and applications of lasers in spectroscopy. Energy of a free electron in a magnetic field. EPR spectrometer & first-derivative spectrum. The g-factor and hyperfine structures: simple and complex hyperfine patterns. Interpretation of isotropic hyperfine coupling constants: spin Hamiltonian and perturbation theory. First-order and second-order hyperfine. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. N. M. Atherton, Electron Spin Resonance, John Wiley &

Son Inc., 1973. 2. A. Carrington and A. D. McLachlan, Introduction to

Magnetic Resonance, Harper & Row and John Weatherhill Inc.,1969.

3. P. Atkins and J. d. Paula Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 9

th ed., 2010.

4. J. M. Hollas, Modern Spectroscopy, 4th ed., John Wiley &

Sons, 2004 5. I. N., Levine Molecular Spectroscopy, 1

st ed., John Wiley

& Sons, 1975. SIC3014 POLYMER CHEMISTRY II Part A: Polymer Characterizations Characterization of a polymer system. Non-instrumental techniques – (a) density measurements /comparisons, and (b) heating and burning tests. Instrumental techniques - (a) thermal analysis (DSC & TGA), (b) Spectroscopic techniques (FTIR & NMR). Aspects of the strengths and

weaknesses of these techniques in polymer characterization and their applications in research and industry will be introduced. Relevant examples will be discussed and set as assignments. Part B: Polymer Modifications (i) Polymer Blends (a) Introduction: Polymer-polymer solutions, Illustration of combinatorial entropy of mixing, Phase diagram for a polymer – polymer mixture, Kinetics of phase separation, Kinetics of phase separation binodal and the spinodal for both LCST and UCST two-phase regions, Phase separation mechanisms (Nucleation and growth, Spinodal decomposition, Gibbs energy), Flory- Huggins phase diagram of a symmetric polymer blend – Interaction parameter. (b) Blending of two or more polymers to produce new materials, examples & applications. Miscible, partially miscible and immiscible blends. (c) Reactive blends where chemical interactions can occur. (ii) Chemical Reactions Involving Polymers (a) Reactions that can introduce specific functional groups into the polymer chains (e.g. Through anionic polymerization, Epoxidation etc). (b) Selective comonomers to achieve specific properties (e.g. conducting polymers). (c) Crosslinking reactions (include Vulcanization of NR). (d) Degradation reactions. (iii) Living Polymerisation - Criteria of Living Polymerisation (Well-defined materials; target molar mass; block/graft copolymers; end-functional (telechelic) polymers; star polymers); Anionic polymerization, Nitroxide-mediated polymerisation (NMP)/ TEMPO; Atom transfer radical polymerisation (ATRP), Reversible addition fragmentation transfer polymerisation (RAFT), Co-ordination methods - Ziegler-Natta (Mechanism and Polymer Tacticity), Metallocene Polymerisation (Mechanism), Ring-opening Metathesis Polymerisation, ROMP (Mechanism –Schrock & Grubbs catalyst). (iv) Dendrimers and hyperbranched polymers - Dendrimer synthesis (divergent approach & donvergent approach); Dendrimer properties, hyperbranched polymers, applications of dendrimers. (v) Making green polymers which are biocompatible from renewable/sustainable resources (reducing the impact of environmental pollution). Assessment Methods: Practical: 30% Continuous assessment: 20% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. D. Deanin, Polymer Sturcture, Properties and Application.

Cahners Books, Boston, 1972. 2. P. J. Flory, Prinsip Kimia Polimer (Terjemahan), Dewan

Bahasa dan Pustaka, 1991. 3. R. J. Young, and P. A. Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, 3

rd

Ed. Taylor & Francis Group, 2011. 4. H. Sperling, Introduction of Physical Polymer Sciences,

2nd

ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1992. SIC3015 COMPUTATIONAL CHEMISTRY Introduction to computers – history, elements in computers, operating system, computers in chemistry, internet. Internet based chemistry – introduction to web technologies useful in chemistry, chemical databases, use of chemical web services.


232

Introduction to computational chemistry – history and development, techniques, molecular mechanics and molecular simulations as well as application examples. Overview of modern computational methods for the quantum mechanics and molecular mechanics. Description of molecular electronic structure and simulations. Computational techniques which include Hartree-Fock self-consistent-field (SCF), post Hatree-Fock technique, density functional theory (DFT), semi-empirical, molecular mechanics, Monte Carlo simulations and molecular dynamics with application examples. Practical laboratory – Basic programming and practical computational chemistry software. Assessment Methods: Practical: 25% Continuous assessment: 25% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. S. M. Bachrach, Computational Organic Chemistry,

WILEY, 2007. 2. K. A. Dill, and S. Bromberg, Molecular Driving Forces:

Statistical Thermodynamics in Chemistry & Biology, Garland Science, USA, 2003.

3. R. Dronskowski. Computational Chemistry of Solid State Materials: A Guide for Materials Scientists, Chemists, Physicists and others, WILEY VCH, 2006.

4. G. H. Grant and W. G. Richards, Computational Chemistry, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1995.

5. A. Hinchliffe, Molecular Modelling for Beginners, John Wiley & Sons Ltd. UK, 2008.

6. F. Jensen, Introduction to Computational Chemistry, WILEY, 1990.

7. W. Koch, and M. C. Holthausen, A Chemist's Guide to Density Functional Theory, WILEY VCH, 2001.

8. A. R. Leach, Molecular Modeling Principles and Applications, 2

nd ed., Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2001.

9. D. S. Sholl, Density Functional Theory: A Practical Introduction, WILEY. 2009.

10. D. C. Young, Computational Chemistry: A Practical Guide for Applying Techniques to Real World Problems, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2001.

SIC3016 CATALYSIS Introduction to catalysis, role and implication of catalyst in a chemical reaction. Concept of catalysis in general in which the catalytic function and structure, catalyst design, synthesis methods, characterisation techniques will be covered. Catalyst performance and causes for catalyst deactivation will be also introduced. A few examples in the application of catalyst in chemical industrial processes will be briefly included. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3

References: 1. G. Ertl, Kozinger, J. H. Dan Weitkamp, Eds Handbook of

Heterogenous Catalysis, Vol I dan II. Wiley-VCH, 1997. 2. J. A. van L., P. W. N. M. Moulijn, and R. A. van Santen,

Catalysis: An Intergrated Approach to Homogeneous, Heterogeneous and Industrial Catalysis, (Studies in surface science and catalysis), Elsevier, 1993.

SIC3017 COMPOSITE MATERIALS Theory of composites Introduction, origin of reinforcement, properties comparison between reinforced and unreinforced materials. Mechanical properties of composites Cox shear-lag analysis, prediction of longitudinal Young’s modulus of aligned fibre composites, computation of Young’s modulus of composite with complex fibre, high extension mechanical properties, Kelly-Tyson model, computation of fracture strength. Formation process for composite structure Injection moulding, extrusion, compression moulding, pultrusion, etc. Machine structure, operating principle, products, etc. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 40% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. L. E. Nielsen, Mechanical Properties of Polymers and

Composites, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1993. 2. D. Hull, An Introduction to Composite Materials, Cambridge

University Press, Cambridge, 1981. 3. B. Harris, Engineering Composite Materials, The Institute of

Metals, London, 1986. 4. R. J. Crawford, Plastics Engineering, 3

rd ed., Butterworth-

Heinemann, 1998. SIC3018 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY Introduction to recent research areas, literature survey, synthesis of various types of donor ligands, synthesis of metal complexes, introduction to macromolecules, introduction to co-crystals, crystal engineering Chemical characterization techniques: physical and chemical methods. Elemental composition by CHNS elemental analysis Elemental composition by AAS and UV-Vis Characterization by FT-IR spectroscopy Characterization by FT-NMR spectrometry Characterization by Thermal analysis Characterization by magnetic susceptibility measurement Characterization by X-ray diffraction Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3


233

References Publication in journals 1. Polyhedron 2. J. Organomet. Chem. 3. Organometallics 4. Inoganica Chimica Acta SIC3019 ADVANCED QUANTUM CHEMISTRY The aims of this course are to provide an introduction to the advanced theory in quantum mechanics and to prepare students for more advanced courses in graduate study in the field of theoretical chemistry or chemical physics. Selected topics include: •Formalism: Classical wave equation. Schrödinger, Heisenberg and Dirac representations. Dirac notation. Ladder-operator. Fourier coefficients. Pauli antisymmetric principle. Pauli matrices. Hilbert space. Unitary transformations. Virial theorem. Hellmann-Feynman theorem. Electrostatic theorem. •Angular momentum theory: Coupling of two and more angular momentum vectors. Angular momentum operators. Eigenvalues and angular momentum wave functions. Vector model. Clebsch-Gordan coefficients and 3-j symbols. Wigner-Witmer rules. Generators of infinitesimal rotations. Euler angles. Direction cosine matrix elements. Space-fixed and molecule-fixed frames. Rotation matrices. Spherical harmonic addition theorem. . Clebsch-Gordan series and its inverse. Integral over products of rotation matrices. 6-j and 9-j symbols. Rotational energy levels of a free radical. Energy levels of atoms with two valence electrons. Angular distribution of rigid rotor. •Ab initio and density-functional theories: Restricted and unrestricted Hartree-Fock. Moller-Plesset perturbation theory. Coupled-cluster method. Density-functional theory. Hohenberg-Kohn theorem. Kohn-Sham method. Local-density approximation. Functionals. Composite methods. Relativistic effects. Electronic structure calculations and molecular properties (intrinsic, electric, magnetic etc.). •Basic special relativity: Inertial frames and Newtonian mechanics. Relativistic coordinate transformations. Transformation of lengths and relativistic invariants. Transformation of velocities. Transformation of mass. Relativistic energy. Relativistic momentum. Relativistic electromagnetic interactions. Maxwell equations. Potentials and gauge transformations. Relativistic potential. •Relativistic quantum theory: Klein-Gordon equation. Charge conjugation. Energy-momentum tensor. Quantization of the nonrelativistic Hamiltonian. Spin in the nonrelativistic Hamiltonian. Time-independent Dirac equation. Covariance. Dirac wave function. Four-current density. Nonrelativistic limit. Negative-energy states and quantum electrodynamics. Second quantization. Relativistic second-quantized Hamiltonians. Definition of vacuum. Electron–electron interaction, Lamb shift. Separation of variables in Dirac equation. Angular wave functions. Solutions of radial Dirac equation. Nuclear models. Approximations to Dirac equation. Pauli Hamiltonian. Breit–Pauli Hamiltonian. Direct perturbation theory. Electronic structure calculations and molecular properties (intrinsic, electric, magnetic etc.). (Choose either Quantum scattering theory or Photon induced molecular processes) •Quantum scattering theory: Time-dependent scattering theory. Moller operator. Scattering operator. Time-independent scattering theory. Green’s function. Lippmann-Schwinger equation. S matrix. Distorted wave. Elastic scattering. Radial Schrödinger equation. Free radial functions. Radial Green’s function. Scattering phase shift. Scattering cross section. Inelastic scattering. Coupled channel equations. Multichannel Green’s function. S, T and K matrices. R matrix method. Reactive scattering. Partitioning of Hamiltonian. Scattering matrix and cross section. Distorted-wave Born approximation. Reactive flux

and total reaction probability. Atom-diatom reactive scattering. Triatomic and tetraatomic reactions. •Photon induced molecular processes: Time dependent perturbation theory. Rotating-wave approximation. Einstein A and B coefficients. Optical absorption cross-section. Bloch vector and Bloch sphere. Optical Bloch equations. a.c. Stark effect. Semiclassical theory. Rabi formula. Vector potentials. Quantized radiation field. One photon processes. Two photon processes. Photodissociation of molecules. Half collision dynamics. Vibrational predissociation of molecules. Time-dependent golden rule. Flux method for photofragmentation. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 40% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1-3 References: 1. Donald A. MacQuarrie. Quantum Chemistry, 2

nd ed.,

University Science Book, 2008. 2. A. R. Edmonds, Angular Momentum in Quantum

Mechanics, Princeton University Press, 1974. 3. I. P. Grant, Relativistic quantum theory of atoms and

molecules: theory and computation, Springer, 2007. 4. C J. Joachain, Quantum collision theory, North-Holland

Publishing Company, 1979. 5. M. S. Child, Molecular collision theory, Academic

Press, 1974. 6. G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, Introduction to

molecular dynamics and chemical kinetics, John Wiley, 1996.

SID2001 INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY I Historical overview of chemical industries. Industrial chemistry is part of the economy that deals with the separation and processing of raw materials into commercially useful products. Challenges on the synthesis of chemicals that are beneficial, profitable and responsible for the safety, health and environment. Research and development from laboratory scale to commercial scale on the production of selected chemicals. Economic aspect, fixed cost, variable cost, revenue, management and patent right. Forecasting the profitability for pioneering industries on the production of selected chemicals through interpretation of break-even chart. Separation technology covers aspects related to chemical process of adsorption, extraction, purification and distillation. The chemical process includes natural gas, petroleum and vegetable oil. Petroleum refining process includes crude oil distillation, delayed coking, catalytic reforming and isomerisation, cracking and hydrotreating. Palm oil refining includes physical and chemical processes on upstream and downstream industries. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3, LL1 – 2, CS1 – 3


234

References: 1. Gunstone, F. D., Harwood, J. L., Djikstra, A. J. (2007).

Lipid Handbook. 3rd Ed. CRC Press. 2. Speight, J. G. (2006). The Chemistry and Technology of

Petroleum. 4th Ed. CRC Press. 3. Gary, J. H and Handwerk, G. E. and Kaiser, M.J (2006).

Petroleum Refining: Technology and Economics. 5th Edition. CRC Press.

4. B.G. Reuben and M.L.Bursta (1973) The Chemical Economy: a guide to the technology and economics of the chemical industry, Longmans.

5. R.N. Shreve (1984) Shreve’s Chemical Process Industries, 5th ed. McGraw-Hill.

6. K. Bauer (2001) Common Fragrance and Flavor materials, 3rd ed. Wiley VCH.

7. Kirk Othmer, Encyclopaedia of Chemical Technology (1999-2012), 4

th Edition, John Wiley and Sons.

SID2002 INDUSTRIAL POLYMER CHEMISTRY I PART A: Polymer Synthesis Introduction: Basic aspects of polymers - names, chemical formulas/ structures and properties. Classifications of polymers, thermoplastics, thermosets and elastomers. Requirements of selective industries surface coatings, adhesives, packaging, automotives, construction and medical appliances. Discussion about the management of polymers in the environment. Polymerisations: Mechanism, basic polymerisations (step-growth dan chain-growth), advanced synthesis techniques (introduction of controlled living radical polymerisations) and industrial polymerisation processes (bulk, solution, suspension, emulsion, solid-state, gas phase and plasma polymerisation and polymerization in supercritical fluid). Measurement of molecular weight: Basic introduction on molecule weight, MW and molecular weight distribution, MWD, also effects on the physical properties of polymers. PART B: Latex and Rubber Type of latices: natural, synthetic, artificial and modified latices. Latex composition. Latex testing (Physical tests: dry rubber content (DRC) and total solid content of latex (TSC); Chemical tests: protein analysis; stability test). Latex applications: dipping, extrusion and foam. Rubber: Introduction on the SMR grades. Vulcanised rubber. Rubber testing (e.g. tensile, hardness, abrasion etc), Rubber applications: tyres, footwear etc.) Viscoelasticity: Introduction, dynamic-mechanical analysis, viscoelastic properties of polymer solutions and melts, dielectric analysis. Rubber elasticity: Thermodynamics and statistical theory, phenomenological model and recent development. Mechanical properties of polymers – measurements of mechanical properties: tensile, elongation, modulus etc. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 20% Practical: 30% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 6. Fried, J. R. (2003), Polymer Science & Technology, 2nd

Ed. Prentice Hall. 7. Flory, P. J. (1991), Prinsip Kimia Polimer (Terjemahan),

Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka.

8. Young, R. J. and Lovell, P. A. (2011), Introduction to Polymers, 3rd Ed. Taylor & Francis Group.

9. Sperling, H (1992). Introduction of Physical Polymer Sciences, 2nd Ed. John Wiley & Sons.

SID2003 BASIC ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Introduction Classical analysis, concentration systems / units, sampling in analysis. Data Treatment Precision and accuracy, statistical methods for error analysis, population and sampling, confidence limits, measurement uncertainty, significant figures, test for mean, rejection of analytical data. Quality control and quality assurance. Spectrometry Interaction of light energy between atoms and molecules; quantitative aspects of absorption. Molecular spectrometric techniques – UV-Visible, IR, NIR; dispersion, absorption, fluorescence and emission. Spectrophotometric instruments; emission spectroscopy and atomic absorption spectrometry- an introduction, uses of spectrophotometry. Electroanalytical Chemistry Quantitative analysis – standard addition technique and internal standard technique, Potentiometry – pH glass electrode, solid membrane ion selective electrodes. Heyrovsky equation. Separation Methods Introduction to the theory and process of separation in GC and HPLC, ion exchange chromatography, solvent extraction, partition coefficient, multiple extraction, efficiency. Equilibria Important equilibria in analytical chemistry, acid-base equilibria, calculating pH of buffer solutions, acid-base titration curves. Complexometric titrations and metal speciation Metal complex equilibria, EDTA – the ligand and its complexes, selectivity via control of pH, selectivity via masking agent, applications of EDTA. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 20% Practical: 30% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3, TS1 References: 7. D.A. Skoog, D.M. West, F.J. Holler & S.R Crouch,

Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 9th Ed., 2014, Thomson, Brooks/ Cole.

8. Francis Rouessac & Annick Roussac, Chemical Analysis-Modern Instrumental Methods and Techniques, 4th Ed., 2010, John Wiley & Sons.

9. G. D. Christian, Analytical Chemistry, 6th Ed, 2010 John Wiley & Son.


235

SID2004 BIOORGANIC CHEMISTRY Carbohydrates: mono-, oligo-, polysaccharides – structure, classification and nomenclature; carbohydrates as resource for industry and energy (hydrolysis, fermentation). Lipids: fatty acids, acylglycerols – structure and reactions; lipids as resource for industry and energy (biodiesel, surfactants). Proteins: amino acids, peptides, and proteins – structure, synthesis and degradation analysis. Nucleic Acids: DNA, RNA and protein biosynthesis. PCR, principles of bio-/gene-technology and forensic DNA analysis. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 6. Bruice, P.Y. (2007). Organic Chemistry. 5

th Edition,

Pearson. 7. Stoker, H. S. (2010). General, Organic and Biological

Chemistry. 5th Ed. Brooks/Cole. 5th Ed.

8. Lindhorst, T. K. (2006). Essentials of Carbohydrate Chemistry and Biochemistry. 3

rd Ed. Wiley.

9. Gunstone, F.D., Harwood, J.L., Dijkstra, A.J. (2007). The Lipid Handbook, 3

rd Ed. CRC Press.

10. Zanariah Abdullah, Noorsaadah Abd. Rahman dan Kamaliah Mahmood (2001). Biomolekul Suatu Pengenalan. Penerbit Universiti Malaya.

11. Ulber, R., Sell, D. & Hirth, T. Renewable Raw Materials - New Feeedstocks for the Chemical Industry, Wiley 2011. ISBN 978-3-527-32548-1.Othmer, Encyclopaedia of Chemical Technology, 4

th ed.

SID2005 FOOD CHEMISTRY Introduction to food chemistry. Role of water in food. Important components in food: carbohydrates, amino acids, lipids, proteins; chemical transformations of food during storage, transportation, processing, and preparation. Food metabolism. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Owen R. Fennema (Penterjemah Soleha Ishak), Kimia

makanan Jilid I dan II, Dewan bahasa Pustaka, 1993 2. Bloomfield, Chemistry and living organism John Wiley &

Sons 1996 SID2006 MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY Introduction and basic principles of medicinal chemistry; categories of drugs and basis of drug action: drug-receptor

model; drug design and development; drug and pro-drug metabolism; pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Graham L. Patrick. (2013). An Introduction to Medicinal

Chemistry. 5th Edition. Oxford University Press, New

York. 2. Wilson and Gisvold. (2010).” textbook of Organic

Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. 12th Edition.

J.B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia. 3. Alex Gringauz, Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry,

Wiley-VCH, New York,1997. 4. David A.W. (2012). Foye’s Principles of Medicinal

Chemistry. 7th Edition. LWW.

SID2007 PETROCHEMISTRY Introduction and production of petrochemicals based on gaseous feedstocks using inorganic-based catalysts: ethane, ethene, ethyne, propene and butadiene, methane, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, methanol, formaldehyde, acetic acid, ammonia, urea. Production of petrochemicals based on liquid feedstocks using inorganic-based catalysts: benzene, toluene, xylene and other petrochemicals/feedstocks. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. D. L. Burdick, W. L. Leffler. (2010). Petrochemicals in

Nontechnical Language.4th Edition. PennWell Publishing

Company. 2. B. K. Bhaskararao. (2007). A Text on Petrochemicals.

Khanna Publishers. 3. Energy & Fuels, American Chemical Society (ACS

Publications) 4. G.A. Karim. (2012). Fuels, Energy, and Environment.

CRC Press.

5. U.R. Chaudhri. (2010). Fundamental of Petroleum and Petrochemical Engineearing. CRC Press.

SID2008 INDUSTRIAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organic raw materials: Carbon sources, routes based on fats and oils, carbohydrates, coal, petroleum, and natural gas. Alkanes and cycloalkanes: refinery processes; catalytic alkylation, catalytic isomerisation, catalytic reforming, catalytic cracking and hydrocracking. Industrial reactions: Free radical oxidation; liquid-phase and gas-phase free radical oxidations. Liquid -phase non -free radical oxidations such as Wacker Chemie Process, Dow Process and Halcon Process. Heterogeneous-catalysed gas-phase oxidations.


236

Other industrial processes such as chlorination and oxychlorination, aromatic electrophilic substitution, aromatic nucleophilic substitution, hydrolysis, dehydration, esterification, hydrogenation, dehydrogenation, and hydroformylation. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Weissermel, K. And Arpe, H. J. (2010). Industrial Organic

Chemistry. 5th Edition. Wiley-VCH.

2. Wiseman, P. (1987). Introduction to Industrial Organic Chemistry. 2

nd Edition. Elsevier Applied Science.

3. Waddams, A. L. (1978). Chemicals from Petroleum. 4th

Edition. John Murray. 4. Journal: Chemistry and Industry. 5. Harold A.W., Bryan G.R. and Jeffery S.P. (2012).

Industrial Organic Chemistry. 3rd Edition. John Wiley &

Sons. 6. James A.K. (2013). Riegel’s Handbook of Industrial

Chemistry. 9th Edition. Springer Science & Business

Media. SID2009 INDUSTRIAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Introduction to the primary inorganic materials (nitrogen, phosphorus, sulphur, halogen and their compounds), mineral fertilizers, organosilicon compounds (silanes, silicons, industrial silicon products) and inorganic solids (silicate products, inorganic fibers, construction materials, enamel, ceramics, metallic hard materials, carbon modifications, fillers and inorganic pigments) involving modern processes. The economic importance also will be discussed in relation to the production of the inorganic materials. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Moretto, H. H., Woditsch, P., Terrel, D., Terrel, K. H. and

Buchel, K. H. (2000). Industrial Inorganic Chemistry. John Wiley

2. Ulmann’s Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry (1993) 3. J.D. Lee (1996) Concise Inorganic Chemistry (5

th Edition).

Backwell Science Ltd 4. Austin, G. T. (1977). Shreve’s Chemical Process

Industries. McGraw-Hill. 5. ISI Journal Articles. SID2010 IONIC LIQUIDS Introduction to ionic liquids: History, types of ionic liquids, nomenclature; Chemical and physical properties: Protic and aprotic ionic liquids; Preparation and purification of ionic liquids: Metathesis (metathetic exchange of anion), neutralisation of base with Bronsted acids or direct

alkylation of alkylimidazole and the carbonate route. Characterisation of ionic liquids: NMR spectroscopy, mass spectrometry etc. Water content analysis – Karl Fischer Titration. Application of ionic liquids in organic reactions and for industrial applications: Henry reaction, Michael reaction, Aldol condensation, Diels-Alder reactions, protection of carbonyl, heterocyclic synthesis, hydrogenation, oxidation; use of ionic liquids in biomass processing. Challenges and issues: Recoverable and recyclability of ionic liquids, safety and environmental issues. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Michael Freemantle (2009). Introduction to Ionic Liquids,

Royal Society of Chemistry. 2. P. Wasserscheid and T. Welton (2008). Ionic liquids in

Synthesis, Wiley-VCH. 3. Barbara Kirchner (2010). Ionic Liquids, Springer.

(Electronic book). SID2011 INDUSTRIAL ELECTROCHEMSITRY Fundamentals of electrochemistry and industrial applications include processes such as synthesis of organic and inorganic compounds, the conversion and storage of energy and galvanic deposition of metals and alloys. Electrochemical methods also plays a lead role in corrosion protection, sensor devices and technologies where charge transfer takes place at an electrified interface. Optimization of electrochemical method and processes based on the fundamental laws of electrochemistry will be addressed. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3, CS1 – 3, LL1 – 2 References: 8. A.J Bard and L.R Faulkner, Electrochemical Methods

Fundamental and Application, 2nd. Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.

9. D. Pletcher and F.C. Walsh, Industrial Electrochemistry, Springer netherland, 1993.

10. K. Oldheim, J. Mayland and A. Bond, Electrochemical Science and Technology: Fundamental and Applications, John Wiley and Sons, 2011.

SID2012 COMPUTATIONAL METHOD IN APPLIED CHEMISTRY Introduction to computers – history, elements in computers, operating system, computers in chemistry, internet. Internet based chemistry – introduction to web technologies useful in chemistry, chemical databases, use of chemical web services.


237

Introduction to computational chemistry – history and development, techniques, molecular mechanics and molecular simulations as well as application examples. Practical laboratory – Basic programming and practical computational chemistry software. Assessment Methods: Practical: 40% Continuous assessment: 10% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 7. Hinchliffe, A. (2008). Molecular Modelling for Beginners.

John Wiley & Sons Ltd. UK. 8. Leach, A. R. (2001). Molecular Modeling Principles and

Applications. 2nd

Ed. Prentice Hall, New Jersey. 9. Grant, G. H. and Richards, W. G. (1995). Computational

Chemistry. Oxford University Press, Oxford. 10. Young, David C. (2001). Computational

Chemistry: A Practical Guide for Applying Techniques to Real World Problems, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.

11. Dill, K.A. and Bromberg, S. (2003). Molecular Driving Forces: Statistical Thermodynamics in Chemistry & Biology, Garland Science, USA.

SID2013 COLLOID AND INTERFACIAL CHEMISTRY Introduction to colloidal dispersion and types of colloidal dispersions. Particles in the box and colloid chemistry. Brownian motion, Surface charge and colloidal stability. Particle size and fluid deformation. Viscosity, sedimentation and rheology. Self-assembly colloids and their interfacial properties. Instrumentations in Colloidal Chemistry, interfaces, nano-science and nanotechnology. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 40% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. A.W. Adamson. (1997). Physical Chemistry of Surfaces.7

th

Edition. Wiley 2. D.J. Shaw. (1992). Introduction to Colloid & Surfaces Chemistry.

4th Edition. BH

3. P.C. Hiemanz. (1997). Principles of Colloid & Surfaces Chemistry.3

rd Edition. CRC Press

4. A. Aveyard, D. A.Haydon. (1993) An Introduction to Principles of Surfaces Chemistry. Cambridge University Press

5. D.F. Evans, H. Wennerstrom. (1999). The Colloidal Domain.2nd

Edition. Wiley

6. D.H. Everett. (1998). Basic Prinsciple of Colloid Science. RSC

SID2014 PROCESSING OF THERMOPLASTICS AND THERMOSETS Materials: Thermoplastic, thermoset, additives. Applications, differences, advantages and disadvantages between them. Processing of thermoplastic:

Overview of processing technology – selection and application. Extrusion – machine construction, process analysis. Injection blow moulding, injection moulding – principle of machine design, mould, temperature control. Other processes – calendering, thermoforming, rotational moulding, etc Processing of thermoset and rubber: Types/classification of materials, include composite and fibres, properties and application. Vulcanisation and cure. Extrusion, compression moulding, transfer moulding, injection moulding and specialised techniques. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 40% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3, CS1 – 3 References: 5. Donald G. Baird, Dimitris I. Collias (2014), Polymer

Processing: Principles and Design, 2nd Edition, Wiley 6. Charles A. Harper, Edward M. Petrie (2013), Plastics

Materials and Processes: A Concise Encyclopedia, Wiley 7. S Thomas, Weimin Yang (Ed.) (2009), Advances in Polymer

Processing: From Macro- To Nano- Scales, Elsevier SID3001 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organometallics Chemistry Introduction to organometallics complexes of transition metals, lanthanide, actinide and main group metals; preparation of carbonyl, olefin, carbene and metallocene complexes; application of organometallics as catalyst. Introduction to inorganic reaction mechanism; dissociative, associative and interchange mechanisms; derivation of rate law; substitution reactions of octahedral, tetrahedral & 5-coordinate systems; substitution reactions catalysed by acid and base; inner-sphere and outer-sphere mechanisms Physical methods in Inorganic Chemistry Spectroscopic techniques: vibrational, EPR/ESR, multinuclear NMR (eg.

31P,

19F,

119Sn)

Vibrational: Introduction, theoretic background, selection rules, applications. EPR/ESR: background, introduction, electronic structure of atoms and open-shell ions, spin-orbit coupling, g-values, Zeeman interaction, hyperfine coupling, hyperfine anisotropy, applications Multinuclear NMR: Introduction, theoretic background, applications Non-spectroscopic techniques: Concept of magnetic dipoles and magnetic susceptibility, Ideal paramagnets (Curie Law) and weakly interacting paramagnets (Curie-Weiss), types of magnetic response, experimental techniques of magnetic susceptibility measurements in solution and solid state. Other related methods, eg. xray diffractometry, PXRD, mass spectrometry. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English


238

Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 6. C. M. A. Brett and A. M. O. Brett, Electrochemistry

Principles, Methods and Applications, Oxford Uni. Press Inc., 1993.

7. P. T. Kissinger and W. R. Heinemmen, Laboratory Techniques in Electroanalytical Chemistry, Marcel Dekker Inc., 1984.

8. D. Pletcher and F.C. Walsh, Industrial Electrochemistry, Blackie Academic and Professional, 1993.

9. D. B. Hibbert, Introduction to Electrochemistry, MacMillan Press Ltd., 1993.

10. K. B. Oldham, J. C. Myland, A. M. Bond, Electrochemical Science and Technology: Fundamentals and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2011.

SID3002 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Brief introduction to organic synthesis: disconnections and retrosynthetic analysis. Use of compounds incorporating main group elements (B, S, Si, P, mainly; and, Sn, Se, Al) in organic functional group transformations; Use of transition metals in C-C bond formation (e.g., Heck, Suzuki, Stille, Negishi, Sonogashira, Kumada, McMurry, etc.); Alkene metathesis. Stereochemistry: Introduction to asymmetric synthesis, axial chirality, importance of enantiopure compounds, chiral pool; selected examples of asymmetric synthesis including hydroboration, hydride reduction, hydrogenation, epoxidation, dihydroxylation, and aminohydroxylation, use of chiral auxiliaries in enolate alkylation, crossed-aldol additions, and Diels-Alder cycloaddition, etc. Selected total syntheses of biologically-active natural products of contemporary significance (e.g., taxoids; macrolides, e.g., epothilones; Catharanthus bisindoles; prostanoids; steroids; etc.). Reactive intermediates in organic chemistry including carbocations, free radicals, carbenes, nitrenes, and radical-ions. Chemistry of free radicals: reactions and mechanisms of free radicals including abstraction, addition, rearrangement, cyclization and fragmentation; applications of radical reactions in organic synthesis; reactions of carbenes, carbenoids, nitrenes, and ion-radicals, and applications in synthesis. Formation, stability, and rearrangements of carbocations; tandem and cascade cyclizations. Mechanistic details of selected classes of organic reactions such as nucleophilic substitution, hydrolysis, polar rearrangements, electron-transfer reactions, photochemical reactions. Pericyclic reactions: molecular orbitals; conservation of orbital symmetry in concerted reactions; theory (frontier orbital method, use of correlation diagrams, aromatic transition state approach) and applications of electrocyclic reactions, sigmatropic rearrangements, and cycloadditions, including tandem and cascade processes, in organic synthesis. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 15% Practical: 25% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3

References: 1. Francis A. Carey and Richard J. Sundberg, Advanced

Organic Chemistry, Part B: Reactions and Synthesis, 4th.

Ed., Plenum Press, New York & London, 2002. 2. E.L. Eliel, S.H. Wilen, L.M. Mander, Stereochemistry of

Organic Compounds, John Wiley & Sons Canada, Ltd., 1994.

3. T.H. Lowry, K.S. Richardson, Mechanism and Theory in Organic Chemistry, 3

rd Ed., Benjamin-Cummings

Publishing Company, 1987. 4. J.M. Harris and C.C. Wamser, Fundamentals of Organic

Reaction Mechanisms, Wiley & Sons, 1976. SID3003 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Molecular Quantum Mechanics Approximate methods: variational method and time independent Perturbation theory; Electronic structure of molecules: Born-Oppenheimer approximation, molecular orbital theory, valence-bond theory, Huckel molecular orbital theory, electron configuration, Slater determinant, angular momentum coupling, molecule terms, spin-orbit and other interactions, symmetry, molecule spectra and selection rules; Hartree-Fock self-consistent-field method, other ab initio methods and hybrid systems. Molecular Approach to Thermodynamics The fundamentals of statistical mechanics from the definitions of molecular interactions giving a set of energy levels for N-molecule systems. Statistical treatment to obtain a distribution of the most probable energy configuration or Boltzmann distribution. Introduction to partition function of molecules containing all the information on N-molecule systems. Ensemble concept, incorporated partition function and its relation to thermodynamic properties. Intermolecular forces for various systems including liquid and soft matters. Simple applications of this method in various chemical problems. Application

Chemical Kinetics and the Dynamics of Reactions Diffusion controlled reactions. Activated complex theory and reactions in solutions. The dynamics of molecular collisions. The kinetics of fast reactions. Thermodynamics and kinetics of adsorption. Structure, Stability and reactivity in different state of matter. The properties of nonequilibrium.

Photochemistry Kinetics of photophysical and photochemical processes. Timescales of photophysical process, quantum yield, mechanism of decay of excited states, quenching. Applications of photochemistry: photosynthesis, photosynthesis, photobiology and photomedicine.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 15% Practical; 25% Final examination: 60% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Atkins, P. W. (2010). Physical Chemistry, 9th ed. Oxford

University Press, New York. 2. Atkins, P. W. (2008). Molecular Quantum Mechanics, 5th

Ed. Oxford University Press, New York. 3. Lowe, J. P. (1993). Quantum Chemistry, 2nd Ed.

Academic Press, New York..


239

4. Atkins, P. W., de Paula, J. (2006). Physical Chemistry for the Life Sciences, Oxford University Press, New York.

5. Silbey, Alberty & Bawendi (2005), Physical Chemistry (Wiley).

SID3004 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING Industrial training is the course designed for the B.Sc. (Applied Chemistry). Student is required to follow the industrial training programme for a minimum of 10 weeks. Industrial training must be related to chemistry and the student is required to prepare a report for evaluation. The training programme will be briefed by the industrial training programme supervisor. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 100% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3, CS1 – 3, TS1 – 2, EM1 – 2 SID3005 INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY II Unit operation, principles of mass transfer, linear and radial heat transfer based on resistance concepts to be utilized in different types of reactor design technology. The focus will be on common reactor design such as batch reactor, continuous stirred tank reactor or back-mix reactor, fixed/suspension bed reactors, plug-flow or tubular flow reactor and their order of important in arrangement for multiple reactors in series. Reaction engineering includes mole balance equation, design equations for fractional conversion, reactor sizing for flow batch and flow systems. Process characteristics include continuous/batch, steady/unsteady state, with/without reaction, simple/multiple reactions, yield, selectivity, desired/undesired products. Selected chemical processes for the production of biodiesel, fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty amines, glycerol, ethylene glycol, soap, detergents and surfactants. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3, KK1, LL1 – 2 References: 1. R.H.Field, Chemical Engineering: Introductory Aspects,

Houndsmills, 1988 2. A.F. Mills, Heat and Mass Transfer, 2

nd Edition,

Prentice Hall, 1998. 3. W.S. Emerson: Guide to The Chemical Industry, John

Wiley, 1983 4. Fogler, H. Scott. Elements of Chemical Reaction

Engineering, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2005

5. Larry D. Schmidt. The Engineering of Chemical Reaction, 2

nd Edition, OUP USA, 2009

6. Levenspiel, Octave. Chemical Reaction Engineering, 3

rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999

7. A. R. Lansdown, Lubrication: a practical guide to lubricant selection, 3

rd Edition. Amer Society of

Mechanical Engineers, 2003. 8. R.J. Hamilton, Developments in Oils and Fats,

Chapman & Hall, 1995 9. J. Boxall, Paint formulation: principles and practice,

Industrial Pr, 1981

10. James O’connor. Standard Handbook of Lubrication Engineering. 1968.

11. Kirk Othmer, Encyclopaedia of Chemical Technology, 4

th Edition. John Wiley & Sons, 2012.

SID3006 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY

Trace Analysis

Introduction, techniques and limitations, considerations in implementation of trace analysis Sample decomposition Steps in total analysis, dry, wet and microwave sample digestion, appropriate considerations for decomposition of real samples.

Spectrometry

Atomic absorption spectroscopy, atomization techniques including flame atomization, electrochemical atomization, hydride technique, cold vapour technique. Atomic emission spectroscopy: arc-spark and plasma AES, ICP-AES, atomic fluorescence spectroscopy.

Separation Methods

Advanced aspects on theory and process of separation in GC and HPLC, van Deemter equation, general resolution equation and HETP, types and selection of stationary phases in GC, capillary GC, reversed phase HPLC, effects of mobile phases in HPLC separations, instrumentation in GC and HPLC, detectors in GC and HPLC, hyphenated techniques: GC-MS and LC-MS.

Electroanalytical Techniques

Pulse techniques in polarography, voltammetry using hanging mercury drop electrode (HMDE), platinum and carbon electrodes. Stripping analysis-anodic stripping voltammetry, trace analysis. Coulometric analysis, constant potential coulometry, constant current coulometry, applications and advantages.

Automation

Principles of automation, instrumental analysis, process control, automatic instruments, auto-analyser, microprocessor-controlled instruments, computers in analytical laboratories. Assessment Methods: Practical: 30% Continuous assessment: 20% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3, CS1 – 3, LL1 – 2 References: 1. Daniel C. Harris, Exploring Chemical Analysis, 4

th

Ed.,W.H. Freeman Publ, 2008 2. G. D. Christian, Analytical Chemistry, 7

th Edition, John

Wiley & Sons, 2008 3. D.A. Skoog, F.J. Holler & S.R. Crouch, Principles of

Instrumental Analysis, 6th Ed.,Thomson Brooks/Cole,

2007 4. David Harvey, Modern Analytical Chemistry, McGraw Hill

Publ, 2000 5. D.A. Skoog, D.M. West, F.J. Holler & S.R. Crouch,

Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 8th Ed.,

Brooks/Cole Publ, 2004.


240

SID3007 POLYMER COMPOSITE MATERIALS Theory of composites Introduction, origin of reinforcement, properties comparison between reinforced and unreinforced materials. Mechanical properties of composites Cox shear-lag analysis, prediction of longitudinal Young’s modulus of aligned fibre composites, computation of Young’s modulus of composit with complex fibre, high extension mechanical properties, Kelly-Tyson model, computation of fracture strength. Formation process for composite structure Injection moulding, extrusion, compression moulding, pultrusion, etc. Machine structure, operating principle, products, etc. Assessment Methods: Practical: 30% Continuous assessment: 20% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. L.E. Nielsen, Mechanical Properties of Polymers and

Composites, Marcel Dekker, New York 2. D. Hull, An Introduction to Composite Materials, Cambridge

University Press, Cambridge 3. B. Harris, Engineering Composite Materials, The Institute of

Metals, London 4. R.J. Crawford, Plastics Engineering, Pergamon Press. SID3008 INDUSTRIAL POLYMER CHEMISTRY II PART A: Polymer Analysis and Identification Studies on thermoanalysis (DSC & TGA) and spectroscopic analysis (FTIR & NMR). Polymeric surface modification methods - Oxidizing polymeric surfaces (plasma processing, corona treatment and flame treatment); Grafting techniques (photografting); Polymer surface functionalization (polymerization reaction). Surface analytical techniques (e.g. infrared spectroscopy, XPS and EDS, FESEM, TEM etc). Applications - biomaterials, coatings etc. PART B: Polymer Technology Engineering thermoplastics (polyamides, fluoropolymers, ABS etc), engineering thermoset, and specialty polymers (conductive polymers, dendritic polymers). Membrane, biomedical engineering and drug delivery, applications in electronics and photonic polymers. Polymer degradation and stability - thermal degradation, oxidative and UV stability, chemical and hydrolytic stability, effect of radiation; management of plastics in the environment - recycling, incineration and biodegradation. Assessment Methods: Practical: 30% Continuous assessment: 20% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Ravve, A. (2012), Principles of Polymer Chemistry, 3rd

Ed Springer.

2. Young, R. J. and Lovell, P. A. (2011), Introduction to Polymers, 3rd Ed. Taylor & Francis Group.

3. Fried, J. R. (2003), Polymer Science and Technology, 2nd Ed. Prentice Hall.

4. Sperling, H (1992), Introduction of Physical Polymer Sciences, 2nd Ed. John Wiley & Sons.

SID3009 LIQUID CRYSTALS Thermotropic liquid crystals: Mesogens and their polymorphism. Phase characterization. Quantitative description of molecular order and elastic properties of liquid crystals. Effects of magnetic field, electric field and surface forces on liquid crystals. Applications of thermotropic liquid crystals in display devices. Lyotropic liquid crystals: General molecular characteristics of lyotropic mesogens, driving forces for the phase formation and characterization of self-assemblies. Biological significance and applications. Liquid crystal polymers: Liquid crystal main-chain and liquid crystal side-chain polymers. Technical applications of liquid crystal polymers. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 5. P.J. Collings & M. Hird, Introduction to Liquid Crystals -

Chemistry and Physics, Taylor and Francis, 1997 6. Priestley, Wojtowicz & Ping Sheng, Introduction to Liquid

Crystals, Plenum Press, 1975. 7. W. Emsley & J.C. Lindon, NMR Spectroscopy using

Liquid Crystal Solvents, Pergamon Press (http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/book/9780080199191)

SID3010 MATERIALS CHEMISTRY Materials characterisation techniques Introduction to structural and physical characterisation techniques, X-ray diffraction, Scanning electron microscopy, Thermal analysis (TGA, DTA, DSC), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, Auger electron spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, NMR spectroscopy Metal, Glass and Ceramic (Refractory Materials) Introduction to metallic properties, relationship between structure and metallic properties, phase diagram of simple alloys. Glass - Glassy state, types of glass, application. Ceramic - Preparation, properties and application. Introduction to new or advanced materials. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References 1. Introduction, 4

th edition, John-Wiley & Sons, 1997

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polymeric_surface#Oxidizing_polymeric_surfaces

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polymeric_surface#Grafting_techniques

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polymeric_surface#Surface_analytical_techniques

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polymeric_surface#Infrared_spectroscopy

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polymeric_surface#XPS_and_EDS

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polymeric_surface#Applications

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polymeric_surface#Biomaterials

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polymeric_surface#Coatings


241

2. H.H.Willard, L.L.Merritt Jr., J.A.Dean, F.A.Settle Jr., Instrumental Methods of Analysis, 7

th edition, Wadsworth

Publishing Company, 1988 3. W.F. Smith, Principles of Materials Science and

Engineering, McGraw-Hill 4. W.D. Kingery, H.K. Bowen and D.R. Uhlmann, Introduction

to Ceramics, John Wiley & Sons. SID3011 APPLIED ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY General introduction to types of ligands like phosphines, CO, hydrides and carbenes. Industrial catalytic cycles such as hydrogenations, hydroformilations & oligomerization were discussed. Homogeneous and heterogenous catalysis: the use of transition metal complexes in catalytic cycle and application of organometallic compounds in organic synthesis were also studied. Identify organometallic compounds used in biological processes & drugs. Definition of cancer cells & treatments using organometallic compounds. Reaction mechanism. Defination of diabetic mellitususage of organometallic compounds in treating diabetic patients. Preparation of these complexes. Structure and activity relationship. Other biological applications of organometallic compounds. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Christopher Elschenbroich & Albrecht Salzer,

Organometallics: A Concise Introduction, VCH, 1989 2. W. Kaim and B. Schwederski, Bioinorganic Chemistry:

Inorganic elements in the Chemistry of Life, John Wiley & Sons, 1995.

3. Coordination Chemistry Reviews Journal 4. Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry 5. Journal of Organometallic Chemistry

SID3012 APPLIED ELECTROCHEMISTRY Electroplating: describe, define and contrast different types of deposition techniques. Identify and describe advantages and disadvantages of electroplating. Battery and fuel cells: describe fundamentals and analyze components of a battery, charge and discharge of battery, types of battery, types of fuel cells. Compare and contrast different types of batteries and fuel cells. Corrosion: describe “corrosion cell”. Describe, define and compare different of types of corrosion in industry. Describe, explain and define types of corrosion protection. Electrochemical sensors: describe, define, compare and contrast potentiometric and amperometric sensors and the fundamentals underlying them, identify factors for a good electrochemical sensor, describe examples of electrochemical sensors. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70%

Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. D. Pletcher and F.C. Walsh, Industrial Electrochemistry,

2nd

Edition, 1990. 2. J. Wang, Analytical Electrochemistry, 2000. 3. Skoog, Holler and Nieman, Principles of Instrumental

Analysis, 1998. SID3013 APPLIED CATALYSIS Principles of catalysis, importance and implication of catalysts in a reaction. Concept of homogeneous, heterogeneous and biocatalysis (enzyme) in general. Catalytic function and structure, catalyst design, synthetic methods. Catalyst performance and causes for the deactivation. Examples in the application of homogeneous, heterogeneous and biocatalysis in industrial processes. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Rothenberg, G. (2008). Catalysis: Concept and Green

Applications, Wiley-VCH. 2. Moulijn, J.A. van Leeuwen, P.W.N.M and van Santen,

R.A (1993). Catalysis: An Intergrated Approach to Homogeneous, Heterogeneous and Industrial Catalysis. (Studies in surface science and catalysis). Elsevier.

SID3014 FOOD PROCESSING AND SAFETY Type and function of food additives. Chemical and biochemical reactions during processing that influence food quality. Preservation techniques; food analysis and monitoring. Introduction to legislation on food safety. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 50% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Srinivasan Damodaran, Kirk L. Parkin, Owen R. Fennema

(2007). Fennema’s Food Chemistry, 4th Edition, CRC Press.

2. Bloomfield (1996). Chemistry and living organism. John Wiley & Sons.

SID3015 OLEOCHEMISTRY Oleochemistry is about understanding, modification and use of chemicals which are environmentally friendly, based oils and fats from plants and animals. Nowadays oleochemical ingredients can be produced from oil and fat by processing


242

plant or via modification in the catalytic cracking without catalyst or enzymatic. Oleochemical substances used as raw materials in the food and non-food industries after making certain additions and alterations to convert it to other oleochemical compounds for multipurpose application. Exploration of the use of the compound in the oleochemical manufacturing sector (20%) such as advanced materials, construction, machinery, printing, cleaning, pharmaceutical, personal care and grooming has helped the development of oil and fat, especially in the oil palm industry. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Oleochemical Manufacture and Applications, F. D.

Gunstone, Richard John Hamilton, CRC Press, 2001 2. Oleochemical, Lambert M Surhone, Mariam T Tennoe,

Susan F Henssonow, Betascript Publishing, 2011 3. The Basics of Industrial Oleochemistry: A Comprehensive

Survey of Selected Technologies Based on Natural Oils and Fats, G. Dieckelmann, H. J. Heinz Micelle Press,1988

4. Fats, Oleochemicals and Surfactants: Challenges in the 21st Century

5. Challenges in the 21st Century, V. V. S. Mani, A. D. Shitole, D. N. Bhowmick, Science Publishers, 1997

SID3016 APPLIED CHEMOMETRICS This course introduces chemometrics principles and tools, statistical concepts and significance tests, data preprocessing, pattern recognition, multivariate calibration and prediction, design of experiments. Assessment Methods: Practical: 30% Continuous assessment: 20% Final examination: 50% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. J.N. Miller and J.C. Miller. Statistics and chemometrics for

analytical Chemistry, 6th ed., Pearson: UK, 2010 2. R.G. Brereton. Applied chemometrics for scientists, John

Wiley & Sons: Chichester, 2007 3. K.R. Beebe, R.J. Pell and M.B. Seasholtz. Chemometrics:

a practical guide. John Wiley & Sons: USA,1998Challenges in the 21st Century, V. V. S. Mani, A. D. Shitole, D. N. Bhowmick, Science Publishers, 1997

SID3017 QUALITY ASSUARANCE IN CHEMISTRY Introduction to quality assurance principles, tools and measures, the principles of valid analytical measurement, ISO17025 and accreditation, uncertainty and traceability, method validation, interlaboratory study and proficiency testing.

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. B.W. Wenclawiak, M. Koch & E. Hadjicostas. Quality

Assurance in Analytical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Springer: Germany, 2010

2. D. B. Hibbert, Quality Assurance for Analytical Chemistry Laboratory, Oxford University Press: New York, 2007

3. W. Funk, V. Dammann & G. Donnevert, Quality Assurance in Analytical Chemistry, Wiley-VCH: Germany, 2007USA,1998Challenges in the 21st Century, V. V. S. Mani, A. D. Shitole, D. N. Bhowmick, Science Publishers, 1997

SID3018 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES IN CHEMISTRY General introduction to current characterization techniques and detailed discussion in any three of the instrumental techniques listed below:

1. X-ray diffractometry 2. Thermal analysis 3. Raman spectroscopy 4. Radiochemical technique 5. Scanning electron microscopy 6. Multinuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy 7. Mass spectroscopy

Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70% Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Russel S. Drago, Physical Methods for Chemists, 2

nd

Edition, Saunders College Publishing, 1992 2. J.P. Glusker, M. Lewis and M. Rossi, Crystal Structure

Analysis for Chemists and Biologists, VCH Publishers New York. 1994

3. E.A.V. Ebsworth, D.W.H. Rankin and S. Cradock, Structural Methods in Inorganic Chemistry, 2

nd Edition,

Balckwell, 1991 SID3019 SPECIAL TOPICS IN APPLIED CHEMISTRY Introduction to recent research areas or topics with significant values and/or apparent impact to the society, industry, environment etc. In-depth discussion on selected topics; covering aspects on chemical syntheses, chemical/physical modifications, characterisation, analytical methods, structure and properties of materials, etc. The types of chemical reaction, characterisation, and analytical methods to be introduced in the course are based on the selected special topics. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70%


243

Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Journal Articles. 2. Other references.

SID3020 NATURAL PRODUCTS AND BIOTECHNOLOGICAL PROCESSES Introduction of the important roles and classes of natural products. Extraction methods for natural products. Separation methods for natural product isolation. Application of spectroscopic methods (NMR and MS) for structural elucidation of natural products. Bio-catalytic processes: Enzymes & enzymatic reactions (kinetics, substrate selectivity, activity, isolation & purification); Application of enzymes, fermentation and cell cultures in chemistry. Assessment Methods: Continuous assessment: 30% Final examination: 70%

Medium of instruction: English Soft skills: CT1 – 3 References: 1. Dewick, P.M. Medicinal Natural Products - A

Biosynthetic Approach. 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

2. Fattorusso, E., Taglialatela-Scafati, O. Eds., Modern Alkaloids – Structure, Isolation, Synthesis and Biology, Wiley-VCH, 2008.

3. Simpson, J.H. Organic Structure Determination Using 2-D NMR Spectroscopy - A Problem Based Approach. 2nd Ed., Academic Press 2012.

4. Faber, K. Biotransformations in Organic Chemistry. 6th Ed. Springer, 2011. ISBN 978-3-642-17392-9

Undergraduate Handbook 2015/2016 (English)

Documents

Transcript of Undergraduate Handbook 2015/2016 (English)